initial commit of ebook 21410HEADmain

130 files changed, 17912 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/21410-0.txt b/21410-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5049df8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2863 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Isle Of Pines (1668), by Henry Neville
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
+will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
+using this eBook.
+
+Title: The Isle Of Pines (1668)
+       and, An Essay in Bibliography by W. C. Ford
+
+Author: Henry Neville
+
+Commentator: Worthington Chauncey Ford
+
+Release Date: July 7, 2007 [eBook #21410]
+[Most recently updated: June 22, 2021]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+Produced by: David Widger
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+By Henry Neville
+
+1668
+
+An Essay in Bibliography
+
+by WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+
+Boston
+
+The Club of Odd Volumes 1920
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1920, BY THE CLUB OF ODD VOLUMES
+
+
+
+
+TO
+
+Charles Lemuel Nichols
+
+lover of books
+
+colleague
+
+FRIEND
+
+
+
+ETEXT TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Numbers enclosed in double curly brackets are
+the page numbers of the original 1668 edition.
+
+The long S in the text files have been changed to the ordinary small S,
+however the accompanying html file uses the unicode character for the
+long S as in the original printed document. DW
+
+
+
+
+Contents:
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+
+ITALIAN EDITION
+
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+
+THE PUBLISHERS
+
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+
+THE AUTHOR
+
+THE STORY
+
+INTERPRETATIONS
+
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY NOTE
+
+My curiosity on the "Isle of Pines" was aroused by the sale of a copy in
+London and New York in 1917, and was increased by the discovery of two
+distinct issues in the Dowse Library, in the Massachusetts Historical
+Society. As my material grew in bulk and the history of this hoax
+perpetrated in the seventeenth century developed, I thought it of
+sufficient interest to communicate an outline of the story to the
+Club of Odd Volumes, of Boston, October 23, 1918. The results of my
+investigations are more fully given in the present volume. I acknowledge
+my indebtedness to the essay of Max Hippe, "Eine vor-De-foesche
+Englische Robinsonade," published in Eugen Kölbing's "Englische Studien"
+xix. 66. WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+
+Boston, February, 1920
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+OR,
+
+A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND in Terra Australis, Incognita.
+
+BEING
+
+A True Relation of certain English persons, Who in the dayes of Queen
+Elizabeth making a Voyage to the East India, were cast-away, and wracked
+on the Island near to the Coast of Australis, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women, whereof one was a Negro. And now lately Ann Dom.
+1667, A Dutch Ship driven by foul weather there, by chance have found
+their Posterity (speaking good English) to amount to ten or twelve
+thousand persons, as they suppose. The whole Relation follows, written,
+and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and declared to
+the Dutch by His Grandchild.
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+[3]The scene opens in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the year 1668, where
+in one of the college buildings a contest between two rival printers had
+been waged for some years. Marmaduke Johnson, a trained and experienced
+printer, to whose ability the Indian Bible is largely due, had ceased to
+be the printer of the corporation, or Society for the Propagation of
+the Gospel in New England, but still had a press and, what was better, a
+fresh outfit of type, sent over by the corporation and entrusted to the
+keeping of John Eliot, the Apostle. Samuel Green had become a printer,
+though without previous training, and was at this time printer to the
+college, a position of vantage against a rival, because it must have
+carried with it countenance from the authorities in Boston, and public
+printing then as now constituted an item to a press of some income
+and some perquisites. By seeking to marry Green's daughter before his
+English wife had ceased to be, Johnson had created a prejudice, public
+as well as private, against himself.{1}
+
+     1 Mass. Hist Soc. Proceedings, xx. 265.
+
+Each wished to set up a press in Boston itself, but the General Court,
+probably for police reasons, had ordered that there should be no
+printing but at Cambridge, and that what was printed there should be
+approved by any two of four gentlemen appointed by the Court. It thus
+appeared that each printer possessed a certain superiority over his
+rival. In the matter of types Johnson was favored, as he had new
+types and was a trained printer; but these advantages were partially
+[4]neutralized by indolence and by Green's better standing before the
+magistrates.{1}
+
+In England the excesses of the printing-press during the civil war
+and commonwealth led to a somewhat strict though erratically applied
+censorship under the restoration. A publication must be licensed,
+and the Company of Stationers still sought, for reasons of profit, to
+control printers by regulating their production. The licensing agent in
+chief was a character of picturesque uncertainty and spasmodic action,
+Roger L'Estrange, half fanatic, half politician, half hack writer,
+in fact half in many respects and whole only in the resulting
+contradictions of purpose and performance. On one point he was strong--a
+desire to suppress unlicensed printing. So when in 1668 warrant was
+given to him to make search for unauthorized printing, he entered into
+the hunt with the zeal of a Loyola and the wishes of a Torquemada,
+harrying and rushing his prey and breathing threats of extreme rigor
+of fine, prison, pillory, and stake against the unfortunates who had
+neglected, in most cases because of the cost, to obtain the stamp of the
+licenser.{2}
+
+New England was at this time England in little, with troubles of its
+own; but, having imitated the mother country in introducing supervision
+of the press, it also started in to investigate the printers of the
+colony, two in number, seeking to win a smile of approval from the
+foolish man on the throne. With due solemnity the inquisition was
+[5]made. Green could show that all then passing through his press had
+been properly licensed.
+
+     1  See the chapters on Green and Johnson in Littlefield,
+     The Early Massachusetts Press, 197, 209.
+
+     2  L'Estrange was called the "Devil's blood hound." Col. S.
+     P., Dom. 1663-1664, 616.
+
+Johnson, less fortunate, was caught with one unlicensed piece--"The Isle
+of Pines." A fine of five pounds was imposed upon him, as effectual in
+suppressing him as though it had been one of five thousand pounds. He
+could now turn with relish to two books then on his press, "Meditations
+on Death and Eternity" and the "Righteous Man's Evidence for Heaven;"
+for Massachusetts Bay, with its then powerful rule of divinity without
+religion, or religion without mercy, held out small hope of his meeting
+such a fine within the expedition of his natural life. But he made his
+submission, petitioned the General Court in properly repentant language,
+acknowledged his fault, his crime, and promised amendment{1} The fine
+was not collected, and the principal result of the incident was to
+further the very natural union of Johnson and Green, but with Johnson as
+the lesser member in importance.
+
+No copy of Marmaduke Johnson's issue of the "Isle of Pines" has come
+to light in a period of 248 years. It might well be supposed that
+the authorities caught him before the tract had gone to press, and so
+snuffed it out completely. Our sapient bibliographers have dismissed the
+matter in rounded phrase: "'The Isle of Pines' was a small pamphlet
+of the Baron Munchausen order, which in its day passed through several
+editions in England and on the Continent,"{2} a description which would
+fit a hundred titles of the period. In July, 1917, Sotheby announced the
+sale of a portion of the Americana collected by [6]"Bishop White Kennett
+(1660-1728) and given by him to the Society for the Propagation of the
+Gospel in Foreign Parts."
+
+     1  The petition it in Littlefield, i. 248.
+
+     2  Mats. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, xi. 247.
+
+Lot No. 113 was described as follows:
+
+[Neville (Henry)] The Isle of Pines, or a late Discovery of a fourth
+Island in Terra Australis, Incognita, being a True Relation of certain
+English persons who in the dayes of Queen Elizabeth, making a Voyage to
+the East Indies, were cast away and wracked upon the Island, wanting the
+frontispiece, head-line of title and some pagination cut into, Bishop
+Kenneths signature on title. sm. 4to S. G. for Allen Banks, 1668.
+
+The pamphlet was sold, I am told, for fourteen shillings,{1} and resold
+shortly after to a New York bookseller for fifty-five dollars. He was
+attracted by the imprint, which read in full, "London, by S. G. for
+Allen Banks and Charles Harper at the Flower-Deluice near Cripplegate
+Church." The general appearance of the pamphlet was unlike even the
+moderately good issues of the English press, and the "by S. G." not only
+did not answer to any London printer of the day, except Sarah Griffin,
+"a printer in the Old Bailey,"{2} but was in form and usage exactly what
+could be found on a number of the issues of the press of Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+
+     1 The sale took place July 30, 1917.
+
+     2  Only once does her name occur in the Term Catalogues,
+     when in February, 1673, the prints George Buchanan'
+     Psalmorum Davidis Paraphrasis Poetica, which told for two
+     shillings a copy. Samuel Gellibrand was not a printer but a
+     bookseller, with a shop "at the Ball in St. Paul's
+     Churchyard."
+
+On comparing the first page of the text of his purchase with the same
+page of an acknowledged London issue of the "Isle of Pines" [7]in the
+John Carter Brown Library,{1} the bookseller concluded that the two were
+entirely different publications.
+
+An expert cataloguer connected with one of the large auction firms of
+New York then took up the subject. After a study of the tract he
+became assured that it could only have been printed by Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, and he brought forward facts and comparisons which seemed
+conclusive and for which he deserves much credit. It was a clever bit of
+bibliographical work. With such an endorsement as to rarity and
+quality the pamphlet was again put to the test of the auction room. The
+cataloguer stated his case in sufficient fulness of detail and the
+first page of the text was reproduced.{2} Naturally the discovery sent
+a little thrill through the mad-house of bibliography. The tract was
+knocked down for $400 to a bookseller from Hartford, Connecticut,
+presumably for some local collection. The incident would have passed
+from memory had it not been for one of those accidents to which even the
+amateur bibliographer is liable.
+
+     1  No. 5 in the Bibliography, page 93, infra.
+
+     2  Nuggets of American History, American Art Association,
+     November 19, 1917. The Isle of Pines was lot 142, and was
+     introduced by the words, "Cambridge Press in New England."
+     The catalogue was prepared by Mr. F. W. Coar.
+
+In the bitter days of the winter of 1917-18 the working force of the
+Massachusetts Historical Society was contracted into one room--the
+Dowse Library--where was at least a semblance [8]of warmth in the open
+fireplace.
+
+
+
+
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+
+One afternoon, when I had finished my work and the others had left, I
+picked up the catalogue of the Dowse Library and began idly to turn over
+its leaves. Incidentally, that catalogue is characteristic of the older
+methods of the Society. As is known to the elect, no book in the Dowse
+Library can ever leave the room in which it now rests, and of the
+catalogue twenty-five copies were printed and never circulated. If the
+library had been left in the Dowse house in Cambridgeport, its existence
+and contents could not have been more successfully hidden from the
+world. While reading the titles in a very casual way, my eye was caught
+by one which gave me a start. It read:
+
+Sloetten (Cornelius van). The Isle of Pines; or a Late Discovery of a
+Fourth Island in Terra Australis Incognita. London, printed by G. S.
+for Allen Banks, 1668. With a New and Further Discovery of the Isle of
+Pines, 1668; and a duplicate of the Isle of Pines. 1 vol. small 4to,
+calf supr., gilt leaves. A most interesting, rare, and valuable work.
+
+Even against the Editor of the Society the Dowse books are kept behind
+lock and key, though he is not under more than ordinary suspicion. So
+I was obliged to wait till the next day before my curiosity could be
+satisfied. I then found a thin volume, less than one-third of an inch
+in thickness, containing two copies of this very tract which the auction
+expert had identified as an issue of the "Isle of Pines" by Green, and
+a London issue of a second part of the "Isle of Pines," with the name of
+Cornelius Van Sloetten, as author. For more than fifty years this little
+volume had reposed in this well-known yet almost forgotten [9]library,
+and no one had suspected or questioned the nature of its contents.
+
+For full fifty years it had been in the care and at the call of Dr.
+Samuel A. Green, who claimed to be an expert on New England imprints of
+the seventeenth century, and one of the great wishes of whose life had
+been to establish his descent from this very printer, Samuel Green. Two
+copies within the same covers, of a tract long sought and of which only
+a single example had come to light in two centuries and a half--was not
+that alone something of a bibliographical coup?
+
+I read two of the pieces--one of the Green issues and the second part as
+printed in England--making a few notes for future use. On returning to
+the matter some weeks later I found to my annoyance that every reference
+to the Green tract but one was wrong as to the page. Cold, haste, or
+weariness will account for a single or possibly two errors of reference,
+but to have a whole series--except one--go wrong pointed to failing eyes
+or mind. Very much put out, I read the tract a second time and corrected
+the page references, carefully checking up the result. Some days after I
+again took up the matter, and in verifying my first quotation found that
+I had again put down the wrong page number, and was surprised to find
+that the correct page was the one I had first given. This proved to
+be the case in all the references--except one. A book which could thus
+change its page numbering from week to week was bewitched--or I was
+careless. It occurred to me to compare the two copies of the tract as
+published by Green. The title-pages were exactly alike--not differing by
+so much as a fly speck, but one copy contained ten pages of text and the
+other only nine.
+
+More [10]than that, the general style and the types were quite different
+One was printed in a well-known broad but somewhat used type, such as
+could be seen in Green's printing, and the other in a finer font with
+much italic. There was no possibility of confusing the two issues. Only
+one conclusion was possible. I had in this volume the publication by
+Green, and the original issue by Marmaduke Johnson, but with Green's
+title-page. So for we seem to rest upon solid ground. It may be surmised
+that Green set up his "Isle of Pines" in rivalry to Johnson, but did not
+incur the discipline of the authorities; or that he had set it up and
+also took over Johnson's edition, using his own title-page; and in
+either case it is possible that a simple subterfuge, the imprint, "by
+S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles Harper," a London combination of
+publishers, caused the tract to escape the attention of the examining
+local censors. Here was another step in developing the history of
+this tract--the discovery of one of Johnson's issues, except for the
+title-page. So far as the American connection is concerned, it only
+remains to discover a Johnson issue with a Johnson title-page, for in
+his apology and submission to the General Court he states that he had
+"affixed" his name to the pamphlet.
+
+
+
+
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+
+The European connection is also not without interest, for the skit--the
+first part of the "Isle of Pines," published without name of author--had
+an extraordinary run.
+
+In 1493 a little [11]four-leaved translation into Latin of a Columbus
+letter announcing the discovery of islands in the west--De insulis nuper
+inventis--ran over Europe, startling the age by a simple relation which
+proved a marvellous tale as taken up by Vespuccius, Cortes, and a host
+of successors.{1} For a century the darkness of a new found continent
+slowly lifted and the record was collected in Ramusio, in De Bry, in
+Hulsius, and in Hakluyt, never felling treasuries of the wonderful,
+veritable schools for the adventurous. Another century had shown that,
+so fer from decreasing in greatness and in opportunities, the field of
+discovery had not begun to be tested, and in the summer of 1668 a new
+island--the Isle of Pines--was flashed before the London crowd, and
+proved that the flame of quest with danger was still burning. A new
+island! The interest was international, for nations had already long
+fought over the old discovered lands.
+
+     1  The intelligent industry of Mr. Wilberforce Eames has
+     identified eleven issues of the letter of Columbus, printed
+     in 1493, in Barcelona, Rome, Basle, Paris, and Antwerp; and
+     twelve issues of the Novus Mundus of Vespucci us, printed
+     in 1504, in Augsburg, Paris, Nuremberg, Cologne, Antwerp,
+     and Venice. An earlier and even more extraordinary
+     distribution of a letter of news is that of the letter
+     purporting to be addressed by Prester John to the Emperor
+     Manuel, which circulated through Europe about 1165. "How
+     great was the popularity and diffusion of this letter,"
+     writes Sir Henry Yule, "may be judged in some degree from
+     the fad that Zarncke in his treatise on Prester John gives a
+     list of close on 100 mss. of it Of these there are eight in
+     the British Museum, ten at Vienna, thirteen in the great
+     Paris Library, and fifteen at Munich. There are also several
+     renderings in old German verse." The cause of this
+     popularity was the hope offered by the reported exploits of
+     Prester John of a counterpoise to the Mohammedan power.
+     Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th ed., xxii. 305.
+
+An even greater contest was being waged for commerce, and with the
+experience of Spain in gathering the precious metals [12]from new
+found lands, every discovery of hitherto uncharted territory opened
+the possibility of wealth and an exchange of commodities, if rapine
+and piracy could not be practised. The merchant was an adventurer, and
+politics, quite as much as trade, controlled his movements; for the line
+between trader, buccaneer, and pirate faded away before conditions which
+made treaties of no importance and peaceful relations dependent upon an
+absence of the hope of gain. A state of war was not necessary to prepare
+the way for attack and plunder in those far distant oceans, and the
+merchantman sailed armed and ready to inflict as well as to repel
+aggression, only too willing to descend upon a weaker vessel or a
+helpless settlement of a power which had come to be regarded as a
+"natural enemy." So in Holland and in Germany the leaflets containing
+the story of the Isle of Pines were received with mingled feelings,
+exciting a desire to share in the possible benefits to be gained or
+extorted from natives of the new lands, or from those who had the first
+opportunity to exploit a virgin territory. On the first receipt of those
+leaflets merchants held back their vessels about to sail, to await
+more definite information on this fourth island of the Terra Australis
+incognita.
+
+[13]An examination of the known issues of the tract proves this interest
+and offers an almost unique study in bibliography; for I doubt if any
+publication made in the second half of the seventeenth century--even
+a state paper of importance, as a treaty--attained such speedy and
+widespread recognition. A list of the various issues will be found in
+an appendix: it only remains to call attention to a few of the many
+novelties and variant characteristics of the editions.
+
+
+
+
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+
+In June and July, 1668, four tracts on the Isle of Pines from the same
+pen were licensed and published in London, which may for convenience
+be designated the first and second parts of the narrative, and the two
+parts in continuation. From London the tract soon passed to Holland,
+which had ever been a greedy consumer of voyages of discovery, for the
+greatness of that nation depended upon the sea, at once its most potent
+enemy and friend.{1} Three Dutch editions have been found, the earliest
+in point of time being that made by Jacob Vinckel, [14]of Amsterdam.
+
+     1 Holland was the centre of map publication as the twenty
+     yean before 1668 saw the issue of atlases by Jansson, Blaeu,
+     Mercator, Doncker, Cellarius, Loon, Visscher, and Goos, all
+     published at Amsterdam. Phillips' list for this period gives
+     atlases published elsewhere--those of Boissevin (Paris,
+     1653), Lubin (Paris, 1659), Nicolosi (Rome, 1660), Dudley
+     (Florence, 1661), Du Val (Paris, 1662), Jollain (Paris
+     1667), Cluver (Wolfen-bûttel, 1667?) and Ortelius (Venice,
+     1667).
+
+His second title is an exact translation of the second title of the
+London first part. This version, however, omitted an essential part of
+the relation. The London second title is also that of the issue made at
+Amsterdam by Jacob Stichter, being the Vinckel version, word for word,
+and almost line for line, but the type used is the gothic, and the
+spelling of words is not the same. Further, Stichter was possessed of
+some imagination and decorated his title-page with a map of a part of
+the island, showing ranges of hills, a harbor or mouth of a river, with
+conventional soundings, and two towns or settlements. As each of these
+issues contains only eight pages of text, the first London part only was
+known to the publishers. The third Dutch edition was put out by Joannes
+Naeranus, at Rotterdam, and in a foreword he gives the following reason
+for issuing the tract:
+
+To the Reader A part of the present relation is also printed by Jacob
+Vinckel at Amsterdam, being defective in omitting one of the
+principal things, so do we give here a true copy which was sent to us
+authoritatively out of England, but in that language, in order that the
+curious reader may not be deceived by the poor translation, and for
+that reason this very astonishing history fall under suspicion. Lastly,
+admire God's wondrous guidance, and farewell.
+
+His publication contains twenty pages of text, and is not an accurate
+translation of the English tract in parts, but rather a paraphrase of
+the text. To make the confusion the greater, he [15]expressly states on
+the title-page that he used a copy received from London, and gives the
+London imprint which will fit only the first London part. For "by S. G."
+appears only on the title-page of that part.
+
+
+
+
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+
+From Amsterdam and under date July 19, 1668, a summary of the earlier
+Dutch issue with two paragraphs of introduction was sent to Paris, and
+was printed in a four-page pamphlet by Sébastien Marbre Cramoisy, the
+king's printer, whose name is so honorably connected with the Jesuit
+Relations--stories as remarkable as any offered in the "Isle of Pines"
+and of immeasurable value on the earliest years of recorded history
+in our New England. Even this summary, thus definitely dated, offers
+problems. The location of the island is given in general terms in
+the half-title as "below the equinoctial line," and in the text as in
+"xxviii or xxix degrees of Antartique latitude." Nowhere in the first
+London part is either location used, and in the second London part,
+which bears nearly the same date as the Cramoisy summary--July
+22--twenty degrees of latitude is given. The writer of the summary thus
+allowed himself some freedom.
+
+A second French edition, without imprint, contains eleven pages and is
+a translation of the first London part, paraphrased in sentences, but
+on the whole a close rendering of the English text There never was
+a title-page to this issue--the first page having the signature-mark
+A--yet with eleven pages only, it [16]would seem fit that a title-page
+should round out the twelve for the convenience of printing.
+
+
+
+
+ITALIAN EDITION
+
+The Italian issue, made by Giacomo Didini, in Bologna and Venice, is a
+literal translation of Cramoisy's publication, and bears the same date,
+at Amsterdam, July 19, 1668. The original probably came from Paris,
+though it is possible that some Dutch merchant in Amsterdam sent a
+circular letter on the discovered Isle to his correspondents in Paris
+and Venice. It is unsafe to conjecture in such matters, for an Amsterdam
+issue may yet be found which will give, word for word, the French and
+Italian versions. Our ignorance on the press of the continent of those
+times, and especially the want of files of "corantos," or news sheets,
+close a wide field of research to the American inquirer. The catalogue
+of the British Museum gives 1669 as the probable year of issue. I see no
+good reason for rejecting 1668 as the more probable year. If the tract
+could go from London to Cambridge, in New England, in three months, it
+could pass from Amsterdam to Italy, by land or by sea, in an equal time.
+
+
+
+
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+
+From Holland the relation also penetrated the German states, finding
+ready welcome and arousing eager curiosity. Hippe regards the tract
+issued by Wilhelm Serlin, at Frankfort on the Main, as the first of the
+German publications, and, being translated [17]from the Dutch, he
+shows that the translator used both the Amsterdam and the Rotterdam
+publications.{1} The Hamburg version claimed to be derived from the
+English original, but it followed closely the Serlin translation from
+the Dutch with modifications which might have been drawn from the
+London tract. An edition not mentioned by Hippe or identified by any
+bibliographer is in the John Carter Brown Library, and opens with the
+statement that it is translated from the English and not from the Dutch.
+It closely follows the text of the London first part. Very likely it is
+the edition found at Copenhagen, if the similarity of titles offers an
+indication of the contents. South Germany obtained its information from
+France, and while neither of the two issues avowedly translated from the
+French gives the place of publication, the fact that one is in Munich
+and the other in Strassburg offers some reason to conjecture that they
+came from the presses of those cities. The Munich issue is for the most
+part a summary of what was in the first London issue, and, if translated
+directly from a French version, must have been from one not now located,
+for it is different from those in the list in this volume. Of the
+Strassburg text, Hippe states that it follows the Rotterdam pamphlet
+Finally, at Breslau is what calls itself a complete publication of the
+combined parts from a copy obtained from London, but it is more probably
+based upon the Dutch translations printed in Amsterdam and Rotterdam,
+with additions drawn from the English.{2}
+
+     1  Hippe, 11.
+
+     2  On these German issues Hippe is full, but I have given
+     only what is needed to identify them.
+
+[18]One of the strangest uses made of the narrative of Pine is to be
+found in Schoeben's translation into German of Jan Mocquet's "Voyages en
+Africque," etc., a work of some estimation which had already twice been
+published in France and once in a Dutch translation before Schoeben
+printed his edition in 1688. As pages inserted quite arbitrarily
+in Mocquets compilation, Schoeben gave Pine's story in full, with a
+paragraph of introduction which not a little abuses the truth while
+giving an additional color of truth. He asserted that while kept at
+Lisbon by the Dutch blockade, he was thrown much in the company of an
+Englishman, one of the Pine family, who were all regarded as notable
+seamen. From this man, then awaiting an opportunity to sail for the
+West Indies, our author heard a very strange story of the origin of the
+Pines, a story then quite notorious at Lisbon. Then follows, with some
+embroidery, a version of the Neville pamphlet, which is not like any
+German translation seen by me, but so full as to extend over ten pages
+of the volume. It ends with a reiteration of the wholly false manner
+in which this story had been obtained. So bold an appropriation of the
+narrative, with a provenience entirely new and as fictitious as the
+story itself, and its bodily inclusion by an editor in a work of
+recognized merit, where it is between two true recitals, cannot be
+defended.{1}
+
+     1 Mocquet's work originally appeared in Rouen in 1645, and a
+     Dutch translation was published at Dordrecht in 1656. A
+     second French issue, apparently unchanged in text, was put
+     out at Rouen in 1665, and in 1618 Schoeben's edition,
+     printed at Lûneberg by Johann Georg Lippers, preceded by
+     eight years an English translation made by Nathaniel Pullen.
+     The Pine tract appears, of course, only in Schoeben's
+     volume.
+
+The tract passed to Cambridge, Massachusetts, before or early in
+September, and it would indeed be interesting to know [19]how and
+through whose hands it passed before reaching Marmaduke Johnson--to his
+undoing. Hezekiah Usher was the only bookseller in Boston at the time,
+and possibly his son, John, may have been associated with him. They
+ordered what they desired from London booksellers and publishers, and
+may have received voluntary consignments of publications from London.
+That would be a somewhat precarious venture, for nothing could be more
+different than the reading markets in Boston and in London, especially
+in the lighter products of the press. Had it come through the Ushers,
+the title-page might state that it had been printed "by M. J. for
+Hezekiah Usher," but in that event Usher would have suffered for not
+obtaining the needed license. The probability is that Johnson was alone
+responsible and was tempted by the hope of gain.
+
+These were all contemporary issues, coming from the press within six
+months of the first appearance of the tract in London. So startling a
+popularity, so widely shown, was a tribute to the opportunity rather
+than to the contents of the piece. And the European interest continued
+for a full century. In Germany it was included in a number of
+collections of voyages, in Denmark it was printed in 1710 and 1789,
+and in France Abbé Prévost took it for his compilation of 1767 on
+discoveries. The English republication of 1778 has peculiar interest,
+for it was due to no other than Thomas Hollis, the benefactor of the
+library of Harvard College, who saw more in the tract than can now be
+recognized, and induced Cadell to reprint it.
+
+
+
+[20]
+
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+
+In the absence of any positive objection, the conclusion of the auction
+expert--that the S. G. imprint was one of Samuel Green of Cambridge,
+Massachusetts--remained unquestioned. But a study of editions and of the
+chronological sequence of the English issues offers a decided negative
+to such a conclusion. The first part was licensed June 27, 1668. Van
+Sloetten dated the second part July 22, 1668, and the issue of the
+combined parts was licensed five days later, July 27. In the space
+of just four weeks all three trads were licensed, and the actual
+publication must have occurred within the same period of time. Such had
+been the start obtained by the first part that on the continent it was
+used for reprint and translation, almost to the neglect of the second
+part, and, as we have seen, most of these translations appeared before
+the end of 1668. Now the tract was not known in Massachusetts until
+discovered by the inquest on printers in September, and a S. G. or
+Samuel Green edition could hardly have come from the press before
+October, even if not delayed by the proceedings against Johnson. Yet on
+die title-page of the Dutch translation issued at Rotterdam in 1668, the
+printer states at length that it is from a copy from London, by S. G.
+for Allen Banks and Charles Harper, in the Lily near Cripplegate Church,
+and in his note "To the Reader" he expressly repeats that he obtained
+a copy of the work from London, in order to correct a faulty issue by
+another Dutch printer.
+
+If S. G. was Samuel Green, we must suppose that one of his Cambridge
+issues was shipped to Rotterdam in time to [21]be translated and
+reprinted before the end of the year. In point of time the thing could
+be done, but in point of probability it was impossible. Apart from his
+own statement, there were a thousand to one chances in favor of the
+Dutch printer obtaining the pamphlet from London; there were ten
+thousand chances to one against his getting it from Massachusetts. I
+reject the supposition that this was a Cambridge imprint for that reason
+alone.
+
+Additional evidence hostile to the claim may be adduced. The copy of the
+first tract in the British Museum is the S. G. for Banks and Harper.{1}
+
+     1  It is erroneously described as "an abridgment."
+
+No other London imprint is to be found there or in the larger libraries
+of England. Of the three other copies located, that sold at audion (the
+White Kennett copy) and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society
+came direct from England, and the actual provenance of the copy in the
+New York Historical Society is not known. It belonged to Rufus King,
+long United States minister near the court of St James's, and is bound
+with other tracts under a general title of "Topographical Collection,
+Vol. I." The binding, Mr. Kelby tells me, is American. There is no mark
+to show when or where King obtained the pamphlet, and the Society
+did not receive it until 1906. That Rufus King belongs as much to
+Massachusetts as to New York is too slight a foundation on which to
+erect a claim that this particular tract was of Massachusetts origin.
+
+In no case, therefore, can an American setting to any one of the four
+known copies of the S. G. "Isle of Pines" be [22]established.{1} The
+probabilities are all against Samuel Green. The incident is a good
+example of the danger of giving play to the imagination on an appearance
+of a combination of fads cemented by interest.
+
+Thus disappears from our memory the certain identification of the S. G.
+pamphlet as an early issue of the press in Cambridge, and with it goes
+my identification of the Johnson pamphlet with the S. G. title-page--a
+veritable pipe dream. It might be urged that as White Kennett was
+collecting on America, it would be more than probable that he would
+have had an American issue; but his own catalogue of 1713 describes the
+nine-page tract, and that is our London edition. I might claim still
+that my Johnson was a Johnson, with a London title-page; but the
+typographical adornment on the first page of its text is just the same
+as the adornment on the first page of the London issue--three rows
+of fleur-de-lys, thirty-seven in each row, and the same kind of type
+characters.{2}
+
+     1 Lowndes indexes it under George Pine, and describes a
+     nine-page trait--probably the one now in the British Museum.
+     He quotes a sale of a copy in it 60 (Puttkk) for £4.10s. He
+     indexes the combined parts under Sloetten, and notes a copy,
+     with the plate, sold in the White Knights sale for 1s..
+
+     2  To attempt to reason from types or rule of thumb
+     measurements, however suggestive, leads to indefinite
+     conclusions. For example, the width of the type page of the
+     S. G. issue of the first part is exactly that of the English
+     issue of the second part, but the former has 33 tines to the
+     page and the latter a a. The width of the page in the
+     variant S. G. issue is narrower and there are 38 and 39
+     lines to the page. But in the London second part the width
+     of page varies by a quarter of an inch. We have Marmaduke
+     Johnson's issue of Paine's Daily Meditations y issued in
+     1670 in connection with S. G. The ornamental border of
+     fleur-de-lys is entirely different from those in the S. G.
+     Isle of Pines. A copy of Johnson's issue of Scottow's
+     translation of Bretz on the Anabaptists, printed in 1668,
+     the very year of the Isle of Pines, shows a different foot
+     of italics from that used in the Isle of Pines variant,
+     yet the roman characters in the two pieces seem identical,
+     and the width of page is exactly the same.
+
+So I bid farewell to my theory, [23]and can only congratulate myself on
+having cleared one point--the London issue--and on having introduced
+a new confusion by the discovery of a second London issue with an
+identical title-page, a problem for the future to solve. I much doubt if
+a true Johnson issue will ever be found, for I believe the action of the
+authorities prevented its birth.
+
+In the library of Mr. Henry E. Huntington is a London issue of which
+I do not find another example. It contains sixteen pages, and the
+title-page gives neither printer's name nor place of publication. It may
+be the first issue, or it may be a later re-issue of the tract, for the
+type, especially the italic, is better than that in the S. G. issue.
+The punctuation also is more carefully looked after, and the whole
+appearance suggests an eighteenth century print. As the original was
+duly licensed, there was no reason to suppress the names of printer or
+booksellers. Nor could the contents of the piece call out controversy
+or hostility from any political faction or religious following. It
+was proper for the author to omit his name from the publication, if he
+desired to remain unknown; but the publisher, having the support of the
+licenser, had every reason to advertise his connexion with the tract,
+although he could not have anticipated so ready an acceptance by the
+public. While I place the Huntington pamphlet first in the bibliography,
+I am more inclined to regard it as a publication made at a later time.
+
+
+
+[24]
+
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+
+The English edition of thirty-one pages in the John Carter Brown
+Library, with an engraved frontispiece,{1} offers still further proof
+that the S. G. issue was made in London. In place of being entirely
+different from the S. G. tract, it is precisely the same so far as text
+is concerned. For it is nothing more than the two parts combined, but
+combined in a peculiar manner. The second part was opened at page 6
+and the first part inserted, entire and without change of text{2} This
+insertion runs into page 16, where a sentence is inserted to carry on
+the relation: "After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this
+Relation, then proceeded he on in his discourse." The rest of the text
+of the second part follows, and pages 27-31 of the combined parts seem
+to be the very type pages of pages 20-24 of the second part{3} In this
+sandwich form one must read six pages before coming to the text of the
+first part, and a careless reader, comparing only the respective first
+pages, would conclude that a pamphlet of thirty-one pages could have no
+likeness [25]to one of nine.
+
+     1  The plate in the copy in the John Carter Brown Library
+     does not belong to that issue, but is inserted in so clumsy
+     a manner as to prevent reproduction. The same plate is found
+     in a copy of the ten-page S.G. issue in the library of Mr.
+     Henry E. Huntington, and to all appearances belongs to that
+     issue.
+
+     2   The last sentence on page 6 of the second part read:
+     "Then proceeded he on in his discourse saying," and there
+     are no pages numbered 7 and 8, although there is no break in
+     the text, the catch-word on page 6 being the first word on
+     page 9. In the combined parts, the last words on page 6
+     constitute a phrase: "which Copy hereafter followeth."
+
+     3 The only change made is in the heading of the Post-script,
+     which was wrongly printed in the second part as "Post-
+     script." On page 26 of the combined parts the words "except
+     burning" were inserted, not appearing in the second part.
+
+On typographical evidence it is safe to assume that the three pieces
+came from the same press, and to assert that the second part and the
+combined parts certainly did. The initials S. G. are found only on the
+first part.
+
+
+
+
+THE PUBLISHERS
+
+The imprints of the three parts agree that the booksellers or publishers
+handling the editions were Allen Banks and Charles Harper. The first
+part gives their shop as the "Flower-De-luice near Cripplegate Church,"
+the second part as the "Flower-de-luce" as before, and the combined
+parts as "next door to the three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over
+against St. Dunstans Church." The church is still there, with more than
+two centuries of dirt and soot marking its walls since Neville wrote,
+and Chancery and Fettar Lanes enable one to place quite accurately the
+location of the booksellers' shop. Only three times do the names of
+Banks and Harper appear as partners on the Stationers' Registers,{1} and
+they separated about 1671, Banks going to the "St Peter at the West End
+of St Pauls." If any judgment may be drawn from their publications after
+ceasing to be partners, Banks leaned to light literature and may have
+been responsible for taking up the "Isle of Pines." Yet Harper was
+Neville's publisher in 1674 and in 1681, a fact which may indicate a
+personal relation.{2}
+
+     1 Eyre and Rivington, ii. 386, 388, and 410.
+
+     2 Sec page 34, infra.
+
+
+
+[26]
+
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+
+By some curious chance this little pamphlet has come to be classed as
+Americana. Bishop Kenneth's Catalogue may have been the source of this
+error, leading collectors to believe that the item was a true relation
+of an actual voyage, and possibly touching upon some phase of American
+history or geography. The rarity of the pamphlet would not permit such a
+belief to be readily corrected. The existence also of two Isles of Pines
+in American waters may have aided the belief.
+
+One of these islands is off the southwestern end of Cuba. On his second
+voyage, Columbus had sailed along the south coast of Cuba, and June
+13,1494, reached an island, which he named Evangelista. Here he
+encountered such difficulties among the shoals that he determined to
+retrace his course to the eastward. But for that experience, he might
+have reached the mainland of America on that voyage. The conquest of the
+island of Cuba by Diego Velasquez in 1511 led to its exploration; but
+geographers could only slowly appreciate what the islands really meant,
+for they were as much misled by the reports of navigators as Columbus
+had been by his prejudice in favor of Cathay.
+
+Toscanelli's map of the Atlantic Ocean (1474) gives many islands between
+Cape Verde and the "coast of spices," of which "Cippangu" is the largest
+and most important.{1}
+
+     1  This map, as reconstructed from Martin Behaim's globe, is
+     in Scottish Geographical Magazine, 1893.
+
+On Juan de laCosa's sea chart, 1500, Cuba is fairly drawn, with the sea
+to the south dotted with islands without names. In a few years the mist
+surrounding [27]the new world had so far been dispelled as to disclose a
+quite accurate detail of the larger West Indian islands{1} and to offer
+a continent to the west, one that placed Cipangu still far too much
+to the east of the coast of Asia.{2} An island of some size off the
+southwest of Cuba seems to have been intended at first for Jamaica, but
+certainly as early as 1536 that island had passed to its true position
+on the maps, and the island to the west is without a name. Nor can it
+be confused with Yucatan, which for forty years was often drawn as an
+island. On the so-called Wolfenbuttel-Spanish map of 1525-30 occurs the
+name "J. de Pinos," probably the first occurrence of the name upon any
+map in the sixteenth century. Two other maps of that time--Colon's and
+Ribero's, dated respectively 1527 and 1529--call it "Y de Pinos," and on
+the globe of Ulpius, to which the year 1542 is assigned, "de Pinos"
+is clearly marked. Bellero's map, 1550, has an island "de pinolas."
+Naturally, map-makers were slow to adopt new names, and in the numerous
+editions of Ptolemy the label St Iago was retained almost to the end of
+the century.{3} On the Agnese map there are two islands, one named "S.
+Tiago," the other "pinos," which introduced a new confusion, though he
+was not followed by most geographers until Wytfliet, 1597, gave both
+names to the same island--"S. Iago siue Y de Pinas"--in which he is
+followed by Hondius, 1633.{4} Ortelius, 1579, [28]adopts "I Pinnorum,"
+while Linschoten, 1598, has "Pinas," and Herrera, 1601, "Pinos."
+
+     1  The Agnese Atlas of 1529 may be cited as an example.
+
+     2   See, for example, the so-called Stobnicza [Joannes,
+     Stobnicensis] map of 151a, and the Ptolemy of 1513
+     (Strassburg).
+
+     3  Muenster, 1540. Cabot, 1544, and Desceller, 1546, give "Y
+     de Pinos."
+
+     4  Mr. P. Lee Phillips, to whom I am indebted for references
+     to atlases of the time, also supplies the following:
+     Lafreri, 1575 (?) "S. Tiagoj" Percacchi, 1576, "S. Tiago;"
+     Santa Cruz, 1541, "Ya de Pinosj" and Dudley, 1647, "I de
+     Pinos." Hakloyt (iii. 617) prints a "Ruttier" for the
+     West Indies, without date, but probably of the end of the
+     sixteenth century, which contains the following; "The
+     markes of Isla de Pinos. The Island of Pinos stretcheth it
+     selfe East and West, and is full of homocks, and if you
+     chance to see it at full sea, it will shew like 3 Islands,
+     as though there were divers soundes betweene them, and that
+     in the midst is the greatest; and in rowing with them, it
+     will make all a firme lande: and upon the East side of these
+     three homocks it will shewe all ragged; and on the West
+     side of them will appeare unto you a lowe point even with
+     the sea, and oftentimes you shall see the trees before you
+     shall discerne the point."
+
+When the name given by Columbus was dropped and by whom the island was
+named "de Pinos" cannot be determined.
+
+Our colleague, Mr. Francis R. Hart, has called my attention to a second
+Isle of Pines in American waters, being near Golden Island, which was
+situated in the harbor or bay on which the Scot Darien expedition made
+its settlement of New Edinburgh. The bay is still known as Caledonia
+Bay, and the harbor as Porto Escoces, but the Isla de Pinas as well as a
+river of the same name do not appear on maps of the region. The curious
+may find references to the island in the printed accounts of the
+unfortunate Darien colony.
+
+The Isle of Pines could thus be found on the map as an actual island in
+the West Indies; but the "Isle of Pines" of our tract existed only
+in the imagination of the writer. The mere fact of its having been
+printed--but not published--in Cambridge, Massachusetts, does not
+entitle it to be classed even indirectly as Americana, any more than
+Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress or [29]Thomas à Kempis could be so marked on
+the strength of their having a Massachusetts imprint Curiosities of the
+American press they may be, but they serve only as crude measures of the
+existing taste for literature since become recognized as classic.
+
+The dignified Calendar of State Papers in the Public Record Office,
+London, gravely indexes a casual reference to the tract under West
+Indies, and the impression that the author wrote of the Cuban island
+probably accounts for the different editions in the John Carter Brown
+Library, as well as for the price obtained for the White Kennett copy.
+No possible reason can be found, however, for regarding the "Isle of
+Pines" in any of its forms as Americana.
+
+
+
+
+THE AUTHOR
+
+Thus far I have been concerned with externals, and before turning to the
+contents of the tract itself in an endeavor to explain the extraordinary
+popularity it enjoyed, something must be said of the author--Henry
+Neville. Like most of the characters engaged in the politics of England
+in the middle of the seventeenth century, he has suffered at the hands
+of his biographer, Anthony à Wood,{1} merely because he belonged to
+the opposite party--the crudest possible measure of merit For the odium
+politicum and the odium theologicum are twin agents of detraction, and
+the writing of history would be dull indeed were it not for the joy of
+digging out an approximation to the truth from opposing opinions. Where
+the material is so scanty it will be safer [30]to summarize what is
+known, without attempting to pass finally upon Neville's position among
+his contemporaries.
+
+     1 Athenæ Oxoniemses (Bliss), iv. 413.
+
+The second son of Sir Henry Neville, and grandson of Sir Henry Neville
+(1564?-1615), courtier and diplomatist under Elizabeth and James I,
+Henry Neville was born in Billing-bear, Berkshire, in 1620. He became
+a commoner of Merton College in 1635, and soon after migrated to
+University College, where he passed some years but took no degree. He
+travelled on the continent, becoming familiar with modern languages and
+men, and returned to England in 1645, to recruit for Abingdon for the
+parliament Wood states that Neville "was very great with Harry
+Marten, Tho. Chaloner, Tho. Scot, Jam. Harrington and other zealous
+commonwealths men." His association with them probably arose from his
+membership of the council of state (1651), and also from his agreement
+with them in their suspicions of Cromwell, who, in his opinion, "gaped
+after the government by a single person." In consequence he was banished
+from London in 1654, and on Oliver's death was returned to parliament
+December 30,1658, as burgess for Reading. An attempt to exclude him on
+charges of atheism and blasphemy failed.
+
+He was undoubtedly somewhat closely associated with James Harrington,
+the author of "Oceana," and was regarded as a "strong doctrinaire
+republican." He was a member of the club--the Rota--formed by Harrington
+for discussing and disseminating his political views, a club which
+continued in existence only a few months, from November, 1659, to
+February, 1660; but its name is embalmed in one of Harrington's
+essays--"The Rota"--published in 1660, and extracted from his "Art of
+Law-giving," [31]which was itself an abridgment of the "Oceana."
+
+At this time, says Wood, Neville was "esteemed to be a man of good
+parts, yet of a factious and turbulent spirit." On the restoration he
+"sculk'd for a time," and, arrested for a supposed connection in the
+Yorkshire rising of 1663, he was released for want of evidence against
+him, retiring from all participation in politics. For twenty years
+before his death he lived in lodgings in Silver Street, near Bloomsbury
+market, and dying on September 20, 1694, he was buried in the parish
+church of Warfield, Berkshire. By his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of
+Richard Staverton of Warfield, he had no issue.{2} In his retirement he
+found occupation in political theory. He translated some of the writings
+of Machiavelli, which he had obtained in Italy in 1645, and published
+some verses of little merit.
+
+     {1} Wood.
+
+     {2}  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+It cannot be said that a reading of Neville's productions before 1681
+raises him in our estimation, it certainly does not give the impression
+of a man of letters, a student of government, or even a politician of
+the day. There is always the possibility in these casual writings of
+a purpose deeper than appears to the reader of the present day, of a
+meaning which escapes him because the special combination of events
+creating the occasion cannot be reconstructed. The "Parliament of
+Ladies," which was published in two parts in 1647, has little meaning
+to the reader, though they appeared in the year when the Parliament took
+notice of the "many Seditious, False and Scandalous Papers and Pamphlets
+daily printed and published in and about the cities of London and
+Westminster, and thence dispersed [32]into all parts of this Realm, and
+other parts beyond the Seas, to the great abuse and prejudice of the
+People, and insufferable reproach of the proceedings of the Parliament
+and their Army."{1}
+
+To write, print, or sell any unlicensed matter whatsoever would be
+liable to fine or imprisonment, and to whet the zeal of discovery
+one-half of the fine was to go to the informer. Every publication,
+from a book to a broadsheet, must bear the name of author, printer,
+and licenser. Neither of Neville's pamphlets of 1647 conformed to the
+requirements of this act, which is not, however, positive evidence that
+they did not appear after the promulgation of the law. Suppression of
+printing has proved a difficult task to rulers, even when supported
+by public opinion or an army. The Stationers' Registers show that the
+"Parliament of Ladies" and its sequel were not properly entered; nor do
+they contain any reference to Neville's "News from the New Exchange,"
+issued in 1650.{2}
+
+Nine years passed before he printed a pamphlet which marked his
+break with Cromwell--"Shuffling, Cutting, and Dealing in a Game of
+Picquet."{3}
+
+     1  Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, i. 1021. Though
+     dated September 30, the act was entered at Stationers' Hall
+     September 19. Eyre and Rivington, i. 276.
+
+     2  It was reprinted in 1731.
+
+     3  It is in the Harleian Miscellany, v. 298, and a copy of
+     the meanly printed original is in the Ticknor Collection,
+     Boston Public Library.
+
+This little pamphlet was put out in the poorest dress possible,
+bespeaking a press of meagre equipment, and a printer without an idea
+of the form which even the leaflet can assume in skilful hands. Without
+imprint, author's name, or any mark of identification, it indicates a
+secret impression and [33]issue--one of the many occasional pamphlets
+which appeared at the time from "underground" shops which least of all
+wanted to be known as the agent of publication. Neville either avowed
+the authorship or it was traced to him, and the displeasure of Cromwell
+and banishment from London followed.
+
+In 1681 he printed "Discourses concerning Government," which was much
+admired by Hobbes, and even Wood admits that it was "very much bought up
+by the members [of parliament], and admired: But soon after, when they
+understood who the author was (for his name was not set to the book),
+many of the honest party rejected, and had no opinion of it" A later
+writer describes it as an "un-Platonic dialogue developing a scheme
+for the exercise of the royal prerogative through councils of state
+responsible to Parliament, and of which a third part should retire every
+year."{1} Reissued at the time under its better known title--"Plato
+Redivivus"{2}--it was reprinted in 1742,{3} and again by Thomas Hollis
+in 1763.
+
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+     2  Plato Redivivus, or A Dialogue concerning Government:
+     wherein, by Observations drawn from other Kingdoms and
+     States both ancient and modern, an Endeavour is used to
+     discover the politick Distemper of our own; with the Causes
+     and Remedies. The Second Edition, with Additions. In Octavo.
+     Price 2s. 6d. Printed for S. I. and sold by R. Dew. The Term
+     Catalogues (Arber), 1.443--the issue for May, 1681. The
+     initials S. I. do not again occur in the Catalogues, and R.
+     Dew is credited with only two issues, both in May, 1681,
+     neither giving the location of his shop. The tract called
+     out several replies, such as the anonymous Antidotum
+     Brittanicum and Goddard's Plato's Demon, or the State
+     Physician Unmasked ( 1684).
+
+     3  A copy is in the Library Company, Philadelphia.
+
+His translations from Machiavelli are not so easily traced, nor is any
+explanation possible for his having delayed for nearly [34]thirty years
+publication of evidence of his admiration for the Florentine politician.
+He was not alone in desiring to make the Italian political moralist
+better known, for translations of the "Discourses" and "The Prince,"
+with "some marginal animadversions noting and taxing his [Machiavelli's]
+errors," by E. D.{1} was published in a second edition in November,
+1673, but I do not connect Neville with that issue. In the following
+year the connection of Charles Harper's name with the "Florentine
+History" suggests Neville, as does a more ambitious undertaking of the
+"Works," first fathered by another London bookseller, but with which
+Harper was concerned in 1681:
+
+The Florentine History, in Eight Books. Written by Nicholas Machiavel,
+Citizen and Secretary of Florence: now exactly translated from the
+Italian. In Octavo. Price, bound, 6s. Printed for Charles Harper, and J.
+Amery, at the Flower de luce, and Peacock, in Fleet street.{2}
+
+The Works of the Famous Nicholas Machiavel, Citizen and Secretary of
+Florence. Containing, 1. The History of Florence. 2. The Prince. 3. The
+Original of the Guelf and Ghibilin Factions. 4. The life of Castrucio
+Castraceni. 5. The murther of Vitelli, etc., by Duke Valentine. 6. The
+State of France. 7. The State of Germany. 8. The Discourses of Titus
+Livius. 9. The Art of War. 10. The Marriage of Belphegery a Novel.{3}
+
+     1  Edward Dacres.
+
+     2  The Term Catalogues (Arber i. 18--the issue for November
+     25,1674.) It was entered at Stationers' Hall, June 20,
+     1674, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and Master
+     Warden Mean" with the statement that the translation was
+     made by "J. D. Gent."
+
+     3  This novel wa added by Starker to a translation of novels
+     by Gomez deQueverdoy Villegas published in November, 1670.
+     The name of the printer suggests a connection with Neville.
+
+[35]11. Nicholas Machiavel's Letter in Vindication of himself and his
+Writings. All written originally in Italian; and from thence newly and
+faithfully Translated in English. In Folio. Price, bound, 18s. Printed
+for J. Starkey at the Mitre in Flret street near Temple Bar.
+
+[Same Title.] The Second Edition. Printed for J. Starkey, C. Harper, and
+J. Amery, at the Miter, the Flower de luce, and the Peacock, in Flret
+street. Folio. Price, bound, 16s.{1}
+
+     1  The Term Catalogues (Arber) i.199--the issue for
+     February, 1675. Entered at Stationers' Hall, February 4,
+     1674-75, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and
+     Master Warden Roycroft," with the statement that the
+     translation was made by "J.B. Salvo iure cuilibet." The
+     resort to L'Estrange in both instances is suggestive. 2  Ib
+     453--the issue for June, 1681. "The Works of that famous
+     Nicholas Machiavel" is announced in the Catalogues, June,
+     1675, for publication by R. Boulter, in Cornhill, and at the
+     same price of 18s., but I doubt if Neville had anything to
+     do with that translation.
+
+It may be admitted that questions of government were eagerly discussed
+in the seventeenth century. It was only needed to live under the Stuarts
+and to pass through the Civil War and Protectorate to realize that
+a transition from the divinely anointed ruler to a self-constituted
+governor resting upon an army, and again to a trial of the legitimate
+holder of royal prerogative, offered an education in matters of
+political rule which naturally led to a constitutional monarchy, and
+which could not be equalled in degree or lasting importance until the
+American colonies of Great Britain questioned the policy of the mother
+country toward her all too energetic children. Hobbes' "Leviathan, or
+the Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil,"
+appeared in 1651, a powerful argument for absolutism, but cast in such
+a form as to make the [36]writer an unwelcome adherent to royalty in
+exile.
+
+In 1652 Filmer published his "Observations concerning the Original of
+Government," one of a series of tracts, completed by his "Patriarcha,"
+printed after his death, which has made him a prophet of the extreme
+supporters of the divine origin of kingship. These are only examples
+of the political discussion of the day, and to them may be added
+Harrington, whose "Oceanan" appeared in 1656.{1} It satisfied no party
+or faction, and a second edition was not called for until 1700, when
+other writings of the author were added. This compilation was, in 1737,
+pirated by a Dublin printer, R. Reilly, who added Neville's "Plato
+Redivivus;"{2} but the third English edition (1747), issued by the same
+printer who made the second edition, omitted Neville's tract.
+
+     1  Entered at Stationers' Hall by Livewell Chapman,
+     September 19,1656. Eyre and Rivington, ii. 86.
+
+     2  Bibliotheca Liudeusianat ii. 4228.
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY
+
+"The Isle of Pines" was Neville's fifth publication, issued nine years
+after his fourth, a political tract: "Shuffling, Cutting and Dealing
+in a Game of Picquet" Like most titles of the day, that of "The Isle of
+Pines" did not fail in quantity. It was repeated word for word, except
+the imprint, on the first page of the text. Briefly, the relation
+purports to have been written by an Englishman, George Pine, who at the
+age of twenty shipped as book-keeper in the India Merchant, which sailed
+for the East Indies in 1569.
+
+Having rounded the Cape of Good Hope and [37]being almost within sight
+of St. Lawrence's Island, now Madagascar,{1} they encountered a great
+storm of wind, which separated the ship from her consorts, blew many
+days, and finally wrecked the vessel on a rocky island. The entire
+company was drowned except Pine, the daughter of his master, two
+maid-servants, and one negro female slave. They gathered what they could
+of the wreckage, and Pine and his companions lived there in community
+life, a free-love settlement By the four women he had forty-seven
+children, and in his sixtieth year he claimed to have 565 children,
+grandchildren, and great-grandchildren. It was from one of his
+grandchildren that the Dutch ship received the relation. Apart from the
+title-page, the entire tract is occupied by the story of George Pine,
+from whom the island took its name. In 1667, or ninety-eight years after
+Pine was wrecked, the Dutch captain estimated that the population of the
+island amounted to ten or twelve thousand persons. Methuselah, with his
+years to plead for him, might boast of such breeding, but in ordinary
+man it is too near the verminous, the rat, the guinea-pig, and the
+rabbit, to be pleasant.
+
+     1 It was the Island of St. Laurence of James Lancaster's
+     Voyage, 1593. Hakluyt, Principall Navigations, vi. 401.
+
+The publication must have attracted attention at once, for before
+the end of July Neville put forth a second part, "A New and further
+Discovery of The Isle of Pines," which purported to be the relation of
+the Dutch captain to whom the history of Pines had been confided. It is
+an unadorned story such as might have been gathered from a dozen tales
+in Hakluyt or Purchas, and is interesting only in giving the name of
+the [38]Dutch captain--Cornelius Van Sloetton--and the location of
+the supposed island--longitude 76° and latitude 20°, under the third
+climate--which places it to the northeast of Madagascar. Almost
+immediately after the publication of the second part it was combined
+with the first part, as already described, and published late in July
+or early in August Cornelius Van Sloetton, as he signed himself in the
+second part, became Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten in the combined issue.
+
+
+
+
+INTERPRETATIONS
+
+It was Pine's relation which received the greatest attention on the
+continent, and that was chiefly concerned in describing his performances
+in populating the island. It was therefore with only a mild surprise
+that I read in one of those repulsively thorough studies which only a
+German can make, a study made in 1668 of this very tract, "The Isle
+of Pines," the assertion that Pines, masquerading as the name of the
+discoverer and patriarch of the island, and accepted as the name of
+the island itself, was only an anagram on the male organ of
+generation--penis. On one of the German issues in the John Carter Brown
+[39]Library this has also been noted by a contemporary hand.{1} Such an
+interpretation reduces our tract to a screaming farce, but it closely
+suits the general tone of other of Neville's writings, which are
+redolent of the sensual license of the restoration. To this I would add
+an emendation of my own. The name adopted by Neville was Henry Cornelius
+van Sloetten. It suggests a somewhat forcible English word--slut--of
+doubtful origin, although forms having some resemblance in sound and
+sense occur in the Scandinavian languages.
+
+     1   Christian Weise, Prof. Polit, in augusteo in A. 1685.
+
+Such interpretations seem to fit the work better than that of a German
+critic, who sees in the book a sort of Utopia, a model community, or
+an exhibition in the development of law and order. Free love led
+to license, maids were ravished, and the complete promiscuity of
+intercourse disgusted Pine, who sought to suppress it by force and, in
+killing the leader of a revolt, a man with negro blood in his veins, to
+impose punishments for acts which he had himself done. The ground for
+believing that Neville had any such purpose when he wrote the book is
+too slight to be accepted. In 1668 the author had no call to convey a
+lesson in government to his countrymen by any means so frankly vulgar
+and pointless as the "Isle of Pines." If Neville had intended such a
+political object, a phrase would have sufficed to indicate it. No
+such key can be found in the text, and there is nothing to show that,
+politician as he was, he realized that such an intimation could be drawn
+from his paragraphs.
+
+To assume, therefore, that so carefully hidden a suggestion of a model
+republic could have aided the circulation [40]of the pamphlet at the
+time, or at any later period, is to introduce an element unnecessary
+to explain the vogue of the relation. It passed simply as a story
+of adventure, and as such it fell upon a time when a wide public was
+receptive to the point of being easily duped. Wood asserts that the
+"Isle of Pines," when first published, "was look'd upon as a mere sham
+or piece of drollery; "{1} and there are few contemporary references to
+the relation of either Pine or Van Sloetten, and those few are of little
+moment If the seamen, who were in a position to point out discrepancies
+of fad in the story, made any comment or criticism, I have failed to
+discover them.
+
+     1  Athenæ Oxomiensis (Bliss), iv. 410.
+
+Neville himself freely played with the subject, and it is strange that
+he did not excite some suspicion of his veracity among his readers.
+He had told in his first part of a Dutch ship which was driven by foul
+weather to the island and of the giving to the Dutch the story of
+Pine. His second part is the story of the Dutch captain, sailing from
+Amsterdam, re-discovering the Isle of Pines, and returning home--that
+is, to Holland. Yet Neville for the combined issue, and presumably only
+a few days after giving out the first part, composed two letters from
+a merchant of Amsterdam--Abraham Keek--dated June 29 and July 6, saying
+that the last post from Rochelle brought intelligence of a French vessel
+which had just arrived and reported the discovery of this very island,
+but placing it some two or three hundred leagues "Northwest from Cape
+Finis Terre," though, he added with reasonable caution, "it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact [41]point of the compass from Cape Finis Terre."
+
+Keek offered an additional piece of geographical information, that "some
+English here suppose it maybe the Island of Brasile which have been so
+oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland."{1} The first letter of Keek is
+dated five days after the licensing of the first part of the "Isle
+of Pines," and the second sixteen days before the date of Sloetten's
+narrative. It is hardly possible that Neville could have been forgetful
+of his having made a Dutch vessel responsible for the discovery and
+history of Pine, and it is more than probable that he took this means of
+giving greater verisimilitude to the Isle of Pines, by bringing forward
+an independent discovery by a French vessel. However intended, the ruse
+did not contribute to such a purpose, as the combined parts did not
+enjoy as wide a circulation as the first part.
+
+     1  See page 53, infra.
+
+On the continent a German, who knew the tract only as translated into
+German through a Dutch version of the English text, and therefore
+imperfectly, gave it serious consideration, and had little difficulty in
+finding inconsistencies and contradictions. Some of his questions went
+to the root of the matter. It was a Dutch ship which first found the
+Isle of Pines and its colony; why was not the discovery first announced
+by the Dutch? Piece by piece the critic takes down the somewhat clumsily
+fashioned structure of Neville's fiction, and in the end little remains
+untouched by suspicion. No such examination, dull and labored in form,
+and offering no trace of imagination which wisely permits itself to be
+deceived in details in order to be free to accept a whole, could pass
+beyond the narrow circle of a university.
+
+[42]As an antidote to the attractions of Neville's tract it was
+powerless, and to-day it remains as much of a curiosity as it was in
+1668, when it was written. Indeed, a question might be raised as to
+which tract was less intentionally a joke--Neville's "Isle of Pines," or
+our German's ponderous essay upon it? At least the scientific
+ignorance of the Englishman, perfectly evident from the start, is more
+entertaining than the pseudo-science of the German critic, who boldly
+asserts as impossible what has come to be a commonplace.{1}
+
+     1   Das verdachtige Pineser-Eylandd, No. 29 in the
+     Bibliography. It it dedicated to Anthonio Goldbeck,
+     Burgomaster of Altona, and the letter of dedication b dated
+     at Hamburg, October 26, 1668.
+
+Hippe calls attention to the geography of the relation as not the least
+interesting of its features, for the neighborhood of the Island of
+Madagascar was used in other sea stories as a place of storm and
+catastrophe. "The ship on which Simplicissimus wished to return
+to Portugal, suffered shipwreck likewise near Madagascar, and the
+paradisiac island on which Grimmelshausen permits his hero finally to
+land in company with a carpenter, is also to be sought in this region.
+In precisely the same way the shipwreck of Sadeur,{1} the hero of a
+French Robinson Crusoe story, [43]happens on the coast of Madagascar,
+and from this was he driven in a southerly direction to the coast of the
+southern land."
+
+     1  La Terre Australe commue, a romance written by Gabriel de
+     Foigny (pseud. J. Sadeur), describing the stay of Sadeur on
+     the southern continent for more than thirty-five years, The
+     original edition, made in Geneva in 1676, is said to contain
+     "many impious and licentious passages which were omitted in
+     the later editions." Sabin (xviii. 220) gives a list of
+     editions, the first English translation appearing in 1693.
+     It is possible that the author owed the idea of his work to
+     Neville's pamphlet.
+
+In most of the older surveys of the known world America counts as the
+fourth part, naturally coming after Europe, Asia, and Africa. Even that
+arrangement was not generally accepted. Joannes Leo (Hasan Ibn Muhammad,
+al-Wazzan), writing in 1556, properly called Africa "la tierce Partie du
+Monde;" but the Seigneur de la Popellinière, in his "Les Trois Mondes,"
+published in 1582, divided the globe into three parts--1. Europe, Asia,
+and Africa; 2. America, and 3. Australia. A half century later,
+Pierre d'Avitz, of Toumon (Ardèche), entitled one of his compositions
+"Description Générale de l'Amérique troisiesme partie du Monde," first
+published in 1637.{2} The expedition under Alvaro de Mendana de Nevra,
+setting sail from Callao, November 19, 1567, and steering westward,
+sought to clear doubt concerning a continent which report had pictured
+as being somewhere in the Pacific Ocean. The Solomon Islands rewarded
+the enterprise, and with New Guinea and the Philippines completed
+a connection between Peru and the continent of Asia. There had long
+existed, however, a settled belief in the existence of a great continent
+in the southern hemisphere, which should serve as a counterpoise to the
+known lands in the northern.
+
+     1  A copy is in the Boston Athenaeum.
+
+The geographical ideas of the times required such a continent, [44]and
+even before the circumnavigation of Africa, the world-maps indicated
+to the southward "terra incognita secundum Ptolemeum,"{1} or a land of
+extreme temperature and wholly unknown.{2} The sailing of ships round
+the Cape of Good Hope dissipated in some degree this belief but it
+merely placed some distance between that cape and the supposed Terra
+Australia which was now extended to the south of America, separated on
+the maps from that continent only by the narrow Straits of Magellan, and
+stretching to the westward, almost approaching New Guinea.{3}
+
+     1  As on the Ptolemy, Ulm, 1482.
+
+     2  As in Macrobius, In Sommium Scipionis Expositio, Brescia,
+     1483. 3  See the map of Oronce Fine, 1522, and Ortelius,
+     Orbis Terrarum 1592. 4  The "Quiri Regio" was long marked on
+     maps as a continent lying to the south of the Solomon
+     Islands.
+
+     3  This was first republished at Augsburg in 1611; in a
+     Latin translation in Henry Hudson's Descriptio ac
+     Delimeatis, Amsterdam, 1612, in Dutch, Verhael van seher
+     Memorial, Amsterdam, 1612; in Bry, 1613, and shortly after
+     in Hulsius; in French, Paris, 1617; and in English, London,
+     1617. I give this list because even so interesting an
+     announcement of a genuine voyage did not have so quick an
+     acceptance as Neville's tract with almost the same title.
+
+Such an expanse of undiscovered land, believed to be rich in gold,
+awakened the resolution of Pedro Fernandez de Queiros, who had been a
+pilot in the Mendafia voyage of 1606. By chance he failed in his object,
+and deceived by the apparent continuous coast line presented to his view
+by the islands of the New Hebrides group, he gave it the resounding
+name of Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, because of the King's title of
+Austria. On the publication of his "Relation" at Seville in 1610, the
+name was altered, and he claimed to have discovered the "fourth part of
+the world, called Terra Australis incognita." Seven years later, [45]in
+1617, it was published in London under the title, "Terra Australia
+incognita, or A new Southerne Discoverie, containing a fifth part of
+the World." It is obvious that geographers and their source of
+information--the adventurous sea captains--were not agreed upon the
+proper number to be assigned to the Terra Australis in the world scheme.
+Even in 1663 the Church seemed in doubt, for a father writes "Mémoires
+touchant l'établissement d'une Mission Chrestienne dans la troisième
+Monde, autrement apellé la Terre Australe, Méridionale, Antartique, &
+I connue."{1} That Neville even drew his title from any of these
+publications cannot be asserted, nor do they explain his designation of
+the Isle of Pines as the fourth island in this southern land; but they
+show the common meaning attached to Terra Australis incognita, and his
+use of the words was a clever, even if not an intentional appeal to the
+curiosity then so active on continents yet to be discovered.
+
+     1  Printed at Paris by Claude Cramoisy, 1663. A copy is in
+     the John Carter Brown Library. In 1756 Charles de Brosse
+     published his Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes
+     from Vespuccius to his own day, which was largely used by
+     John Callender in compiling his Terra Australis Cogmta,
+     1766-68.
+
+Another volume, however, written by one who afterwards became Bishop
+of Norwich, may have been responsible for the conception of Neville's
+pamphlet. This was Joseph Hall's "Mundus Alter et Idem sive Terra
+Australis ante hac semper incognita longis itineribus peregrini
+Academici nuperrime lustrata." The title says it was printed at
+Frankfort, and the statement has been too readily accepted as the fact,
+for the tract was entered at [46]Stationers' Hall by John Porter, June
+2, 1605, and again on August 1, 1608.{1} The biographer of Bishop Hall
+states that it was published at Frankfort by a friend, in 1605, and
+republished at Hanau in 1607, and in a translated form in London about
+1608. It is more than probable that all three issues were made in
+London, and that the so-called Hanau edition was that entered in 1608.
+On January 18, 1608-09, Thomas Thorpe entered the translation, with the
+address to the reader signed John Healey, who was the translator.{2}
+This carried the title: "The Discovery of a New World, or a Description
+of the South Indies hitherto unknown."{3} It is a satirical work with
+no pretense of touching upon realities. Hallam wrote of it: "I can
+only produce two books by English authors in this first part of the
+seventeenth century which fall properly under the class of novels or
+romances; and of these one is written in Latin. This is the Mundus Alter
+and Idem of Bishop Hall, an imitation of the later and weaker volumes
+of Rabelais. A country in Terra Australis is divided into four regions,
+Crapulia, Virginia, Moronea, and Lavernia. Maps of the whole land and of
+particular regions are given; and the nature of the satire, not much of
+which has any especial reference to England, may easily be collected. It
+is not a very successful effort."{4}
+
+     1  Stationers' Registers (Arber), in. 291, 386.
+
+     2  Ib. 400. Healey made an "exceptionally bad" translation
+     of St. Augustine's De Civitate Dei, which remained the only
+     English translation of that work until 1871.
+
+     3  In the Bodleian Library is a copy of the translation with
+     the title, The Discovery of a New World, Tenterbelly,
+     Sheeland, and Fooliana, London, n.d.
+
+     4  Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 2d éd., II.
+     167.
+
+While a later critic, Canon [47]Perry, says of it: "This strange
+composition, sometimes erroneously described as a 'political romance,'
+to which it bears no resemblance whatever, is a moral satire in prose,
+with a strong undercurrent of bitter jibes at the Romish church, and its
+eccentricities, which sufficiently betray the author's main purpose
+in writing it. It shows considerable imagination, wit, and skill
+in latinity, but it has not enough of verisimilitude to make it an
+effective satire, and does not always avoid scurrility."{1} Like
+Neville's production, the satire was misinterpreted.
+
+The title of Neville's tract also recalls the lost play of Thomas
+Nash--"The Isle of Dogs"--for which he was imprisoned on its appearance
+in 1597, and suffered, as he asserted, for the indiscretion of others.
+"As Actaeon was worried by his own hounds," wrote Francis Meres in his
+"Palladis Tamia," "so is Tom Nash of his Isle of Dogs." And three
+years later, in 1600, Nash referred in his "Summers Last Will" to the
+excitement raised by his suppressed play. "Here's a coil about dogs
+without wit! If I had thought the ship of fools would have stay'd to
+take in fresh water at the Isle of Dogs, I would have furnish'd it with
+a whole kennel of collections to the purpose." The incident was long
+remembered. Nine years after Nash's experience John Day published his
+"Isle of Gulls," drawn from Sir Philip Sidney's "Arcadia."{2}
+
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, xxiv. 76.
+
+     2  I take these facts from Sir Sidney Lee's sketch of Nash in
+     the Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 107.
+
+
+
+[48]
+
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+
+I would apologize for taking so much time on a nine-page hoax did it not
+offer something positive in the history of English literature. It has
+long been recognized as one of the more than possible sources of Defoe's
+"Robinson Crusoe." It is truly said that the elements of a masterpiece
+exist for years before they become embodied, that they are floating in
+the air, as it were, awaiting the master workman who can make that
+use which gives to them permanent interest Life on an island, entirely
+separated from the rest of mankind, had formed an incident in many
+tales, but Neville's is believed to have been the first employment by
+an English author of island life for the whole story. And while Defoe
+excludes the most important feature of Neville's tract--woman--from his
+"Robinson Crusoe," issued in April, 1719, he too, four months after,
+published the "Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," in which
+woman has a share. It would be wearisome to undertake a comparison of
+incident; suffice it to say that the "Isle of Pines" has been accepted
+as a pre-Defoe romance, to which the far greater Englishman may have
+been indebted. [49]
+
+[51]
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+
+The Isle of Pines
+
+OR,
+
+[53] A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND near Terra Australis, Incognita
+
+BY
+
+Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten.
+
+Wherein is contained.
+
+
+A True Relation of certain English persons, who in Queen Elizabeths
+time, making a Voyage to the East Indies were cast away, and wracked
+near to the Coast of Terra Australis, Incognita, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women. And now lately Anno Dom. 1667. a Dutch Ship
+making a Voyage to the East Indies, driven by foul weather there, by
+chance have found their Posterity, (speaking good English) to amount
+(as they suppose) to ten or twelve thousand persons. The whole Relation
+(written and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and
+delivered to the Dutch by his Grandchild) Is here annexed with the
+Longitude and Latitude of the Island, the situation and felicity
+thereof, with other matter observable.
+
+Licensed July 27. 1668.
+
+London, Printed for Allen Banks and Charles Harper next door to the
+three Squerrills in Fleet-Street, over against St Dunstans Church, 1668.
+
+Two Letters concerning the Island of Pines to a Credible person in
+Covent Garden.
+
+IT is written by the last Post from Rochel, to a Merchant in this City,
+that there was a French ship arrived, the Mailer and Company of which
+reports, that about 2 or 300 Leagues Northwest from Cape Finis Terre,
+they fell in with an Island, where they went on shore, and found about
+2000 English people without cloathes, only some small coverings about
+their middle, and that they related to them, that at their first coming
+to this Island (which was in Queen Elizabeths time) they were but five
+in number men and women, being cast on shore by distress or otherwise,
+and had there remained ever since, without having any correspondence
+with any other people, or any ship coming to them. This story seems very
+fabulous, yet the Letter is come to a known Merchant, and from a good
+hand in France, so that I thought fit to mention it, it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact point of the Compass, from Cape Finis Terre; I shall enquire more
+particularly about it. Some English here suppose it may be the Island
+of Brasile which have been so oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland, if
+true, we shall hear further about it; your friend and Brother, Abraham
+Keek.
+
+Amsterdam, July the 6th 1668.
+
+IT is said that the Ship that discovered the Island, of which I hinted
+to you in my last, is departed from Rochel, on her way to Zealand,
+several persons here have writ thither to enquire for the said Vessel,
+to know the truth of this business. I was promised a Copy of the Letter
+[54]Amsterdam, June the 29th 1668, that came from France, advising the
+discovery of the Island above-said, but its not yet come to my hand;
+when it cometh, or any further news about this Island, I shall acquaint
+you with it,
+
+Your Friend and Brother,
+
+A. Keck.
+
+{{1 }} [55]Discovered Near to the Coast of Terra Australis Incognita,
+by Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten, in a Letter to a friend in London,
+declaring the truth of his Voyage to the East Indies.
+
+SIR,
+
+I Received your Letter of this second instant, wherein you desire me
+to give you a further account concerning the Land of Pines, on which we
+were driven by distress of Weather the last Summer, I also perused the
+Printed Book thereof you sent me, the Copy of which was surreptiously
+taken out of my hands, else should I have given you a more fuller
+account upon what occasion we came thither, how we were entertained,
+with some other circumstances {{2 }}of note wherein that relation is
+defective. To satisfie therefore your desires, I shall briefly yet sully
+give you a particular account thereof, with a true Copy of the Relation
+itself; desiring you to bear with my blunt Phrases, as being more a
+Seaman then a Scholler.
+
+April the 26th 1667. We set sail from Amsterdam, intending for the
+East-Indies; our ship had to name the place from whence we came, the
+Amsterdam burthen 350. Tun, and having a fair gale of Wind, on the 27 of
+May following we had a sight of the high Peak Tenriffe belonging to the
+Canaries, we have touched at the Island Palma, but having endeavoured it
+twice, and finding the winds contrary, we steered on our course by the
+Isles of Cape Ferd, or Insula Capitis Viridis, where at St. James's we
+[56]took in fresh water, with some few Goats, and Hens, wherewith that
+Island doth plentifully abound.
+
+June the 14. we had a sight of Madagascar, or the Island of St Laurence,
+an Island of 4000 miles in compass, and scituate under the Southern
+Tropick; thither we steered our course, and trafficked with the
+inhabitants for Knives, Beads, Glasses and the like, having in exchange
+thereof Cloves and Silver. Departing from thence we were incountred
+with a violent storm, and the winds holding contrary, for the space of
+a fortnight, brought us back almost as far as the Isle Del Principe;
+during which time many of our men fell sick, and some dyed, but at
+the end of that time it pleased God the wind favoured us again, and
+we steered on our course merrily, for the space of ten days: when on a
+sudden we were encountered with such a violent storm, as if all the four
+winds together had conspired for our destruction, so that the stoutest
+spirit of us all quailed, expecting every hour to be devoured by that
+merciless element of water, sixteen dayes together {{3 }} did this storm
+continue, though not with such violence as at the first, the Weather
+being so dark all the while, and the Sea so rough, that we knew not in
+what place we were, at length all on a sudden the Wind ceased, and
+the Air cleared, the Clouds were all dispersed, and a very serene Sky
+followed, for which we gave hearty thanks to the Almighty, it being
+beyond our expectation that we should have escaped the violence of that
+storm.
+
+At length one of our men mounting the Main-mast espyed fire, an
+evident sign of some Countrey near adjoyning, which presently after we
+apparently discovered, and steering our course [57]more nigher, we
+saw several persons promiscuously running about the shore, as it were
+wondering and admiring at what they saw: Being now near to the Land, we
+manned out our long Boat with ten persons, who approaching the shore,
+asked them in our Dutch Tongue What Eyland is dit? to which they
+returned this Answer in English, "that they knew not what we said." One
+of our Company named Jeremiah Hanzen who understood English very well,
+hearing their words discourst to them in their own Language; so that
+in fine we were very kindly invited on shore, great numbers of them
+flocking about us, admiring at our Cloaths which we did wear, as we on
+the other side did to find in such a strange place, so many that could
+speak English and yet to go naked.
+
+Four of our men returning back in the long Boat to our Ships company,
+could hardly make them believe the truth of what they had seen and
+heard, but when we had brought our ship into harbour, you would have
+blest your self to see how the naked Islanders flocked unto us, so
+wondering at our ship, as if it had been the greatest miracle of Nature
+in whole World. {{4 }}
+
+We were very courteously entertained by them, presenting us with such
+food as that Countrey afforded, which indeed was not to be despised;
+we eat of the Flesh both of Beasts, and Fowls, which they had cleanly
+drest, though with no great curiosity, as wanting materials, wherewithal
+to do it; and for bread we had the inside or Kernel of a great Nut as
+big as an Apple, which was very wholsome, and found for the body, and
+tasted to the Pallat very delicious.
+
+Having refreshed our selves, they invited us to the Pallace [58]of their
+Prince or chief Ruler, some two miles distant off from the place where
+we landed; which we found to be about the bigness of one of our ordinary
+village houses, it was supported with rough unhewn pieces of Timber,
+and covered very artificially with boughs, so that it would keep out the
+greatest showers of Rain, the sides thereof were adorned with several
+forts of Flowers, which the fragrant fields there do yield in great
+variety. The Prince himself (whose name was William Pine the Grandchild
+of George Pine that was first on shore in this Island) came to his
+Pallace door and saluted us very courteously, for though he had nothing
+of Majesty in him, yet had he a courteous noble and deboneyre spirit,
+wherewith your English Nation (especially those of the Gentry) are very
+much indued.
+
+Scarce had he done saluting us when his Lady or Wife, came likewise
+forth of their House or Pallace, attended on by two Maid-servants, the
+was a woman of an exquisite beauty, and had on her head as it were
+a Chaplet of Flowers, which being intermixt with several variety of
+colours became her admirably. Her privities were hid with some pieces
+of old Garments, the Relicts of those Cloaths (I suppose) of them which
+first came hither, and yet being adorned with Flowers those very rags
+seemeth beautiful; and {{5 }} indeed modesty so far prevaileth over all
+the Female Sex of that Island, that with grass and flowers interwoven
+and made strong by the peelings of young Elms (which grow there in great
+plenty) they do plant together so many of them as serve to cover those
+parts which nature would have hidden.
+
+We carried him as a present some few Knives, of which we [59]thought
+they had great need, an Ax or Hatchet to fell Wood, which was very
+acceptable unto him, the Old one which was cast on shore at the first,
+and the only one that they ever had, being now so quite blunt and
+dulled, that it would not cut at all, some few other things we also gave
+him, which he very thankfully accepted, inviting us into his House or
+Pallace, and causing us to sit down with him, where we refreshed our
+selves again, with some more Countrey viands which were no other then
+such we tasted of before; Prince and peasant here faring alike, nor is
+there any difference betwixt their drink, being only fresh sweet water,
+which the rivers yield them in great abundance.
+
+After some little pause, our Companion (who could speak English) by our
+request desired to know of him something concerning their Original and
+how that people speaking the Language of such a remote Countrey, should
+come to inhabit there, having not, as we could see, any ships or Boats
+amongst them the means to bring them thither, and which was more,
+altogether ignorant and meer strangers to ships, or shipping, the main
+thing conducible to that means, to which request of ours, the courteous
+Prince thus replyed.
+
+Friends (for so your actions declare you to be, and shall by ours
+find no less) know that we are inhabitants of this Island of no great
+standing, my Grandfather being the first that ever set foot on this
+shore, whose native Countrey was {{6 }} a place called England, far
+distant from this our Land, as he let us to understand; He came from
+that place upon the Waters, in a thing called a Ship, of which no
+question but you may have heard; several other persons were in his
+company, not intending to have come [60]hither (as he said) but to a
+place called India, when tempestuous weather brought him and his company
+upon this Coast, where falling among the Rocks his ship split all in
+pieces; the whole company perishing in the Waters, saving only him and
+four women, which by means of a broken piece of that Ship, by Divine
+assistance got on Land.
+
+What after passed (said he) during my Grandfathers life, I shall show
+you in a Relation thereof written by his own hand, which he delivered
+to my Father being his eldest Son, charging him to have a special care
+thereof, and ashuring him that time would bring some people or other
+thither to whom he would have him to impart it, that the truth of our
+first planting here might not be quite lost, which his commands my
+Father dutifully obeyed; but no one coming, he at his death delivered
+the same with the like charge to me, and you being the first people,
+which (besides our selves) ever set footing in this Island, I shall
+therefore in obedience to my Grandfathers and Fathers commands,
+willingly impart the same unto you.
+
+Then stepping into a kind of inner room, which as we conceived was his
+lodging Chamber, he brought forth two sheets of paper fairly written
+in Englishy (being the same Relation which you had Printed with you
+at London) and very distinctly read the same over unto us, which we
+hearkened unto with great delight and admiration, freely proffering us
+a Copy of the same, which we afterward took and brought away along with
+us; which Copy hereafter followeth.{1}
+
+     1  Here begins the first part of the tract.
+
+[61]A Way to the East India's being lately discovered by Sea, to the
+{{7}} South of Affrich by certain Portugals, far more safe and profitable
+then had been heretofore; certain English Merchants encouraged by the
+great advantages arising from the Eastern Commodities, to settle a
+Factory there for the advantage of Trade. And having to that purpose
+obtained the Queens Royal Licence Anno Dom. 1569. 11. or 12. Eliz.
+furnisht out for those parts four ships, my Master being sent as Factor
+to deal and Negotiate for them, and to settle there, took with him his
+whole Family, (that is to say) his Wife, and one Son of about
+twelve years of age, and one Daughter of about fourteen years, two
+Maidservants, one Negro female slave, and my Self, who went under him
+as his Book-keeper, with this company on Monday the third of April next
+following, (having all necessaries for Housekeeping when we should
+come there), we Embarqued our selves in the good ship called the India
+Merchant, of about four hundred and fifty Tuns burthen, and having a
+good wind, we on the fourteenth day of May had sight of the Canaries,
+and not long after of the Isles of Cafe Vert or Verd, where taking in
+such things as were necessary for our Voyage, and some fresh Provisions,
+we stearing our course South, and a point East, about the first of
+August came within sight of the Island of St Hellen, where we took in
+some fresh water, we then set our faces for the Cape of Good Hope, where
+by Gods blessing after some sickness, whereof some of our company died,
+though none of our family; and hitherto we had met with none but calm
+weather, yet so it pleased God, when we were almost in fight of St.
+Laurence, an Island so called, one of the greatest in the world, as
+[62]Marriners say, we were overtaken and dispersed by a great storm of
+Wind, which continued with luch violence {{8 }} many days, that losing
+all hope of safety, being out of our own knowledge, and whether we
+should fall on Flats or Rocks, uncertain in the nights, not having the
+least benefit of the light, we feared most, alwayes wishing for day, and
+then for Land, but it came too soon for our good; for about the first
+of October, our fears having made us forget how the time passed to a
+certainty; we about the break of day discerned Land (but what we knew
+not) the Land seemed high and Rockey, and the Sea continued still very
+stormy and tempestuous, insomuch as there seemed no hope of safety, but
+looked suddenly to perish. As we grew near Land, perceiving no safety in
+the ship, which we looked would suddenly be beat in pieces: The Captain,
+my Master, and some others got into the long Boat, thinking by that
+means to save their lives, and presently after all the Seamen cast
+themselves overboard, thinking to save their lives by swimming, onely
+myself my Masters Daughters, the two Maids, and the Negro were left on
+board, for we could not swim; but those that left us, might as well have
+tarried with us, for we saw them, or most of them perish, our selves now
+ready after to follow their fortune, but God was pleased to spare our
+lives, as it were by miracle, though to further sorrow; for when we came
+against the Rocks, our ship having endured two or three blows against
+the Rocks, (being now broken and quite foundred in the Waters), we
+having with much ado gotten our selves on the Bowspright, which being
+broken off, was driven by the Waves into a small Creek, wherein fell
+a little River, which being encompassed by the Rocks [63]was sheltered
+from the Wind, so that we had opportunity to land our selves, (though
+almost drowned) in all four persons, besides the Negro: when we were
+got upon the Rock, we could perceive the miserable Wrack to our great
+terrour, I had in my {{9 }} pocket a little Tinder-box, and Steel, and
+Flint to strike fire at any time upon occasion, which served now to good
+Purpose, for its being so close, preserved the Tinder dry, with this,
+and the help of some old rotten Wood which we got together, we kindled
+a fire and dryed our selves, which done, I left my female company,
+and went to see, if I could find any of our Ships company, that were
+escaped, but could hear of none, though I hooted, and made all the noise
+I could; neither could I perceive the foot-steps of any living Creature
+(save a few Birds, and other Fowls). At length it drawing towards the
+Evening, I went back to my company, who were very much troubled for want
+of me. I being now all their stay in this lost condition, we were at
+first afraid that the wild people of the Countrey might find us out,
+although we saw no footsteps of any, not so much as a Path; the Woods
+round about being full of Briers and Brambles, we also stood in fear of
+wild Beasts, of such also we saw none, nor sign of any: But above all,
+and that we had greatest reason to fear, was to be starved to death for
+want of Food, but God had otherwise provided for us, as you shall know
+hereafter; this done, we spent our time in getting some broken pieces
+of Boards, and Planks, and some of the Sails and Rigging on shore for
+shelter; I set up two or three Poles, and drew two or three of the Cords
+and Lines from Tree to Tree, over which throwing some Sail-cloathes, and
+having gotten Wood by us, and three [64]or four Sea-gowns, which we had
+dryed, we took up our Lodging for that night altogether (the Blackmoor
+being left sensible then the rest we made our Centry) we slept soundly
+that night, as having not slept in three or four nights before (our
+fears of what happened preventing us) neither could our hard lodging,
+fear, and danger hinder us we were so over wacht. {{10 }}
+
+On the morrow, being well refresht with sleep, the winde ceased, and the
+weather was very warm; we went down the Rocks on the sands at low water,
+where we found great part of our lading, either on shore or floating
+near it. I by the help of my company, dragged most of it on shore; what
+was too heavy for us broke, and we unbound the Casks and Cherts, and,
+taking out the goods, secured all; so that we wanted no clothes, nor any
+other provision necessary for Housekeeping, to furnish a better house
+than any we were like to have; but no victuals (the last water having
+spoiled all) only one Cask of bisket, being lighter than the rest was
+dry; this served for bread a while, and we found on Land a sort of fowl
+about the bigness of a Swan, very heavie and fat, that by reason of
+their weight could not fly, of these we found little difficulty to kill,
+so that was our present food; we carried out of England certain Hens and
+Cocks to eat by the way, some of these when the ship was broken, by some
+means got to land, & bred exceedingly, so that in the future they were
+a great help unto us; we found also, by a little River, in the flags,
+store of eggs, of a sort of foul much like our Ducks, which were very
+good meat, so that we wanted nothing to keep us alive.
+
+On the morrow, which was the third day, as soon as it was morning,
+seeing nothing to disturb us, I lookt out a convenient [65]place to
+dwell in, that we might build us a Hut to shelter us from the weather,
+and from any other danger of annoyance, from wild beasts (if any should
+finde us out: So close by a large spring which rose out of a high hill
+over-looking the Sea, on the side of a wood, having a prospect towards
+the Sea) by the help of an Ax and some other implements (for we had all
+necessaries, the working of the Sea, having cast up most of our goods)
+I cut down all the straightest poles I could find, and which were enough
+{{11 }} for my purpose, by the help of my company (necessity being
+our Master) I digged holes in the earth setting my poles at an equl
+distance, and nailing the broken boards of the Caskes, Cherts, and
+Cabins, and such like to them, making my door to the Seaward, and having
+covered the top, with sail-clothes strain'd and nail'd, I in the space
+of a week had made a large Cabbin big enough to hold all our goods and
+our selves in it, I also placed our Hamocks for lodging, purposing (if
+it pleased God to send any Ship that way) we might be transported home,
+but it never came to pass, the place, wherein we were (as I conceived)
+being much out of the way.
+
+We having now lived in this manner full four months, and not so much as
+seeing or hearing of any wild people, or of any of our own company, more
+then our selves (they being found now by experience to be all drowned)
+and the place, as we after found, being a large Island, and disjoyned,
+and out of fight of any other Land, was wholly uninhabited by any
+people, neither was there any hurtful beast to annoy us: But on the
+contrary the countrey so very pleasant, being always clothed with green,
+and full of pleasant fruits, and variety of birds, ever warm, and never
+[66]colder then in England in September: So that this place (had it the
+culture, that skilful people might bestow on it) would prove a Paradise.
+
+The Woods afforded us a sort of Nuts, as big as a large Apple, whose
+kernel being pleasant and dry, we made use of instead of bread, that
+fowl before mentioned, and a sort of water-fowl like Ducks, and their
+eggs, and a beast about the size of a Goat, and almost such a like
+creature, which brought two young ones at a time, and that twice a year,
+of which the Low Lands and Woods were very full, being a very harmless
+creature and tame, so that we could easily {{12 }} take and kill them:
+Fish, also, especially Shell-fish (which we could best come by) we had
+great store of, so that in effect as to Food we wanted nothing; and
+thus, and by such like helps, we continued six moneths without any
+disturbance or want.
+
+Idleness and Fulness of every thing begot in me a desire of enjoying
+the women, beginning now to grow more familiar, I had perswaded the
+two Maids to let me lie with them, which I did at first in private, but
+after, custome taking away shame (there being none but us) we did
+it more openly, as our Lusts gave us liberty; afterwards my Masters
+Daughter was content also to do as we did; the truth is, they were all
+handsome Women, when they had Cloathes, and well shaped, feeding well.
+For we wanted no Food, and living idlely, and seeing us at Liberty to do
+our wills, without hope of ever returning home made us thus bold: One of
+the first of my Comforts with whom I first accompanined (the tallest
+and handsomest) proved presently with child, the second was my Masters
+Daughter, and the other also not long [67]after fell into the same
+condition: none now remaining but my Negro, who seeing what we did,
+longed also for her share; one Night, I being asleep, my Negro, (with
+the consent of the others) got close to me, thinking it being dark, to
+beguile me, but I awaking and feeling her, and perceiving who it was,
+yet willing to try the difference, satissied my self with her, as well
+as with one of the rest: that night, although the first time, she proved
+also with child, so that in the year of our being here, all my women
+were with child by me, and they all coming at different seasons, were a
+great help to one another.
+
+The first brought me a brave Boy, my Masters Daughter was the youngest,
+she brought me a Girl, so did the other {{13 }} Maid, who being
+something fat sped worse at her labour: the Negro had no pain at all,
+brought me a fine white Girl, so I had one Boy and three Girls, the
+Women were soon well again, and the two first with child again before
+the two last were brought to bed, my custome being not to lie with any
+of them after they were with child, till others were so likewise, and
+not with the black at all after she was with child, which commonly was
+at the first time I lay with her, which was in the night and not else,
+my stomach would not serve me, although she was one of the handsomest
+Blacks I had seen, and her children as comly as any of the rest; we had
+no clothes for them, and therefore when they had suckt, we laid them in
+Mosse to sleep, and took no further care of them, for we knew, when they
+were gone more would come, the Women never failing once a year at least,
+and none of the Children (for all the hardship we put them to) were ever
+sick; so that wanting now nothing but Cloathes, nor them much neither,
+other [68]than for decency, the warmth of the Countrey and Custome
+supplying that Defect, we were now well satissied with our condition,
+our Family beginning to grow large, there being nothing to hurt us, we
+many times lay abroad on Mossey Banks, under the shelter of some Trees,
+or such like (for having nothing else to do) I had made me several
+Arbors to sleep in with my Women in the heat of the day, in these I and
+my women passed the time away, they being never willing to be out of my
+company.
+
+And having now no thought of ever returning home, as having resolved and
+sworn each to other, never to part or leave one another, or the place;
+having by my several wives, forty seven Children, Boys and Girls, but
+most Girls, and growing up apace, we were all of us very fleshly, the
+Country so well agreeing with us, that we never ailed any thing; {{14 }}
+my Negro having had twelve, was the first that left bearing, so I never
+medled with her more: My Masters Daughter (by whom I had most children,
+being the youngest and handsomest) was most fond of me, and I of her.
+Thus we lived for sixteen years, till perceiving my eldest Boy to mind
+the ordinary work of Nature, by seeing what we did, I gave him a Mate,
+and so I did to all the rest, as fast as they grew up, and were capable:
+My Wives having left bearing, my children began to breed apace, so we
+were like to be a multitude; My first Wife brought me thirteen children,
+my second seven, my Masters Daughter fifteen, and the Negro twelve, in
+all forty seven.
+
+After we had lived there twenty two years, my Negro died suddenly, but
+I could not perceive any thing that ailed her; most [69]of my children
+being grown, as fast as we married them, I sent them and placed them
+over the River by themselves severally, because we would not pester one
+another; and now they being all grown up, and gone, and married after
+our manner (except some two or three of the youngest) for (growing my
+self into years) I liked not the wanton annoyance of young company.
+
+Thus having lived to the fiftieth year of my age, and the fortieth of
+my coming thither, at which time I sent for all of them to bring their
+children, and there were in number descended from me by these four
+Women, of my Children, Grand-children, and great Grand-children, five
+hundred sixty five of both sorts, I took off the Males of one Family,
+and married them to the Females of another, not letting any to marry
+their sisters, as we did formerly out of necessity, so blessing God for
+his Providence and goodness, I dismist them, I having taught some of my
+children to read formerly, for I had left still the Bible, I charged it
+should be read once a moneth at {{15 }} a general meeting: At last one
+of my Wives died being sixty eight years of age, which I buried in a
+place, set out on purpose, and within a year after another, so I had
+none now left but my Masters Daughter, and we lived together twelve
+years longer, at length she died also, so I buried her also next the
+place where I purposed to be buried my self, and the tall Maid my first
+Wife next me on the other side, the Negro next without her, and the
+other Maid next my Masters Daughter. I had now nothing to mind, but the
+place whether I was to go, being very old, almost eighty years, I gave
+my Cabin and Furniture that was left to my eldest son after my decease,
+who had married my eldest Daughter by my beloved [70]Wife, whom I made
+King and Governour of all the rest: I informed them of the Manners of
+Europe, and charged them to remember the Christian Religion, after the
+manner of them that spake the same Language, and to admit no other; if
+hereafter any should come and find them out.
+
+And now once for all, I summoned them to come to me, that I might number
+them, which I did, and found the estimate to contain in or about the
+eightieth year of my age, and the fifty ninth of my coming there; in
+all, of all sorts, one thousand seven hundred eighty and nine. Thus
+praying God to multiply them, and lend them the true light of the
+Gospel, I last of all dismist them: For, being now very old, and my
+sight decayed, I could not expect to live long. I gave this Narration
+(written with my own hand) to my eldest Son, who now lived with me,
+commanding him to keep it, and if any strangers should come hither by
+chance, to let them see it, and take a Copy of it if they would, that
+our name be not lost from off the earth. I gave this people (descended
+from me) the name of the ENGLISH PINES, George Pine being my {{16 }}
+name, and my Masters Daughters name Sarah English, my two other Wives
+were Mary Sparkes, and Elizabeth Trevor, so their severall Defendants
+are called the ENGLISH, the SPARKS, and the TREVORS, and the PHILLS,
+from the Christian Name of the Negro, which was Philippa, she having no
+surname: And the general name of the whole the ENGLISH PINES; vvhom God
+bless vvith the dew of Heaven, and the fat of the Earth, AMEN.{1}
+
+     1  Here ended the first part.
+
+[71]After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation,
+then proceeded he on in his discourse.
+
+My Grandfather when he wrote this, was as you hear eighty yeares of age,
+there proceeding from his Loyns one thousand seven hundred eighty nine
+children, which he had by them four women aforesaid: My Father was his
+eldest son, and was named Henry, begotten of his wife Mary Sparkes, whom
+he apointed chief Governour and Ruler over the rest; and having given
+him a charge not to exercise tyranny over them, seeing they were his
+fellow brethren by Fathers side (of which there could be no doubt made
+of double dealing therein) exhorting him to use justice and sincerity
+amongst them, and not to let Religion die with him, but to observe and
+keep those Precepts which he had taught them, he quietly surrendred up
+his soul, and was buried with great lamentation of all his children.
+
+My father coming to rule, and the people growing more populous, made
+them to range further in the discovery of the Countrey, which they found
+answerable to their desires, full both of Fowls and Beasts, and those
+too not hurtful to mankinde, as if this Country (on which we were by
+providence cast without arms or other weapons to defend our selves, or
+offend others,) should by the same providence be so inhabited as not to
+have any need of such like weapons of destruction wherewith to preserve
+our lives. {{17 }}
+
+But as it is impossible, but that in multitudes disorders will grow, the
+stronger seeking to oppress the weaker; no tye of Religion being strong
+enough to chain up the depraved nature of mankinde, even so amongst them
+mischiefs began to rise, and they [72]soon fell from those good
+orders prescribed them by my Grandfather. The source from whence those
+mischiefs spring, was at first, I conceive, the neglect of hearing the
+Bible read, which according to my Grandfathers proscription, was once a
+moneth at a general meeting, but now many of them wandring far up into
+the Country, they quite neglected the coming to it, with all other means
+of Christian instruction, whereby the sence of sin being quite lost in
+them, they fell to whoredoms, incests, and adulteries; so that what my
+Grandfather was forced to do for necessity, they did for wantonness; nay
+not confining themselves within the bound of any modesty, but brother
+and sister lay openly together; those who would not yield to their lewd
+embraces, were by force ravished, yea many times endangered of their
+lives. To redress those enormities, my father assembled all the Company
+near unto him, to whom he declared the wickedness of those their
+brethren; who all with one consent agreed that they should be severely
+punished; and so arming themselves with boughs, stones, and such like
+weapons, they marched against them, who having notice of their coming,
+and fearing their deserved punishment, some of them fled into woods,
+others passed over a great River, which runneth through the heart of
+our Countrey, hazarding drowning to escape punishment; But the grandest
+offender of them all was taken, whole name was John Phill, the second
+son of the Negro-woman that came with my Grandfather into this Island.
+
+He being proved guilty of divers ravishings & tyrannies committed by
+him, {{18 }} was adjudged guilty of death, and accordingly was thrown
+down from a high Rock into the Sea, where he perished [73]in the waters.
+Execution being done upon him, the rest were pardoned for what was past,
+which being notified abroad, they returned from those Defait and Obscure
+places, wherein they were hidden.
+
+Now as Seed being cast into stinking Dung produceth good and wholesome
+Corn for the Indentation of mans life, so bad manners produceth good
+and wholesome Laws for the preservation of Humane Society. Soon after my
+Father with the advice of some few others of his Counsel, ordained and
+set forth these Laws to be observed by them.
+
+1. That whosoever should blaspheme or talk irreverently of the name of
+God should be put to death.
+
+2. That who should be absent from the monethly assembly to hear the
+Bible read, without sufficient cause shown to the contrary, should for
+the first default be kept without any victuals or drink, for the space
+of four days, and if he offend therein again, then to suffer death.
+
+3. That who should force or ravish any Maid or Woman should be burnt to
+death, the party so ravished putting fire to the wood that should burn
+him.
+
+4. Whosoever shall commit adultery, for the first crime the Male shall
+lose his Privities, and the Woman have her right eye bored out, if after
+that she was again taken in the act, she should die without mercy.
+
+5. That who so injured his Neighbour, by laming of his {{19 }} Limbs, or
+taking any thing away which he possesseth, shall suffer in the same kind
+himself by loss of Limb; and for defrauding [74]his Neighbour, to become
+servant to him, whilst he had made him double satisfaction.
+
+6. That, who should defame or speak evil of the Governour, or refuse to
+come before him upon Summons, should receive a punishment by whipping
+with Rods, and afterwards be exploded from the society of the rest of
+the inhabitants.
+
+Having set forth these Laws, he chose four several persons under him
+to see them put in Execution, whereof one was of the Englishes, the
+Off-spring of Sarah English; another of his own Tribe, the Sparks; a
+third of the Trevors, and the fourth of the Phills, appointing them
+every year at a certain time to appear before him, and give an account
+of what they had done in the prosecution of those Laws.
+
+The Countrey being thus settled, my father lived quiet and peaceable
+till he attained to the age of ninety and four years, when dying, I
+succeeded in his place, in which I have continued peaceably and quietly
+till this very present time.
+
+He having ended his Speech, we gave him very heartily thanks for our
+information, assuring him we should not be wanting to him in any thing
+which lay in our powers, wherewith we could pleasure him in what he
+should desire, and thereupon preferred to depart, but before our going
+away, he would needs engage us to see him, the next day, when was to be
+their great assembly or monethly meeting for the celebration of their
+Religious Exercises.
+
+Accordingly the next day we came thither again, and were courteously
+entertained as before, In a short space there was gathered such a
+multitude of people together as made us to {{20 }} admire; [75]and first
+there were several Weddings celebrated, the manner whereof was thus. The
+Bridegroom and Bride appeared before him who was their Priest or Reader
+of the Bible, together with the Parents of each party, or if any of
+their Parents were dead, then the next relation unto them, without whose
+consent as well as the parties to be married, the Priest will not joyn
+them together; but being satissied in those particulars, after some
+short Oraizons, and joyning of hands together, he pronounces them to
+be man and wife: and with exhortations to them to live lovingly towards
+each other, and quietly towards their neighbors, he concludes with some
+prayers, and so dismisses them.
+
+The Weddings being finished, all the people took their places to hear
+the Word read, the new married persons having the honour to be next unto
+the Priest that day, after he had read three or four Chapters he fell
+to expounding the most difficult places therein, the people being very
+attentive all that while, this exercise continued for two or three
+hours, which being done, with some few prayers he concluded, but all the
+rest of that day was by the people kept very strictly, abstaining from
+all manner of playing or pastimes, with which on other dayes they use to
+pass their time away, as having need of nothing but victuals, and that
+they have in such plenty as almost provided to their hands.
+
+Their exercises of Religion being over, we returned again to our Ship,
+and the next day, taking with us two or three Fowling-pieces leaving
+half our Company to guard the Ship, the rest of us resolved to go up
+higher into the Country for a further discovery: All the way as we
+passed the first morning, we saw abundance of little Cabbins or Huts of
+these inhabitants, made under [76]Trees, and fashioned up with boughs,
+grass, {{21 }} and such like stuffe to defend them from the Sun and
+Rain; and as we went along, they came out of them much wondering at our
+Attire, and standing aloof off from us as if they were afraid, but our
+companion that spake English, calling to them in their own Tongue, and
+giving them good words, they drew nigher, some of them freely proffering
+to go along with us, which we willingly accepted; but having passed
+some few miles, one of our company espying a Beast like unto a Goat come
+gazing on him, he discharged his Peece, sending a brace of Bullets into
+his belly, which brought him dead upon the ground; these poor naked
+unarmed people hearing the noise of the Peece, and seeing the Beast lie
+tumbling in his gore, without speaking any words betook them to their
+heels, running back again as fast as they could drive, nor could the
+perswasions of our Company, assuring them they should have no hurt,
+prevail anything at all with them, so that we were forced to pass along
+without their company: all the way that we went we heard the delightful
+harmony of singing Birds, the ground very fertile in Trees, Grass, and
+such flowers, as grow by the production of Nature, without the help of
+Art; many and several sorts of Beads we saw, who were not so much wild
+as in other Countries; whether it were as having enough to satiate
+themselves without ravening upon others, or that they never before saw
+the sight of man, nor heard the report of murdering Guns, I leave it to
+others to determine. Some Trees bearing wild Fruits we also saw, and
+of those some whereof we tailed, which were neither unwholsome nor
+distasteful to the Pallate, and no question had but Nature here the
+benefit of Art added unto [77]it, it would equal, if not exceed many
+of our European Countries; the Vallyes were every where intermixt with
+running streams, and no question but the earth {{22 }} hath in it rich
+veins of Minerals, enough to satisfie the desires of the most covetous.
+
+It was very strange to us, to see that in such a fertile Countrey which
+was as yet never inhabited, there should be notwithstanding such a free
+and clear passage to us, without the hinderance of Bushes, Thorns, and
+such like fluff, wherewith most Islands of the like nature are pestered:
+the length of the Grass (which yet was very much intermixt with flowers)
+being the only impediment that we found.
+
+Six dayes together did we thus travel, setting several marks in our way
+as we went for our better return, not knowing whether we should have the
+benefit of the Stars for our guidance in our going back, which we made
+use of in our passage: at last we came to the vast Ocean on the other
+side of the Island, and by our coasting it, conceive it to be of an
+oval form, only here and there shooting forth with some Promontories.
+I conceive it hath but few good Harbours belonging to it, the Rocks in
+most places making it inaccessible. The length of it may be about two
+hundred, and the breadth one hundred miles, the whole in circumference
+about five hundred miles.
+
+It lyeth about seventy six degrees of Longitude, and twenty of Latitude,
+being scituate under the third Climate, the longest day being about
+thirteen hours and fourty five minutes. The weather, as in all Southern
+Countries, is far more hot than with us in Europe; but what is by the
+Sun parched in the day, the night again refreshes with cool pearly dews.
+The Air is found to [78]be very healthful by the long lives {{23 }} of
+the present inhabitants, few dying there till such time as they come to
+good years of maturity, many of them arriving to the extremity of old
+age.
+
+And now speaking concerning the length of their Lives, I think it will
+not be amisse in this place to speak something of their Burials, which
+they used to do thus.
+
+When the party was dead, they stuck his Carkass all over with flowers,
+and after carried him to the place appointed for Burial, where setting
+him down, (the Priest having given some godly Exhortations concerning
+the frailty of life) then do they take stones (a heap being provided
+there for that purpose) and the nearest of the kin begins to lay the
+first stone upon him, afterwards the rest follows, they never leaving
+till they have covered the body deep in stones, so that no Beast can
+possibly come to him, and this first were they forced to make, having no
+Spades or Shovels wherewith to dig them Graves; which want of theirs we
+espying, bestowed a Pick-ax and two Shovels upon them.
+
+Here might I add their way of Christening Children, but that being
+little different from yours in ENGLAND, and taught them by GEORGE PINES
+at first which they have since continued, I shall therefore forbear to
+speak thereof.
+
+After our return back from the discovery of the Countrey, the Wind not
+being fit for our purpose, and our men also willing thereto, we got
+all our cutting Instruments on Land, and {{24 }} fell to hewing down of
+Trees, with which, in a little time,(many hands making light work) we
+built up a Pallace for this William Pines the Lord of that Countrey;
+which, though much inferiour to the houses of your Gentry in England.
+Yet to them which [79]never had seen better, it appeared a very Lordly
+Place. This deed of ours was beyond expression acceptable unto him,
+load-ing us with thanks for so great a benefit, of which he said he
+should never be able to make a requital.
+
+And now acquainting him, that upon the first opportunity we were
+resolved to leave the Island, as also how that we were near Neighbours
+to the Countrey of England, from whence his Ancestors came; he seemed
+upon the news to be much discontented that we would leave him, desiring,
+if it might stand with our commodity to continue still with him, but
+seeing he could not prevail, he invited us to dine with him the next
+day, which we promised to do, against which time he provided, very
+sumptuously (according to his estate) for us, and now was he attended
+after a more Royal manner than ever we saw him before, both for number
+of Servants, and multiplicity of Meat, on which we fed very heartily;
+but he having no other Beverage for us to drink, then water, we fetched
+from our Ship a Case of Brandy, presenting some of it to him to drink,
+but when he had tasted of it, he would by no means be perswaded to touch
+thereof again, preferring (as he said) his own Countrey Water before all
+such Liquors whatsoever.
+
+After we had Dined, we were invited out into the Fields to behold their
+Country Dauncing, which they did with great agility of body; and though
+they had no other then only {{25 }} Vocal Musick (several of them
+singing all that while) yet did they trip it very neatly, giving
+sufficient satisfaction to all that beheld them.
+
+The next day we invited the Prince William Pines aboard our [80]Ship,
+where was nothing wanting in what we could to entertain him, he had
+about a dozen of Servants to attend on him he much admired at the
+Tacklings of our Ship, but when we came to discharge a piece or two
+of Ordnance, it struck him into a wonder and amazement to behold the
+strange effects of Powder; he was very sparing in his Diet, neither
+could he, or any of his followers be induced to drink any thing but
+Water: We there presented him with several things, as much as we could
+spare, which we thought would any wayes conduce to their benefit, all
+which he very gratefully received, assuring us of his real love and good
+will, whensoever we should come thither again.
+
+And now we intended the next day to take our leaves, the Wind standing
+fair, blowing with a gentle Gale South and by East, but as we were
+hoisting of our Sails, and weighing Anchor, we were suddenly Allarm'd
+with a noise from the shore, the Prince, W. Pines imploring our
+assistance in an Insurection which had happened amongst them, of which
+this was the cause.
+
+Henry Phil, the chief Ruler of the Tribe or Family of the Phils, being
+the Offspring of George Pines which he had by the Negro-woman; this
+man had ravished the Wife of one of the principal of the Family of the
+Trevors, which act being made known, the Trevors assembled themselves
+all together to bring the offender unto Justice: But he knowing his
+crime to be so great, as extended to the loss of life: fought to defend
+that {{26 }} by force, which he had as unlawfully committed, whereupon
+the whole Island was in a great hurly burly, they being too great Potent
+Factions, the bandying of which against each other, threatned a general
+ruin to the whole State.
+
+[81]The Governour William Pines had interposed in the matter, but found
+his Authority too weak to repress such Disorders; for where the Hedge
+of Government is once broken down, the most vile bear the greatest rule,
+whereupon he desired our assistance, to which we readily condescended,
+and arming out twelve of us went on Shore, rather as to a surprize
+than fight, for what could nakedness do to encounter with Arms. Being
+conducted by him to the force of our Enemy, we first entered into
+parley, seeking to gain them rather by fair means then force, but that
+not prevailing, we were necesitated to use violence, for this Henry
+Phill being of an undaunted resolution, and having armed his fellows
+with Clubs and Stones, they sent such a Peal amongst us, as made us at
+the first to give back, which encouraged them to follow us on with great
+violence, but we discharging off three or four Guns, when they saw some
+of themselves wounded, and heard the terrible reports which they gave,
+they ran away with greater speed then they came. The Band of the Trevors
+who were joyned with us, hotly pursued them, and having taken their
+Captain, returned with great triumph to their Governour, who fitting in
+Judgment upon him, he was adjudged to death, and thrown off a steep Rock
+into the Sea, the only way they have of punishing any by death, except
+burning.
+
+And now at last we took our solemn leaves of the Governour, and departed
+from thence, having been there in all, the space of three weeks and two
+dayes, we took with us good store of the flesh of a Beast which they
+call there Reval, being {{27 }} in taste different either from Beef
+or Swines-flesh, yet very delightful to the Pallate, and exceeding
+nutrimental. We took also with us alive, [82]divers Fowls which they
+call Marde, about the bigness of a Pullet, and not different in taste,
+they are very swift of flight, and yet so fearless of danger, that they
+will stand still till such time as you catch them: We had also sent us
+in by the Governour about two bushels of eggs, which as I conjecture
+were the Mards eggs, very lusious in taste, and strenthening to the
+body.
+
+June 8. We had a sight of Cambaia, a part of the East Indies, but; under
+the Government of the great Cham of Tartary here our Vessel springing a
+leak, we were forced to put to Chore, receiving much dammage in some
+of our Commodities; we were forced to ply the Pump for eighteen hours
+together, which, had that miscarried, we had inevitably have perished;
+here we stai'd five dayes mending our Ship, and drying some of our
+Goodss and then hoisting Sail, in four days time more we came to
+Calecute.
+
+This Calecute is the chief Mart Town and Staple of all the Indian
+Traffique, it is very populous, and frequented by Merchants of all
+Nations. Here we unladed a great part of our Goods, and taking in
+others, which caused us to stay there a full Moneth, during which space,
+at leisure times I went abroad to take a survey of the City, which I
+found to be large and populous, lying for three miles together upon
+the Sea-shore. Here is a great many of those persons whom thy call
+Brackmans, being their Priests or Teachers whom they much reverence. It
+is a custome here for the King to give to some of those Brachmain, the
+handelling of his Nuptial Bed; for which cause, not the Kings, but the
+Kings sisters sons succeed in the Kingdom, as being more certainly known
+to be of the true Royal blood: And these sisters of his choose what
+Gentleman they {{28 }} please [83]on whom to bestow their Virginities;
+and if they prove not in a certain time to be with child, they betake
+themselves to these Brachman Stalions, who never fail of doing their
+work.
+
+The people are indifferently civil and ingenious, both men and women
+imitate a Majesty in their Train and Apparel, which they sweeten, with
+Oyles and Perfumes: adorning themselves with Jewels and other Ornaments
+befitting each Rank and Quality of them.
+
+They have many odd Customs amongst them which they observe very
+strictly; as first, not knowing their Wives after they have born them
+two children: Secondly, not accompanying them, if after five years
+cohabition they can raise no issue by them, but taking others in their
+rooms: Thirdly, never being rewarded for any Military exploit, unless
+they bring with them an enemies Head in their Hand, but that which is
+strangest, and indeed most barbarous, is that when any of their friends
+falls sick, they will rather chuse to kill him, then that he should be
+withered by sickness.
+
+Thus you see there is little employment there for Doctors, when to be
+sick, is the next wan for to be slain, or perhaps the people may be of
+the mind rather to kill themselves, then to let the Doctors do it.
+
+Having dispatched our business, and sraighted again our Ship, we left
+Calecute, and put forth to Sea, and coasted along several of the Islands
+belonging to India, at Camboia I met with our old friend Mr. David
+Prire, who was overjoyed to see me, to whom I related our Discovery of
+the Island of Pines, in the same manner as I have related it to you; he
+was then but newly recovered [84]of a Feaver, the Air of that place not
+being agreeable to him; here we took in good store of Aloes, and some
+other Commodities, and victualled our Ship for our return home. {{29 }}
+
+After four dayes failing we met with two Portugal Ships which came from
+Lisbon, one whereof had in a storm lost its Top-mast, and was forced
+in part to be towed by the other. We had no bad weather in eleven
+dayes space, but then a sudden storm of Wind did us much harm in our
+Tacklings, and swept away one of our Sailors off from the Fore Castle.
+November the sixth had like to have been a fatal day unto us, our Ship
+striking twice upon a Rock, and at night was in danger of being fired by
+the negligence of a Boy, leaving a Candle carelesly in the Gun-room; the
+next day we were chafed by a Pyrate Argiere, but by the swiftness of our
+Sails we out ran him. December the first we came again to Madagascar,
+where we put in for a fresh recruit of Victuals and Water.
+
+During our abode here, there hapned a very great Earthquake, which
+tumbled down many Houses; The people of themselves are very Unhospitable
+and Treacherous, hardly to to be drawn to Traffique with any people;
+and now, this calamitie happening upon them, so enraged them against the
+Christians, imputing all luch calamities to the cause of them, that
+they fell upon some Portugais and wounded them, and we seeing their
+mischievous Actions, with all the speed we could put forth to Sea again,
+and sailed to the Island of St. Hellens.
+
+Here we stayed all the Chrismas Holy-dayes, which was vere much
+celebrated by the Governour there under the King of Spain. Here we
+furnished ourselves with all necessaries which [85]we wanted; but upon
+our departure, our old acquaintance Mr. Petrus Ramazina, coming in a
+Skiff out of the Isle del Principe, or the Princes Island, retarded our
+going for the space of two dayes, for both my self and our Purser had
+Emergent business with him, he being concerned in those Affairs of which
+I wrote to you in April last: Indeed we cannot but {{30 }} acknowledge
+his Courtesies unto us, of which you know he is never sparing. January
+the first, we again hoisted Sail, having a fair and prosperous gail of
+Wind, we touched at the Canaries, but made no tarriance, desirous now
+to see our Native Countrey; but the Winds was very cross unto us for
+the space of a week, at last we were savoured with a gentle Gale, which
+brought us on merrily; though we were on a sudden stricken again into a
+dump; a Sailor from the main Mast discovering five Ships, which put us
+all in a great fear, we being Richly Laden, and not very well provided
+for Defence; but they bearing up to us, we found them to be Zealanders
+and our Friends; after many other passages concerning us, not so much
+worthy of Note, we at last safele arrived at home, May 26. 1668.
+
+Thus Sir, have I given you a brief, but true Relation of our Voyage,
+Which I was the more willing to do, to prevent false Copies which might
+be spread of this nature: As for the Island of Pines it self, which
+caused me to Write this Relation, I suppose it is a thing so strange
+as will hardly be credited by some, although perhaps knowing persons,
+especially considering our last age being so full of Discoveries, that
+this Place should lie Dormant for so long a space of time; Others I
+know, such.
+
+Nullifidians as will believe nothing but what they see, applying that
+[86]Proverb unto us, That travelers may lye by authority. But Sir, in
+writing to you, I question not but to give Credence, you knowing my
+disposition so hateful to divulge Falsities; I shall request you to
+impart this my Relation to Mr. W. W. and Mr. P. L. remembring me very
+kindly unto them, not forgetting my old acquaintance, Mr. J. P. and
+Mr. J. B. no more at present, but only my best respects to you and your
+second self I rest,
+
+Yours in the best of friendship,
+
+Henry Cornelius Fan Sloetten.
+
+July 22. 1668.{{31 }}
+
+[87]
+
+POST-SCRIPT:
+
+ONE thing concerning the Isle of Pines, I had almost quite forgot, we
+had with us an Irish man named Dermot Conelly who had formerly been
+in England, and had learned there to play on the Bag-pipes, which he
+carried to Sea with him; yet so un-Englished he was, that he had quite
+forgotten your Language, but still retained his Art of Bagpipe-playing,
+in which he took extraordinary delight; being one day on Land in the
+Isle of Pines, he played on them, but to see the admiration of those
+naked people concerning them, would have striken you into admiration;
+long time it was before we could perswade them that it was not a living
+creature, although they were permitted to touch and feel it, and yet are
+the people very intelligible, retaining a great part of the Ingenuity
+and Gallantry of the English Nation, though they have not that happy
+means to express themselves; in this respect we may account them
+fortunate, in that possessing little, they enjoy all things, as being
+contented with what they have, wanting those alurements to mischief,
+which our European Countries are enriched with. I shall not dilate any
+further, no question but time will make this Island known better to the
+world; all that I shall ever say of it is, that it is a place enriched
+with Natures abundance, deficient in nothing conducible to the
+sustentation of mans life, which were it Manured by Agriculture and
+Gardening, as other of our European Countries are, no question but it
+would equal, if not exceed many which now pass for praiseworthy.
+
+FINIS.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
+United States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
+  you are located before using this eBook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that:
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
+widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
diff --git a/21410-0.zip b/21410-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da14bd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-0.zip
diff --git a/21410-h.zip b/21410-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ef9944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-h.zip
diff --git a/21410-h/21410-h.htm b/21410-h/21410-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..483672b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-h/21410-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6183 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Isle of Pines, by Henry Neville</title>
+<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+<style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve">
+
+    body { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify}
+    div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;}
+    P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; }
+    H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+    hr  { width: 50%; text-align: center;}
+    blockquote {font-size: 97%; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .toc       { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+    div.fig    { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; }
+    pre        { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;}
+
+</style>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+
+<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Isle Of Pines (1668), by Henry Neville</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
+country where you are located before using this eBook.
+</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Isle Of Pines (1668)<br />
+and, An Essay in Bibliography by W. C. Ford</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Henry Neville</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Commentator: Worthington Chauncey Ford</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: July 7, 2007 [eBook #21410]<br />
+[Most recently updated: June 22, 2021]</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: David Widger</div>
+<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***</div>
+
+    <p>
+      <a name="top" id="top"> </a>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <h1>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES
+    </h1>
+    <h2>
+      By Henry Neville
+    </h2>
+    <h3>
+      1668
+    </h3>
+    <h2>
+      An Essay in Bibliography
+    </h2>
+    <h3>
+      by WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+    </h3>
+    <h4>
+      Boston <br /> <br /> The Club of Odd Volumes 1920 <br /> <br /> COPYRIGHT,
+      1920, BY THE CLUB OF ODD VOLUMES
+    </h4>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br /> <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <div class="fig" style="width:80%">
+      <img alt="pinestp (43K)" src="images/pinestp.jpg" width="100%" /><br />
+    </div>
+    <p>
+      <br />
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      TO<br /> <br /> Charles Lemuel Nichols <br /> <br /> lover of books <br />
+      <br /> colleague <br /> <br /> FRIEND
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      <br /><br />
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      <br /><br />
+    </p>
+    <table summary="" cellpadding="5" border="4">
+      <tr>
+        <td>
+          <p>
+            ETEXT TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Numbers enclosed in double curly brackets
+            are the page numbers of the original 1668 edition. This html file
+            displays the long S as in the original printed text. If preferred
+            <a href="#normal">click here to see the long S transcribed to the
+            modern small S.</a> DW
+          </p>
+        </td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <blockquote>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br />
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> <big><b>THE ISLE OF PINES</b></big> </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> THE DOWSE COPIES </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> DUTCH EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> FRENCH EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> ITALIAN EDITION </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> GERMAN EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0010"> THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0011"> THE COMBINED PARTS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0012"> THE PUBLISHERS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0013"> NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0014"> THE AUTHOR </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0015"> THE STORY </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0016"> INTERPRETATIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES" </a>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br />
+      </p>
+    </blockquote>
+    <p class="toc">
+      <a href="#link2H_4_0018"> <big><b>THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as
+      issued in 1668</b></big> </a>
+    </p>
+
+    <div class="chapter">
+
+    <h2>
+      PREFATORY NOTE
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My curiosity on the "Isle of Pines" was aroused by the sale of a copy in
+      London and New York in 1917, and was increased by the discovery of two
+      distinct issues in the Dowse Library, in the Massachusetts Historical
+      Society. As my material grew in bulk and the history of this hoax
+      perpetrated in the seventeenth century developed, I thought it of
+      sufficient interest to communicate an outline of the story to the Club of
+      Odd Volumes, of Boston, October 23, 1918. The results of my investigations
+      are more fully given in the present volume. I acknowledge my indebtedness
+      to the essay of Max Hippe, "Eine vor-De-foesche Englische Robinsonade,"
+      published in Eugen Kölbing's "Englische Studien" xix. 66.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Boston, February, 1920
+    </p>
+
+    </div><!--end chapter-->
+
+    <div class="chapter">
+
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES
+    </h2>
+    <h3>
+      OR, <br /> <br /> A late Di&#383;covery of a fourth ISLAND in <br /> Terra Au&#383;tralis,
+      Incognita. <br /> <br /> BEING
+    </h3>
+    <p>
+      <i>A True Relation of certain Engli&#383;h per&#383;ons, Who in the dayes
+      of Queen Elizabeth making a Voyage to the Ea&#383;t India, were ca&#383;t
+      away, and wracked on the I&#383;land near to the Coa&#383;t of Au&#383;tralis,
+      and all drowned, except one Man and four Women, whereof one was a Negro.
+      And now lately Ann Dom. 1667, A Dutch Ship driven by foul weather there,
+      by chance have found their Po&#383;terity (&#383;peaking good Engli&#383;h)
+      to amount to ten or twelve thou&#383;and per&#383;ons, as they suppo&#383;e.
+      The whole Relation follows, written, and left by the Man him&#383;elf a
+      little before his death, and declared to the Dutch by His Grandchild.</i>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The scene opens in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the year 1668, where in one of the
+      college buildings a contest between two rival printers had been waged for
+      some years. Marmaduke Johnson, a trained and experienced printer, to whose
+      ability the Indian Bible is largely due, had ceased to be the printer of
+      the corporation, or Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in New
+      England, but still had a press and, what was better, a fresh outfit of
+      type, sent over by the corporation and entrusted to the keeping of John
+      Eliot, the Apostle. Samuel Green had become a printer, though without
+      previous training, and was at this time printer to the college, a position
+      of vantage against a rival, because it must have carried with it
+      countenance from the authorities in Boston, and public printing then as
+      now constituted an item to a press of some income and some perquisites. By
+      seeking to marry Green's daughter before his English wife had ceased to
+      be, Johnson had created a prejudice, public as well as private, against
+      himself.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Mass. Hist Soc. Proceedings, xx. 265.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Each wished to set up a press in Boston itself, but the General Court,
+      probably for police reasons, had ordered that there should be no printing
+      but at Cambridge, and that what was printed there should be approved by
+      any two of four gentlemen appointed by the Court. It thus appeared that
+      each printer possessed a certain superiority over his rival. In the matter
+      of types Johnson was favored, as he had new types and was a trained
+      printer; but these advantages were partially neutralized by indolence and by
+      Green's better standing before the magistrates.{1}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In England the excesses of the printing-press during the civil war and
+      commonwealth led to a somewhat strict though erratically applied
+      censorship under the restoration. A publication must be licensed, and the
+      Company of Stationers still sought, for reasons of profit, to control
+      printers by regulating their production. The licensing agent in chief was
+      a character of picturesque uncertainty and spasmodic action, Roger
+      L'Estrange, half fanatic, half politician, half hack writer, in fact half
+      in many respects and whole only in the resulting contradictions of purpose
+      and performance. On one point he was strong&mdash;a desire to suppress
+      unlicensed printing. So when in 1668 warrant was given to him to make
+      search for unauthorized printing, he entered into the hunt with the zeal
+      of a Loyola and the wishes of a Torquemada, harrying and rushing his prey
+      and breathing threats of extreme rigor of fine, prison, pillory, and stake
+      against the unfortunates who had neglected, in most cases because of the
+      cost, to obtain the stamp of the licenser.{2}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      New England was at this time England in little, with troubles of its own;
+      but, having imitated the mother country in introducing supervision of the
+      press, it also started in to investigate the printers of the colony, two
+      in number, seeking to win a smile of approval from the foolish man on the
+      throne. With due solemnity the inquisition was made. Green could show that all
+      then passing through his press had been properly licensed.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  See the chapters on Green and Johnson in Littlefield,
+     <i>The Early Massachusetts Press, 197, 209</i>.
+
+     2  L'Estrange was called the "Devil's blood hound." <i>Col. S.
+     P., Dom. 1663-1664, 616</i>.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Johnson, less fortunate, was caught with one unlicensed piece&mdash;"The
+      Isle of Pines." A fine of five pounds was imposed upon him, as effectual
+      in suppressing him as though it had been one of five thousand pounds. He
+      could now turn with relish to two books then on his press, "Meditations on
+      Death and Eternity" and the "Righteous Man's Evidence for Heaven;" for
+      Massachusetts Bay, with its then powerful rule of divinity without
+      religion, or religion without mercy, held out small hope of his meeting
+      such a fine within the expedition of his natural life. But he made his
+      submission, petitioned the General Court in properly repentant language,
+      acknowledged his fault, his crime, and promised amendment{1} The fine was
+      not collected, and the principal result of the incident was to further the
+      very natural union of Johnson and Green, but with Johnson as the lesser
+      member in importance.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      No copy of Marmaduke Johnson's issue of the "Isle of Pines" has come to
+      light in a period of 248 years. It might well be supposed that the
+      authorities caught him before the tract had gone to press, and so snuffed
+      it out completely. Our sapient bibliographers have dismissed the matter in
+      rounded phrase: "'The Isle of Pines' was a small pamphlet of the Baron
+      Munchausen order, which in its day passed through several editions in
+      England and on the Continent,"{2} a description which would fit a hundred
+      titles of the period. In July, 1917, Sotheby announced the sale of a
+      portion of the Americana collected by "Bishop White Kennett (1660-1728)
+      and given by him to the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in
+      Foreign Parts."
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The petition it in Littlefield, <i>i. 248</i>.
+
+     2  <i>Mats. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, xi. 247</i>.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Lot No. 113 was described as follows:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      [Neville (Henry)] The Isle of Pines, or a late Discovery of a fourth
+      Island in Terra Australis, Incognita, being a True Relation of certain
+      English persons who in the dayes of Queen Elizabeth, making a Voyage to
+      the East Indies, were cast away and wracked upon the Island, <i>wanting
+      the frontispiece, head-line of title and some pagination cut into, Bishop
+      Kenneths signature on title. sm. 4to S. G. for Allen Banks, 1668</i>.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The pamphlet was sold, I am told, for fourteen shillings,{1} and resold
+      shortly after to a New York bookseller for fifty-five dollars. He was
+      attracted by the imprint, which read in full, "London, by <i>S. G.</i> for
+      <i>Allen Banks</i> and <i>Charles Harper</i> at the <i>Flower-Deluice</i>
+      near <i>Cripplegate</i> Church." The general appearance of the pamphlet
+      was unlike even the moderately good issues of the English press, and the
+      "by S. G." not only did not answer to any London printer of the day,
+      except Sarah Griffin, "a printer in the Old Bailey,"{2} but was in form
+      and usage exactly what could be found on a number of the issues of the
+      press of Samuel Green, of Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 The sale took place July 30, 1917.
+
+     2  Only once does her name occur in the <i>Term Catalogues</i>,
+     when in February, 1673, the prints George Buchanan'
+     <i>Psalmorum Davidis Paraphrasis Poetica</i>, which told for two
+     shillings a copy. Samuel Gellibrand was not a printer but a
+     bookseller, with a shop "at the Ball in St. Paul's
+     Churchyard."
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On comparing the first page of the text of his purchase with the same page
+      of an acknowledged London issue of the "Isle of Pines" in the John
+      Carter Brown Library,{1} the bookseller concluded that the two were
+      entirely different publications.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      An expert cataloguer connected with one of the large auction firms of New
+      York then took up the subject. After a study of the tract he became
+      assured that it could only have been printed by Samuel Green, of
+      Cambridge, and he brought forward facts and comparisons which seemed
+      conclusive and for which he deserves much credit. It was a clever bit of
+      bibliographical work. With such an endorsement as to rarity and quality
+      the pamphlet was again put to the test of the auction room. The cataloguer
+      stated his case in sufficient fulness of detail and the first page of the
+      text was reproduced.{2} Naturally the discovery sent a little thrill
+      through the mad-house of bibliography. The tract was knocked down for $400
+      to a bookseller from Hartford, Connecticut, presumably for some local
+      collection. The incident would have passed from memory had it not been for
+      one of those accidents to which even the amateur bibliographer is liable.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  No. 5 in the Bibliography, page 93, infra.
+
+     2  <i>Nuggets of American History</i>, American Art Association,
+     November 19, 1917. The <i>Isle of Pines</i> was lot 142, and was
+     introduced by the words, "Cambridge Press in New England."
+     The catalogue was prepared by Mr. F. W. Coar.
+</pre>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      In the bitter days of the winter of 1917-18 the working force of the
+      Massachusetts Historical Society was contracted into one room&mdash;the
+      Dowse Library&mdash;where was at least a semblance of warmth in the open fireplace.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE DOWSE COPIES
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      One afternoon, when I had finished my work and the others had left, I
+      picked up the catalogue of the Dowse Library and began idly to turn over
+      its leaves. Incidentally, that catalogue is characteristic of the older
+      methods of the Society. As is known to the elect, no book in the Dowse
+      Library can ever leave the room in which it now rests, and of the
+      catalogue twenty-five copies were printed and never circulated. If the
+      library had been left in the Dowse house in Cambridgeport, its existence
+      and contents could not have been more successfully hidden from the world.
+      While reading the titles in a very casual way, my eye was caught by one
+      which gave me a start. It read:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sloetten (Cornelius van). The Isle of Pines; or a Late Discovery of a
+      Fourth Island in Terra Australis Incognita. London, printed by G. S. for
+      Allen Banks, 1668. With a New and Further Discovery of the Isle of Pines,
+      1668; and a duplicate of the Isle of Pines. 1 vol. small 4to, calf supr.,
+      gilt leaves. A most interesting, rare, and valuable work.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Even against the Editor of the Society the Dowse books are kept behind
+      lock and key, though he is not under more than ordinary suspicion. So I
+      was obliged to wait till the next day before my curiosity could be
+      satisfied. I then found a thin volume, less than one-third of an inch in
+      thickness, containing two copies of this very tract which the auction
+      expert had identified as an issue of the "Isle of Pines" by Green, and a
+      London issue of a second part of the "Isle of Pines," with the name of
+      Cornelius Van Sloetten, as author. For more than fifty years this little
+      volume had reposed in this well-known yet almost forgotten library, and no
+      one had suspected or questioned the nature of its contents.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For full fifty years it had been in the care and at the call of Dr. Samuel
+      A. Green, who claimed to be an expert on New England imprints of the
+      seventeenth century, and one of the great wishes of whose life had been to
+      establish his descent from this very printer, Samuel Green. Two copies
+      within the same covers, of a tract long sought and of which only a single
+      example had come to light in two centuries and a half&mdash;was not that
+      alone something of a bibliographical coup?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I read two of the pieces&mdash;one of the Green issues and the second part
+      as printed in England&mdash;making a few notes for future use. On
+      returning to the matter some weeks later I found to my annoyance that
+      every reference to the Green tract but one was wrong as to the page. Cold,
+      haste, or weariness will account for a single or possibly two errors of
+      reference, but to have a whole series&mdash;except one&mdash;go wrong
+      pointed to failing eyes or mind. Very much put out, I read the tract a
+      second time and corrected the page references, carefully checking up the
+      result. Some days after I again took up the matter, and in verifying my
+      first quotation found that I had again put down the wrong page number, and
+      was surprised to find that the correct page was the one I had first given.
+      This proved to be the case in all the references&mdash;except one. A book
+      which could thus change its page numbering from week to week was bewitched&mdash;or
+      I was careless. It occurred to me to compare the two copies of the tract
+      as published by Green. The title-pages were exactly alike&mdash;not
+      differing by so much as a fly speck, but one copy contained ten pages of
+      text and the other only nine.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      More than that, the general style and the types were quite different One was printed
+      in a well-known broad but somewhat used type, such as could be seen in
+      Green's printing, and the other in a finer font with much italic. There
+      was no possibility of confusing the two issues. Only one conclusion was
+      possible. I had in this volume the publication by Green, and the original
+      issue by Marmaduke Johnson, but with Green's title-page. So for we seem to
+      rest upon solid ground. It may be surmised that Green set up his "Isle of
+      Pines" in rivalry to Johnson, but did not incur the discipline of the
+      authorities; or that he had set it up and also took over Johnson's
+      edition, using his own title-page; and in either case it is possible that
+      a simple subterfuge, the imprint, "by S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles
+      Harper," a London combination of publishers, caused the tract to escape
+      the attention of the examining local censors. Here was another step in
+      developing the history of this tract&mdash;the discovery of one of
+      Johnson's issues, except for the title-page. So far as the American
+      connection is concerned, it only remains to discover a Johnson issue with
+      a Johnson title-page, for in his apology and submission to the General
+      Court he states that he had "affixed" his name to the pamphlet.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The European connection is also not without interest, for the skit&mdash;the
+      first part of the "Isle of Pines," published without name of author&mdash;had
+      an extraordinary run.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In 1493 a little four-leaved translation into Latin of a Columbus letter announcing the discovery of
+      islands in the west&mdash;De insulis nuper inventis&mdash;ran over Europe,
+      startling the age by a simple relation which proved a marvellous tale as
+      taken up by Vespuccius, Cortes, and a host of successors.{1} For a century
+      the darkness of a new found continent slowly lifted and the record was
+      collected in Ramusio, in De Bry, in Hulsius, and in Hakluyt, never felling
+      treasuries of the wonderful, veritable schools for the adventurous.
+      Another century had shown that, so fer from decreasing in greatness and in
+      opportunities, the field of discovery had not begun to be tested, and in
+      the summer of 1668 a new island&mdash;the Isle of Pines&mdash;was flashed
+      before the London crowd, and proved that the flame of quest with danger
+      was still burning. A new island! The interest was international, for
+      nations had already long fought over the old discovered lands.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The intelligent industry of Mr. Wilberforce Eames has
+     identified eleven issues of the letter of Columbus, printed
+     in 1493, in Barcelona, Rome, Basle, Paris, and Antwerp; and
+     twelve issues of the <i>Novus Mundus</i> of Vespucci us, printed
+     in 1504, in Augsburg, Paris, Nuremberg, Cologne, Antwerp,
+     and Venice. An earlier and even more extraordinary
+     distribution of a letter of news is that of the letter
+     purporting to be addressed by Prester John to the Emperor
+     Manuel, which circulated through Europe about 1165. "How
+     great was the popularity and diffusion of this letter,"
+     writes Sir Henry Yule, "may be judged in some degree from
+     the fad that Zarncke in his treatise on Prester John gives a
+     list of close on 100 mss. of it Of these there are eight in
+     the British Museum, ten at Vienna, thirteen in the great
+     Paris Library, and fifteen at Munich. There are also several
+     renderings in old German verse." The cause of this
+     popularity was the hope offered by the reported exploits of
+     Prester John of a counterpoise to the Mohammedan power.
+     <i>Encyclopaedia Britannica</i>, 11th ed., xxii. 305.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      An even greater contest was being waged for commerce, and with the
+      experience of Spain in gathering the precious metals from new found lands, every
+      discovery of hitherto uncharted territory opened the possibility of wealth
+      and an exchange of commodities, if rapine and piracy could not be
+      practised. The merchant was an adventurer, and politics, quite as much as
+      trade, controlled his movements; for the line between trader, buccaneer,
+      and pirate faded away before conditions which made treaties of no
+      importance and peaceful relations dependent upon an absence of the hope of
+      gain. A state of war was not necessary to prepare the way for attack and
+      plunder in those far distant oceans, and the merchantman sailed armed and
+      ready to inflict as well as to repel aggression, only too willing to
+      descend upon a weaker vessel or a helpless settlement of a power which had
+      come to be regarded as a "natural enemy." So in Holland and in Germany the
+      leaflets containing the story of the Isle of Pines were received with
+      mingled feelings, exciting a desire to share in the possible benefits to
+      be gained or extorted from natives of the new lands, or from those who had
+      the first opportunity to exploit a virgin territory. On the first receipt
+      of those leaflets merchants held back their vessels about to sail, to
+      await more definite information on this fourth island of the Terra
+      Australis incognita.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      An examination of the known issues of the tract proves this interest and
+      offers an almost unique study in bibliography; for I doubt if any
+      publication made in the second half of the seventeenth century&mdash;even
+      a state paper of importance, as a treaty&mdash;attained such speedy and
+      widespread recognition. A list of the various issues will be found in an
+      appendix: it only remains to call attention to a few of the many novelties
+      and variant characteristics of the editions.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      DUTCH EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In June and July, 1668, four tracts on the Isle of Pines from the same pen
+      were licensed and published in London, which may for convenience be
+      designated the first and second parts of the narrative, and the two parts
+      in continuation. From London the tract soon passed to Holland, which had
+      ever been a greedy consumer of voyages of discovery, for the greatness of
+      that nation depended upon the sea, at once its most potent enemy and
+      friend.{1} Three Dutch editions have been found, the earliest in point of
+      time being that made by Jacob Vinckel, of Amsterdam.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Holland was the centre of map publication as the twenty
+     yean before 1668 saw the issue of atlases by Jansson, Blaeu,
+     Mercator, Doncker, Cellarius, Loon, Visscher, and Goos, all
+     published at Amsterdam. Phillips' list for this period gives
+     atlases published elsewhere&mdash;those of Boissevin (Paris,
+     1653), Lubin (Paris, 1659), Nicolosi (Rome, 1660), Dudley
+     (Florence, 1661), Du Val (Paris, 1662), Jollain (Paris
+     1667), Cluver (Wolfen-bûttel, 1667?) and Ortelius (Venice,
+     1667).
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      His second title is an exact translation of the second title of the London
+      first part. This version, however, omitted an essential part of the
+      relation. The London second title is also that of the issue made at
+      Amsterdam by Jacob Stichter, being the Vinckel version, word for word, and
+      almost line for line, but the type used is the gothic, and the spelling of
+      words is not the same. Further, Stichter was possessed of some imagination
+      and decorated his title-page with a map of a part of the island, showing
+      ranges of hills, a harbor or mouth of a river, with conventional
+      soundings, and two towns or settlements. As each of these issues contains
+      only eight pages of text, the first London part only was known to the
+      publishers. The third Dutch edition was put out by Joannes Naeranus, at
+      Rotterdam, and in a foreword he gives the following reason for issuing the
+      tract:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To the Reader A part of the present relation is also printed by Jacob
+      Vinckel at Amsterdam, being defective in omitting one of the principal
+      things, so do we give here a true copy which was sent to us
+      authoritatively out of England, but in that language, in order that the
+      curious reader may not be deceived by the poor translation, and for that
+      reason this very astonishing history fall under suspicion. Lastly, admire
+      God's wondrous guidance, and farewell.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      His publication contains twenty pages of text, and is not an accurate
+      translation of the English tract in parts, but rather a paraphrase of the
+      text. To make the confusion the greater, he expressly states on the title-page
+      that he used a copy received from London, and gives the London imprint
+      which will fit only the first London part. For "by S. G." appears only on
+      the title-page of that part.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      FRENCH EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      From Amsterdam and under date July 19, 1668, a summary of the earlier
+      Dutch issue with two paragraphs of introduction was sent to Paris, and was
+      printed in a four-page pamphlet by Sébastien Marbre Cramoisy, the king's
+      printer, whose name is so honorably connected with the Jesuit Relations&mdash;stories
+      as remarkable as any offered in the "Isle of Pines" and of immeasurable
+      value on the earliest years of recorded history in our New England. Even
+      this summary, thus definitely dated, offers problems. The location of the
+      island is given in general terms in the half-title as "below the
+      equinoctial line," and in the text as in "xxviii or xxix degrees of
+      Antartique latitude." Nowhere in the first London part is either location
+      used, and in the second London part, which bears nearly the same date as
+      the Cramoisy summary&mdash;July 22&mdash;twenty degrees of latitude is
+      given. The writer of the summary thus allowed himself some freedom.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A second French edition, without imprint, contains eleven pages and is a
+      translation of the first London part, paraphrased in sentences, but on the
+      whole a close rendering of the English text There never was a title-page
+      to this issue&mdash;the first page having the signature-mark A&mdash;yet
+      with eleven pages only, it would seem fit that a title-page
+      should round out the twelve for the convenience of printing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      ITALIAN EDITION
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The Italian issue, made by Giacomo Didini, in Bologna and Venice, is a
+      literal translation of Cramoisy's publication, and bears the same date, at
+      Amsterdam, July 19, 1668. The original probably came from Paris, though it
+      is possible that some Dutch merchant in Amsterdam sent a circular letter
+      on the discovered Isle to his correspondents in Paris and Venice. It is
+      unsafe to conjecture in such matters, for an Amsterdam issue may yet be
+      found which will give, word for word, the French and Italian versions. Our
+      ignorance on the press of the continent of those times, and especially the
+      want of files of "corantos," or news sheets, close a wide field of
+      research to the American inquirer. The catalogue of the British Museum
+      gives 1669 as the probable year of issue. I see no good reason for
+      rejecting 1668 as the more probable year. If the tract could go from
+      London to Cambridge, in New England, in three months, it could pass from
+      Amsterdam to Italy, by land or by sea, in an equal time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      GERMAN EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      From Holland the relation also penetrated the German states, finding ready
+      welcome and arousing eager curiosity. Hippe regards the tract issued by
+      Wilhelm Serlin, at Frankfort on the Main, as the first of the German
+      publications, and, being translated from the Dutch, he shows that the
+      translator used both the Amsterdam and the Rotterdam publications.{1} The
+      Hamburg version claimed to be derived from the English original, but it
+      followed closely the Serlin translation from the Dutch with modifications
+      which might have been drawn from the London tract. An edition not
+      mentioned by Hippe or identified by any bibliographer is in the John
+      Carter Brown Library, and opens with the statement that it is translated
+      from the English and not from the Dutch. It closely follows the text of
+      the London first part. Very likely it is the edition found at Copenhagen,
+      if the similarity of titles offers an indication of the contents. South
+      Germany obtained its information from France, and while neither of the two
+      issues avowedly translated from the French gives the place of publication,
+      the fact that one is in Munich and the other in Strassburg offers some
+      reason to conjecture that they came from the presses of those cities. The
+      Munich issue is for the most part a summary of what was in the first
+      London issue, and, if translated directly from a French version, must have
+      been from one not now located, for it is different from those in the list
+      in this volume. Of the Strassburg text, Hippe states that it follows the
+      Rotterdam pamphlet Finally, at Breslau is what calls itself a complete
+      publication of the combined parts from a copy obtained from London, but it
+      is more probably based upon the Dutch translations printed in Amsterdam
+      and Rotterdam, with additions drawn from the English.{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Hippe, 11.
+
+     2  On these German issues Hippe is full, but I have given
+     only what is needed to identify them.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      One of the strangest uses made of the narrative of Pine is to be found in
+      Schoeben's translation into German of Jan Mocquet's "Voyages en Africque,"
+      etc., a work of some estimation which had already twice been published in
+      France and once in a Dutch translation before Schoeben printed his edition
+      in 1688. As pages inserted quite arbitrarily in Mocquets compilation,
+      Schoeben gave Pine's story in full, with a paragraph of introduction which
+      not a little abuses the truth while giving an additional color of truth.
+      He asserted that while kept at Lisbon by the Dutch blockade, he was thrown
+      much in the company of an Englishman, one of the Pine family, who were all
+      regarded as notable seamen. From this man, then awaiting an opportunity to
+      sail for the West Indies, our author heard a very strange story of the
+      origin of the Pines, a story then quite notorious at Lisbon. Then follows,
+      with some embroidery, a version of the Neville pamphlet, which is not like
+      any German translation seen by me, but so full as to extend over ten pages
+      of the volume. It ends with a reiteration of the wholly false manner in
+      which this story had been obtained. So bold an appropriation of the
+      narrative, with a provenience entirely new and as fictitious as the story
+      itself, and its bodily inclusion by an editor in a work of recognized
+      merit, where it is between two true recitals, cannot be defended.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Mocquet's work originally appeared in Rouen in 1645, and a
+     Dutch translation was published at Dordrecht in 1656. A
+     second French issue, apparently unchanged in text, was put
+     out at Rouen in 1665, and in 1618 Schoeben's edition,
+     printed at Lûneberg by Johann Georg Lippers, preceded by
+     eight years an English translation made by Nathaniel Pullen.
+     The Pine tract appears, of course, only in Schoeben's
+     volume.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The tract passed to Cambridge, Massachusetts, before or early in
+      September, and it would indeed be interesting to know how and through whose hands it
+      passed before reaching Marmaduke Johnson&mdash;to his undoing. Hezekiah
+      Usher was the only bookseller in Boston at the time, and possibly his son,
+      John, may have been associated with him. They ordered what they desired
+      from London booksellers and publishers, and may have received voluntary
+      consignments of publications from London. That would be a somewhat
+      precarious venture, for nothing could be more different than the reading
+      markets in Boston and in London, especially in the lighter products of the
+      press. Had it come through the Ushers, the title-page might state that it
+      had been printed "by M. J. for Hezekiah Usher," but in that event Usher
+      would have suffered for not obtaining the needed license. The probability
+      is that Johnson was alone responsible and was tempted by the hope of gain.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      These were all contemporary issues, coming from the press within six
+      months of the first appearance of the tract in London. So startling a
+      popularity, so widely shown, was a tribute to the opportunity rather than
+      to the contents of the piece. And the European interest continued for a
+      full century. In Germany it was included in a number of collections of
+      voyages, in Denmark it was printed in 1710 and 1789, and in France Abbé
+      Prévost took it for his compilation of 1767 on discoveries. The English
+      republication of 1778 has peculiar interest, for it was due to no other
+      than Thomas Hollis, the benefactor of the library of Harvard College, who
+      saw more in the tract than can now be recognized, and induced Cadell to
+      reprint it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In the absence of any positive objection, the conclusion of the auction
+      expert&mdash;that the S. G. imprint was one of Samuel Green of Cambridge,
+      Massachusetts&mdash;remained unquestioned. But a study of editions and of
+      the chronological sequence of the English issues offers a decided negative
+      to such a conclusion. The first part was licensed June 27, 1668. Van
+      Sloetten dated the second part July 22, 1668, and the issue of the
+      combined parts was licensed five days later, July 27. In the space of just
+      four weeks all three trads were licensed, and the actual publication must
+      have occurred within the same period of time. Such had been the start
+      obtained by the first part that on the continent it was used for reprint
+      and translation, almost to the neglect of the second part, and, as we have
+      seen, most of these translations appeared before the end of 1668. Now the
+      tract was not known in Massachusetts until discovered by the inquest on
+      printers in September, and a S. G. or Samuel Green edition could hardly
+      have come from the press before October, even if not delayed by the
+      proceedings against Johnson. Yet on die title-page of the Dutch
+      translation issued at Rotterdam in 1668, the printer states at length that
+      it is from a copy from London, by S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles
+      Harper, in the Lily near Cripplegate Church, and in his note "To the
+      Reader" he expressly repeats that he obtained a copy of the work from
+      London, in order to correct a faulty issue by another Dutch printer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      If S. G. was Samuel Green, we must suppose that one of his Cambridge
+      issues was shipped to Rotterdam in time to be translated and reprinted before
+      the end of the year. In point of time the thing could be done, but in
+      point of probability it was impossible. Apart from his own statement,
+      there were a thousand to one chances in favor of the Dutch printer
+      obtaining the pamphlet from London; there were ten thousand chances to one
+      against his getting it from Massachusetts. I reject the supposition that
+      this was a Cambridge imprint for that reason alone.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Additional evidence hostile to the claim may be adduced. The copy of the
+      first tract in the British Museum is the S. G. for Banks and Harper.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  It is erroneously described as "an abridgment."
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      No other London imprint is to be found there or in the larger libraries of
+      England. Of the three other copies located, that sold at audion (the White
+      Kennett copy) and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society came direct
+      from England, and the actual provenance of the copy in the New York
+      Historical Society is not known. It belonged to Rufus King, long United
+      States minister near the court of St James's, and is bound with other
+      tracts under a general title of "Topographical Collection, Vol. I." The
+      binding, Mr. Kelby tells me, is American. There is no mark to show when or
+      where King obtained the pamphlet, and the Society did not receive it until
+      1906. That Rufus King belongs as much to Massachusetts as to New York is
+      too slight a foundation on which to erect a claim that this particular
+      tract was of Massachusetts origin.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In no case, therefore, can an American setting to any one of the four
+      known copies of the S. G. "Isle of Pines" be established.{1} The probabilities
+      are all against Samuel Green. The incident is a good example of the danger
+      of giving play to the imagination on an appearance of a combination of
+      fads cemented by interest.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Thus disappears from our memory the certain identification of the S. G.
+      pamphlet as an early issue of the press in Cambridge, and with it goes my
+      identification of the Johnson pamphlet with the S. G. title-page&mdash;a
+      veritable pipe dream. It might be urged that as White Kennett was
+      collecting on America, it would be more than probable that he would have
+      had an American issue; but his own catalogue of 1713 describes the
+      nine-page tract, and that is our London edition. I might claim still that
+      my Johnson was a Johnson, with a London title-page; but the typographical
+      adornment on the first page of its text is just the same as the adornment
+      on the first page of the London issue&mdash;three rows of fleur-de-lys,
+      thirty-seven in each row, and the same kind of type characters.{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Lowndes indexes it under George Pine, and describes a
+     nine-page trait&mdash;probably the one now in the British Museum.
+     He quotes a sale of a copy in it 60 (Puttkk) for £4.10s. He
+     indexes the combined parts under Sloetten, and notes a copy,
+     with the plate, sold in the White Knights sale for 1s..
+
+     2  To attempt to reason from types or rule of thumb
+     measurements, however suggestive, leads to indefinite
+     conclusions. For example, the width of the type page of the
+     S. G. issue of the first part is exactly that of the English
+     issue of the second part, but the former has 33 tines to the
+     page and the latter a a. The width of the page in the
+     variant S. G. issue is narrower and there are 38 and 39
+     lines to the page. But in the London second part the width
+     of page varies by a quarter of an inch. We have Marmaduke
+     Johnson's issue of Paine's <i>Daily Meditations</i> y issued in
+     1670 in connection with S. G. The ornamental border of
+     fleur-de-lys is entirely different from those in the S. G.
+     <i>Isle of Pines</i>. A copy of Johnson's issue of Scottow's
+     translation of Bretz on the Anabaptists, printed in 1668,
+     the very year of the <i>Isle of Pines</i>, shows a different foot
+     of italics from that used in the <i>Isle of Pines</i> variant,
+     yet the roman characters in the two pieces seem identical,
+     and the width of page is exactly the same.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      So I bid farewell to my theory, and can only congratulate myself
+      on having cleared one point&mdash;the London issue&mdash;and on having
+      introduced a new confusion by the discovery of a second London issue with
+      an identical title-page, a problem for the future to solve. I much doubt
+      if a true Johnson issue will ever be found, for I believe the action of
+      the authorities prevented its birth.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the library of Mr. Henry E. Huntington is a London issue of which I do
+      not find another example. It contains sixteen pages, and the title-page
+      gives neither printer's name nor place of publication. It may be the first
+      issue, or it may be a later re-issue of the tract, for the type,
+      especially the italic, is better than that in the S. G. issue. The
+      punctuation also is more carefully looked after, and the whole appearance
+      suggests an eighteenth century print. As the original was duly licensed,
+      there was no reason to suppress the names of printer or booksellers. Nor
+      could the contents of the piece call out controversy or hostility from any
+      political faction or religious following. It was proper for the author to
+      omit his name from the publication, if he desired to remain unknown; but
+      the publisher, having the support of the licenser, had every reason to
+      advertise his connexion with the tract, although he could not have
+      anticipated so ready an acceptance by the public. While I place the
+      Huntington pamphlet first in the bibliography, I am more inclined to
+      regard it as a publication made at a later time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE COMBINED PARTS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The English edition of thirty-one pages in the John Carter Brown Library,
+      with an engraved frontispiece,{1} offers still further proof that the S.
+      G. issue was made in London. In place of being entirely different from the
+      S. G. tract, it is precisely the same so far as text is concerned. For it
+      is nothing more than the two parts combined, but combined in a peculiar
+      manner. The second part was opened at page 6 and the first part inserted,
+      entire and without change of text{2} This insertion runs into page 16,
+      where a sentence is inserted to carry on the relation: "After the reading
+      and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation, then proceeded he on in
+      his discourse." The rest of the text of the second part follows, and pages
+      27-31 of the combined parts seem to be the very type pages of pages 20-24
+      of the second part{3} In this sandwich form one must read six pages before
+      coming to the text of the first part, and a careless reader, comparing
+      only the respective first pages, would conclude that a pamphlet of
+      thirty-one pages could have no likeness to one of nine.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The plate in the copy in the John Carter Brown Library
+     does not belong to that issue, but is inserted in so clumsy
+     a manner as to prevent reproduction. The same plate is found
+     in a copy of the ten-page S.G. issue in the library of Mr.
+     Henry E. Huntington, and to all appearances belongs to that
+     issue.
+
+     2   The last sentence on page 6 of the second part read:
+     "Then proceeded he on in his discourse saying," and there
+     are no pages numbered 7 and 8, although there is no break in
+     the text, the catch-word on page 6 being the first word on
+     page 9. In the combined parts, the last words on page 6
+     constitute a phrase: "which Copy hereafter followeth."
+
+     3 The only change made is in the heading of the Post-script,
+     which was wrongly printed in the second part as "Post-
+     script." On page 26 of the combined parts the words "except
+     burning" were inserted, not appearing in the second part.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On typographical evidence it is safe to assume that the three pieces came
+      from the same press, and to assert that the second part and the combined
+      parts certainly did. The initials S. G. are found only on the first part.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE PUBLISHERS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The imprints of the three parts agree that the booksellers or publishers
+      handling the editions were Allen Banks and Charles Harper. The first part
+      gives their shop as the "Flower-De-luice near Cripplegate Church," the
+      second part as the "Flower-de-luce" as before, and the combined parts as
+      "next door to the three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over against St.
+      Dunstans Church." The church is still there, with more than two centuries
+      of dirt and soot marking its walls since Neville wrote, and Chancery and
+      Fettar Lanes enable one to place quite accurately the location of the
+      booksellers' shop. Only three times do the names of Banks and Harper
+      appear as partners on the Stationers' Registers,{1} and they separated
+      about 1671, Banks going to the "St Peter at the West End of St Pauls." If
+      any judgment may be drawn from their publications after ceasing to be
+      partners, Banks leaned to light literature and may have been responsible
+      for taking up the "Isle of Pines." Yet Harper was Neville's publisher in
+      1674 and in 1681, a fact which may indicate a personal relation.{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Eyre and Rivington, ii. 386, 388, and 410.
+
+     2 Sec page 34, infra.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      By some curious chance this little pamphlet has come to be classed as
+      Americana. Bishop Kenneth's Catalogue may have been the source of this
+      error, leading collectors to believe that the item was a true relation of
+      an actual voyage, and possibly touching upon some phase of American
+      history or geography. The rarity of the pamphlet would not permit such a
+      belief to be readily corrected. The existence also of two Isles of Pines
+      in American waters may have aided the belief.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One of these islands is off the southwestern end of Cuba. On his second
+      voyage, Columbus had sailed along the south coast of Cuba, and June
+      13,1494, reached an island, which he named Evangelista. Here he
+      encountered such difficulties among the shoals that he determined to
+      retrace his course to the eastward. But for that experience, he might have
+      reached the mainland of America on that voyage. The conquest of the island
+      of Cuba by Diego Velasquez in 1511 led to its exploration; but geographers
+      could only slowly appreciate what the islands really meant, for they were
+      as much misled by the reports of navigators as Columbus had been by his
+      prejudice in favor of Cathay.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Toscanelli's map of the Atlantic Ocean (1474) gives many islands between
+      Cape Verde and the "coast of spices," of which "Cippangu" is the largest
+      and most important.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  This map, as reconstructed from Martin Behaim's globe, is
+     in <i>Scottish Geographical Magazine</i>, 1893.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On Juan de laCosa's sea chart, 1500, Cuba is fairly drawn, with the sea to
+      the south dotted with islands without names. In a few years the mist
+      surrounding the new world had so far been dispelled as to disclose a quite accurate detail
+      of the larger West Indian islands{1} and to offer a continent to the west,
+      one that placed Cipangu still far too much to the east of the coast of
+      Asia.{2} An island of some size off the southwest of Cuba seems to have
+      been intended at first for Jamaica, but certainly as early as 1536 that
+      island had passed to its true position on the maps, and the island to the
+      west is without a name. Nor can it be confused with Yucatan, which for
+      forty years was often drawn as an island. On the so-called
+      Wolfenbuttel-Spanish map of 1525-30 occurs the name "J. de Pinos,"
+      probably the first occurrence of the name upon any map in the sixteenth
+      century. Two other maps of that time&mdash;Colon's and Ribero's, dated
+      respectively 1527 and 1529&mdash;call it "Y de Pinos," and on the globe of
+      Ulpius, to which the year 1542 is assigned, "de Pinos" is clearly marked.
+      Bellero's map, 1550, has an island "de pinolas." Naturally, map-makers
+      were slow to adopt new names, and in the numerous editions of Ptolemy the
+      label St Iago was retained almost to the end of the century.{3} On the
+      Agnese map there are two islands, one named "S. Tiago," the other "pinos,"
+      which introduced a new confusion, though he was not followed by most
+      geographers until Wytfliet, 1597, gave both names to the same island&mdash;"S.
+      Iago siue Y de Pinas"&mdash;in which he is followed by Hondius, 1633.{4}
+      Ortelius, 1579, adopts "I Pinnorum," while Linschoten, 1598, has "Pinas,"
+      and Herrera, 1601, "Pinos."
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The Agnese Atlas of 1529 may be cited as an example.
+
+     2   See, for example, the so-called Stobnicza [Joannes,
+     Stobnicensis] map of 151a, and the Ptolemy of 1513
+     (Strassburg).
+
+     3  Muenster, 1540. Cabot, 1544, and Desceller, 1546, give "Y
+     de Pinos."
+
+     4  Mr. P. Lee Phillips, to whom I am indebted for references
+     to atlases of the time, also supplies the following:
+     Lafreri, 1575 (?) "S. Tiagoj" Percacchi, 1576, "S. Tiago;"
+     Santa Cruz, 1541, "Ya de Pinosj" and Dudley, 1647, "I de
+     Pinos." Hakloyt (iii. 617) prints a "Ruttier" for the
+     West Indies, without date, but probably of the end of the
+     sixteenth century, which contains the following; "The
+     markes of Isla de Pinos. The Island of Pinos stretcheth it
+     selfe East and West, and is full of homocks, and if you
+     chance to see it at full sea, it will shew like 3 Islands,
+     as though there were divers soundes betweene them, and that
+     in the midst is the greatest; and in rowing with them, it
+     will make all a firme lande: and upon the East side of these
+     three homocks it will shewe all ragged; and on the West
+     side of them will appeare unto you a lowe point even with
+     the sea, and oftentimes you shall see the trees before you
+     shall discerne the point."
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      When the name given by Columbus was dropped and by whom the island was
+      named "de Pinos" cannot be determined.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Our colleague, Mr. Francis R. Hart, has called my attention to a second
+      Isle of Pines in American waters, being near Golden Island, which was
+      situated in the harbor or bay on which the Scot Darien expedition made its
+      settlement of New Edinburgh. The bay is still known as Caledonia Bay, and
+      the harbor as Porto Escoces, but the Isla de Pinas as well as a river of
+      the same name do not appear on maps of the region. The curious may find
+      references to the island in the printed accounts of the unfortunate Darien
+      colony.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Isle of Pines could thus be found on the map as an actual island in
+      the West Indies; but the "Isle of Pines" of our tract existed only in the
+      imagination of the writer. The mere fact of its having been printed&mdash;but
+      not published&mdash;in Cambridge, Massachusetts, does not entitle it to be
+      classed even indirectly as Americana, any more than Bunyan's Pilgrim's
+      Progress or Thomas à Kempis could be so marked on the strength of their having a
+      Massachusetts imprint Curiosities of the American press they may be, but
+      they serve only as crude measures of the existing taste for literature
+      since become recognized as classic.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The dignified Calendar of State Papers in the Public Record Office,
+      London, gravely indexes a casual reference to the tract under West Indies,
+      and the impression that the author wrote of the Cuban island probably
+      accounts for the different editions in the John Carter Brown Library, as
+      well as for the price obtained for the White Kennett copy. No possible
+      reason can be found, however, for regarding the "Isle of Pines" in any of
+      its forms as Americana.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE AUTHOR
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Thus far I have been concerned with externals, and before turning to the
+      contents of the tract itself in an endeavor to explain the extraordinary
+      popularity it enjoyed, something must be said of the author&mdash;Henry
+      Neville. Like most of the characters engaged in the politics of England in
+      the middle of the seventeenth century, he has suffered at the hands of his
+      biographer, Anthony à Wood,{1} merely because he belonged to the opposite
+      party&mdash;the crudest possible measure of merit For the <i>odium
+      politicum</i> and the <i>odium theologicum</i> are twin agents of
+      detraction, and the writing of history would be dull indeed were it not
+      for the joy of digging out an approximation to the truth from opposing
+      opinions. Where the material is so scanty it will be safer to summarize
+      what is known, without attempting to pass finally upon Neville's position
+      among his contemporaries.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Athenæ Oxoniemses (Bliss), iv. 413.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The second son of Sir Henry Neville, and grandson of Sir Henry Neville
+      (1564?-1615), courtier and diplomatist under Elizabeth and James I, Henry
+      Neville was born in Billing-bear, Berkshire, in 1620. He became a commoner
+      of Merton College in 1635, and soon after migrated to University College,
+      where he passed some years but took no degree. He travelled on the
+      continent, becoming familiar with modern languages and men, and returned
+      to England in 1645, to recruit for Abingdon for the parliament Wood states
+      that Neville "was very great with Harry Marten, Tho. Chaloner, Tho. Scot,
+      Jam. Harrington and other zealous commonwealths men." His association with
+      them probably arose from his membership of the council of state (1651),
+      and also from his agreement with them in their suspicions of Cromwell,
+      who, in his opinion, "gaped after the government by a single person." In
+      consequence he was banished from London in 1654, and on Oliver's death was
+      returned to parliament December 30,1658, as burgess for Reading. An
+      attempt to exclude him on charges of atheism and blasphemy failed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He was undoubtedly somewhat closely associated with James Harrington, the
+      author of "Oceana," and was regarded as a "strong doctrinaire republican."
+      He was a member of the club&mdash;the Rota&mdash;formed by Harrington for
+      discussing and disseminating his political views, a club which continued
+      in existence only a few months, from November, 1659, to February, 1660;
+      but its name is embalmed in one of Harrington's essays&mdash;"The Rota"&mdash;published
+      in 1660, and extracted from his "Art of Law-giving," which was itself an abridgment of
+      the "Oceana."
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At this time, says Wood, Neville was "esteemed to be a man of good parts,
+      yet of a factious and turbulent spirit." On the restoration he "sculk'd
+      for a time," and, arrested for a supposed connection in the Yorkshire
+      rising of 1663, he was released for want of evidence against him, retiring
+      from all participation in politics. For twenty years before his death he
+      lived in lodgings in Silver Street, near Bloomsbury market, and dying on
+      September 20, 1694, he was buried in the parish church of Warfield,
+      Berkshire. By his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of Richard Staverton of
+      Warfield, he had no issue.{2} In his retirement he found occupation in
+      political theory. He translated some of the writings of Machiavelli, which
+      he had obtained in Italy in 1645, and published some verses of little
+      merit.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     {1} Wood.
+
+     {2}  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      It cannot be said that a reading of Neville's productions before 1681
+      raises him in our estimation, it certainly does not give the impression of
+      a man of letters, a student of government, or even a politician of the
+      day. There is always the possibility in these casual writings of a purpose
+      deeper than appears to the reader of the present day, of a meaning which
+      escapes him because the special combination of events creating the
+      occasion cannot be reconstructed. The "Parliament of Ladies," which was
+      published in two parts in 1647, has little meaning to the reader, though
+      they appeared in the year when the Parliament took notice of the "many
+      Seditious, False and Scandalous Papers and Pamphlets daily printed and
+      published in and about the cities of London and Westminster, and thence
+      dispersed into all parts of this Realm, and other parts beyond the Seas, to the great
+      abuse and prejudice of the People, and insufferable reproach of the
+      proceedings of the Parliament and their Army."{1}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To write, print, or sell any unlicensed matter whatsoever would be liable
+      to fine or imprisonment, and to whet the zeal of discovery one-half of the
+      fine was to go to the informer. Every publication, from a book to a
+      broadsheet, must bear the name of author, printer, and licenser. Neither
+      of Neville's pamphlets of 1647 conformed to the requirements of this act,
+      which is not, however, positive evidence that they did not appear after
+      the promulgation of the law. Suppression of printing has proved a
+      difficult task to rulers, even when supported by public opinion or an
+      army. The Stationers' Registers show that the "Parliament of Ladies" and
+      its sequel were not properly entered; nor do they contain any reference to
+      Neville's "News from the New Exchange," issued in 1650.{2}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Nine years passed before he printed a pamphlet which marked his break with
+      Cromwell&mdash;"Shuffling, Cutting, and Dealing in a Game of Picquet."{3}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, i. 1021. Though
+     dated September 30, the act was entered at Stationers' Hall
+     September 19. Eyre and Rivington, i. 276.
+
+     2  It was reprinted in 1731.
+
+     3  It is in the Harleian Miscellany, v. 298, and a copy of
+     the meanly printed original is in the Ticknor Collection,
+     Boston Public Library.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      This little pamphlet was put out in the poorest dress possible, bespeaking
+      a press of meagre equipment, and a printer without an idea of the form
+      which even the leaflet can assume in skilful hands. Without imprint,
+      author's name, or any mark of identification, it indicates a secret
+      impression and issue&mdash;one of the many occasional pamphlets which appeared at the time from
+      "underground" shops which least of all wanted to be known as the agent of
+      publication. Neville either avowed the authorship or it was traced to him,
+      and the displeasure of Cromwell and banishment from London followed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In 1681 he printed "Discourses concerning Government," which was much
+      admired by Hobbes, and even Wood admits that it was "very much bought up
+      by the members [of parliament], and admired: But soon after, when they
+      understood who the author was (for his name was not set to the book), many
+      of the honest party rejected, and had no opinion of it" A later writer
+      describes it as an "un-Platonic dialogue developing a scheme for the
+      exercise of the royal prerogative through councils of state responsible to
+      Parliament, and of which a third part should retire every year."{1}
+      Reissued at the time under its better known title&mdash;"Plato
+      Redivivus"{2}&mdash;it was reprinted in 1742,{3} and again by Thomas
+      Hollis in 1763.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+     2  Plato Redivivus, or A Dialogue concerning Government:
+     wherein, by Observations drawn from other Kingdoms and
+     States both ancient and modern, an Endeavour is used to
+     discover the politick Distemper of our own; with the Causes
+     and Remedies. The Second Edition, with Additions. In Octavo.
+     Price 2s. 6d. Printed for S. I. and sold by R. Dew. The Term
+     Catalogues (Arber), 1.443&mdash;the issue for May, 1681. The
+     initials S. I. do not again occur in the Catalogues, and R.
+     Dew is credited with only two issues, both in May, 1681,
+     neither giving the location of his shop. The tract called
+     out several replies, such as the anonymous Antidotum
+     Brittanicum and Goddard's Plato's Demon, or the State
+     Physician Unmasked ( 1684).
+
+     3  A copy is in the Library Company, Philadelphia.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      His translations from Machiavelli are not so easily traced, nor is any
+      explanation possible for his having delayed for nearly thirty years
+      publication of evidence of his admiration for the Florentine politician.
+      He was not alone in desiring to make the Italian political moralist better
+      known, for translations of the "Discourses" and "The Prince," with "some
+      marginal animadversions noting and taxing his [Machiavelli's] errors," by
+      E. D.{1} was published in a second edition in November, 1673, but I do not
+      connect Neville with that issue. In the following year the connection of
+      Charles Harper's name with the "Florentine History" suggests Neville, as
+      does a more ambitious undertaking of the "Works," first fathered by
+      another London bookseller, but with which Harper was concerned in 1681:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Florentine History, in Eight Books. Written by Nicholas Machiavel,
+      Citizen and Secretary of Florence: now exactly translated from the
+      Italian. In Octavo. Price, bound, 6s. Printed for Charles Harper, and J.
+      Amery, at the Flower de luce, and Peacock, in Fleet street.{2}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Works of the Famous Nicholas Machiavel, Citizen and Secretary of
+      Florence. Containing, 1. The History of Flornce. 2. The Prince. 3. The
+      Original of the Guelf and Ghibilin Factions. 4. The life of Castrucio
+      Castraceni. 5. The murther of Vitelli, etc., by Duke Valentine. 6. The
+      State of France. 7. The State of Germany. 8. The Discourses of Titus
+      Livius. 9. The Art of War. 10. The Marriage of Belphegery a Novel.{3}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Edward Dacres.
+
+     2  The Term Catalogues (Arber i. 18&mdash;the issue for November
+     25,1674.) It was entered at Stationers' Hall, June 20,
+     1674, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and Master
+     Warden Mean" with the statement that the translation was
+     made by "J. D. Gent."
+
+     3  This novel wa added by Starker to a translation of novels
+     by Gomez deQueverdoy Villegas published in November, 1670.
+     The name of the printer suggests a connection with Neville.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      11. Nicholas Machiavel's Letter in Vindication of himself and his Writings.
+      All written originally in Italian; and from thence newly and faithfully
+      Translated in English. In Folio. Price, bound, 18s. Printed for J. Starkey
+      at the Mitre in Flret street near Temple Bar.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      [Same Title.] The Second Edition. Printed for J. Starkey, C. Harper, and
+      J. Amery, at the Miter, the Flower de luce, and the Peacock, in Flret
+      street. Folio. Price, bound, 16s.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The Term Catalogues (Arber) i.199&mdash;the issue for
+     February, 1675. Entered at Stationers' Hall, February 4,
+     1674-75, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and
+     Master Warden Roycroft," with the statement that the
+     translation was made by "J.B. Salvo iure cuilibet." The
+     resort to L'Estrange in both instances is suggestive. 2  Ib
+     453&mdash;the issue for June, 1681. "The Works of that famous
+     Nicholas Machiavel" is announced in the Catalogues, June,
+     1675, for publication by R. Boulter, in Cornhill, and at the
+     same price of 18s., but I doubt if Neville had anything to
+     do with that translation.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      It may be admitted that questions of government were eagerly discussed in
+      the seventeenth century. It was only needed to live under the Stuarts and
+      to pass through the Civil War and Protectorate to realize that a
+      transition from the divinely anointed ruler to a self-constituted governor
+      resting upon an army, and again to a trial of the legitimate holder of
+      royal prerogative, offered an education in matters of political rule which
+      naturally led to a constitutional monarchy, and which could not be
+      equalled in degree or lasting importance until the American colonies of
+      Great Britain questioned the policy of the mother country toward her all
+      too energetic children. Hobbes' "Leviathan, or the Matter, Form and Power
+      of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil," appeared in 1651, a powerful
+      argument for absolutism, but cast in such a form as to make the writer an
+      unwelcome adherent to royalty in exile.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In 1652 Filmer published his "Observations concerning the Original of
+      Government," one of a series of tracts, completed by his "Patriarcha,"
+      printed after his death, which has made him a prophet of the extreme
+      supporters of the divine origin of kingship. These are only examples of
+      the political discussion of the day, and to them may be added Harrington,
+      whose "Oceanan" appeared in 1656.{1} It satisfied no party or faction, and
+      a second edition was not called for until 1700, when other writings of the
+      author were added. This compilation was, in 1737, pirated by a Dublin
+      printer, R. Reilly, who added Neville's "Plato Redivivus;"{2} but the
+      third English edition (1747), issued by the same printer who made the
+      second edition, omitted Neville's tract.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Entered at Stationers' Hall by Livewell Chapman,
+     September 19,1656. Eyre and Rivington, ii. 86.
+
+     2  Bibliotheca Liudeusianat ii. 4228.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE STORY
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      "The Isle of Pines" was Neville's fifth publication, issued nine years
+      after his fourth, a political tract: "Shuffling, Cutting and Dealing in a
+      Game of Picquet" Like most titles of the day, that of "The Isle of Pines"
+      did not fail in quantity. It was repeated word for word, except the
+      imprint, on the first page of the text. Briefly, the relation purports to
+      have been written by an Englishman, George Pine, who at the age of twenty
+      shipped as book-keeper in the <i>India Merchant</i>, which sailed for the
+      East Indies in 1569.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Having rounded the Cape of Good Hope and being almost within sight of St.
+      Lawrence's Island, now Madagascar,{1} they encountered a great storm of
+      wind, which separated the ship from her consorts, blew many days, and
+      finally wrecked the vessel on a rocky island. The entire company was
+      drowned except Pine, the daughter of his master, two maid-servants, and
+      one negro female slave. They gathered what they could of the wreckage, and
+      Pine and his companions lived there in community life, a free-love
+      settlement By the four women he had forty-seven children, and in his
+      sixtieth year he claimed to have 565 children, grandchildren, and
+      great-grandchildren. It was from one of his grandchildren that the Dutch
+      ship received the relation. Apart from the title-page, the entire tract is
+      occupied by the story of George Pine, from whom the island took its name.
+      In 1667, or ninety-eight years after Pine was wrecked, the Dutch captain
+      estimated that the population of the island amounted to ten or twelve
+      thousand persons. Methuselah, with his years to plead for him, might boast
+      of such breeding, but in ordinary man it is too near the verminous, the
+      rat, the guinea-pig, and the rabbit, to be pleasant.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 It was the Island of St. Laurence of James Lancaster's
+     Voyage, 1593. Hakluyt, Principall Navigations, vi. 401.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The publication must have attracted attention at once, for before the end
+      of July Neville put forth a second part, "A New and further Discovery of
+      The Isle of Pines," which purported to be the relation of the Dutch
+      captain to whom the history of Pines had been confided. It is an unadorned
+      story such as might have been gathered from a dozen tales in Hakluyt or
+      Purchas, and is interesting only in giving the name of the Dutch captain&mdash;Cornelius
+      Van Sloetton&mdash;and the location of the supposed island&mdash;longitude
+      76° and latitude 20°, under the third climate&mdash;which places it to the
+      northeast of Madagascar. Almost immediately after the publication of the
+      second part it was combined with the first part, as already described, and
+      published late in July or early in August Cornelius Van Sloetton, as he
+      signed himself in the second part, became Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten in
+      the combined issue.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      INTERPRETATIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      It was Pine's relation which received the greatest attention on the
+      continent, and that was chiefly concerned in describing his performances
+      in populating the island. It was therefore with only a mild surprise that
+      I read in one of those repulsively thorough studies which only a German
+      can make, a study made in 1668 of this very tract, "The Isle of Pines,"
+      the assertion that Pines, masquerading as the name of the discoverer and
+      patriarch of the island, and accepted as the name of the island itself,
+      was only an anagram on the male organ of generation&mdash;penis. On one of
+      the German issues in the John Carter Brown Library this has also been noted
+      by a contemporary hand.{1} Such an interpretation reduces our tract to a
+      screaming farce, but it closely suits the general tone of other of
+      Neville's writings, which are redolent of the sensual license of the
+      restoration. To this I would add an emendation of my own. The name adopted
+      by Neville was Henry Cornelius van Sloetten. It suggests a somewhat
+      forcible English word&mdash;slut&mdash;of doubtful origin, although forms
+      having some resemblance in sound and sense occur in the Scandinavian
+      languages.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1   Christian Weise, Prof. Polit, in augusteo in A. 1685.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Such interpretations seem to fit the work better than that of a German
+      critic, who sees in the book a sort of Utopia, a model community, or an
+      exhibition in the development of law and order. Free love led to license,
+      maids were ravished, and the complete promiscuity of intercourse disgusted
+      Pine, who sought to suppress it by force and, in killing the leader of a
+      revolt, a man with negro blood in his veins, to impose punishments for
+      acts which he had himself done. The ground for believing that Neville had
+      any such purpose when he wrote the book is too slight to be accepted. In
+      1668 the author had no call to convey a lesson in government to his
+      countrymen by any means so frankly vulgar and pointless as the "Isle of
+      Pines." If Neville had intended such a political object, a phrase would
+      have sufficed to indicate it. No such key can be found in the text, and
+      there is nothing to show that, politician as he was, he realized that such
+      an intimation could be drawn from his paragraphs.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To assume, therefore, that so carefully hidden a suggestion of a model
+      republic could have aided the circulation of the pamphlet at the time, or at
+      any later period, is to introduce an element unnecessary to explain the
+      vogue of the relation. It passed simply as a story of adventure, and as
+      such it fell upon a time when a wide public was receptive to the point of
+      being easily duped. Wood asserts that the "Isle of Pines," when first
+      published, "was look'd upon as a mere sham or piece of drollery; "{1} and
+      there are few contemporary references to the relation of either Pine or
+      Van Sloetten, and those few are of little moment If the seamen, who were
+      in a position to point out discrepancies of fad in the story, made any
+      comment or criticism, I have failed to discover them.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Athenæ Oxomiensis (Bliss), iv. 410.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Neville himself freely played with the subject, and it is strange that he
+      did not excite some suspicion of his veracity among his readers. He had
+      told in his first part of a Dutch ship which was driven by foul weather to
+      the island and of the giving to the Dutch the story of Pine. His second
+      part is the story of the Dutch captain, sailing from Amsterdam,
+      re-discovering the Isle of Pines, and returning home&mdash;that is, to
+      Holland. Yet Neville for the combined issue, and presumably only a few
+      days after giving out the first part, composed two letters from a merchant
+      of Amsterdam&mdash;Abraham Keek&mdash;dated June 29 and July 6, saying
+      that the last post from Rochelle brought intelligence of a French vessel
+      which had just arrived and reported the discovery of this very island, but
+      placing it some two or three hundred leagues "Northwest from Cape Finis
+      Terre," though, he added with reasonable caution, "it may be that there
+      may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the exact
+      point of the compass from Cape Finis Terre."
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Keek offered an additional piece of geographical information, that "some
+      English here suppose it maybe the Island of Brasile which have been so oft
+      sought for, Southwest from Ireland."{1} The first letter of Keek is dated
+      five days after the licensing of the first part of the "Isle of Pines,"
+      and the second sixteen days before the date of Sloetten's narrative. It is
+      hardly possible that Neville could have been forgetful of his having made
+      a Dutch vessel responsible for the discovery and history of Pine, and it
+      is more than probable that he took this means of giving greater
+      verisimilitude to the Isle of Pines, by bringing forward an independent
+      discovery by a French vessel. However intended, the ruse did not
+      contribute to such a purpose, as the combined parts did not enjoy as wide
+      a circulation as the first part.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  See page 53, infra.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On the continent a German, who knew the tract only as translated into
+      German through a Dutch version of the English text, and therefore
+      imperfectly, gave it serious consideration, and had little difficulty in
+      finding inconsistencies and contradictions. Some of his questions went to
+      the root of the matter. It was a Dutch ship which first found the Isle of
+      Pines and its colony; why was not the discovery first announced by the
+      Dutch? Piece by piece the critic takes down the somewhat clumsily
+      fashioned structure of Neville's fiction, and in the end little remains
+      untouched by suspicion. No such examination, dull and labored in form, and
+      offering no trace of imagination which wisely permits itself to be
+      deceived in details in order to be free to accept a whole, could pass
+      beyond the narrow circle of a university.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As an antidote to the attractions of Neville's tract it was powerless, and
+      to-day it remains as much of a curiosity as it was in 1668, when it was
+      written. Indeed, a question might be raised as to which tract was less
+      intentionally a joke&mdash;Neville's "Isle of Pines," or our German's
+      ponderous essay upon it? At least the scientific ignorance of the
+      Englishman, perfectly evident from the start, is more entertaining than
+      the pseudo-science of the German critic, who boldly asserts as impossible
+      what has come to be a commonplace.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1   Das verdachtige Pineser-Eylandd, No. 29 in the
+     Bibliography. It it dedicated to Anthonio Goldbeck,
+     Burgomaster of Altona, and the letter of dedication b dated
+     at Hamburg, October 26, 1668.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Hippe calls attention to the geography of the relation as not the least
+      interesting of its features, for the neighborhood of the Island of
+      Madagascar was used in other sea stories as a place of storm and
+      catastrophe. "The ship on which Simplicissimus wished to return to
+      Portugal, suffered shipwreck likewise near Madagascar, and the paradisiac
+      island on which Grimmelshausen permits his hero finally to land in company
+      with a carpenter, is also to be sought in this region. In precisely the
+      same way the shipwreck of Sadeur,{1} the hero of a French Robinson Crusoe
+      story, happens on the coast of Madagascar, and from this was he driven in a southerly
+      direction to the coast of the southern land."
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  La Terre Australe commue, a romance written by Gabriel de
+     Foigny (pseud. J. Sadeur), describing the stay of Sadeur on
+     the southern continent for more than thirty-five years, The
+     original edition, made in Geneva in 1676, is said to contain
+     "many impious and licentious passages which were omitted in
+     the later editions." Sabin (xviii. 220) gives a list of
+     editions, the first English translation appearing in 1693.
+     It is possible that the author owed the idea of his work to
+     Neville's pamphlet.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      In most of the older surveys of the known world America counts as the
+      fourth part, naturally coming after Europe, Asia, and Africa. Even that
+      arrangement was not generally accepted. Joannes Leo (Hasan Ibn Muhammad,
+      al-Wazzan), writing in 1556, properly called Africa "la tierce Partie du
+      Monde;" but the Seigneur de la Popellinière, in his "Les Trois Mondes,"
+      published in 1582, divided the globe into three parts&mdash;1. Europe,
+      Asia, and Africa; 2. America, and 3. Australia. A half century later,
+      Pierre d'Avitz, of Toumon (Ardèche), entitled one of his compositions
+      "Description Générale de l'Amérique troisiesme partie du Monde," first
+      published in 1637.{2} The expedition under Alvaro de Mendana de Nevra,
+      setting sail from Callao, November 19, 1567, and steering westward, sought
+      to clear doubt concerning a continent which report had pictured as being
+      somewhere in the Pacific Ocean. The Solomon Islands rewarded the
+      enterprise, and with New Guinea and the Philippines completed a connection
+      between Peru and the continent of Asia. There had long existed, however, a
+      settled belief in the existence of a great continent in the southern
+      hemisphere, which should serve as a counterpoise to the known lands in the
+      northern.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  A copy is in the Boston Athenaeum.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The geographical ideas of the times required such a continent, and even before
+      the circumnavigation of Africa, the world-maps indicated to the southward
+      "terra incognita secundum Ptolemeum,"{1} or a land of extreme temperature
+      and wholly unknown.{2} The sailing of ships round the Cape of Good Hope
+      dissipated in some degree this belief but it merely placed some distance
+      between that cape and the supposed Terra Australia which was now extended
+      to the south of America, separated on the maps from that continent only by
+      the narrow Straits of Magellan, and stretching to the westward, almost
+      approaching New Guinea.{3}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  As on the Ptolemy, Ulm, 1482.
+
+     2  As in Macrobius, In Sommium Scipionis Expositio, Brescia,
+     1483. 3  See the map of Oronce Fine, 1522, and Ortelius,
+     Orbis Terrarum 1592. 4  The "Quiri Regio" was long marked on
+     maps as a continent lying to the south of the Solomon
+     Islands.
+
+     3  This was first republished at Augsburg in 1611; in a
+     Latin translation in Henry Hudson's Descriptio ac
+     Delimeatis, Amsterdam, 1612, in Dutch, Verhael van seher
+     Memorial, Amsterdam, 1612; in Bry, 1613, and shortly after
+     in Hulsius; in French, Paris, 1617; and in English, London,
+     1617. I give this list because even so interesting an
+     announcement of a genuine voyage did not have so quick an
+     acceptance as Neville's tract with almost the same title.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Such an expanse of undiscovered land, believed to be rich in gold,
+      awakened the resolution of Pedro Fernandez de Queiros, who had been a
+      pilot in the Mendafia voyage of 1606. By chance he failed in his object,
+      and deceived by the apparent continuous coast line presented to his view
+      by the islands of the New Hebrides group, he gave it the resounding name
+      of Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, because of the King's title of Austria.
+      On the publication of his "Relation" at Seville in 1610, the name was
+      altered, and he claimed to have discovered the "fourth part of the world,
+      called Terra Australis incognita." Seven years later, in 1617, it was published in
+      London under the title, "Terra Australia incognita, or A new Southerne
+      Discoverie, containing a fifth part of the World." It is obvious that
+      geographers and their source of information&mdash;the adventurous sea
+      captains&mdash;were not agreed upon the proper number to be assigned to
+      the Terra Australis in the world scheme. Even in 1663 the Church seemed in
+      doubt, for a father writes "Mémoires touchant l'établissement d'une
+      Mission Chrestienne dans la troisième Monde, autrement apellé la Terre
+      Australe, Méridionale, Antartique, &amp; I connue."{1} That Neville even
+      drew his title from any of these publications cannot be asserted, nor do
+      they explain his designation of the Isle of Pines as the fourth island in
+      this southern land; but they show the common meaning attached to <i>Terra
+      Australis incognita</i>, and his use of the words was a clever, even if
+      not an intentional appeal to the curiosity then so active on continents
+      yet to be discovered.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Printed at Paris by Claude Cramoisy, 1663. A copy is in
+     the John Carter Brown Library. In 1756 Charles de Brosse
+     published his Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes
+     from Vespuccius to his own day, which was largely used by
+     John Callender in compiling his Terra Australis Cogmta,
+     1766-68.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Another volume, however, written by one who afterwards became Bishop of
+      Norwich, may have been responsible for the conception of Neville's
+      pamphlet. This was Joseph Hall's "Mundus Alter et Idem sive Terra
+      Australis ante hac semper incognita longis itineribus peregrini Academici
+      nuperrime lustrata." The title says it was printed at Frankfort, and the
+      statement has been too readily accepted as the fact, for the tract was
+      entered at Stationers' Hall by John Porter, June 2, 1605, and again on August 1, 1608.{1} The
+      biographer of Bishop Hall states that it was published at Frankfort by a
+      friend, in 1605, and republished at Hanau in 1607, and in a translated
+      form in London about 1608. It is more than probable that all three issues
+      were made in London, and that the so-called Hanau edition was that entered
+      in 1608. On January 18, 1608-09, Thomas Thorpe entered the translation,
+      with the address to the reader signed John Healey, who was the
+      translator.{2} This carried the title: "The Discovery of a New World, or a
+      Description of the South Indies hitherto unknown."{3} It is a satirical
+      work with no pretense of touching upon realities. Hallam wrote of it: "I
+      can only produce two books by English authors in this first part of the
+      seventeenth century which fall properly under the class of novels or
+      romances; and of these one is written in Latin. This is the Mundus Alter
+      and Idem of Bishop Hall, an imitation of the later and weaker volumes of
+      Rabelais. A country in Terra Australis is divided into four regions,
+      Crapulia, Virginia, Moronea, and Lavernia. Maps of the whole land and of
+      particular regions are given; and the nature of the satire, not much of
+      which has any especial reference to England, may easily be collected. It
+      is not a very successful effort."{4}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Stationers' Registers (Arber), in. 291, 386.
+
+     2  Ib. 400. Healey made an "exceptionally bad" translation
+     of St. Augustine's De Civitate Dei, which remained the only
+     English translation of that work until 1871.
+
+     3  In the Bodleian Library is a copy of the translation with
+     the title, The Discovery of a New World, Tenterbelly,
+     Sheeland, and Fooliana, London, n.d.
+
+     4  Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 2d éd., II.
+     167.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      While a later critic, Canon Perry, says of it: "This strange
+      composition, sometimes erroneously described as a 'political romance,' to
+      which it bears no resemblance whatever, is a moral satire in prose, with a
+      strong undercurrent of bitter jibes at the Romish church, and its
+      eccentricities, which sufficiently betray the author's main purpose in
+      writing it. It shows considerable imagination, wit, and skill in latinity,
+      but it has not enough of verisimilitude to make it an effective satire,
+      and does not always avoid scurrility."{1} Like Neville's production, the
+      satire was misinterpreted.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The title of Neville's tract also recalls the lost play of Thomas Nash&mdash;"The
+      Isle of Dogs"&mdash;for which he was imprisoned on its appearance in 1597,
+      and suffered, as he asserted, for the indiscretion of others. "As Actaeon
+      was worried by his own hounds," wrote Francis Meres in his "Palladis
+      Tamia," "so is Tom Nash of his Isle of Dogs." And three years later, in
+      1600, Nash referred in his "Summers Last Will" to the excitement raised by
+      his suppressed play. "Here's a coil about dogs without wit! If I had
+      thought the ship of fools would have stay'd to take in fresh water at the
+      Isle of Dogs, I would have furnish'd it with a whole kennel of collections
+      to the purpose." The incident was long remembered. Nine years after Nash's
+      experience John Day published his "Isle of Gulls," drawn from Sir Philip
+      Sidney's "Arcadia."{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, xxiv. 76.
+
+     2  I take these facts from Sir Sidney Lee's sketch of Nash in
+     the Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 107.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I would apologize for taking so much time on a nine-page hoax did it not
+      offer something positive in the history of English literature. It has long
+      been recognized as one of the more than possible sources of Defoe's
+      "Robinson Crusoe." It is truly said that the elements of a masterpiece
+      exist for years before they become embodied, that they are floating in the
+      air, as it were, awaiting the master workman who can make that use which
+      gives to them permanent interest Life on an island, entirely separated
+      from the rest of mankind, had formed an incident in many tales, but
+      Neville's is believed to have been the first employment by an English
+      author of island life for the whole story. And while Defoe excludes the
+      most important feature of Neville's tract&mdash;woman&mdash;from his
+      "Robinson Crusoe," issued in April, 1719, he too, four months after,
+      published the "Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," in which woman has
+      a share. It would be wearisome to undertake a comparison of incident;
+      suffice it to say that the "Isle of Pines" has been accepted as a
+      pre-Defoe romance, to which the far greater Englishman may have been
+      indebted.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018">
+       <!--  H2 anchor --> </a> <br />
+    </p>
+    <div class="fig" style="width:80%">
+      <img alt="oldtitle (114K)" src="images/oldtitle.jpg" width="100%" /><br />
+    </div>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <div class="fig" style="width:80%">
+      <img alt="title2 (127K)" src="images/title2.jpg" width="100%" /><br />
+    </div>
+
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES, <br /> The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      <br />
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      The Isle of Pines
+    </h2>
+    <h2>
+      OR, <br /> <br />
+      A late Di&#383;covery of a fourth ISLAND near Terra Au&#383;tralis,
+      Incognita <br /> <br /> BY <br /> <br /> Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten. <br />
+      <br /> Wherein is contained. <br /> <br />
+    </h2>
+    <blockquote>
+      <p>
+        A True Relation of certain Engli&#383;h per&#383;ons, who in Queen
+        Elizabeths time, making a Voyage to the Ea&#383;t Indies were ca&#383;t
+        away, and wracked near to the Coa&#383;t of Terra Au&#383;tralis,
+        Incognita, and all drowned, except one Man and four Women. And now
+        lately Anno Dom. 1667. a Dutch Ship making a Voyage to the Ea&#383;t
+        Indies, driven by foul weather there, by chance have found their
+        Posterity, (&#383;peaking good Engli&#383;h) to amount (as they &#383;uppo&#383;e)
+        to ten or twelve thou&#383;and per&#383;ons. The whole Relation (written
+        and left by the Man him&#383;elf a little before his death, and
+        delivered to the Dutch by his Grandchild) Is here annexed with the
+        Longitude and Latitude of the I&#383;land, the &#383;ituation and
+        felicity thereof, with other matter ob&#383;ervable.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Licen&#383;ed July 27. 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        London, Printed for Allen Banks and Charles Harper next door to the
+        three Squerrills in Fleet-&#383;treet, over again&#383;t St Dun&#383;tans
+        Church, 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <big><b>Two Letters concerning the I&#383;land of Pines to a Credible
+        per&#383;on in Covent Garden.</b></big>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        IT is written by the la&#383;t Po&#383;t from Rochel, to a Merchant in
+        this City, that there was a French &#383;hip arrived, the Mailer and
+        Company of which reports, that about 2 or 300 Leagues Northwe&#383;t
+        from Cape Finis Terre, they fell in with an I&#383;land, where they went
+        on &#383;hore, and found about 2000 Engli&#383;h people without
+        cloathes, only &#383;ome &#383;mall coverings about their middle, and
+        that they related to them, that at their fir&#383;t coming to this I&#383;land
+        (which was in Queen Elizabeths time) they were but five in number men
+        and women, being ca&#383;t on &#383;hore by di&#383;tre&#383;s or
+        otherwi&#383;e, and had there remained ever &#383;ince, without having
+        any corre&#383;pondence with any other people, or any &#383;hip coming
+        to them. This &#383;tory &#383;eems very fabulous, yet the Letter is
+        come to a known Merchant, and from a good hand in France, &#383;o that I
+        thought fit to mention it, it may be that there may be &#383;ome mi&#383;take
+        in the number of the Leagues, as al&#383;o of the exact point of the
+        Compa&#383;s, from Cape Finis Terre; I &#383;hall enquire more
+        particularly about it. Some Engli&#383;h here &#383;uppo&#383;e it may
+        be the I&#383;land of Bra&#383;ile which have been so oft &#383;ought
+        for, Southwe&#383;t from Ireland, if true, we &#383;hall hear further
+        about it; your friend and Brother, Abraham Keek.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Am&#383;terdam, July the 6th 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        IT is &#383;aid that the Ship that di&#383;covered the I&#383;land, of
+        which I hinted to you in my la&#383;t, is departed from Rochel, on her
+        way to Zealand, &#383;everal per&#383;ons here have writ thither to
+        enquire for the &#383;aid Ve&#383;&#383;el, to know the truth of this bu&#383;ine&#383;s.
+        I was promi&#383;ed a Copy of the Letter Am&#383;terdam, June the 29th
+        1668, that came from France, advi&#383;ing the di&#383;covery of the I&#383;land
+        above-&#383;aid, but its not yet come to my hand; when it cometh, or any
+        further news about this I&#383;land, I &#383;hall acquaint you with it,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Your Friend and Brother,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        A. Keck.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        {{1 }} <i>Discovered Near to the Coa&#383;t of Terra Au&#383;tralis
+        Incognita, by Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten, in a Letter to a friend in
+        London, declaring the truth of his Voyage to the Ea&#383;t Indies</i>.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        SIR,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        I Received your Letter of this &#383;econd in&#383;tant, wherein you
+        de&#383;ire me to give you a further account concerning the Land of
+        <i>Pines</i>, on which we were driven by di&#383;tre&#383;s of Weather
+        the la&#383;t Summer, I al&#383;o peru&#383;ed the Printed Book thereof
+        you &#383;ent me, the Copy of which was &#383;urreptiou&#383;ly taken
+        out of my hands, el&#383;e &#383;hould I have given you a more fuller
+        account upon what occa&#383;ion we came thither, how we were
+        entertained, with &#383;ome other {{2 }}circum&#383;tances of note
+        wherein that relation is defective. To &#383;atisfie therefore your
+        de&#383;ires, I &#383;hall briefly yet &#383;ully give you a particular
+        account thereof, with a true Copy of the Relation it &#383;elf;
+        de&#383;iring you to bear with my blunt Phra&#383;es, as being more a
+        Seaman then a Scholler.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        April the 26th 1667. We &#383;et &#383;ail from Am&#383;terdam,
+        intending for the Ea&#383;t-Indies; our &#383;hip had to name the place
+        from whence we came, the <i>Am&#383;terdam</i> burthen 350. Tun, and
+        having a fair gale of Wind, on the 27 of May following we had a &#383;ight
+        of the high Peak Tenriffe belonging to the Canaries, we have touched at
+        the I&#383;land Palma, but having endeavoured it twice, and finding the
+        winds contrary, we &#383;teered on our course by the I&#383;les of Cape
+        Ferd, or In&#383;ula Capitis Viridis, where at St. James's we took in fre&#383;h
+        water, with &#383;ome few Goats, and Hens, wherewith that I&#383;land
+        doth plentifully abound.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        June the 14. we had a &#383;ight of Madaga&#383;car, or the I&#383;land
+        of St Laurence, an I&#383;land of 4000 miles in compa&#383;s, and
+        &#383;cituate under the Southern Tropick; thither we &#383;teered our
+        cour&#383;e, and trafficked with the inhabitants for Knives, Beads,
+        Gla&#383;&#383;es and the like, having in exchange thereof Cloves and
+        Silver. Departing from thence we were incountred with a violent
+        &#383;torm, and the winds holding contrary, for the &#383;pace of a
+        fortnight, brought us back almo&#383;t as far as the I&#383;le Del
+        Principe; during which time many of our men fell &#383;ick, and
+        &#383;ome dyed, but at the end of that time it plea&#383;ed God the
+        wind favoured us again, and we &#383;teered on our cour&#383;e merrily,
+        for the &#383;pace of ten days: when on a &#383;udden we were
+        encountered with &#383;uch a violent &#383;torm, as if all the four
+        winds together had con&#383;pired for our de&#383;truction, &#383;o
+        that the &#383;toute&#383;t &#383;pirit of us all quailed, expecting
+        every hour to be devoured by that mercile&#383;s element of water,
+        &#383;ixteen dayes together {{3 }} did this &#383;torm continue, though
+        not with &#383;uch violence as at the fir&#383;t, the Weather being
+        &#383;o dark all the while, and the Sea &#383;o rough, that we knew not
+        in what place we were, at length all on a &#383;udden the Wind
+        cea&#383;ed, and the Air cleared, the Clouds were all
+        di&#383;per&#383;ed, and a very &#383;erene Sky followed, for which we
+        gave hearty thanks to the Almighty, it being beyond our expectation
+        that we &#383;hould have e&#383;caped the violence of that &#383;torm.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        At length one of our men mounting the Main-ma&#383;t e&#383;pyed fire,
+        an evident &#383;ign of &#383;ome Countrey near adjoyning, which pre&#383;ently
+        after we apparently di&#383;covered, and &#383;teering our cour&#383;e
+        more nigher, we &#383;aw &#383;everal per&#383;ons promi&#383;cuou&#383;ly
+        running about the shore, as it were wondering and admiring at what they
+        &#383;aw: Being now near to the Land, we manned out our long Boat with
+        ten per&#383;ons, who approaching the &#383;hore, asked them in our
+        Dutch Tongue What Eyland is dit? to which they returned this An&#383;wer
+        in Engli&#383;h, "that they knew not what we &#383;aid." One of our
+        Company named Jeremiah Hanzen who under&#383;tood Engli&#383;h very
+        well, hearing their words di&#383;cour&#383;t to them in their own
+        Language; &#383;o that in fine we were very kindly invited on &#383;hore,
+        great numbers of them flocking about us, admiring at our Cloaths which
+        we did wear, as we on the other &#383;ide did to find in &#383;uch a
+        &#383;trange place, &#383;o many that could &#383;peak Engli&#383;h and
+        yet to go naked.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Four of our men returning back in the long Boat to our Ships company,
+        could hardly make them believe the truth of what they had &#383;een and
+        heard, but when we had brought our &#383;hip into harbour, you would
+        have ble&#383;t your &#383;elf to &#383;ee how the naked I&#383;landers
+        flocked unto us, &#383;o wondering at our &#383;hip, as if it had been
+        the greate&#383;t miracle of Nature in whole World. {{4 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        We were very courteou&#383;ly entertained by them, pre&#383;enting us
+        with &#383;uch food as that Countrey afforded, which indeed was not to
+        be de&#383;pi&#383;ed; we eat of the Fle&#383;h both of Bea&#383;ts, and
+        Fowls, which they had cleanly dre&#383;t, though with no great curio&#383;ity,
+        as wanting materials, wherewithal to do it; and for bread we had the in&#383;ide
+        or Kernel of a great Nut as big as an Apple, which was very whol&#383;ome,
+        and found for the body, and ta&#383;ted to the Pallat very delicious.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Having refre&#383;hed our &#383;elves, they invited us to the Pallace
+        of their Prince or chief Ruler, &#383;ome two miles di&#383;tant off from
+        the place where we landed; which we found to be about the bigne&#383;s
+        of one of our ordinary village hou&#383;es, it was &#383;upported with
+        rough unhewn pieces of Timber, and covered very artificially with
+        boughs, &#383;o that it would keep out the greate&#383;t &#383;howers of
+        Rain, the &#383;ides thereof were adorned with &#383;everal forts of
+        Flowers, which the fragrant fields there do yield in great variety. The
+        Prince him&#383;elf (who&#383;e name was <i>William Pine</i> the
+        Grandchild of <i>George Pine</i> that was fir&#383;t on &#383;hore in
+        this I&#383;land) came to his Pallace door and &#383;aluted us very
+        courteou&#383;ly, for though he had nothing of Maje&#383;ty in him, yet
+        had he a courteous noble and deboneyre &#383;pirit, wherewith your Engli&#383;h
+        Nation (e&#383;pecially tho&#383;e of the Gentry) are very much indued.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Scarce had he done &#383;aluting us when his Lady or Wife, came
+        likewi&#383;e forth of their Hou&#383;e or Pallace, attended on by two
+        Maid-&#383;ervants, the was a woman of an exqui&#383;ite beauty, and
+        had on her head as it were a Chaplet of Flowers, which being intermixt
+        with &#383;everal variety of colours became her admirably. Her
+        privities were hid with &#383;ome pieces of old Garments, the Relicts
+        of tho&#383;e Cloaths (I &#383;uppo&#383;e) of them which fir&#383;t
+        came hither, and yet being adorned with Flowers tho&#383;e very rags
+        &#383;eemeth beautiful; and {{5 }} indeed mode&#383;ty &#383;o far
+        prevaileth over all the Female Sex of that I&#383;land, that with
+        gra&#383;s and flowers interwoven and made &#383;trong by the peelings
+        of young Elms (which grow there in great plenty) they do plant together
+        &#383;o many of them as &#383;erve to cover tho&#383;e parts which
+        nature would have hidden.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        We carried him as a pre&#383;ent &#383;ome few Knives, of which we thought they
+        had great need, an Ax or Hatchet to fell Wood, which was very acceptable
+        unto him, the Old one which was ca&#383;t on &#383;hore at the fir&#383;t,
+        and the only one that they ever had, being now &#383;o quite blunt and
+        dulled, that it would not cut at all, &#383;ome few other things we al&#383;o
+        gave him, which he very thankfully accepted, inviting us into his Hou&#383;e
+        or Pallace, and cau&#383;ing us to &#383;it down with him, where we
+        refre&#383;hed our &#383;elves again, with &#383;ome more Countrey
+        viands which were no other then &#383;uch we ta&#383;ted of before;
+        Prince and pea&#383;ant here faring alike, nor is there any difference
+        betwixt their drink, being only fre&#383;h &#383;weet water, which the
+        rivers yield them in great abundance.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After &#383;ome little pau&#383;e, our Companion (who could &#383;peak
+        Engli&#383;h) by our reque&#383;t de&#383;ired to know of him &#383;omething
+        concerning their Original and how that people &#383;peaking the Language
+        of &#383;uch a remote Countrey, &#383;hould come to inhabit there,
+        having not, as we could &#383;ee, any ships or Boats among&#383;t them
+        the means to bring them thither, and which was more, altogether ignorant
+        and meer &#383;trangers to &#383;hips, or shipping, the main thing
+        conducible to that means, to which reque&#383;t of ours, the courteous
+        Prince thus replyed.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Friends (for &#383;o your actions declare you to be, and &#383;hall by
+        ours find no le&#383;s) know that we are inhabitants of this
+        I&#383;land of no great &#383;tanding, my Grandfather being the
+        fir&#383;t that ever &#383;et foot on this &#383;hore, who&#383;e
+        native Countrey was {{6 }} a place called <i>England</i>, far
+        di&#383;tant from this our Land, as he let us to under&#383;tand; He
+        came from that place upon the Waters, in a thing called a Ship, of
+        which no que&#383;tion but you may have heard; &#383;everal other
+        per&#383;ons were in his company, not intending to have come hither (as
+        he &#383;aid) but to a place called <i>India</i>, when tempe&#383;tuous
+        weather brought him and his company upon this Coa&#383;t, where falling
+        among the Rocks his &#383;hip &#383;plit all in pieces; the whole
+        company perishing in the Waters, &#383;aving only him and four women,
+        which by means of a broken piece of that Ship, by Divine
+        a&#383;&#383;i&#383;tance got on Land.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        What after pa&#383;&#383;ed (&#383;aid he) during my Grandfathers life,
+        I &#383;hall &#383;how you in a Relation thereof written by his own
+        hand, which he delivered to my Father being his elde&#383;t Son,
+        charging him to have a &#383;pecial care thereof, and a&#383;huring him
+        that time would bring &#383;ome people or other thither to whom he would
+        have him to impart it, that the truth of our fir&#383;t planting here
+        might not be quite lo&#383;t, which his commands my Father dutifully
+        obeyed; but no one coming, he at his death delivered the &#383;ame with
+        the like charge to me, and you being the fir&#383;t people, which (be&#383;ides
+        our &#383;elves) ever &#383;et footing in this I&#383;land, I shall
+        therefore in obedience to my Grandfathers and Fathers commands,
+        willingly impart the &#383;ame unto you.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Then &#383;tepping into a kind of inner room, which as we conceived was
+        his lodging Chamber, he brought forth two sheets of paper fairly written
+        in Engli&#383;hy (being the &#383;ame Relation which you had Printed
+        with you at London) and very di&#383;tinctly read the &#383;ame over
+        unto us, which we hearkened unto with great delight and admiration,
+        freely proffering us a Copy of the &#383;ame, which we afterward took
+        and brought away along with us; which Copy hereafter followeth.{1}
+      </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Here begins the first part of the tract.
+</pre>
+      <p>
+        A Way to the Ea&#383;t India's being lately di&#383;covered by Sea, to
+        the {{7 }} South of Affrich by certain Portugals, far more &#383;afe
+        and profitable then had been heretofore; certain Engli&#383;h Merchants
+        encouraged by the great advantages ari&#383;ing from the Ea&#383;tern
+        Commodities, to &#383;ettle a Factory there for the advantage of Trade.
+        And having to that purpo&#383;e obtained the Queens Royal Licence Anno
+        Dom. 1569. 11. or 12. Eliz. furni&#383;ht out for tho&#383;e parts four
+        &#383;hips, my Ma&#383;ter being &#383;ent as Factor to deal and
+        Negotiate for them, and to &#383;ettle there, took with him his whole
+        Family, (that is to &#383;ay) his Wife, and one Son of about twelve
+        years of age, and one Daughter of about fourteen years, two
+        Maid&#383;ervants, one <i>Negro</i> female slave, and my Self, who went
+        under him as his Book-keeper, with this company on Monday the third of
+        April next following, (having all nece&#383;&#383;aries for
+        Hou&#383;ekeeping when we &#383;hould come there), we Embarqued our
+        &#383;elves in the good &#383;hip called the <i>India Merchant</i>, of
+        about four hundred and fifty Tuns burthen, and having a good wind, we
+        on the fourteenth day of May had &#383;ight of the Canaries, and not
+        long after of the I&#383;les of Cafe Vert or Verd, where taking in
+        &#383;uch things as were nece&#383;&#383;ary for our Voyage, and
+        &#383;ome fre&#383;h Provi&#383;ions, we &#383;tearing our cour&#383;e
+        South, and a point Ea&#383;t, about the fir&#383;t of Augu&#383;t came
+        within &#383;ight of the I&#383;land of St Hellen, where we took in
+        &#383;ome fre&#383;h water, we then &#383;et our faces for the Cape of
+        Good Hope, where by Gods ble&#383;&#383;ing after &#383;ome
+        &#383;ickne&#383;s, whereof &#383;ome of our company died, though none
+        of our family; and hitherto we had met with none but calm weather, yet
+        &#383;o it plea&#383;ed God, when we were almo&#383;t in fight of St.
+        Laurence, an I&#383;land &#383;o called, one of the greate&#383;t in
+        the world, as Marriners &#383;ay, we were overtaken and
+        di&#383;per&#383;ed by a great &#383;torm of Wind, which continued with
+        luch violence {{8 }} many days, that lo&#383;ing all hope of
+        &#383;afety, being out of our own knowledge, and whether we &#383;hould
+        fall on Flats or Rocks, uncertain in the nights, not having the
+        lea&#383;t benefit of the light, we feared mo&#383;t, alwayes
+        wi&#383;hing for day, and then for Land, but it came too &#383;oon for
+        our good; for about the fir&#383;t of October, our fears having made us
+        forget how the time pa&#383;&#383;ed to a certainty; we about the break
+        of day di&#383;cerned Land (but what we knew not) the Land &#383;eemed
+        high and Rockey, and the Sea continued &#383;till very &#383;tormy and
+        tempe&#383;tuous, in&#383;omuch as there &#383;eemed no hope of
+        &#383;afety, but looked &#383;uddenly to peri&#383;h. As we grew near
+        Land, perceiving no &#383;afety in the &#383;hip, which we looked would
+        &#383;uddenly be beat in pieces: The Captain, my Ma&#383;ter, and
+        &#383;ome others got into the long Boat, thinking by that means to
+        &#383;ave their lives, and pre&#383;ently after all the Seamen
+        ca&#383;t them&#383;elves overboard, thinking to &#383;ave their lives
+        by &#383;wimming, onely my&#383;elf my Ma&#383;ters Daughters, the two
+        Maids, and the Negro were left on board, for we could not &#383;wim;
+        but tho&#383;e that left us, might as well have tarried with us, for we
+        &#383;aw them, or mo&#383;t of them peri&#383;h, our &#383;elves now
+        ready after to follow their fortune, but God was plea&#383;ed to
+        &#383;pare our lives, as it were by miracle, though to further
+        &#383;orrow; for when we came again&#383;t the Rocks, our &#383;hip
+        having endured two or three blows again&#383;t the Rocks, (being now
+        broken and quite foundred in the Waters), we having with much ado
+        gotten our &#383;elves on the Bow&#383;pright, which being broken off,
+        was driven by the Waves into a &#383;mall Creek, wherein fell a little
+        River, which being encompa&#383;&#383;ed by the Rocks was
+        &#383;heltered from the Wind, &#383;o that we had opportunity to land
+        our &#383;elves, (though almo&#383;t drowned) in all four per&#383;ons,
+        be&#383;ides the Negro: when we were got upon the Rock, we could
+        perceive the mi&#383;erable Wrack to our great terrour, I had in my {{9
+        }} pocket a little Tinder-box, and Steel, and Flint to &#383;trike fire
+        at any time upon occa&#383;ion, which &#383;erved now to good
+        Purpo&#383;e, for its being &#383;o clo&#383;e, pre&#383;erved the
+        Tinder dry, with this, and the help of &#383;ome old rotten Wood which
+        we got together, we kindled a fire and dryed our &#383;elves, which
+        done, I left my female company, and went to &#383;ee, if I could find
+        any of our Ships company, that were e&#383;caped, but could hear of
+        none, though I hooted, and made all the noi&#383;e I could; neither
+        could I perceive the foot-&#383;teps of any living Creature (&#383;ave
+        a few Birds, and other Fowls). At length it drawing towards the
+        Evening, I went back to my company, who were very much troubled for
+        want of me. I being now all their &#383;tay in this lo&#383;t
+        condition, we were at fir&#383;t afraid that the wild people of the
+        Countrey might find us out, although we &#383;aw no foot&#383;teps of
+        any, not &#383;o much as a Path; the Woods round about being full of
+        Briers and Brambles, we al&#383;o &#383;tood in fear of wild
+        Bea&#383;ts, of &#383;uch al&#383;o we &#383;aw none, nor &#383;ign of
+        any: But above all, and that we had greate&#383;t rea&#383;on to fear,
+        was to be &#383;tarved to death for want of Food, but God had
+        otherwi&#383;e provided for us, as you &#383;hall know hereafter; this
+        done, we &#383;pent our time in getting &#383;ome broken pieces of
+        Boards, and Planks, and &#383;ome of the Sails and Rigging on
+        &#383;hore for &#383;helter; I &#383;et up two or three Poles, and drew
+        two or three of the Cords and Lines from Tree to Tree, over which
+        throwing &#383;ome Sail-cloathes, and having gotten Wood by us, and
+        three or four Sea-gowns, which we had dryed, we took up our Lodging for
+        that night altogether (the Blackmoor being left &#383;en&#383;ible then
+        the re&#383;t we made our Centry) we &#383;lept &#383;oundly that
+        night, as having not &#383;lept in three or four nights before (our
+        fears of what happened preventing us) neither could our hard lodging,
+        fear, and danger hinder us we were &#383;o over wacht. {{10 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        On the morrow, being well refre&#383;ht with &#383;leep, the winde cea&#383;ed,
+        and the weather was very warm; we went down the Rocks on the &#383;ands
+        at low water, where we found great part of our lading, either on shore
+        or floating near it. I by the help of my company, dragged mo&#383;t of
+        it on &#383;hore; what was too heavy for us broke, and we unbound the
+        Casks and Cherts, and, taking out the goods, &#383;ecured all; &#383;o
+        that we wanted no clothes, nor any other provi&#383;ion nece&#383;&#383;ary
+        for Hou&#383;ekeeping, to furni&#383;h a better hou&#383;e than any we
+        were like to have; but no victuals (the la&#383;t water having &#383;poiled
+        all) only one Cask of bisket, being lighter than the re&#383;t was dry;
+        this &#383;erved for bread a while, and we found on Land a &#383;ort of
+        fowl about the bigne&#383;s of a Swan, very heavie and fat, that by rea&#383;on
+        of their weight could not fly, of the&#383;e we found little difficulty
+        to kill, &#383;o that was our pre&#383;ent food; we carried out of
+        England certain Hens and Cocks to eat by the way, &#383;ome of the&#383;e
+        when the &#383;hip was broken, by &#383;ome means got to land, &amp;
+        bred exceedingly, &#383;o that in the future they were a great help unto
+        us; we found al&#383;o, by a little River, in the flags, &#383;tore of
+        eggs, of a &#383;ort of foul much like our Ducks, which were very good
+        meat, &#383;o that we wanted nothing to keep us alive.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        On the morrow, which was the third day, as &#383;oon as it was morning,
+        &#383;eeing nothing to di&#383;turb us, I lookt out a convenient place
+        to dwell in, that we might build us a Hut to &#383;helter us from the
+        weather, and from any other danger of annoyance, from wild bea&#383;ts
+        (if any &#383;hould finde us out: So clo&#383;e by a large &#383;pring
+        which ro&#383;e out of a high hill over-looking the Sea, on the
+        &#383;ide of a wood, having a pro&#383;pect towards the Sea) by the
+        help of an Ax and &#383;ome other implements (for we had all
+        nece&#383;&#383;aries, the working of the Sea, having ca&#383;t up
+        mo&#383;t of our goods) I cut down all the &#383;traighte&#383;t poles
+        I could find, and which were enough {{11 }} for my purpo&#383;e, by the
+        help of my company (nece&#383;&#383;ity being our Ma&#383;ter) I digged
+        holes in the earth &#383;etting my poles at an equl di&#383;tance, and
+        nailing the broken boards of the Caskes, Cherts, and Cabins, and
+        &#383;uch like to them, making my door to the Seaward, and having
+        covered the top, with &#383;ail-clothes &#383;train'd and nail'd, I in
+        the &#383;pace of a week had made a large Cabbin big enough to hold all
+        our goods and our &#383;elves in it, I al&#383;o placed our Hamocks for
+        lodging, purpo&#383;ing (if it plea&#383;ed God to &#383;end any Ship
+        that way) we might be tran&#383;ported home, but it never came to
+        pa&#383;s, the place, wherein we were (as I conceived) being much out
+        of the way.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        We having now lived in this manner full four months, and not &#383;o
+        much as &#383;eeing or hearing of any wild people, or of any of our own
+        company, more then our &#383;elves (they being found now by experience
+        to be all drowned) and the place, as we after found, being a large I&#383;land,
+        and di&#383;joyned, and out of fight of any other Land, was wholly
+        uninhabited by any people, neither was there any hurtful bea&#383;t to
+        annoy us: But on the contrary the countrey &#383;o very plea&#383;ant,
+        being always clothed with green, and full of plea&#383;ant fruits, and
+        variety of birds, ever warm, and never colder then in England in
+        September: So that this place (had it the culture, that skilful people
+        might be&#383;tow on it) would prove a Paradi&#383;e.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Woods afforded us a &#383;ort of Nuts, as big as a large Apple,
+        who&#383;e kernel being plea&#383;ant and dry, we made u&#383;e of
+        in&#383;tead of bread, that fowl before mentioned, and a &#383;ort of
+        water-fowl like Ducks, and their eggs, and a bea&#383;t about the
+        &#383;ize of a Goat, and almo&#383;t &#383;uch a like creature, which
+        brought two young ones at a time, and that twice a year, of which the
+        Low Lands and Woods were very full, being a very harmle&#383;s creature
+        and tame, &#383;o that we could ea&#383;ily {{12 }} take and kill them:
+        Fi&#383;h, al&#383;o, e&#383;pecially Shell-fi&#383;h (which we could
+        be&#383;t come by) we had great &#383;tore of, &#383;o that in effect
+        as to Food we wanted nothing; and thus, and by &#383;uch like helps, we
+        continued &#383;ix moneths without any di&#383;turbance or want.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Idlene&#383;s and Fulne&#383;s of every thing begot in me a de&#383;ire
+        of enjoying the women, beginning now to grow more familiar, I had per&#383;waded
+        the two Maids to let me lie with them, which I did at fir&#383;t in
+        private, but after, cu&#383;tome taking away &#383;hame (there being
+        none but us) we did it more openly, as our Lu&#383;ts gave us liberty;
+        afterwards my Ma&#383;ters Daughter was content al&#383;o to do as we
+        did; the truth is, they were all hand&#383;ome Women, when they had
+        Cloathes, and well &#383;haped, feeding well. For we wanted no Food, and
+        living idlely, and &#383;eeing us at Liberty to do our wills, without
+        hope of ever returning home made us thus bold: One of the fir&#383;t of
+        my Comforts with whom I fir&#383;t accompanined (the talle&#383;t and
+        hand&#383;ome&#383;t) proved pre&#383;ently with child, the &#383;econd
+        was my Ma&#383;ters Daughter, and the other al&#383;o not long after fell
+        into the &#383;ame condition: none now remaining but my Negro, who
+        &#383;eeing what we did, longed al&#383;o for her &#383;hare; one Night,
+        I being a&#383;leep, my Negro, (with the consent of the others) got clo&#383;e
+        to me, thinking it being dark, to beguile me, but I awaking and feeling
+        her, and perceiving who it was, yet willing to try the difference,
+        &#383;atis&#383;ied my &#383;elf with her, as well as with one of the re&#383;t:
+        that night, although the fir&#383;t time, she proved al&#383;o with
+        child, &#383;o that in the year of our being here, all my women were
+        with child by me, and they all coming at different &#383;ea&#383;ons,
+        were a great help to one another.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The fir&#383;t brought me a brave Boy, my Ma&#383;ters Daughter was the
+        younge&#383;t, &#383;he brought me a Girl, &#383;o did the other {{13
+        }} Maid, who being &#383;omething fat &#383;ped wor&#383;e at her
+        labour: the Negro had no pain at all, brought me a fine white Girl,
+        &#383;o I had one Boy and three Girls, the Women were &#383;oon well
+        again, and the two fir&#383;t with child again before the two la&#383;t
+        were brought to bed, my cu&#383;tome being not to lie with any of them
+        after they were with child, till others were &#383;o likewi&#383;e, and
+        not with the black at all after &#383;he was with child, which commonly
+        was at the fir&#383;t time I lay with her, which was in the night and
+        not el&#383;e, my &#383;tomach would not &#383;erve me, although
+        &#383;he was one of the hand&#383;ome&#383;t Blacks I had &#383;een,
+        and her children as comly as any of the re&#383;t; we had no clothes
+        for them, and therefore when they had &#383;uckt, we laid them in
+        Mo&#383;&#383;e to &#383;leep, and took no further care of them, for we
+        knew, when they were gone more would come, the Women never failing once
+        a year at lea&#383;t, and none of the Children (for all the
+        hard&#383;hip we put them to) were ever &#383;ick; &#383;o that wanting
+        now nothing but Cloathes, nor them much neither, other than for
+        decency, the warmth of the Countrey and Cu&#383;tome &#383;upplying
+        that Defect, we were now well &#383;atis&#383;ied with our condition,
+        our Family beginning to grow large, there being nothing to hurt us, we
+        many times lay abroad on Mo&#383;&#383;ey Banks, under the &#383;helter
+        of &#383;ome Trees, or &#383;uch like (for having nothing el&#383;e to
+        do) I had made me &#383;everal Arbors to &#383;leep in with my Women in
+        the heat of the day, in the&#383;e I and my women pa&#383;&#383;ed the
+        time away, they being never willing to be out of my company.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And having now no thought of ever returning home, as having
+        re&#383;olved and &#383;worn each to other, never to part or leave one
+        another, or the place; having by my &#383;everal wives, forty
+        &#383;even Children, Boys and Girls, but mo&#383;t Girls, and growing
+        up apace, we were all of us very fle&#383;hly, the Country &#383;o well
+        agreeing with us, that we never ailed any thing; {{14 }} my Negro
+        having had twelve, was the fir&#383;t that left bearing, &#383;o I
+        never medled with her more: My Ma&#383;ters Daughter (by whom I had
+        mo&#383;t children, being the younge&#383;t and hand&#383;ome&#383;t)
+        was mo&#383;t fond of me, and I of her. Thus we lived for &#383;ixteen
+        years, till perceiving my elde&#383;t Boy to mind the ordinary work of
+        Nature, by &#383;eeing what we did, I gave him a Mate, and &#383;o I
+        did to all the re&#383;t, as fa&#383;t as they grew up, and were
+        capable: My Wives having left bearing, my children began to breed
+        apace, &#383;o we were like to be a multitude; My fir&#383;t Wife
+        brought me thirteen children, my &#383;econd &#383;even, my
+        Ma&#383;ters Daughter fifteen, and the Negro twelve, in all forty
+        &#383;even.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After we had lived there twenty two years, my Negro died &#383;uddenly,
+        but I could not perceive any thing that ailed her; mo&#383;t of my
+        children being grown, as fa&#383;t as we married them, I &#383;ent them
+        and placed them over the River by them&#383;elves &#383;everally, becau&#383;e
+        we would not pe&#383;ter one another; and now they being all grown up,
+        and gone, and married after our manner (except &#383;ome two or three of
+        the younge&#383;t) for (growing my &#383;elf into years) I liked not the
+        wanton annoyance of young company.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Thus having lived to the fiftieth year of my age, and the fortieth of
+        my coming thither, at which time I &#383;ent for all of them to bring
+        their children, and there were in number de&#383;cended from me by
+        the&#383;e four Women, of my Children, Grand-children, and great
+        Grand-children, five hundred &#383;ixty five of both &#383;orts, I took
+        off the Males of one Family, and married them to the Females of
+        another, not letting any to marry their &#383;i&#383;ters, as we did
+        formerly out of nece&#383;&#383;ity, &#383;o ble&#383;&#383;ing God for
+        his Providence and goodne&#383;s, I di&#383;mi&#383;t them, I having
+        taught &#383;ome of my children to read formerly, for I had left
+        &#383;till the Bible, I charged it &#383;hould be read once a moneth at
+        {{15 }} a general meeting: At la&#383;t one of my Wives died being
+        &#383;ixty eight years of age, which I buried in a place, &#383;et out
+        on purpo&#383;e, and within a year after another, &#383;o I had none
+        now left but my Ma&#383;ters Daughter, and we lived together twelve
+        years longer, at length &#383;he died al&#383;o, &#383;o I buried her
+        al&#383;o next the place where I purpo&#383;ed to be buried my
+        &#383;elf, and the tall Maid my fir&#383;t Wife next me on the other
+        &#383;ide, the Negro next without her, and the other Maid next my
+        Ma&#383;ters Daughter. I had now nothing to mind, but the place whether
+        I was to go, being very old, almo&#383;t eighty years, I gave my Cabin
+        and Furniture that was left to my elde&#383;t &#383;on after my
+        decea&#383;e, who had married my elde&#383;t Daughter by my beloved
+        Wife, whom I made King and Governour of all the re&#383;t: I informed
+        them of the Manners of Europe, and charged them to remember the
+        Chri&#383;tian Religion, after the manner of them that &#383;pake the
+        &#383;ame Language, and to admit no other; if hereafter any should come
+        and find them out.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now once for all, I &#383;ummoned them to come to me, that I might
+        number them, which I did, and found the e&#383;timate to contain in or
+        about the eightieth year of my age, and the fifty ninth of my coming
+        there; in all, of all &#383;orts, one thou&#383;and &#383;even hundred
+        eighty and nine. Thus praying God to multiply them, and lend them the
+        true light of the Go&#383;pel, I la&#383;t of all di&#383;mi&#383;t
+        them: For, being now very old, and my &#383;ight decayed, I could not
+        expect to live long. I gave this Narration (written with my own hand)
+        to my elde&#383;t Son, who now lived with me, commanding him to keep
+        it, and if any &#383;trangers &#383;hould come hither by chance, to let
+        them &#383;ee it, and take a Copy of it if they would, that our name be
+        not lo&#383;t from off the earth. I gave this people (de&#383;cended
+        from me) the name of the <i>ENGLISH PINES</i>, <i>George Pine</i> being
+        my {{16 }} name, and my Ma&#383;ters Daughters name Sarah Engli&#383;h,
+        my two other Wives were Mary Sparkes, and Elizabeth Trevor, &#383;o
+        their &#383;everall Defendants are called the ENGLISH, the SPARKS, and
+        the TREVORS, and the PHILLS, from the Chri&#383;tian Name of the Negro,
+        which was Philippa, &#383;he having no &#383;urname: And the general
+        name of the whole the ENGLISH PINES; vvhom God ble&#383;s vvith the dew
+        of Heaven, and the fat of the Earth, AMEN.{1}
+      </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Here ended the first part.
+</pre>
+      <p>
+        After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation, then
+        proceeded he on in his di&#383;cour&#383;e.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        My Grandfather when he wrote this, was as you hear eighty yeares of age,
+        there proceeding from his Loyns one thou&#383;and &#383;even hundred
+        eighty nine children, which he had by them four women afore&#383;aid: My
+        Father was his elde&#383;t &#383;on, and was named Henry, begotten of
+        his wife Mary Sparkes, whom he apointed chief Governour and Ruler over
+        the re&#383;t; and having given him a charge not to exerci&#383;e
+        tyranny over them, &#383;eeing they were his fellow brethren by Fathers
+        &#383;ide (of which there could be no doubt made of double dealing
+        therein) exhorting him to u&#383;e ju&#383;tice and &#383;incerity among&#383;t
+        them, and not to let Religion die with him, but to ob&#383;erve and keep
+        tho&#383;e Precepts which he had taught them, he quietly &#383;urrendred
+        up his &#383;oul, and was buried with great lamentation of all his
+        children.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        My father coming to rule, and the people growing more populous, made
+        them to range further in the di&#383;covery of the Countrey, which they
+        found an&#383;werable to their de&#383;ires, full both of Fowls and Bea&#383;ts,
+        and tho&#383;e too not hurtful to mankinde, as if this Country (on which
+        we were by providence ca&#383;t without arms or other weapons to defend
+        our &#383;elves, or offend others,) &#383;hould by the &#383;ame
+        providence be &#383;o inhabited as not to have any need of &#383;uch
+        like weapons of de&#383;truction wherewith to pre&#383;erve our lives.
+        {{17 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        But as it is impo&#383;&#383;ible, but that in multitudes di&#383;orders
+        will grow, the &#383;tronger &#383;eeking to oppre&#383;s the weaker; no
+        tye of Religion being &#383;trong enough to chain up the depraved nature
+        of mankinde, even &#383;o among&#383;t them mi&#383;chiefs began to ri&#383;e,
+        and they &#383;oon fell from tho&#383;e good orders pre&#383;cribed them by my Grandfather.
+        The &#383;ource from whence tho&#383;e mi&#383;chiefs &#383;pring, was
+        at fir&#383;t, I conceive, the neglect of hearing the Bible read, which
+        according to my Grandfathers pro&#383;cription, was once a moneth at a
+        general meeting, but now many of them wandring far up into the Country,
+        they quite neglected the coming to it, with all other means of Chri&#383;tian
+        in&#383;truction, whereby the &#383;ence of &#383;in being quite lo&#383;t
+        in them, they fell to whoredoms, ince&#383;ts, and adulteries; &#383;o
+        that what my Grandfather was forced to do for nece&#383;&#383;ity, they
+        did for wantonne&#383;s; nay not confining them&#383;elves within the
+        bound of any mode&#383;ty, but brother and &#383;i&#383;ter lay openly
+        together; tho&#383;e who would not yield to their lewd embraces, were by
+        force ravished, yea many times endangered of their lives. To redre&#383;s
+        tho&#383;e enormities, my father a&#383;&#383;embled all the Company
+        near unto him, to whom he declared the wickedne&#383;s of tho&#383;e
+        their brethren; who all with one con&#383;ent agreed that they &#383;hould
+        be &#383;everely puni&#383;hed; and &#383;o arming them&#383;elves with
+        boughs, &#383;tones, and &#383;uch like weapons, they marched again&#383;t
+        them, who having notice of their coming, and fearing their de&#383;erved
+        puni&#383;hment, &#383;ome of them fled into woods, others pa&#383;&#383;ed
+        over a great River, which runneth through the heart of our Countrey,
+        hazarding drowning to e&#383;cape puni&#383;hment; But the grande&#383;t
+        offender of them all was taken, whole name was John Phill, the &#383;econd
+        &#383;on of the Negro-woman that came with my Grandfather into this I&#383;land.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        He being proved guilty of divers ravi&#383;hings &amp; tyrannies
+        committed by him, {{18 }} was adjudged guilty of death, and accordingly
+        was thrown down from a high Rock into the Sea, where he peri&#383;hed
+        in the waters. Execution being done upon him, the re&#383;t were
+        pardoned for what was pa&#383;t, which being notified abroad, they
+        returned from tho&#383;e Defait and Ob&#383;cure places, wherein they
+        were hidden.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Now as Seed being ca&#383;t into &#383;tinking Dung produceth good and
+        whole&#383;ome Corn for the Indentation of mans life, &#383;o bad
+        manners produceth good and whole&#383;ome Laws for the pre&#383;ervation
+        of Humane Society. Soon after my Father with the advice of &#383;ome few
+        others of his Coun&#383;el, ordained and &#383;et forth the&#383;e Laws
+        to be ob&#383;erved by them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        1. That who&#383;oever &#383;hould bla&#383;pheme or talk irreverently
+        of the name of God &#383;hould be put to death.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        2. That who &#383;hould be ab&#383;ent from the monethly a&#383;&#383;embly
+        to hear the Bible read, without &#383;ufficient cau&#383;e &#383;hown to
+        the contrary, &#383;hould for the fir&#383;t default be kept without any
+        victuals or drink, for the &#383;pace of four days, and if he offend
+        therein again, then to &#383;uffer death.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        3. That who should force or ravi&#383;h any Maid or Woman should be
+        burnt to death, the party &#383;o ravi&#383;hed putting fire to the wood
+        that should burn him.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        4. Who&#383;oever shall commit adultery, for the fir&#383;t crime the
+        Male shall lo&#383;e his Privities, and the Woman have her right eye
+        bored out, if after that she was again taken in the act, she should die
+        without mercy.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        5. That who &#383;o injured his Neighbour, by laming of his {{19 }}
+        Limbs, or taking any thing away which he
+        po&#383;&#383;e&#383;&#383;eth, &#383;hall &#383;uffer in the &#383;ame
+        kind him&#383;elf by lo&#383;s of Limb; and for defrauding his
+        Neighbour, to become &#383;ervant to him, whil&#383;t he had made him
+        double &#383;ati&#383;faction.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        6. That, who should defame or &#383;peak evil of the Governour, or refu&#383;e
+        to come before him upon Summons, &#383;hould receive a puni&#383;hment
+        by whipping with Rods, and afterwards be exploded from the &#383;ociety
+        of the re&#383;t of the inhabitants.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Having &#383;et forth the&#383;e Laws, he cho&#383;e four &#383;everal
+        per&#383;ons under him to &#383;ee them put in Execution, whereof one
+        was of the Engli&#383;hes, the Off-&#383;pring of Sarah Engli&#383;h;
+        another of his own Tribe, the Sparks; a third of the Trevors, and the
+        fourth of the Phills, appointing them every year at a certain time to
+        appear before him, and give an account of what they had done in the pro&#383;ecution
+        of tho&#383;e Laws.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Countrey being thus &#383;ettled, my father lived quiet and
+        peaceable till he attained to the age of ninety and four years, when
+        dying, I &#383;ucceeded in his place, in which I have continued
+        peaceably and quietly till this very pre&#383;ent time.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        He having ended his Speech, we gave him very heartily thanks for our
+        information, a&#383;&#383;uring him we should not be wanting to him in
+        any thing which lay in our powers, wherewith we could plea&#383;ure him
+        in what he &#383;hould de&#383;ire, and thereupon preferred to depart,
+        but before our going away, he would needs engage us to &#383;ee him, the
+        next day, when was to be their great a&#383;&#383;embly or monethly
+        meeting for the celebration of their Religious Exerci&#383;es.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Accordingly the next day we came thither again, and were
+        courteou&#383;ly entertained as before, In a &#383;hort &#383;pace
+        there was gathered &#383;uch a multitude of people together as made us
+        to {{20 }} admire; and fir&#383;t there were &#383;everal Weddings
+        celebrated, the manner whereof was thus. The Bridegroom and Bride
+        appeared before him who was their Prie&#383;t or Reader of the Bible,
+        together with the Parents of each party, or if any of their Parents
+        were dead, then the next relation unto them, without who&#383;e
+        con&#383;ent as well as the parties to be married, the Prie&#383;t will
+        not joyn them together; but being &#383;atis&#383;ied in tho&#383;e
+        particulars, after &#383;ome &#383;hort Oraizons, and joyning of hands
+        together, he pronounces them to be man and wife: and with exhortations
+        to them to live lovingly towards each other, and quietly towards their
+        neighbors, he concludes with &#383;ome prayers, and &#383;o
+        di&#383;mi&#383;&#383;es them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Weddings being fini&#383;hed, all the people took their places to
+        hear the Word read, the new married per&#383;ons having the honour to be
+        next unto the Prie&#383;t that day, after he had read three or four
+        Chapters he fell to expounding the mo&#383;t difficult places therein,
+        the people being very attentive all that while, this exerci&#383;e
+        continued for two or three hours, which being done, with &#383;ome few
+        prayers he concluded, but all the re&#383;t of that day was by the
+        people kept very &#383;trictly, ab&#383;taining from all manner of
+        playing or pa&#383;times, with which on other dayes they u&#383;e to pa&#383;s
+        their time away, as having need of nothing but victuals, and that they
+        have in &#383;uch plenty as almo&#383;t provided to their hands.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Their exerci&#383;es of Religion being over, we returned again to our
+        Ship, and the next day, taking with us two or three Fowling-pieces
+        leaving half our Company to guard the Ship, the re&#383;t of us
+        re&#383;olved to go up higher into the Country for a further
+        di&#383;covery: All the way as we pa&#383;&#383;ed the fir&#383;t
+        morning, we &#383;aw abundance of little Cabbins or Huts of the&#383;e
+        inhabitants, made under Trees, and fa&#383;hioned up with boughs,
+        gra&#383;s, {{21 }} and &#383;uch like &#383;tuffe to defend them from
+        the Sun and Rain; and as we went along, they came out of them much
+        wondering at our Attire, and &#383;tanding aloof off from us as if they
+        were afraid, but our companion that &#383;pake English, calling to them
+        in their own Tongue, and giving them good words, they drew nigher,
+        &#383;ome of them freely proffering to go along with us, which we
+        willingly accepted; but having pa&#383;&#383;ed &#383;ome few miles,
+        one of our company e&#383;pying a Bea&#383;t like unto a Goat come
+        gazing on him, he di&#383;charged his Peece, &#383;ending a brace of
+        Bullets into his belly, which brought him dead upon the ground; these
+        poor naked unarmed people hearing the noi&#383;e of the Peece, and
+        &#383;eeing the Bea&#383;t lie tumbling in his gore, without
+        &#383;peaking any words betook them to their heels, running back again
+        as fast as they could drive, nor could the per&#383;wa&#383;ions of our
+        Company, a&#383;&#383;uring them they &#383;hould have no hurt, prevail
+        anything at all with them, &#383;o that we were forced to pa&#383;s
+        along without their company: all the way that we went we heard the
+        delightful harmony of &#383;inging Birds, the ground very fertile in
+        Trees, Gra&#383;s, and &#383;uch flowers, as grow by the production of
+        Nature, without the help of Art; many and &#383;everal &#383;orts of
+        Beads we &#383;aw, who were not &#383;o much wild as in other
+        Countries; whether it were as having enough to &#383;atiate
+        them&#383;elves without ravening upon others, or that they never before
+        &#383;aw the &#383;ight of man, nor heard the report of murdering Guns,
+        I leave it to others to determine. Some Trees bearing wild Fruits we
+        al&#383;o &#383;aw, and of tho&#383;e &#383;ome whereof we tailed,
+        which were neither unwhol&#383;ome nor di&#383;ta&#383;teful to the
+        Pallate, and no que&#383;tion had but Nature here the benefit of Art
+        added unto it, it would equal, if not exceed many of our European
+        Countries; the Vallyes were every where intermixt with running
+        &#383;treams, and no que&#383;tion but the earth {{22 }} hath in it
+        rich veins of Minerals, enough to &#383;ati&#383;fie the de&#383;ires
+        of the mo&#383;t covetous.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        It was very &#383;trange to us, to &#383;ee that in &#383;uch a fertile
+        Countrey which was as yet never inhabited, there &#383;hould be notwith&#383;tanding
+        &#383;uch a free and clear pa&#383;&#383;age to us, without the
+        hinderance of Bu&#383;hes, Thorns, and &#383;uch like fluff, wherewith
+        mo&#383;t I&#383;lands of the like nature are pe&#383;tered: the length
+        of the Gra&#383;s (which yet was very much intermixt with flowers) being
+        the only impediment that we found.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Six dayes together did we thus travel, &#383;etting &#383;everal marks
+        in our way as we went for our better return, not knowing whether we
+        &#383;hould have the benefit of the Stars for our guidance in our going
+        back, which we made u&#383;e of in our pa&#383;&#383;age: at la&#383;t
+        we came to the va&#383;t Ocean on the other &#383;ide of the I&#383;land,
+        and by our coa&#383;ting it, conceive it to be of an oval form, only
+        here and there &#383;hooting forth with &#383;ome Promontories. I
+        conceive it hath but few good Harbours belonging to it, the Rocks in mo&#383;t
+        places making it inacce&#383;&#383;ible. The length of it may be about
+        two hundred, and the breadth one hundred miles, the whole in
+        circumference about five hundred miles.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        It lyeth about &#383;eventy &#383;ix degrees of Longitude, and twenty
+        of Latitude, being &#383;cituate under the third Climate, the
+        longe&#383;t day being about thirteen hours and fourty five minutes.
+        The weather, as in all Southern Countries, is far more hot than with us
+        in Europe; but what is by the Sun parched in the day, the night again
+        refre&#383;hes with cool pearly dews. The Air is found to be very
+        healthful by the long lives {{23 }}of the pre&#383;ent inhabitants, few
+        dying there till &#383;uch time as they come to good years of maturity,
+        many of them arriving to the extremity of old age.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now &#383;peaking concerning the length of their Lives, I think it
+        will not be ami&#383;&#383;e in this place to &#383;peak &#383;omething
+        of their Burials, which they u&#383;ed to do thus.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        When the party was dead, they &#383;tuck his Carka&#383;s all over with
+        flowers, and after carried him to the place appointed for Burial, where
+        &#383;etting him down, (the Prie&#383;t having given &#383;ome godly
+        Exhortations concerning the frailty of life) then do they take &#383;tones
+        (a heap being provided there for that purpo&#383;e) and the neare&#383;t
+        of the kin begins to lay the fir&#383;t &#383;tone upon him, afterwards
+        the re&#383;t follows, they never leaving till they have covered the
+        body deep in &#383;tones, &#383;o that no Bea&#383;t can po&#383;&#383;ibly
+        come to him, and this fir&#383;t were they forced to make, having no
+        Spades or Shovels wherewith to dig them Graves; which want of theirs we
+        e&#383;pying, be&#383;towed a Pick-ax and two Shovels upon them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Here might I add their way of Chri&#383;tening Children, but that being
+        little different from yours in ENGLAND, and taught them by GEORGE PINES
+        at fir&#383;t which they have &#383;ince continued, I &#383;hall
+        therefore forbear to &#383;peak thereof.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After our return back from the di&#383;covery of the Countrey, the Wind
+        not being fit for our purpo&#383;e, and our men al&#383;o willing
+        thereto, we got all our cutting In&#383;truments on Land, and {{24 }}
+        fell to hewing down of Trees, with which, in a little time,(many hands
+        making light work) we built up a Pallace for this William Pines the
+        Lord of that Countrey; which, though much inferiour to the hou&#383;es
+        of your Gentry in England. Yet to them which never had &#383;een
+        better, it appeared a very Lordly Place. This deed of ours was beyond
+        expre&#383;&#383;ion acceptable unto him, load-ing us with thanks for
+        &#383;o great a benefit, of which he &#383;aid he &#383;hould never be
+        able to make a requital.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now acquainting him, that upon the fir&#383;t opportunity we were re&#383;olved
+        to leave the I&#383;land, as al&#383;o how that we were near Neighbours
+        to the Countrey of England, from whence his Ance&#383;tors came; he
+        &#383;eemed upon the news to be much di&#383;contented that we would
+        leave him, de&#383;iring, if it might &#383;tand with our commodity to
+        continue &#383;till with him, but &#383;eeing he could not prevail, he
+        invited us to dine with him the next day, which we promi&#383;ed to do,
+        again&#383;t which time he provided, very &#383;umptuou&#383;ly
+        (according to his e&#383;tate) for us, and now was he attended after a
+        more Royal manner than ever we &#383;aw him before, both for number of
+        Servants, and multiplicity of Meat, on which we fed very heartily; but
+        he having no other Beverage for us to drink, then water, we fetched from
+        our Ship a Ca&#383;e of Brandy, pre&#383;enting &#383;ome of it to him
+        to drink, but when he had ta&#383;ted of it, he would by no means be per&#383;waded
+        to touch thereof again, preferring (as he &#383;aid) his own Countrey
+        Water before all &#383;uch Liquors what&#383;oever.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After we had Dined, we were invited out into the Fields to behold their
+        Country Dauncing, which they did with great agility of body; and though
+        they had no other then only {{25 }} Vocal Mu&#383;ick (&#383;everal of
+        them &#383;inging all that while) yet did they trip it very neatly,
+        giving &#383;ufficient &#383;ati&#383;faction to all that beheld them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The next day we invited the Prince William Pines aboard our Ship, where
+        was nothing wanting in what we could to entertain him, he had about a
+        dozen of Servants to attend on him he much admired at the Tacklings of
+        our Ship, but when we came to di&#383;charge a piece or two of Ordnance,
+        it struck him into a wonder and amazement to behold the &#383;trange
+        effects of Powder; he was very &#383;paring in his Diet, neither could
+        he, or any of his followers be induced to drink any thing but Water: We
+        there pre&#383;ented him with &#383;everal things, as much as we could
+        &#383;pare, which we thought would any wayes conduce to their benefit,
+        all which he very gratefully received, a&#383;&#383;uring us of his real
+        love and good will, when&#383;oever we &#383;hould come thither again.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now we intended the next day to take our leaves, the Wind &#383;tanding
+        fair, blowing with a gentle Gale South and by Ea&#383;t, but as we were
+        hoi&#383;ting of our Sails, and weighing Anchor, we were &#383;uddenly
+        Allarm'd with a noi&#383;e from the &#383;hore, the Prince, W. Pines
+        imploring our a&#383;&#383;i&#383;tance in an In&#383;urection which had
+        happened among&#383;t them, of which this was the cau&#383;e.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Henry Phil, the chief Ruler of the Tribe or Family of the Phils, being
+        the Off&#383;pring of George Pines which he had by the Negro-woman;
+        this man had ravi&#383;hed the Wife of one of the principal of the
+        Family of the Trevors, which act being made known, the Trevors
+        a&#383;&#383;embled them&#383;elves all together to bring the offender
+        unto Ju&#383;tice: But he knowing his crime to be &#383;o great, as
+        extended to the lo&#383;s of life: fought to defend that {{26 }} by
+        force, which he had as unlawfully committed, whereupon the whole
+        I&#383;land was in a great hurly burly, they being too great Potent
+        Factions, the bandying of which again&#383;t each other, threatned a
+        general ruin to the whole State.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Governour William Pines had interpo&#383;ed in the matter, but found his
+        Authority too weak to repre&#383;s &#383;uch Di&#383;orders; for where
+        the Hedge of Government is once broken down, the mo&#383;t vile bear the
+        greate&#383;t rule, whereupon he de&#383;ired our a&#383;&#383;i&#383;tance,
+        to which we readily conde&#383;cended, and arming out twelve of us went
+        on Shore, rather as to a &#383;urprize than fight, for what could
+        nakedne&#383;s do to encounter with Arms. Being conducted by him to the
+        force of our Enemy, we fir&#383;t entered into parley, &#383;eeking to
+        gain them rather by fair means then force, but that not prevailing, we
+        were nece&#383;itated to u&#383;e violence, for this Henry Phill being
+        of an undaunted re&#383;olution, and having armed his fellows with Clubs
+        and Stones, they &#383;ent &#383;uch a Peal among&#383;t us, as made us
+        at the fir&#383;t to give back, which encouraged them to follow us on
+        with great violence, but we di&#383;charging off three or four Guns,
+        when they &#383;aw &#383;ome of them&#383;elves wounded, and heard the
+        terrible reports which they gave, they ran away with greater &#383;peed
+        then they came. The Band of the Trevors who were joyned with us, hotly
+        pur&#383;ued them, and having taken their Captain, returned with great
+        triumph to their Governour, who fitting in Judgment upon him, he was
+        adjudged to death, and thrown off a &#383;teep Rock into the Sea, the
+        only way they have of puni&#383;hing any by death, except burning.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now at la&#383;t we took our &#383;olemn leaves of the Governour,
+        and departed from thence, having been there in all, the &#383;pace of
+        three weeks and two dayes, we took with us good &#383;tore of the
+        fle&#383;h of a Bea&#383;t which they call there Reval, being {{27 }}
+        in ta&#383;te different either from Beef or Swines-fle&#383;h, yet very
+        delightful to the Pallate, and exceeding nutrimental. We took al&#383;o
+        with us alive, divers Fowls which they call Marde, about the
+        bigne&#383;s of a Pullet, and not different in ta&#383;te, they are
+        very &#383;wift of flight, and yet &#383;o fearle&#383;s of danger,
+        that they will &#383;tand &#383;till till &#383;uch time as you catch
+        them: We had al&#383;o &#383;ent us in by the Governour about two
+        bu&#383;hels of eggs, which as I conjecture were the Mards eggs, very
+        lu&#383;ious in ta&#383;te, and &#383;trenthening to the body.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        June 8. We had a &#383;ight of Cambaia, a part of the Ea&#383;t Indies,
+        but; under the Government of the great Cham of Tartary here our Ve&#383;&#383;el
+        &#383;pringing a leak, we were forced to put to Chore, receiving much
+        dammage in &#383;ome of our Commodities; we were forced to ply the Pump
+        for eighteen hours together, which, had that mi&#383;carried, we had
+        inevitably have peri&#383;hed; here we &#383;tai'd five dayes mending
+        our Ship, and drying &#383;ome of our Goodss and then hoi&#383;ting
+        Sail, in four days time more we came to Calecute.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        This Calecute is the chief Mart Town and Staple of all the Indian
+        Traffique, it is very populous, and frequented by Merchants of all
+        Nations. Here we unladed a great part of our Goods, and taking in
+        others, which cau&#383;ed us to &#383;tay there a full Moneth, during
+        which &#383;pace, at lei&#383;ure times I went abroad to take a
+        &#383;urvey of the City, which I found to be large and populous, lying
+        for three miles together upon the Sea-shore. Here is a great many of
+        tho&#383;e per&#383;ons whom thy call Brackmans, being their
+        Prie&#383;ts or Teachers whom they much reverence. It is a cu&#383;tome
+        here for the King to give to &#383;ome of tho&#383;e Brachmain, the
+        handelling of his Nuptial Bed; for which cau&#383;e, not the Kings, but
+        the Kings &#383;isters &#383;ons &#383;ucceed in the Kingdom, as being
+        more certainly known to be of the true Royal blood: And the&#383;e
+        &#383;isters of his choo&#383;e what Gentleman they {{28 }} plea&#383;e
+        on whom to be&#383;tow their Virginities; and if they prove not in a
+        certain time to be with child, they betake them&#383;elves to
+        the&#383;e <i>Brachman Stalions</i>, who never fail of doing their
+        work.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The people are indifferently civil and ingenious, both men and women
+        imitate a Maje&#383;ty in their Train and Apparel, which they &#383;weeten,
+        with Oyles and Perfumes: adorning them&#383;elves with Jewels and other
+        Ornaments befitting each Rank and Quality of them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        They have many odd Cu&#383;toms among&#383;t them which they observe
+        very &#383;trictly; as fir&#383;t, not knowing their Wives after they
+        have born them two children: Secondly, not accompanying them, if after
+        five years cohabition they can rai&#383;e no i&#383;&#383;ue by them,
+        but taking others in their rooms: Thirdly, never being rewarded for any
+        Military exploit, unle&#383;s they bring with them an enemies Head in
+        their Hand, but that which is &#383;trange&#383;t, and indeed mo&#383;t
+        barbarous, is that when any of their friends falls &#383;ick, they will
+        rather chu&#383;e to kill him, then that he &#383;hould be withered by
+        &#383;ickne&#383;s.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Thus you &#383;ee there is little employment there for Doctors, when to
+        be &#383;ick, is the next wan for to be &#383;lain, or perhaps the
+        people may be of the mind rather to kill them&#383;elves, then to let
+        the Doctors do it.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Having di&#383;patched our bu&#383;ine&#383;s, and &#383;raighted again
+        our Ship, we left Calecute, and put forth to Sea, and coa&#383;ted along
+        several of the I&#383;lands belonging to India, at Camboia I met with
+        our old friend Mr. David Prire, who was overjoyed to &#383;ee me, to
+        whom I related our Di&#383;covery of the I&#383;land of Pines, in the
+        &#383;ame manner as I have related it to you; he was then but newly
+        recovered of a Feaver, the Air of that place not being agreeable to him; here we took
+        in good &#383;tore of Aloes, and &#383;ome other Commodities, and
+        victualled our Ship for our return home. {{29 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After four dayes failing we met with two Portugal Ships which came from
+        Lisbon, one whereof had in a &#383;torm lo&#383;t its Top-ma&#383;t, and
+        was forced in part to be towed by the other. We had no bad weather in
+        eleven dayes &#383;pace, but then a &#383;udden &#383;torm of Wind did
+        us much harm in our Tacklings, and &#383;wept away one of our Sailors
+        off from the Fore Ca&#383;tle. November the &#383;ixth had like to have
+        been a fatal day unto us, our Ship &#383;triking twice upon a Rock, and
+        at night was in danger of being fired by the negligence of a Boy,
+        leaving a Candle carele&#383;ly in the Gun-room; the next day we were
+        chafed by a Pyrate Argiere, but by the &#383;wiftne&#383;s of our Sails
+        we out ran him. December the fir&#383;t we came again to Madaga&#383;car,
+        where we put in for a fre&#383;h recruit of Victuals and Water.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        During our abode here, there hapned a very great Earthquake, which
+        tumbled down many Hou&#383;es; The people of them&#383;elves are very
+        Unho&#383;pitable and Treacherous, hardly to to be drawn to Traffique
+        with any people; and now, this calamitie happening upon them, &#383;o
+        enraged them again&#383;t the Chri&#383;tians, imputing all luch
+        calamities to the cau&#383;e of them, that they fell upon &#383;ome
+        Portugais and wounded them, and we &#383;eeing their mi&#383;chievous
+        Actions, with all the &#383;peed we could put forth to Sea again, and
+        &#383;ailed to the Island of St. Hellens.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Here we &#383;tayed all the Chri&#383;mas Holy-dayes, which was vere
+        much celebrated by the Governour there under the King of Spain. Here we
+        furni&#383;hed our&#383;elves with all nece&#383;&#383;aries which we
+        wanted; but upon our departure, our old acquaintance Mr. Petrus
+        Ramazina, coming in a Skiff out of the I&#383;le del Principe, or the
+        Princes I&#383;land, retarded our going for the &#383;pace of two
+        dayes, for both my &#383;elf and our Pur&#383;er had Emergent
+        bu&#383;ine&#383;s with him, he being concerned in tho&#383;e Affairs
+        of which I wrote to you in April la&#383;t: Indeed we cannot but {{30
+        }} acknowledge his Courte&#383;ies unto us, of which you know he is
+        never &#383;paring. January the fir&#383;t, we again hoi&#383;ted Sail,
+        having a fair and pro&#383;perous gail of Wind, we touched at the
+        Canaries, but made no tarriance, de&#383;irous now to &#383;ee our
+        Native Countrey; but the Winds was very cro&#383;s unto us for the
+        &#383;pace of a week, at la&#383;t we were &#383;avoured with a gentle
+        Gale, which brought us on merrily; though we were on a &#383;udden
+        &#383;tricken again into a dump; a Sailor from the main Ma&#383;t
+        di&#383;covering five Ships, which put us all in a great fear, we being
+        Richly Laden, and not very well provided for Defence; but they bearing
+        up to us, we found them to be Zealanders and our Friends; after many
+        other pa&#383;&#383;ages concerning us, not &#383;o much worthy of
+        Note, we at la&#383;t &#383;afele arrived at home, May 26. 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Thus Sir, have I given you a brief, but true Relation of our Voyage,
+        Which I was the more willing to do, to prevent fal&#383;e Copies which
+        might be &#383;pread of this nature: As for the I&#383;land of Pines it
+        &#383;elf, which cau&#383;ed me to Write this Relation, I &#383;uppo&#383;e
+        it is a thing &#383;o &#383;trange as will hardly be credited by &#383;ome,
+        although perhaps knowing per&#383;ons, e&#383;pecially con&#383;idering
+        our la&#383;t age being &#383;o full of Discoveries, that this Place
+        &#383;hould lie Dormant for &#383;o long a &#383;pace of time; Others I
+        know, &#383;uch.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Nullifidians as will believe nothing but what they &#383;ee, applying
+        that Proverb unto us, <i>That travelers may lye by authority</i>. But Sir, in writing
+        to you, I que&#383;tion not but to give Credence, you knowing my di&#383;po&#383;ition
+        &#383;o hateful to divulge Fal&#383;ities; I &#383;hall reque&#383;t you
+        to impart this my Relation to Mr. W. W. and Mr. P. L. remembring me very
+        kindly unto them, not forgetting my old acquaintance, Mr. J. P. and Mr.
+        J. B. no more at pre&#383;ent, but only my be&#383;t respects to you and
+        your &#383;econd &#383;elf I re&#383;t,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Yours in the be&#383;t of friend&#383;hip,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Henry Cornelius Fan Sloetten.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        July 22. 1668.{{31 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br /> <br />
+      </p>
+      <h3>
+        POST-SCRIPT:
+      </h3>
+      <p>
+        ONE thing concerning the I&#383;le of Pines, I had almo&#383;t quite
+        forgot, we had with us an Iri&#383;h man named Dermot Conelly who had
+        formerly been in England, and had learned there to play on the
+        Bag-pipes, which he carried to Sea with him; yet &#383;o un-Engli&#383;hed
+        he was, that he had quite forgotten your Language, but &#383;till
+        retained his Art of Bagpipe-playing, in which he took extraordinary
+        delight; being one day on Land in the I&#383;le of Pines, he played on
+        them, but to &#383;ee the admiration of tho&#383;e naked people
+        concerning them, would have &#383;triken you into admiration; long time
+        it was before we could per&#383;wade them that it was not a living
+        creature, although they were permitted to touch and feel it, and yet are
+        the people very intelligible, retaining a great part of the Ingenuity
+        and Gallantry of the Engli&#383;h Nation, though they have not that
+        happy means to expre&#383;s them&#383;elves; in this re&#383;pect we may
+        account them fortunate, in that po&#383;&#383;e&#383;&#383;ing little,
+        they enjoy all things, as being contented with what they have, wanting
+        tho&#383;e alurements to mi&#383;chief, which our European Countries are
+        enriched with. I &#383;hall not dilate any further, no que&#383;tion but
+        time will make this I&#383;land known better to the world; all that I
+        &#383;hall ever &#383;ay of it is, that it is a place enriched with
+        Natures abundance, deficient in nothing conducible to the &#383;u&#383;tentation
+        of mans life, which were it Manured by Agriculture and Gardening, as
+        other of our European Countries are, no que&#383;tion but it would
+        equal, if not exceed many which now pa&#383;s for prai&#383;eworthy.
+      </p>
+    </blockquote>
+    <p>
+      FINIS. <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+
+    <hr />
+
+    <p>
+      <a name="normal" id="normal"> <br /> <br /> </a>
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES
+    </h2>
+    <h2>
+      By Henry Neville
+    </h2>
+    <h3>
+      1668
+    </h3>
+    <h2>
+      An Essay in Bibliography
+    </h2>
+    <h3>
+      by WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+    </h3>
+    <h4>
+      Boston <br /> <br /> The Club of Odd Volumes 1920 <br /> <br /> COPYRIGHT,
+      1920, BY THE CLUB OF ODD VOLUMES
+    </h4>
+    <div class="fig" style="width:80%">
+      <img alt="pinestp (43K)" src="images/pinestp.jpg" height="929" width="658" /><br />
+    </div>
+
+    <h2>
+      TO<br /> <br /> Charles Lemuel Nichols <br /> <br /> lover of books <br />
+      <br /> colleague <br /> <br /> FRIEND
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      <br /><br />
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      <br /><br />
+    </p>
+    <table summary="" cellpadding="5" border="4">
+      <tr>
+        <td>
+          <p>
+            ETEXT TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Numbers enclosed in double curly brackets
+            are the page numbers of the original 1668 edition. As and aid to
+            reading, this html file displays a normal small S in place of the
+            long S used in the original text. If preferred <a href="#top">click
+            here to see the html file with the long S convention.</a> DW
+          </p>
+        </td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+    <blockquote>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br />
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0003"> <big><b>THE ISLE OF PINES</b></big> </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0004"> THE DOWSE COPIES </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0005"> THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0006"> DUTCH EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0007"> FRENCH EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0008"> ITALIAN EDITION </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0009"> GERMAN EDITIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0010"> THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0011"> THE COMBINED PARTS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0012"> THE PUBLISHERS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0013"> NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0014"> THE AUTHOR </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0015"> THE STORY </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0016"> INTERPRETATIONS </a>
+      </p>
+      <p class="toc">
+        <a href="#2H_4_0017"> DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES" </a>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <br />
+      </p>
+    </blockquote>
+    <p class="toc">
+      <a href="#2H_4_0018"> <big><b>THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as
+      issued in 1668</b></big> </a>
+    </p>
+
+    </div><!--end chapter-->
+
+    <div class="chapter">
+
+    <h2>
+      PREFATORY NOTE
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      My curiosity on the "Isle of Pines" was aroused by the sale of a copy in
+      London and New York in 1917, and was increased by the discovery of two
+      distinct issues in the Dowse Library, in the Massachusetts Historical
+      Society. As my material grew in bulk and the history of this hoax
+      perpetrated in the seventeenth century developed, I thought it of
+      sufficient interest to communicate an outline of the story to the Club of
+      Odd Volumes, of Boston, October 23, 1918. The results of my investigations
+      are more fully given in the present volume. I acknowledge my indebtedness
+      to the essay of Max Hippe, "Eine vor-De-foesche Englische Robinsonade,"
+      published in Eugen Kölbing's "Englische Studien" xix. 66.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Boston, February, 1920
+    </p>
+
+    </div><!--end chapter-->
+
+    <div class="chapter">
+
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES
+    </h2>
+    <h3>
+      OR, <br /> <br /> A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND in <br /> Terra
+      Australis, Incognita. <br /> <br /> BEING
+    </h3>
+    <p>
+      <i>A True Relation of certain English persons, Who in the dayes of Queen
+      Elizabeth making a Voyage to the East India, were cast away, and wracked
+      on the Island near to the Coast of Australis, and all drowned, except one
+      Man and four Women, whereof one was a Negro. And now lately Ann Dom. 1667,
+      A Dutch Ship driven by foul weather there, by chance have found their
+      Posterity (speaking good English) to amount to ten or twelve thousand
+      persons, as they suppose. The whole Relation follows, written, and left by
+      the Man himself a little before his death, and declared to the Dutch by
+      His Grandchild.</i>
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0003">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The scene opens in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the year 1668, where in one of the
+      college buildings a contest between two rival printers had been waged for
+      some years. Marmaduke Johnson, a trained and experienced printer, to whose
+      ability the Indian Bible is largely due, had ceased to be the printer of
+      the corporation, or Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in New
+      England, but still had a press and, what was better, a fresh outfit of
+      type, sent over by the corporation and entrusted to the keeping of John
+      Eliot, the Apostle. Samuel Green had become a printer, though without
+      previous training, and was at this time printer to the college, a position
+      of vantage against a rival, because it must have carried with it
+      countenance from the authorities in Boston, and public printing then as
+      now constituted an item to a press of some income and some perquisites. By
+      seeking to marry Green's daughter before his English wife had ceased to
+      be, Johnson had created a prejudice, public as well as private, against
+      himself.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Mass. Hist Soc. Proceedings, xx. 265.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Each wished to set up a press in Boston itself, but the General Court,
+      probably for police reasons, had ordered that there should be no printing
+      but at Cambridge, and that what was printed there should be approved by
+      any two of four gentlemen appointed by the Court. It thus appeared that
+      each printer possessed a certain superiority over his rival. In the matter
+      of types Johnson was favored, as he had new types and was a trained
+      printer; but these advantages were partially neutralized by indolence and by
+      Green's better standing before the magistrates.{1}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In England the excesses of the printing-press during the civil war and
+      commonwealth led to a somewhat strict though erratically applied
+      censorship under the restoration. A publication must be licensed, and the
+      Company of Stationers still sought, for reasons of profit, to control
+      printers by regulating their production. The licensing agent in chief was
+      a character of picturesque uncertainty and spasmodic action, Roger
+      L'Estrange, half fanatic, half politician, half hack writer, in fact half
+      in many respects and whole only in the resulting contradictions of purpose
+      and performance. On one point he was strong&mdash;a desire to suppress
+      unlicensed printing. So when in 1668 warrant was given to him to make
+      search for unauthorized printing, he entered into the hunt with the zeal
+      of a Loyola and the wishes of a Torquemada, harrying and rushing his prey
+      and breathing threats of extreme rigor of fine, prison, pillory, and stake
+      against the unfortunates who had neglected, in most cases because of the
+      cost, to obtain the stamp of the licenser.{2}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      New England was at this time England in little, with troubles of its own;
+      but, having imitated the mother country in introducing supervision of the
+      press, it also started in to investigate the printers of the colony, two
+      in number, seeking to win a smile of approval from the foolish man on the
+      throne. With due solemnity the inquisition was made. Green could show that all
+      then passing through his press had been properly licensed.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  See the chapters on Green and Johnson in Littlefield,
+     <i>The Early Massachusetts Press, 197, 209</i>.
+
+     2  L'Estrange was called the "Devil's blood hound." <i>Col. S.
+     P., Dom. 1663-1664, 616</i>.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Johnson, less fortunate, was caught with one unlicensed piece&mdash;"The
+      Isle of Pines." A fine of five pounds was imposed upon him, as effectual
+      in suppressing him as though it had been one of five thousand pounds. He
+      could now turn with relish to two books then on his press, "Meditations on
+      Death and Eternity" and the "Righteous Man's Evidence for Heaven;" for
+      Massachusetts Bay, with its then powerful rule of divinity without
+      religion, or religion without mercy, held out small hope of his meeting
+      such a fine within the expedition of his natural life. But he made his
+      submission, petitioned the General Court in properly repentant language,
+      acknowledged his fault, his crime, and promised amendment{1} The fine was
+      not collected, and the principal result of the incident was to further the
+      very natural union of Johnson and Green, but with Johnson as the lesser
+      member in importance.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      No copy of Marmaduke Johnson's issue of the "Isle of Pines" has come to
+      light in a period of 248 years. It might well be supposed that the
+      authorities caught him before the tract had gone to press, and so snuffed
+      it out completely. Our sapient bibliographers have dismissed the matter in
+      rounded phrase: "'The Isle of Pines' was a small pamphlet of the Baron
+      Munchausen order, which in its day passed through several editions in
+      England and on the Continent,"{2} a description which would fit a hundred
+      titles of the period. In July, 1917, Sotheby announced the sale of a
+      portion of the Americana collected by "Bishop White Kennett (1660-1728)
+      and given by him to the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in
+      Foreign Parts."
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The petition it in Littlefield, <i>i. 248</i>.
+
+     2  <i>Mats. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, xi. 247</i>.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Lot No. 113 was described as follows:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      [Neville (Henry)] The Isle of Pines, or a late Discovery of a fourth
+      Island in Terra Australis, Incognita, being a True Relation of certain
+      English persons who in the dayes of Queen Elizabeth, making a Voyage to
+      the East Indies, were cast away and wracked upon the Island, <i>wanting
+      the frontispiece, head-line of title and some pagination cut into, Bishop
+      Kenneths signature on title. sm. 4to S. G. for Allen Banks, 1668</i>.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The pamphlet was sold, I am told, for fourteen shillings,{1} and resold
+      shortly after to a New York bookseller for fifty-five dollars. He was
+      attracted by the imprint, which read in full, "London, by <i>S. G.</i> for
+      <i>Allen Banks</i> and <i>Charles Harper</i> at the <i>Flower-Deluice</i>
+      near <i>Cripplegate</i> Church." The general appearance of the pamphlet
+      was unlike even the moderately good issues of the English press, and the
+      "by S. G." not only did not answer to any London printer of the day,
+      except Sarah Griffin, "a printer in the Old Bailey,"{2} but was in form
+      and usage exactly what could be found on a number of the issues of the
+      press of Samuel Green, of Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 The sale took place July 30, 1917.
+
+     2  Only once does her name occur in the <i>Term Catalogues</i>,
+     when in February, 1673, the prints George Buchanan'
+     <i>Psalmorum Davidis Paraphrasis Poetica</i>, which told for two
+     shillings a copy. Samuel Gellibrand was not a printer but a
+     bookseller, with a shop "at the Ball in St. Paul's
+     Churchyard."
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On comparing the first page of the text of his purchase with the same page
+      of an acknowledged London issue of the "Isle of Pines" in the John
+      Carter Brown Library,{1} the bookseller concluded that the two were
+      entirely different publications.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      An expert cataloguer connected with one of the large auction firms of New
+      York then took up the subject. After a study of the tract he became
+      assured that it could only have been printed by Samuel Green, of
+      Cambridge, and he brought forward facts and comparisons which seemed
+      conclusive and for which he deserves much credit. It was a clever bit of
+      bibliographical work. With such an endorsement as to rarity and quality
+      the pamphlet was again put to the test of the auction room. The cataloguer
+      stated his case in sufficient fulness of detail and the first page of the
+      text was reproduced.{2} Naturally the discovery sent a little thrill
+      through the mad-house of bibliography. The tract was knocked down for $400
+      to a bookseller from Hartford, Connecticut, presumably for some local
+      collection. The incident would have passed from memory had it not been for
+      one of those accidents to which even the amateur bibliographer is liable.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  No. 5 in the Bibliography, page 93, infra.
+
+     2  <i>Nuggets of American History</i>, American Art Association,
+     November 19, 1917. The <i>Isle of Pines</i> was lot 142, and was
+     introduced by the words, "Cambridge Press in New England."
+     The catalogue was prepared by Mr. F. W. Coar.
+</pre>
+    <hr />
+    <p>
+      In the bitter days of the winter of 1917-18 the working force of the
+      Massachusetts Historical Society was contracted into one room&mdash;the
+      Dowse Library&mdash;where was at least a semblance of warmth in the open fireplace.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0004">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE DOWSE COPIES
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      One afternoon, when I had finished my work and the others had left, I
+      picked up the catalogue of the Dowse Library and began idly to turn over
+      its leaves. Incidentally, that catalogue is characteristic of the older
+      methods of the Society. As is known to the elect, no book in the Dowse
+      Library can ever leave the room in which it now rests, and of the
+      catalogue twenty-five copies were printed and never circulated. If the
+      library had been left in the Dowse house in Cambridgeport, its existence
+      and contents could not have been more successfully hidden from the world.
+      While reading the titles in a very casual way, my eye was caught by one
+      which gave me a start. It read:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Sloetten (Cornelius van). The Isle of Pines; or a Late Discovery of a
+      Fourth Island in Terra Australis Incognita. London, printed by G. S. for
+      Allen Banks, 1668. With a New and Further Discovery of the Isle of Pines,
+      1668; and a duplicate of the Isle of Pines. 1 vol. small 4to, calf supr.,
+      gilt leaves. A most interesting, rare, and valuable work.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Even against the Editor of the Society the Dowse books are kept behind
+      lock and key, though he is not under more than ordinary suspicion. So I
+      was obliged to wait till the next day before my curiosity could be
+      satisfied. I then found a thin volume, less than one-third of an inch in
+      thickness, containing two copies of this very tract which the auction
+      expert had identified as an issue of the "Isle of Pines" by Green, and a
+      London issue of a second part of the "Isle of Pines," with the name of
+      Cornelius Van Sloetten, as author. For more than fifty years this little
+      volume had reposed in this well-known yet almost forgotten library, and no
+      one had suspected or questioned the nature of its contents.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      For full fifty years it had been in the care and at the call of Dr. Samuel
+      A. Green, who claimed to be an expert on New England imprints of the
+      seventeenth century, and one of the great wishes of whose life had been to
+      establish his descent from this very printer, Samuel Green. Two copies
+      within the same covers, of a tract long sought and of which only a single
+      example had come to light in two centuries and a half&mdash;was not that
+      alone something of a bibliographical coup?
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      I read two of the pieces&mdash;one of the Green issues and the second part
+      as printed in England&mdash;making a few notes for future use. On
+      returning to the matter some weeks later I found to my annoyance that
+      every reference to the Green tract but one was wrong as to the page. Cold,
+      haste, or weariness will account for a single or possibly two errors of
+      reference, but to have a whole series&mdash;except one&mdash;go wrong
+      pointed to failing eyes or mind. Very much put out, I read the tract a
+      second time and corrected the page references, carefully checking up the
+      result. Some days after I again took up the matter, and in verifying my
+      first quotation found that I had again put down the wrong page number, and
+      was surprised to find that the correct page was the one I had first given.
+      This proved to be the case in all the references&mdash;except one. A book
+      which could thus change its page numbering from week to week was bewitched&mdash;or
+      I was careless. It occurred to me to compare the two copies of the tract
+      as published by Green. The title-pages were exactly alike&mdash;not
+      differing by so much as a fly speck, but one copy contained ten pages of
+      text and the other only nine.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      More than that, the general style and the types were quite different One was printed
+      in a well-known broad but somewhat used type, such as could be seen in
+      Green's printing, and the other in a finer font with much italic. There
+      was no possibility of confusing the two issues. Only one conclusion was
+      possible. I had in this volume the publication by Green, and the original
+      issue by Marmaduke Johnson, but with Green's title-page. So for we seem to
+      rest upon solid ground. It may be surmised that Green set up his "Isle of
+      Pines" in rivalry to Johnson, but did not incur the discipline of the
+      authorities; or that he had set it up and also took over Johnson's
+      edition, using his own title-page; and in either case it is possible that
+      a simple subterfuge, the imprint, "by S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles
+      Harper," a London combination of publishers, caused the tract to escape
+      the attention of the examining local censors. Here was another step in
+      developing the history of this tract&mdash;the discovery of one of
+      Johnson's issues, except for the title-page. So far as the American
+      connection is concerned, it only remains to discover a Johnson issue with
+      a Johnson title-page, for in his apology and submission to the General
+      Court he states that he had "affixed" his name to the pamphlet.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0005">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The European connection is also not without interest, for the skit&mdash;the
+      first part of the "Isle of Pines," published without name of author&mdash;had
+      an extraordinary run.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In 1493 a little four-leaved translation into Latin of a Columbus letter announcing the discovery of
+      islands in the west&mdash;De insulis nuper inventis&mdash;ran over Europe,
+      startling the age by a simple relation which proved a marvellous tale as
+      taken up by Vespuccius, Cortes, and a host of successors.{1} For a century
+      the darkness of a new found continent slowly lifted and the record was
+      collected in Ramusio, in De Bry, in Hulsius, and in Hakluyt, never felling
+      treasuries of the wonderful, veritable schools for the adventurous.
+      Another century had shown that, so fer from decreasing in greatness and in
+      opportunities, the field of discovery had not begun to be tested, and in
+      the summer of 1668 a new island&mdash;the Isle of Pines&mdash;was flashed
+      before the London crowd, and proved that the flame of quest with danger
+      was still burning. A new island! The interest was international, for
+      nations had already long fought over the old discovered lands.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The intelligent industry of Mr. Wilberforce Eames has
+     identified eleven issues of the letter of Columbus, printed
+     in 1493, in Barcelona, Rome, Basle, Paris, and Antwerp; and
+     twelve issues of the <i>Novus Mundus</i> of Vespucci us, printed
+     in 1504, in Augsburg, Paris, Nuremberg, Cologne, Antwerp,
+     and Venice. An earlier and even more extraordinary
+     distribution of a letter of news is that of the letter
+     purporting to be addressed by Prester John to the Emperor
+     Manuel, which circulated through Europe about 1165. "How
+     great was the popularity and diffusion of this letter,"
+     writes Sir Henry Yule, "may be judged in some degree from
+     the fad that Zarncke in his treatise on Prester John gives a
+     list of close on 100 mss. of it Of these there are eight in
+     the British Museum, ten at Vienna, thirteen in the great
+     Paris Library, and fifteen at Munich. There are also several
+     renderings in old German verse." The cause of this
+     popularity was the hope offered by the reported exploits of
+     Prester John of a counterpoise to the Mohammedan power.
+     <i>Encyclopaedia Britannica</i>, 11th ed., xxii. 305.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      An even greater contest was being waged for commerce, and with the
+      experience of Spain in gathering the precious metals from new found lands, every
+      discovery of hitherto uncharted territory opened the possibility of wealth
+      and an exchange of commodities, if rapine and piracy could not be
+      practised. The merchant was an adventurer, and politics, quite as much as
+      trade, controlled his movements; for the line between trader, buccaneer,
+      and pirate faded away before conditions which made treaties of no
+      importance and peaceful relations dependent upon an absence of the hope of
+      gain. A state of war was not necessary to prepare the way for attack and
+      plunder in those far distant oceans, and the merchantman sailed armed and
+      ready to inflict as well as to repel aggression, only too willing to
+      descend upon a weaker vessel or a helpless settlement of a power which had
+      come to be regarded as a "natural enemy." So in Holland and in Germany the
+      leaflets containing the story of the Isle of Pines were received with
+      mingled feelings, exciting a desire to share in the possible benefits to
+      be gained or extorted from natives of the new lands, or from those who had
+      the first opportunity to exploit a virgin territory. On the first receipt
+      of those leaflets merchants held back their vessels about to sail, to
+      await more definite information on this fourth island of the Terra
+      Australis incognita.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      An examination of the known issues of the tract proves this interest and
+      offers an almost unique study in bibliography; for I doubt if any
+      publication made in the second half of the seventeenth century&mdash;even
+      a state paper of importance, as a treaty&mdash;attained such speedy and
+      widespread recognition. A list of the various issues will be found in an
+      appendix: it only remains to call attention to a few of the many novelties
+      and variant characteristics of the editions.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0006">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      DUTCH EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In June and July, 1668, four tracts on the Isle of Pines from the same pen
+      were licensed and published in London, which may for convenience be
+      designated the first and second parts of the narrative, and the two parts
+      in continuation. From London the tract soon passed to Holland, which had
+      ever been a greedy consumer of voyages of discovery, for the greatness of
+      that nation depended upon the sea, at once its most potent enemy and
+      friend.{1} Three Dutch editions have been found, the earliest in point of
+      time being that made by Jacob Vinckel, of Amsterdam.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Holland was the centre of map publication as the twenty
+     yean before 1668 saw the issue of atlases by Jansson, Blaeu,
+     Mercator, Doncker, Cellarius, Loon, Visscher, and Goos, all
+     published at Amsterdam. Phillips' list for this period gives
+     atlases published elsewhere&mdash;those of Boissevin (Paris,
+     1653), Lubin (Paris, 1659), Nicolosi (Rome, 1660), Dudley
+     (Florence, 1661), Du Val (Paris, 1662), Jollain (Paris
+     1667), Cluver (Wolfen-bûttel, 1667?) and Ortelius (Venice,
+     1667).
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      His second title is an exact translation of the second title of the London
+      first part. This version, however, omitted an essential part of the
+      relation. The London second title is also that of the issue made at
+      Amsterdam by Jacob Stichter, being the Vinckel version, word for word, and
+      almost line for line, but the type used is the gothic, and the spelling of
+      words is not the same. Further, Stichter was possessed of some imagination
+      and decorated his title-page with a map of a part of the island, showing
+      ranges of hills, a harbor or mouth of a river, with conventional
+      soundings, and two towns or settlements. As each of these issues contains
+      only eight pages of text, the first London part only was known to the
+      publishers. The third Dutch edition was put out by Joannes Naeranus, at
+      Rotterdam, and in a foreword he gives the following reason for issuing the
+      tract:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To the Reader A part of the present relation is also printed by Jacob
+      Vinckel at Amsterdam, being defective in omitting one of the principal
+      things, so do we give here a true copy which was sent to us
+      authoritatively out of England, but in that language, in order that the
+      curious reader may not be deceived by the poor translation, and for that
+      reason this very astonishing history fall under suspicion. Lastly, admire
+      God's wondrous guidance, and farewell.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      His publication contains twenty pages of text, and is not an accurate
+      translation of the English tract in parts, but rather a paraphrase of the
+      text. To make the confusion the greater, he expressly states on the title-page
+      that he used a copy received from London, and gives the London imprint
+      which will fit only the first London part. For "by S. G." appears only on
+      the title-page of that part.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0007">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      FRENCH EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      From Amsterdam and under date July 19, 1668, a summary of the earlier
+      Dutch issue with two paragraphs of introduction was sent to Paris, and was
+      printed in a four-page pamphlet by Sébastien Marbre Cramoisy, the king's
+      printer, whose name is so honorably connected with the Jesuit Relations&mdash;stories
+      as remarkable as any offered in the "Isle of Pines" and of immeasurable
+      value on the earliest years of recorded history in our New England. Even
+      this summary, thus definitely dated, offers problems. The location of the
+      island is given in general terms in the half-title as "below the
+      equinoctial line," and in the text as in "xxviii or xxix degrees of
+      Antartique latitude." Nowhere in the first London part is either location
+      used, and in the second London part, which bears nearly the same date as
+      the Cramoisy summary&mdash;July 22&mdash;twenty degrees of latitude is
+      given. The writer of the summary thus allowed himself some freedom.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      A second French edition, without imprint, contains eleven pages and is a
+      translation of the first London part, paraphrased in sentences, but on the
+      whole a close rendering of the English text There never was a title-page
+      to this issue&mdash;the first page having the signature-mark A&mdash;yet
+      with eleven pages only, it would seem fit that a title-page
+      should round out the twelve for the convenience of printing.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0008">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      ITALIAN EDITION
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The Italian issue, made by Giacomo Didini, in Bologna and Venice, is a
+      literal translation of Cramoisy's publication, and bears the same date, at
+      Amsterdam, July 19, 1668. The original probably came from Paris, though it
+      is possible that some Dutch merchant in Amsterdam sent a circular letter
+      on the discovered Isle to his correspondents in Paris and Venice. It is
+      unsafe to conjecture in such matters, for an Amsterdam issue may yet be
+      found which will give, word for word, the French and Italian versions. Our
+      ignorance on the press of the continent of those times, and especially the
+      want of files of "corantos," or news sheets, close a wide field of
+      research to the American inquirer. The catalogue of the British Museum
+      gives 1669 as the probable year of issue. I see no good reason for
+      rejecting 1668 as the more probable year. If the tract could go from
+      London to Cambridge, in New England, in three months, it could pass from
+      Amsterdam to Italy, by land or by sea, in an equal time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0009">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      GERMAN EDITIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      From Holland the relation also penetrated the German states, finding ready
+      welcome and arousing eager curiosity. Hippe regards the tract issued by
+      Wilhelm Serlin, at Frankfort on the Main, as the first of the German
+      publications, and, being translated from the Dutch, he shows that the
+      translator used both the Amsterdam and the Rotterdam publications.{1} The
+      Hamburg version claimed to be derived from the English original, but it
+      followed closely the Serlin translation from the Dutch with modifications
+      which might have been drawn from the London tract. An edition not
+      mentioned by Hippe or identified by any bibliographer is in the John
+      Carter Brown Library, and opens with the statement that it is translated
+      from the English and not from the Dutch. It closely follows the text of
+      the London first part. Very likely it is the edition found at Copenhagen,
+      if the similarity of titles offers an indication of the contents. South
+      Germany obtained its information from France, and while neither of the two
+      issues avowedly translated from the French gives the place of publication,
+      the fact that one is in Munich and the other in Strassburg offers some
+      reason to conjecture that they came from the presses of those cities. The
+      Munich issue is for the most part a summary of what was in the first
+      London issue, and, if translated directly from a French version, must have
+      been from one not now located, for it is different from those in the list
+      in this volume. Of the Strassburg text, Hippe states that it follows the
+      Rotterdam pamphlet Finally, at Breslau is what calls itself a complete
+      publication of the combined parts from a copy obtained from London, but it
+      is more probably based upon the Dutch translations printed in Amsterdam
+      and Rotterdam, with additions drawn from the English.{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Hippe, 11.
+
+     2  On these German issues Hippe is full, but I have given
+     only what is needed to identify them.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      One of the strangest uses made of the narrative of Pine is to be found in
+      Schoeben's translation into German of Jan Mocquet's "Voyages en Africque,"
+      etc., a work of some estimation which had already twice been published in
+      France and once in a Dutch translation before Schoeben printed his edition
+      in 1688. As pages inserted quite arbitrarily in Mocquets compilation,
+      Schoeben gave Pine's story in full, with a paragraph of introduction which
+      not a little abuses the truth while giving an additional color of truth.
+      He asserted that while kept at Lisbon by the Dutch blockade, he was thrown
+      much in the company of an Englishman, one of the Pine family, who were all
+      regarded as notable seamen. From this man, then awaiting an opportunity to
+      sail for the West Indies, our author heard a very strange story of the
+      origin of the Pines, a story then quite notorious at Lisbon. Then follows,
+      with some embroidery, a version of the Neville pamphlet, which is not like
+      any German translation seen by me, but so full as to extend over ten pages
+      of the volume. It ends with a reiteration of the wholly false manner in
+      which this story had been obtained. So bold an appropriation of the
+      narrative, with a provenience entirely new and as fictitious as the story
+      itself, and its bodily inclusion by an editor in a work of recognized
+      merit, where it is between two true recitals, cannot be defended.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Mocquet's work originally appeared in Rouen in 1645, and a
+     Dutch translation was published at Dordrecht in 1656. A
+     second French issue, apparently unchanged in text, was put
+     out at Rouen in 1665, and in 1618 Schoeben's edition,
+     printed at Lûneberg by Johann Georg Lippers, preceded by
+     eight years an English translation made by Nathaniel Pullen.
+     The Pine tract appears, of course, only in Schoeben's
+     volume.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The tract passed to Cambridge, Massachusetts, before or early in
+      September, and it would indeed be interesting to know how and through whose hands it
+      passed before reaching Marmaduke Johnson&mdash;to his undoing. Hezekiah
+      Usher was the only bookseller in Boston at the time, and possibly his son,
+      John, may have been associated with him. They ordered what they desired
+      from London booksellers and publishers, and may have received voluntary
+      consignments of publications from London. That would be a somewhat
+      precarious venture, for nothing could be more different than the reading
+      markets in Boston and in London, especially in the lighter products of the
+      press. Had it come through the Ushers, the title-page might state that it
+      had been printed "by M. J. for Hezekiah Usher," but in that event Usher
+      would have suffered for not obtaining the needed license. The probability
+      is that Johnson was alone responsible and was tempted by the hope of gain.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      These were all contemporary issues, coming from the press within six
+      months of the first appearance of the tract in London. So startling a
+      popularity, so widely shown, was a tribute to the opportunity rather than
+      to the contents of the piece. And the European interest continued for a
+      full century. In Germany it was included in a number of collections of
+      voyages, in Denmark it was printed in 1710 and 1789, and in France Abbé
+      Prévost took it for his compilation of 1767 on discoveries. The English
+      republication of 1778 has peculiar interest, for it was due to no other
+      than Thomas Hollis, the benefactor of the library of Harvard College, who
+      saw more in the tract than can now be recognized, and induced Cadell to
+      reprint it.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0010">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      In the absence of any positive objection, the conclusion of the auction
+      expert&mdash;that the S. G. imprint was one of Samuel Green of Cambridge,
+      Massachusetts&mdash;remained unquestioned. But a study of editions and of
+      the chronological sequence of the English issues offers a decided negative
+      to such a conclusion. The first part was licensed June 27, 1668. Van
+      Sloetten dated the second part July 22, 1668, and the issue of the
+      combined parts was licensed five days later, July 27. In the space of just
+      four weeks all three trads were licensed, and the actual publication must
+      have occurred within the same period of time. Such had been the start
+      obtained by the first part that on the continent it was used for reprint
+      and translation, almost to the neglect of the second part, and, as we have
+      seen, most of these translations appeared before the end of 1668. Now the
+      tract was not known in Massachusetts until discovered by the inquest on
+      printers in September, and a S. G. or Samuel Green edition could hardly
+      have come from the press before October, even if not delayed by the
+      proceedings against Johnson. Yet on die title-page of the Dutch
+      translation issued at Rotterdam in 1668, the printer states at length that
+      it is from a copy from London, by S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles
+      Harper, in the Lily near Cripplegate Church, and in his note "To the
+      Reader" he expressly repeats that he obtained a copy of the work from
+      London, in order to correct a faulty issue by another Dutch printer.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      If S. G. was Samuel Green, we must suppose that one of his Cambridge
+      issues was shipped to Rotterdam in time to be translated and reprinted before
+      the end of the year. In point of time the thing could be done, but in
+      point of probability it was impossible. Apart from his own statement,
+      there were a thousand to one chances in favor of the Dutch printer
+      obtaining the pamphlet from London; there were ten thousand chances to one
+      against his getting it from Massachusetts. I reject the supposition that
+      this was a Cambridge imprint for that reason alone.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Additional evidence hostile to the claim may be adduced. The copy of the
+      first tract in the British Museum is the S. G. for Banks and Harper.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  It is erroneously described as "an abridgment."
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      No other London imprint is to be found there or in the larger libraries of
+      England. Of the three other copies located, that sold at audion (the White
+      Kennett copy) and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society came direct
+      from England, and the actual provenance of the copy in the New York
+      Historical Society is not known. It belonged to Rufus King, long United
+      States minister near the court of St James's, and is bound with other
+      tracts under a general title of "Topographical Collection, Vol. I." The
+      binding, Mr. Kelby tells me, is American. There is no mark to show when or
+      where King obtained the pamphlet, and the Society did not receive it until
+      1906. That Rufus King belongs as much to Massachusetts as to New York is
+      too slight a foundation on which to erect a claim that this particular
+      tract was of Massachusetts origin.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In no case, therefore, can an American setting to any one of the four
+      known copies of the S. G. "Isle of Pines" be established.{1} The probabilities
+      are all against Samuel Green. The incident is a good example of the danger
+      of giving play to the imagination on an appearance of a combination of
+      fads cemented by interest.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Thus disappears from our memory the certain identification of the S. G.
+      pamphlet as an early issue of the press in Cambridge, and with it goes my
+      identification of the Johnson pamphlet with the S. G. title-page&mdash;a
+      veritable pipe dream. It might be urged that as White Kennett was
+      collecting on America, it would be more than probable that he would have
+      had an American issue; but his own catalogue of 1713 describes the
+      nine-page tract, and that is our London edition. I might claim still that
+      my Johnson was a Johnson, with a London title-page; but the typographical
+      adornment on the first page of its text is just the same as the adornment
+      on the first page of the London issue&mdash;three rows of fleur-de-lys,
+      thirty-seven in each row, and the same kind of type characters.{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Lowndes indexes it under George Pine, and describes a
+     nine-page trait&mdash;probably the one now in the British Museum.
+     He quotes a sale of a copy in it 60 (Puttkk) for £4.10s. He
+     indexes the combined parts under Sloetten, and notes a copy,
+     with the plate, sold in the White Knights sale for 1s..
+
+     2  To attempt to reason from types or rule of thumb
+     measurements, however suggestive, leads to indefinite
+     conclusions. For example, the width of the type page of the
+     S. G. issue of the first part is exactly that of the English
+     issue of the second part, but the former has 33 tines to the
+     page and the latter a a. The width of the page in the
+     variant S. G. issue is narrower and there are 38 and 39
+     lines to the page. But in the London second part the width
+     of page varies by a quarter of an inch. We have Marmaduke
+     Johnson's issue of Paine's <i>Daily Meditations</i> y issued in
+     1670 in connection with S. G. The ornamental border of
+     fleur-de-lys is entirely different from those in the S. G.
+     <i>Isle of Pines</i>. A copy of Johnson's issue of Scottow's
+     translation of Bretz on the Anabaptists, printed in 1668,
+     the very year of the <i>Isle of Pines</i>, shows a different foot
+     of italics from that used in the <i>Isle of Pines</i> variant,
+     yet the roman characters in the two pieces seem identical,
+     and the width of page is exactly the same.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      So I bid farewell to my theory, and can only congratulate myself
+      on having cleared one point&mdash;the London issue&mdash;and on having
+      introduced a new confusion by the discovery of a second London issue with
+      an identical title-page, a problem for the future to solve. I much doubt
+      if a true Johnson issue will ever be found, for I believe the action of
+      the authorities prevented its birth.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In the library of Mr. Henry E. Huntington is a London issue of which I do
+      not find another example. It contains sixteen pages, and the title-page
+      gives neither printer's name nor place of publication. It may be the first
+      issue, or it may be a later re-issue of the tract, for the type,
+      especially the italic, is better than that in the S. G. issue. The
+      punctuation also is more carefully looked after, and the whole appearance
+      suggests an eighteenth century print. As the original was duly licensed,
+      there was no reason to suppress the names of printer or booksellers. Nor
+      could the contents of the piece call out controversy or hostility from any
+      political faction or religious following. It was proper for the author to
+      omit his name from the publication, if he desired to remain unknown; but
+      the publisher, having the support of the licenser, had every reason to
+      advertise his connexion with the tract, although he could not have
+      anticipated so ready an acceptance by the public. While I place the
+      Huntington pamphlet first in the bibliography, I am more inclined to
+      regard it as a publication made at a later time.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0011">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE COMBINED PARTS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The English edition of thirty-one pages in the John Carter Brown Library,
+      with an engraved frontispiece,{1} offers still further proof that the S.
+      G. issue was made in London. In place of being entirely different from the
+      S. G. tract, it is precisely the same so far as text is concerned. For it
+      is nothing more than the two parts combined, but combined in a peculiar
+      manner. The second part was opened at page 6 and the first part inserted,
+      entire and without change of text{2} This insertion runs into page 16,
+      where a sentence is inserted to carry on the relation: "After the reading
+      and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation, then proceeded he on in
+      his discourse." The rest of the text of the second part follows, and pages
+      27-31 of the combined parts seem to be the very type pages of pages 20-24
+      of the second part{3} In this sandwich form one must read six pages before
+      coming to the text of the first part, and a careless reader, comparing
+      only the respective first pages, would conclude that a pamphlet of
+      thirty-one pages could have no likeness to one of nine.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The plate in the copy in the John Carter Brown Library
+     does not belong to that issue, but is inserted in so clumsy
+     a manner as to prevent reproduction. The same plate is found
+     in a copy of the ten-page S.G. issue in the library of Mr.
+     Henry E. Huntington, and to all appearances belongs to that
+     issue.
+
+     2   The last sentence on page 6 of the second part read:
+     "Then proceeded he on in his discourse saying," and there
+     are no pages numbered 7 and 8, although there is no break in
+     the text, the catch-word on page 6 being the first word on
+     page 9. In the combined parts, the last words on page 6
+     constitute a phrase: "which Copy hereafter followeth."
+
+     3 The only change made is in the heading of the Post-script,
+     which was wrongly printed in the second part as "Post-
+     script." On page 26 of the combined parts the words "except
+     burning" were inserted, not appearing in the second part.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On typographical evidence it is safe to assume that the three pieces came
+      from the same press, and to assert that the second part and the combined
+      parts certainly did. The initials S. G. are found only on the first part.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0012">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE PUBLISHERS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      The imprints of the three parts agree that the booksellers or publishers
+      handling the editions were Allen Banks and Charles Harper. The first part
+      gives their shop as the "Flower-De-luice near Cripplegate Church," the
+      second part as the "Flower-de-luce" as before, and the combined parts as
+      "next door to the three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over against St.
+      Dunstans Church." The church is still there, with more than two centuries
+      of dirt and soot marking its walls since Neville wrote, and Chancery and
+      Fettar Lanes enable one to place quite accurately the location of the
+      booksellers' shop. Only three times do the names of Banks and Harper
+      appear as partners on the Stationers' Registers,{1} and they separated
+      about 1671, Banks going to the "St Peter at the West End of St Pauls." If
+      any judgment may be drawn from their publications after ceasing to be
+      partners, Banks leaned to light literature and may have been responsible
+      for taking up the "Isle of Pines." Yet Harper was Neville's publisher in
+      1674 and in 1681, a fact which may indicate a personal relation.{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Eyre and Rivington, ii. 386, 388, and 410.
+
+     2 Sec page 34, infra.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0013">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      By some curious chance this little pamphlet has come to be classed as
+      Americana. Bishop Kenneth's Catalogue may have been the source of this
+      error, leading collectors to believe that the item was a true relation of
+      an actual voyage, and possibly touching upon some phase of American
+      history or geography. The rarity of the pamphlet would not permit such a
+      belief to be readily corrected. The existence also of two Isles of Pines
+      in American waters may have aided the belief.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      One of these islands is off the southwestern end of Cuba. On his second
+      voyage, Columbus had sailed along the south coast of Cuba, and June
+      13,1494, reached an island, which he named Evangelista. Here he
+      encountered such difficulties among the shoals that he determined to
+      retrace his course to the eastward. But for that experience, he might have
+      reached the mainland of America on that voyage. The conquest of the island
+      of Cuba by Diego Velasquez in 1511 led to its exploration; but geographers
+      could only slowly appreciate what the islands really meant, for they were
+      as much misled by the reports of navigators as Columbus had been by his
+      prejudice in favor of Cathay.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Toscanelli's map of the Atlantic Ocean (1474) gives many islands between
+      Cape Verde and the "coast of spices," of which "Cippangu" is the largest
+      and most important.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  This map, as reconstructed from Martin Behaim's globe, is
+     in <i>Scottish Geographical Magazine</i>, 1893.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On Juan de laCosa's sea chart, 1500, Cuba is fairly drawn, with the sea to
+      the south dotted with islands without names. In a few years the mist
+      surrounding the new world had so far been dispelled as to disclose a quite accurate detail
+      of the larger West Indian islands{1} and to offer a continent to the west,
+      one that placed Cipangu still far too much to the east of the coast of
+      Asia.{2} An island of some size off the southwest of Cuba seems to have
+      been intended at first for Jamaica, but certainly as early as 1536 that
+      island had passed to its true position on the maps, and the island to the
+      west is without a name. Nor can it be confused with Yucatan, which for
+      forty years was often drawn as an island. On the so-called
+      Wolfenbuttel-Spanish map of 1525-30 occurs the name "J. de Pinos,"
+      probably the first occurrence of the name upon any map in the sixteenth
+      century. Two other maps of that time&mdash;Colon's and Ribero's, dated
+      respectively 1527 and 1529&mdash;call it "Y de Pinos," and on the globe of
+      Ulpius, to which the year 1542 is assigned, "de Pinos" is clearly marked.
+      Bellero's map, 1550, has an island "de pinolas." Naturally, map-makers
+      were slow to adopt new names, and in the numerous editions of Ptolemy the
+      label St Iago was retained almost to the end of the century.{3} On the
+      Agnese map there are two islands, one named "S. Tiago," the other "pinos,"
+      which introduced a new confusion, though he was not followed by most
+      geographers until Wytfliet, 1597, gave both names to the same island&mdash;"S.
+      Iago siue Y de Pinas"&mdash;in which he is followed by Hondius, 1633.{4}
+      Ortelius, 1579, adopts "I Pinnorum," while Linschoten, 1598, has "Pinas," and Herrera, 1601,
+      "Pinos."
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The Agnese Atlas of 1529 may be cited as an example.
+
+     2   See, for example, the so-called Stobnicza [Joannes,
+     Stobnicensis] map of 151a, and the Ptolemy of 1513
+     (Strassburg).
+
+     3  Muenster, 1540. Cabot, 1544, and Desceller, 1546, give "Y
+     de Pinos."
+
+     4  Mr. P. Lee Phillips, to whom I am indebted for references
+     to atlases of the time, also supplies the following:
+     Lafreri, 1575 (?) "S. Tiagoj" Percacchi, 1576, "S. Tiago;"
+     Santa Cruz, 1541, "Ya de Pinosj" and Dudley, 1647, "I de
+     Pinos." Hakloyt (iii. 617) prints a "Ruttier" for the
+     West Indies, without date, but probably of the end of the
+     sixteenth century, which contains the following; "The
+     markes of Isla de Pinos. The Island of Pinos stretcheth it
+     selfe East and West, and is full of homocks, and if you
+     chance to see it at full sea, it will shew like 3 Islands,
+     as though there were divers soundes betweene them, and that
+     in the midst is the greatest; and in rowing with them, it
+     will make all a firme lande: and upon the East side of these
+     three homocks it will shewe all ragged; and on the West
+     side of them will appeare unto you a lowe point even with
+     the sea, and oftentimes you shall see the trees before you
+     shall discerne the point."
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      When the name given by Columbus was dropped and by whom the island was
+      named "de Pinos" cannot be determined.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Our colleague, Mr. Francis R. Hart, has called my attention to a second
+      Isle of Pines in American waters, being near Golden Island, which was
+      situated in the harbor or bay on which the Scot Darien expedition made its
+      settlement of New Edinburgh. The bay is still known as Caledonia Bay, and
+      the harbor as Porto Escoces, but the Isla de Pinas as well as a river of
+      the same name do not appear on maps of the region. The curious may find
+      references to the island in the printed accounts of the unfortunate Darien
+      colony.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Isle of Pines could thus be found on the map as an actual island in
+      the West Indies; but the "Isle of Pines" of our tract existed only in the
+      imagination of the writer. The mere fact of its having been printed&mdash;but
+      not published&mdash;in Cambridge, Massachusetts, does not entitle it to be
+      classed even indirectly as Americana, any more than Bunyan's Pilgrim's
+      Progress or Thomas à Kempis could be so marked on the strength of their having a
+      Massachusetts imprint Curiosities of the American press they may be, but
+      they serve only as crude measures of the existing taste for literature
+      since become recognized as classic.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The dignified Calendar of State Papers in the Public Record Office,
+      London, gravely indexes a casual reference to the tract under West Indies,
+      and the impression that the author wrote of the Cuban island probably
+      accounts for the different editions in the John Carter Brown Library, as
+      well as for the price obtained for the White Kennett copy. No possible
+      reason can be found, however, for regarding the "Isle of Pines" in any of
+      its forms as Americana.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0014">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE AUTHOR
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      Thus far I have been concerned with externals, and before turning to the
+      contents of the tract itself in an endeavor to explain the extraordinary
+      popularity it enjoyed, something must be said of the author&mdash;Henry
+      Neville. Like most of the characters engaged in the politics of England in
+      the middle of the seventeenth century, he has suffered at the hands of his
+      biographer, Anthony à Wood,{1} merely because he belonged to the opposite
+      party&mdash;the crudest possible measure of merit For the <i>odium
+      politicum</i> and the <i>odium theologicum</i> are twin agents of
+      detraction, and the writing of history would be dull indeed were it not
+      for the joy of digging out an approximation to the truth from opposing
+      opinions. Where the material is so scanty it will be safer to summarize
+      what is known, without attempting to pass finally upon Neville's position
+      among his contemporaries.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 Athenæ Oxoniemses (Bliss), iv. 413.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The second son of Sir Henry Neville, and grandson of Sir Henry Neville
+      (1564?-1615), courtier and diplomatist under Elizabeth and James I, Henry
+      Neville was born in Billing-bear, Berkshire, in 1620. He became a commoner
+      of Merton College in 1635, and soon after migrated to University College,
+      where he passed some years but took no degree. He travelled on the
+      continent, becoming familiar with modern languages and men, and returned
+      to England in 1645, to recruit for Abingdon for the parliament Wood states
+      that Neville "was very great with Harry Marten, Tho. Chaloner, Tho. Scot,
+      Jam. Harrington and other zealous commonwealths men." His association with
+      them probably arose from his membership of the council of state (1651),
+      and also from his agreement with them in their suspicions of Cromwell,
+      who, in his opinion, "gaped after the government by a single person." In
+      consequence he was banished from London in 1654, and on Oliver's death was
+      returned to parliament December 30,1658, as burgess for Reading. An
+      attempt to exclude him on charges of atheism and blasphemy failed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      He was undoubtedly somewhat closely associated with James Harrington, the
+      author of "Oceana," and was regarded as a "strong doctrinaire republican."
+      He was a member of the club&mdash;the Rota&mdash;formed by Harrington for
+      discussing and disseminating his political views, a club which continued
+      in existence only a few months, from November, 1659, to February, 1660;
+      but its name is embalmed in one of Harrington's essays&mdash;"The Rota"&mdash;published
+      in 1660, and extracted from his "Art of Law-giving," which was itself an abridgment of
+      the "Oceana."
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      At this time, says Wood, Neville was "esteemed to be a man of good parts,
+      yet of a factious and turbulent spirit." On the restoration he "sculk'd
+      for a time," and, arrested for a supposed connection in the Yorkshire
+      rising of 1663, he was released for want of evidence against him, retiring
+      from all participation in politics. For twenty years before his death he
+      lived in lodgings in Silver Street, near Bloomsbury market, and dying on
+      September 20, 1694, he was buried in the parish church of Warfield,
+      Berkshire. By his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of Richard Staverton of
+      Warfield, he had no issue.{2} In his retirement he found occupation in
+      political theory. He translated some of the writings of Machiavelli, which
+      he had obtained in Italy in 1645, and published some verses of little
+      merit.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     {1} Wood.
+
+     {2}  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      It cannot be said that a reading of Neville's productions before 1681
+      raises him in our estimation, it certainly does not give the impression of
+      a man of letters, a student of government, or even a politician of the
+      day. There is always the possibility in these casual writings of a purpose
+      deeper than appears to the reader of the present day, of a meaning which
+      escapes him because the special combination of events creating the
+      occasion cannot be reconstructed. The "Parliament of Ladies," which was
+      published in two parts in 1647, has little meaning to the reader, though
+      they appeared in the year when the Parliament took notice of the "many
+      Seditious, False and Scandalous Papers and Pamphlets daily printed and
+      published in and about the cities of London and Westminster, and thence
+      dispersed into all parts of this Realm, and other parts beyond the Seas, to the great
+      abuse and prejudice of the People, and insufferable reproach of the
+      proceedings of the Parliament and their Army."{1}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To write, print, or sell any unlicensed matter whatsoever would be liable
+      to fine or imprisonment, and to whet the zeal of discovery one-half of the
+      fine was to go to the informer. Every publication, from a book to a
+      broadsheet, must bear the name of author, printer, and licenser. Neither
+      of Neville's pamphlets of 1647 conformed to the requirements of this act,
+      which is not, however, positive evidence that they did not appear after
+      the promulgation of the law. Suppression of printing has proved a
+      difficult task to rulers, even when supported by public opinion or an
+      army. The Stationers' Registers show that the "Parliament of Ladies" and
+      its sequel were not properly entered; nor do they contain any reference to
+      Neville's "News from the New Exchange," issued in 1650.{2}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Nine years passed before he printed a pamphlet which marked his break with
+      Cromwell&mdash;"Shuffling, Cutting, and Dealing in a Game of Picquet."{3}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, i. 1021. Though
+     dated September 30, the act was entered at Stationers' Hall
+     September 19. Eyre and Rivington, i. 276.
+
+     2  It was reprinted in 1731.
+
+     3  It is in the Harleian Miscellany, v. 298, and a copy of
+     the meanly printed original is in the Ticknor Collection,
+     Boston Public Library.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      This little pamphlet was put out in the poorest dress possible, bespeaking
+      a press of meagre equipment, and a printer without an idea of the form
+      which even the leaflet can assume in skilful hands. Without imprint,
+      author's name, or any mark of identification, it indicates a secret
+      impression and issue&mdash;one of the many occasional pamphlets which appeared at the time from
+      "underground" shops which least of all wanted to be known as the agent of
+      publication. Neville either avowed the authorship or it was traced to him,
+      and the displeasure of Cromwell and banishment from London followed.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In 1681 he printed "Discourses concerning Government," which was much
+      admired by Hobbes, and even Wood admits that it was "very much bought up
+      by the members [of parliament], and admired: But soon after, when they
+      understood who the author was (for his name was not set to the book), many
+      of the honest party rejected, and had no opinion of it" A later writer
+      describes it as an "un-Platonic dialogue developing a scheme for the
+      exercise of the royal prerogative through councils of state responsible to
+      Parliament, and of which a third part should retire every year."{1}
+      Reissued at the time under its better known title&mdash;"Plato
+      Redivivus"{2}&mdash;it was reprinted in 1742,{3} and again by Thomas
+      Hollis in 1763.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+     2  Plato Redivivus, or A Dialogue concerning Government:
+     wherein, by Observations drawn from other Kingdoms and
+     States both ancient and modern, an Endeavour is used to
+     discover the politick Distemper of our own; with the Causes
+     and Remedies. The Second Edition, with Additions. In Octavo.
+     Price 2s. 6d. Printed for S. I. and sold by R. Dew. The Term
+     Catalogues (Arber), 1.443&mdash;the issue for May, 1681. The
+     initials S. I. do not again occur in the Catalogues, and R.
+     Dew is credited with only two issues, both in May, 1681,
+     neither giving the location of his shop. The tract called
+     out several replies, such as the anonymous Antidotum
+     Brittanicum and Goddard's Plato's Demon, or the State
+     Physician Unmasked ( 1684).
+
+     3  A copy is in the Library Company, Philadelphia.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      His translations from Machiavelli are not so easily traced, nor is any
+      explanation possible for his having delayed for nearly thirty years
+      publication of evidence of his admiration for the Florentine politician.
+      He was not alone in desiring to make the Italian political moralist better
+      known, for translations of the "Discourses" and "The Prince," with "some
+      marginal animadversions noting and taxing his [Machiavelli's] errors," by
+      E. D.{1} was published in a second edition in November, 1673, but I do not
+      connect Neville with that issue. In the following year the connection of
+      Charles Harper's name with the "Florentine History" suggests Neville, as
+      does a more ambitious undertaking of the "Works," first fathered by
+      another London bookseller, but with which Harper was concerned in 1681:
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Florentine History, in Eight Books. Written by Nicholas Machiavel,
+      Citizen and Secretary of Florence: now exactly translated from the
+      Italian. In Octavo. Price, bound, 6s. Printed for Charles Harper, and J.
+      Amery, at the Flower de luce, and Peacock, in Fleet street.{2}
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The Works of the Famous Nicholas Machiavel, Citizen and Secretary of
+      Florence. Containing, 1. The History of Flornce. 2. The Prince. 3. The
+      Original of the Guelf and Ghibilin Factions. 4. The life of Castrucio
+      Castraceni. 5. The murther of Vitelli, etc., by Duke Valentine. 6. The
+      State of France. 7. The State of Germany. 8. The Discourses of Titus
+      Livius. 9. The Art of War. 10. The Marriage of Belphegery a Novel.{3}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Edward Dacres.
+
+     2  The Term Catalogues (Arber i. 18&mdash;the issue for November
+     25,1674.) It was entered at Stationers' Hall, June 20,
+     1674, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and Master
+     Warden Mean" with the statement that the translation was
+     made by "J. D. Gent."
+
+     3  This novel wa added by Starker to a translation of novels
+     by Gomez deQueverdoy Villegas published in November, 1670.
+     The name of the printer suggests a connection with Neville.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      11. Nicholas Machiavel's Letter in Vindication of himself and his Writings.
+      All written originally in Italian; and from thence newly and faithfully
+      Translated in English. In Folio. Price, bound, 18s. Printed for J. Starkey
+      at the Mitre in Flret street near Temple Bar.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      [Same Title.] The Second Edition. Printed for J. Starkey, C. Harper, and
+      J. Amery, at the Miter, the Flower de luce, and the Peacock, in Flret
+      street. Folio. Price, bound, 16s.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  The Term Catalogues (Arber) i.199&mdash;the issue for
+     February, 1675. Entered at Stationers' Hall, February 4,
+     1674-75, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and
+     Master Warden Roycroft," with the statement that the
+     translation was made by "J.B. Salvo iure cuilibet." The
+     resort to L'Estrange in both instances is suggestive. 2  Ib
+     453&mdash;the issue for June, 1681. "The Works of that famous
+     Nicholas Machiavel" is announced in the Catalogues, June,
+     1675, for publication by R. Boulter, in Cornhill, and at the
+     same price of 18s., but I doubt if Neville had anything to
+     do with that translation.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      It may be admitted that questions of government were eagerly discussed in
+      the seventeenth century. It was only needed to live under the Stuarts and
+      to pass through the Civil War and Protectorate to realize that a
+      transition from the divinely anointed ruler to a self-constituted governor
+      resting upon an army, and again to a trial of the legitimate holder of
+      royal prerogative, offered an education in matters of political rule which
+      naturally led to a constitutional monarchy, and which could not be
+      equalled in degree or lasting importance until the American colonies of
+      Great Britain questioned the policy of the mother country toward her all
+      too energetic children. Hobbes' "Leviathan, or the Matter, Form and Power
+      of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil," appeared in 1651, a powerful
+      argument for absolutism, but cast in such a form as to make the writer an
+      unwelcome adherent to royalty in exile.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      In 1652 Filmer published his "Observations concerning the Original of
+      Government," one of a series of tracts, completed by his "Patriarcha,"
+      printed after his death, which has made him a prophet of the extreme
+      supporters of the divine origin of kingship. These are only examples of
+      the political discussion of the day, and to them may be added Harrington,
+      whose "Oceanan" appeared in 1656.{1} It satisfied no party or faction, and
+      a second edition was not called for until 1700, when other writings of the
+      author were added. This compilation was, in 1737, pirated by a Dublin
+      printer, R. Reilly, who added Neville's "Plato Redivivus;"{2} but the
+      third English edition (1747), issued by the same printer who made the
+      second edition, omitted Neville's tract.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Entered at Stationers' Hall by Livewell Chapman,
+     September 19,1656. Eyre and Rivington, ii. 86.
+
+     2  Bibliotheca Liudeusianat ii. 4228.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0015">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      THE STORY
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      "The Isle of Pines" was Neville's fifth publication, issued nine years
+      after his fourth, a political tract: "Shuffling, Cutting and Dealing in a
+      Game of Picquet" Like most titles of the day, that of "The Isle of Pines"
+      did not fail in quantity. It was repeated word for word, except the
+      imprint, on the first page of the text. Briefly, the relation purports to
+      have been written by an Englishman, George Pine, who at the age of twenty
+      shipped as book-keeper in the <i>India Merchant</i>, which sailed for the
+      East Indies in 1569.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Having rounded the Cape of Good Hope and being almost within sight of St.
+      Lawrence's Island, now Madagascar,{1} they encountered a great storm of
+      wind, which separated the ship from her consorts, blew many days, and
+      finally wrecked the vessel on a rocky island. The entire company was
+      drowned except Pine, the daughter of his master, two maid-servants, and
+      one negro female slave. They gathered what they could of the wreckage, and
+      Pine and his companions lived there in community life, a free-love
+      settlement By the four women he had forty-seven children, and in his
+      sixtieth year he claimed to have 565 children, grandchildren, and
+      great-grandchildren. It was from one of his grandchildren that the Dutch
+      ship received the relation. Apart from the title-page, the entire tract is
+      occupied by the story of George Pine, from whom the island took its name.
+      In 1667, or ninety-eight years after Pine was wrecked, the Dutch captain
+      estimated that the population of the island amounted to ten or twelve
+      thousand persons. Methuselah, with his years to plead for him, might boast
+      of such breeding, but in ordinary man it is too near the verminous, the
+      rat, the guinea-pig, and the rabbit, to be pleasant.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1 It was the Island of St. Laurence of James Lancaster's
+     Voyage, 1593. Hakluyt, Principall Navigations, vi. 401.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The publication must have attracted attention at once, for before the end
+      of July Neville put forth a second part, "A New and further Discovery of
+      The Isle of Pines," which purported to be the relation of the Dutch
+      captain to whom the history of Pines had been confided. It is an unadorned
+      story such as might have been gathered from a dozen tales in Hakluyt or
+      Purchas, and is interesting only in giving the name of the Dutch captain&mdash;Cornelius
+      Van Sloetton&mdash;and the location of the supposed island&mdash;longitude
+      76° and latitude 20°, under the third climate&mdash;which places it to the
+      northeast of Madagascar. Almost immediately after the publication of the
+      second part it was combined with the first part, as already described, and
+      published late in July or early in August Cornelius Van Sloetton, as he
+      signed himself in the second part, became Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten in
+      the combined issue.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0016">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      INTERPRETATIONS
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      It was Pine's relation which received the greatest attention on the
+      continent, and that was chiefly concerned in describing his performances
+      in populating the island. It was therefore with only a mild surprise that
+      I read in one of those repulsively thorough studies which only a German
+      can make, a study made in 1668 of this very tract, "The Isle of Pines,"
+      the assertion that Pines, masquerading as the name of the discoverer and
+      patriarch of the island, and accepted as the name of the island itself,
+      was only an anagram on the male organ of generation&mdash;penis. On one of
+      the German issues in the John Carter Brown Library this has also been noted
+      by a contemporary hand.{1} Such an interpretation reduces our tract to a
+      screaming farce, but it closely suits the general tone of other of
+      Neville's writings, which are redolent of the sensual license of the
+      restoration. To this I would add an emendation of my own. The name adopted
+      by Neville was Henry Cornelius van Sloetten. It suggests a somewhat
+      forcible English word&mdash;slut&mdash;of doubtful origin, although forms
+      having some resemblance in sound and sense occur in the Scandinavian
+      languages.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1   Christian Weise, Prof. Polit, in augusteo in A. 1685.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Such interpretations seem to fit the work better than that of a German
+      critic, who sees in the book a sort of Utopia, a model community, or an
+      exhibition in the development of law and order. Free love led to license,
+      maids were ravished, and the complete promiscuity of intercourse disgusted
+      Pine, who sought to suppress it by force and, in killing the leader of a
+      revolt, a man with negro blood in his veins, to impose punishments for
+      acts which he had himself done. The ground for believing that Neville had
+      any such purpose when he wrote the book is too slight to be accepted. In
+      1668 the author had no call to convey a lesson in government to his
+      countrymen by any means so frankly vulgar and pointless as the "Isle of
+      Pines." If Neville had intended such a political object, a phrase would
+      have sufficed to indicate it. No such key can be found in the text, and
+      there is nothing to show that, politician as he was, he realized that such
+      an intimation could be drawn from his paragraphs.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      To assume, therefore, that so carefully hidden a suggestion of a model
+      republic could have aided the circulation of the pamphlet at the time, or at
+      any later period, is to introduce an element unnecessary to explain the
+      vogue of the relation. It passed simply as a story of adventure, and as
+      such it fell upon a time when a wide public was receptive to the point of
+      being easily duped. Wood asserts that the "Isle of Pines," when first
+      published, "was look'd upon as a mere sham or piece of drollery; "{1} and
+      there are few contemporary references to the relation of either Pine or
+      Van Sloetten, and those few are of little moment If the seamen, who were
+      in a position to point out discrepancies of fad in the story, made any
+      comment or criticism, I have failed to discover them.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Athenæ Oxomiensis (Bliss), iv. 410.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Neville himself freely played with the subject, and it is strange that he
+      did not excite some suspicion of his veracity among his readers. He had
+      told in his first part of a Dutch ship which was driven by foul weather to
+      the island and of the giving to the Dutch the story of Pine. His second
+      part is the story of the Dutch captain, sailing from Amsterdam,
+      re-discovering the Isle of Pines, and returning home&mdash;that is, to
+      Holland. Yet Neville for the combined issue, and presumably only a few
+      days after giving out the first part, composed two letters from a merchant
+      of Amsterdam&mdash;Abraham Keek&mdash;dated June 29 and July 6, saying
+      that the last post from Rochelle brought intelligence of a French vessel
+      which had just arrived and reported the discovery of this very island, but
+      placing it some two or three hundred leagues "Northwest from Cape Finis
+      Terre," though, he added with reasonable caution, "it may be that there
+      may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the exact
+      point of the compass from Cape Finis Terre."
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      Keek offered an additional piece of geographical information, that "some
+      English here suppose it maybe the Island of Brasile which have been so oft
+      sought for, Southwest from Ireland."{1} The first letter of Keek is dated
+      five days after the licensing of the first part of the "Isle of Pines,"
+      and the second sixteen days before the date of Sloetten's narrative. It is
+      hardly possible that Neville could have been forgetful of his having made
+      a Dutch vessel responsible for the discovery and history of Pine, and it
+      is more than probable that he took this means of giving greater
+      verisimilitude to the Isle of Pines, by bringing forward an independent
+      discovery by a French vessel. However intended, the ruse did not
+      contribute to such a purpose, as the combined parts did not enjoy as wide
+      a circulation as the first part.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  See page 53, infra.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      On the continent a German, who knew the tract only as translated into
+      German through a Dutch version of the English text, and therefore
+      imperfectly, gave it serious consideration, and had little difficulty in
+      finding inconsistencies and contradictions. Some of his questions went to
+      the root of the matter. It was a Dutch ship which first found the Isle of
+      Pines and its colony; why was not the discovery first announced by the
+      Dutch? Piece by piece the critic takes down the somewhat clumsily
+      fashioned structure of Neville's fiction, and in the end little remains
+      untouched by suspicion. No such examination, dull and labored in form, and
+      offering no trace of imagination which wisely permits itself to be
+      deceived in details in order to be free to accept a whole, could pass
+      beyond the narrow circle of a university.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      As an antidote to the attractions of Neville's tract it was powerless, and
+      to-day it remains as much of a curiosity as it was in 1668, when it was
+      written. Indeed, a question might be raised as to which tract was less
+      intentionally a joke&mdash;Neville's "Isle of Pines," or our German's
+      ponderous essay upon it? At least the scientific ignorance of the
+      Englishman, perfectly evident from the start, is more entertaining than
+      the pseudo-science of the German critic, who boldly asserts as impossible
+      what has come to be a commonplace.{1}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1   Das verdachtige Pineser-Eylandd, No. 29 in the
+     Bibliography. It it dedicated to Anthonio Goldbeck,
+     Burgomaster of Altona, and the letter of dedication b dated
+     at Hamburg, October 26, 1668.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Hippe calls attention to the geography of the relation as not the least
+      interesting of its features, for the neighborhood of the Island of
+      Madagascar was used in other sea stories as a place of storm and
+      catastrophe. "The ship on which Simplicissimus wished to return to
+      Portugal, suffered shipwreck likewise near Madagascar, and the paradisiac
+      island on which Grimmelshausen permits his hero finally to land in company
+      with a carpenter, is also to be sought in this region. In precisely the
+      same way the shipwreck of Sadeur,{1} the hero of a French Robinson Crusoe
+      story, happens on the coast of Madagascar, and from this was he driven in a southerly
+      direction to the coast of the southern land."
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  La Terre Australe commue, a romance written by Gabriel de
+     Foigny (pseud. J. Sadeur), describing the stay of Sadeur on
+     the southern continent for more than thirty-five years, The
+     original edition, made in Geneva in 1676, is said to contain
+     "many impious and licentious passages which were omitted in
+     the later editions." Sabin (xviii. 220) gives a list of
+     editions, the first English translation appearing in 1693.
+     It is possible that the author owed the idea of his work to
+     Neville's pamphlet.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      In most of the older surveys of the known world America counts as the
+      fourth part, naturally coming after Europe, Asia, and Africa. Even that
+      arrangement was not generally accepted. Joannes Leo (Hasan Ibn Muhammad,
+      al-Wazzan), writing in 1556, properly called Africa "la tierce Partie du
+      Monde;" but the Seigneur de la Popellinière, in his "Les Trois Mondes,"
+      published in 1582, divided the globe into three parts&mdash;1. Europe,
+      Asia, and Africa; 2. America, and 3. Australia. A half century later,
+      Pierre d'Avitz, of Toumon (Ardèche), entitled one of his compositions
+      "Description Générale de l'Amérique troisiesme partie du Monde," first
+      published in 1637.{2} The expedition under Alvaro de Mendana de Nevra,
+      setting sail from Callao, November 19, 1567, and steering westward, sought
+      to clear doubt concerning a continent which report had pictured as being
+      somewhere in the Pacific Ocean. The Solomon Islands rewarded the
+      enterprise, and with New Guinea and the Philippines completed a connection
+      between Peru and the continent of Asia. There had long existed, however, a
+      settled belief in the existence of a great continent in the southern
+      hemisphere, which should serve as a counterpoise to the known lands in the
+      northern.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  A copy is in the Boston Athenaeum.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      The geographical ideas of the times required such a continent, and even before
+      the circumnavigation of Africa, the world-maps indicated to the southward
+      "terra incognita secundum Ptolemeum,"{1} or a land of extreme temperature
+      and wholly unknown.{2} The sailing of ships round the Cape of Good Hope
+      dissipated in some degree this belief but it merely placed some distance
+      between that cape and the supposed Terra Australia which was now extended
+      to the south of America, separated on the maps from that continent only by
+      the narrow Straits of Magellan, and stretching to the westward, almost
+      approaching New Guinea.{3}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  As on the Ptolemy, Ulm, 1482.
+
+     2  As in Macrobius, In Sommium Scipionis Expositio, Brescia,
+     1483. 3  See the map of Oronce Fine, 1522, and Ortelius,
+     Orbis Terrarum 1592. 4  The "Quiri Regio" was long marked on
+     maps as a continent lying to the south of the Solomon
+     Islands.
+
+     3  This was first republished at Augsburg in 1611; in a
+     Latin translation in Henry Hudson's Descriptio ac
+     Delimeatis, Amsterdam, 1612, in Dutch, Verhael van seher
+     Memorial, Amsterdam, 1612; in Bry, 1613, and shortly after
+     in Hulsius; in French, Paris, 1617; and in English, London,
+     1617. I give this list because even so interesting an
+     announcement of a genuine voyage did not have so quick an
+     acceptance as Neville's tract with almost the same title.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Such an expanse of undiscovered land, believed to be rich in gold,
+      awakened the resolution of Pedro Fernandez de Queiros, who had been a
+      pilot in the Mendafia voyage of 1606. By chance he failed in his object,
+      and deceived by the apparent continuous coast line presented to his view
+      by the islands of the New Hebrides group, he gave it the resounding name
+      of Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, because of the King's title of Austria.
+      On the publication of his "Relation" at Seville in 1610, the name was
+      altered, and he claimed to have discovered the "fourth part of the world,
+      called Terra Australis incognita." Seven years later, in 1617, it was published in
+      London under the title, "Terra Australia incognita, or A new Southerne
+      Discoverie, containing a fifth part of the World." It is obvious that
+      geographers and their source of information&mdash;the adventurous sea
+      captains&mdash;were not agreed upon the proper number to be assigned to
+      the Terra Australis in the world scheme. Even in 1663 the Church seemed in
+      doubt, for a father writes "Mémoires touchant l'établissement d'une
+      Mission Chrestienne dans la troisième Monde, autrement apellé la Terre
+      Australe, Méridionale, Antartique, &amp; I connue."{1} That Neville even
+      drew his title from any of these publications cannot be asserted, nor do
+      they explain his designation of the Isle of Pines as the fourth island in
+      this southern land; but they show the common meaning attached to <i>Terra
+      Australis incognita</i>, and his use of the words was a clever, even if
+      not an intentional appeal to the curiosity then so active on continents
+      yet to be discovered.
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Printed at Paris by Claude Cramoisy, 1663. A copy is in
+     the John Carter Brown Library. In 1756 Charles de Brosse
+     published his Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes
+     from Vespuccius to his own day, which was largely used by
+     John Callender in compiling his Terra Australis Cogmta,
+     1766-68.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      Another volume, however, written by one who afterwards became Bishop of
+      Norwich, may have been responsible for the conception of Neville's
+      pamphlet. This was Joseph Hall's "Mundus Alter et Idem sive Terra
+      Australis ante hac semper incognita longis itineribus peregrini Academici
+      nuperrime lustrata." The title says it was printed at Frankfort, and the
+      statement has been too readily accepted as the fact, for the tract was
+      entered at Stationers' Hall by John Porter, June 2, 1605, and again on August 1, 1608.{1} The
+      biographer of Bishop Hall states that it was published at Frankfort by a
+      friend, in 1605, and republished at Hanau in 1607, and in a translated
+      form in London about 1608. It is more than probable that all three issues
+      were made in London, and that the so-called Hanau edition was that entered
+      in 1608. On January 18, 1608-09, Thomas Thorpe entered the translation,
+      with the address to the reader signed John Healey, who was the
+      translator.{2} This carried the title: "The Discovery of a New World, or a
+      Description of the South Indies hitherto unknown."{3} It is a satirical
+      work with no pretense of touching upon realities. Hallam wrote of it: "I
+      can only produce two books by English authors in this first part of the
+      seventeenth century which fall properly under the class of novels or
+      romances; and of these one is written in Latin. This is the Mundus Alter
+      and Idem of Bishop Hall, an imitation of the later and weaker volumes of
+      Rabelais. A country in Terra Australis is divided into four regions,
+      Crapulia, Virginia, Moronea, and Lavernia. Maps of the whole land and of
+      particular regions are given; and the nature of the satire, not much of
+      which has any especial reference to England, may easily be collected. It
+      is not a very successful effort."{4}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Stationers' Registers (Arber), in. 291, 386.
+
+     2  Ib. 400. Healey made an "exceptionally bad" translation
+     of St. Augustine's De Civitate Dei, which remained the only
+     English translation of that work until 1871.
+
+     3  In the Bodleian Library is a copy of the translation with
+     the title, The Discovery of a New World, Tenterbelly,
+     Sheeland, and Fooliana, London, n.d.
+
+     4  Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 2d éd., II.
+     167.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      While a later critic, Canon Perry, says of it: "This strange
+      composition, sometimes erroneously described as a 'political romance,' to
+      which it bears no resemblance whatever, is a moral satire in prose, with a
+      strong undercurrent of bitter jibes at the Romish church, and its
+      eccentricities, which sufficiently betray the author's main purpose in
+      writing it. It shows considerable imagination, wit, and skill in latinity,
+      but it has not enough of verisimilitude to make it an effective satire,
+      and does not always avoid scurrility."{1} Like Neville's production, the
+      satire was misinterpreted.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      The title of Neville's tract also recalls the lost play of Thomas Nash&mdash;"The
+      Isle of Dogs"&mdash;for which he was imprisoned on its appearance in 1597,
+      and suffered, as he asserted, for the indiscretion of others. "As Actaeon
+      was worried by his own hounds," wrote Francis Meres in his "Palladis
+      Tamia," "so is Tom Nash of his Isle of Dogs." And three years later, in
+      1600, Nash referred in his "Summers Last Will" to the excitement raised by
+      his suppressed play. "Here's a coil about dogs without wit! If I had
+      thought the ship of fools would have stay'd to take in fresh water at the
+      Isle of Dogs, I would have furnish'd it with a whole kennel of collections
+      to the purpose." The incident was long remembered. Nine years after Nash's
+      experience John Day published his "Isle of Gulls," drawn from Sir Philip
+      Sidney's "Arcadia."{2}
+    </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, xxiv. 76.
+
+     2  I take these facts from Sir Sidney Lee's sketch of Nash in
+     the Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 107.
+</pre>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0017">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a>
+    </p>
+    <div style="height: 4em;">
+      <br /><br /><br /><br />
+    </div>
+    <h2>
+      DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      I would apologize for taking so much time on a nine-page hoax did it not
+      offer something positive in the history of English literature. It has long
+      been recognized as one of the more than possible sources of Defoe's
+      "Robinson Crusoe." It is truly said that the elements of a masterpiece
+      exist for years before they become embodied, that they are floating in the
+      air, as it were, awaiting the master workman who can make that use which
+      gives to them permanent interest Life on an island, entirely separated
+      from the rest of mankind, had formed an incident in many tales, but
+      Neville's is believed to have been the first employment by an English
+      author of island life for the whole story. And while Defoe excludes the
+      most important feature of Neville's tract&mdash;woman&mdash;from his
+      "Robinson Crusoe," issued in April, 1719, he too, four months after,
+      published the "Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," in which woman has
+      a share. It would be wearisome to undertake a comparison of incident;
+      suffice it to say that the "Isle of Pines" has been accepted as a
+      pre-Defoe romance, to which the far greater Englishman may have been
+      indebted.
+    </p>
+    <p>
+      <a name="2H_4_0018">
+      <!--  H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <img alt="oldtitle (114K)"
+      src="images/oldtitle.jpg" height="1040" width="671" /> <br /> <br /> <img
+      alt="title2 (127K)" src="images/title2.jpg" height="888" width="704" />
+      <br />
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      THE ISLE OF PINES, <br /> The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+    </h2>
+    <p>
+      <br />
+    </p>
+    <h2>
+      The Isle of Pines
+    </h2>
+    <h2>
+      OR, <br /> <br />
+      A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND near Terra Australis, Incognita <br />
+      <br /> BY <br /> <br /> Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten. <br /> <br /> Wherein is
+      contained. <br /> <br />
+    </h2>
+    <blockquote>
+      <p>
+        A True Relation of certain English persons, who in Queen Elizabeths
+        time, making a Voyage to the East Indies were cast away, and wracked
+        near to the Coast of Terra Australis, Incognita, and all drowned, except
+        one Man and four Women. And now lately Anno Dom. 1667. a Dutch Ship
+        making a Voyage to the East Indies, driven by foul weather there, by
+        chance have found their Posterity, (speaking good English) to amount (as
+        they suppose) to ten or twelve thousand persons. The whole Relation
+        (written and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and
+        delivered to the Dutch by his Grandchild) Is here annexed with the
+        Longitude and Latitude of the Island, the situation and felicity
+        thereof, with other matter observable.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Licensed July 27. 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        London, Printed for Allen Banks and Charles Harper next door to the
+        three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over against St Dunstans Church, 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        <big><b>Two Letters concerning the Island of Pines to a Credible person
+        in Covent Garden.</b></big>
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        IT is written by the last Post from Rochel, to a Merchant in this City,
+        that there was a French ship arrived, the Mailer and Company of which
+        reports, that about 2 or 300 Leagues Northwest from Cape Finis Terre,
+        they fell in with an Island, where they went on shore, and found about
+        2000 English people without cloathes, only some small coverings about
+        their middle, and that they related to them, that at their first coming
+        to this Island (which was in Queen Elizabeths time) they were but five
+        in number men and women, being cast on shore by distress or otherwise,
+        and had there remained ever since, without having any correspondence
+        with any other people, or any ship coming to them. This story seems very
+        fabulous, yet the Letter is come to a known Merchant, and from a good
+        hand in France, so that I thought fit to mention it, it may be that
+        there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+        exact point of the Compass, from Cape Finis Terre; I shall enquire more
+        particularly about it. Some English here suppose it may be the Island of
+        Brasile which have been so oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland, if
+        true, we shall hear further about it; your friend and Brother, Abraham
+        Keek.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Amsterdam, July the 6th 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        IT is said that the Ship that discovered the Island, of which I hinted
+        to you in my last, is departed from Rochel, on her way to Zealand,
+        several persons here have writ thither to enquire for the said Vessel,
+        to know the truth of this business. I was promised a Copy of the Letter
+        Amsterdam, June the 29th 1668, that came from France, advising the discovery of the
+        Island above-said, but its not yet come to my hand; when it cometh, or
+        any further news about this Island, I shall acquaint you with it,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Your Friend and Brother,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        A. Keck.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        {{1 }} <i>Discovered Near to the Coast of Terra Australis Incognita, by
+        Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten, in a Letter to a friend in London,
+        declaring the truth of his Voyage to the East Indies</i>.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        SIR,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        I Received your Letter of this second instant, wherein you desire me to
+        give you a further account concerning the Land of <i>Pines</i>, on
+        which we were driven by distress of Weather the last Summer, I also
+        perused the Printed Book thereof you sent me, the Copy of which was
+        surreptiously taken out of my hands, else should I have given you a
+        more fuller account upon what occasion we came thither, how we were
+        entertained, with some other {{2 }}circumstances of note wherein that
+        relation is defective. To satisfie therefore your desires, I shall
+        briefly yet sully give you a particular account thereof, with a true
+        Copy of the Relation it self; desiring you to bear with my blunt
+        Phrases, as being more a Seaman then a Scholler.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        April the 26th 1667. We set sail from Amsterdam, intending for the
+        East-Indies; our ship had to name the place from whence we came, the <i>Amsterdam</i>
+        burthen 350. Tun, and having a fair gale of Wind, on the 27 of May
+        following we had a sight of the high Peak Tenriffe belonging to the
+        Canaries, we have touched at the Island Palma, but having endeavoured it
+        twice, and finding the winds contrary, we steered on our course by the
+        Isles of Cape Ferd, or Insula Capitis Viridis, where at St. James's we
+        took in fresh water, with some few Goats, and Hens, wherewith that Island doth
+        plentifully abound.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        June the 14. we had a sight of Madagascar, or the Island of St
+        Laurence, an Island of 4000 miles in compass, and scituate under the
+        Southern Tropick; thither we steered our course, and trafficked with
+        the inhabitants for Knives, Beads, Glasses and the like, having in
+        exchange thereof Cloves and Silver. Departing from thence we were
+        incountred with a violent storm, and the winds holding contrary, for
+        the space of a fortnight, brought us back almost as far as the Isle Del
+        Principe; during which time many of our men fell sick, and some dyed,
+        but at the end of that time it pleased God the wind favoured us again,
+        and we steered on our course merrily, for the space of ten days: when
+        on a sudden we were encountered with such a violent storm, as if all
+        the four winds together had conspired for our destruction, so that the
+        stoutest spirit of us all quailed, expecting every hour to be devoured
+        by that merciless element of water, sixteen dayes together {{3 }} did
+        this storm continue, though not with such violence as at the first, the
+        Weather being so dark all the while, and the Sea so rough, that we knew
+        not in what place we were, at length all on a sudden the Wind ceased,
+        and the Air cleared, the Clouds were all dispersed, and a very serene
+        Sky followed, for which we gave hearty thanks to the Almighty, it being
+        beyond our expectation that we should have escaped the violence of that
+        storm.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        At length one of our men mounting the Main-mast espyed fire, an evident
+        sign of some Countrey near adjoyning, which presently after we
+        apparently discovered, and steering our course more nigher, we saw several
+        persons promiscuously running about the shore, as it were wondering and
+        admiring at what they saw: Being now near to the Land, we manned out our
+        long Boat with ten persons, who approaching the shore, asked them in our
+        Dutch Tongue What Eyland is dit? to which they returned this Answer in
+        English, "that they knew not what we said." One of our Company named
+        Jeremiah Hanzen who understood English very well, hearing their words
+        discourst to them in their own Language; so that in fine we were very
+        kindly invited on shore, great numbers of them flocking about us,
+        admiring at our Cloaths which we did wear, as we on the other side did
+        to find in such a strange place, so many that could speak English and
+        yet to go naked.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Four of our men returning back in the long Boat to our Ships company,
+        could hardly make them believe the truth of what they had seen and
+        heard, but when we had brought our ship into harbour, you would have
+        blest your self to see how the naked Islanders flocked unto us, so
+        wondering at our ship, as if it had been the greatest miracle of Nature
+        in whole World. {{4 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        We were very courteously entertained by them, presenting us with such
+        food as that Countrey afforded, which indeed was not to be despised; we
+        eat of the Flesh both of Beasts, and Fowls, which they had cleanly
+        drest, though with no great curiosity, as wanting materials, wherewithal
+        to do it; and for bread we had the inside or Kernel of a great Nut as
+        big as an Apple, which was very wholsome, and found for the body, and
+        tasted to the Pallat very delicious.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Having refreshed our selves, they invited us to the Pallace of their
+        Prince or chief Ruler, some two miles distant off from the place where
+        we landed; which we found to be about the bigness of one of our ordinary
+        village houses, it was supported with rough unhewn pieces of Timber, and
+        covered very artificially with boughs, so that it would keep out the
+        greatest showers of Rain, the sides thereof were adorned with several
+        forts of Flowers, which the fragrant fields there do yield in great
+        variety. The Prince himself (whose name was <i>William Pine</i> the
+        Grandchild of <i>George Pine</i> that was first on shore in this Island)
+        came to his Pallace door and saluted us very courteously, for though he
+        had nothing of Majesty in him, yet had he a courteous noble and
+        deboneyre spirit, wherewith your English Nation (especially those of the
+        Gentry) are very much indued.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Scarce had he done saluting us when his Lady or Wife, came likewise
+        forth of their House or Pallace, attended on by two Maid-servants, the
+        was a woman of an exquisite beauty, and had on her head as it were a
+        Chaplet of Flowers, which being intermixt with several variety of
+        colours became her admirably. Her privities were hid with some pieces
+        of old Garments, the Relicts of those Cloaths (I suppose) of them which
+        first came hither, and yet being adorned with Flowers those very rags
+        seemeth beautiful; and {{5 }} indeed modesty so far prevaileth over all
+        the Female Sex of that Island, that with grass and flowers interwoven
+        and made strong by the peelings of young Elms (which grow there in
+        great plenty) they do plant together so many of them as serve to cover
+        those parts which nature would have hidden.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        We carried him as a present some few Knives, of which we thought they
+        had great need, an Ax or Hatchet to fell Wood, which was very acceptable
+        unto him, the Old one which was cast on shore at the first, and the only
+        one that they ever had, being now so quite blunt and dulled, that it
+        would not cut at all, some few other things we also gave him, which he
+        very thankfully accepted, inviting us into his House or Pallace, and
+        causing us to sit down with him, where we refreshed our selves again,
+        with some more Countrey viands which were no other then such we tasted
+        of before; Prince and peasant here faring alike, nor is there any
+        difference betwixt their drink, being only fresh sweet water, which the
+        rivers yield them in great abundance.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After some little pause, our Companion (who could speak English) by our
+        request desired to know of him something concerning their Original and
+        how that people speaking the Language of such a remote Countrey, should
+        come to inhabit there, having not, as we could see, any ships or Boats
+        amongst them the means to bring them thither, and which was more,
+        altogether ignorant and meer strangers to ships, or shipping, the main
+        thing conducible to that means, to which request of ours, the courteous
+        Prince thus replyed.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Friends (for so your actions declare you to be, and shall by ours find
+        no less) know that we are inhabitants of this Island of no great
+        standing, my Grandfather being the first that ever set foot on this
+        shore, whose native Countrey was {{6 }} a place called <i>England</i>,
+        far distant from this our Land, as he let us to understand; He came
+        from that place upon the Waters, in a thing called a Ship, of which no
+        question but you may have heard; several other persons were in his
+        company, not intending to have come hither (as he said) but to a place
+        called <i>India</i>, when tempestuous weather brought him and his
+        company upon this Coast, where falling among the Rocks his ship split
+        all in pieces; the whole company perishing in the Waters, saving only
+        him and four women, which by means of a broken piece of that Ship, by
+        Divine assistance got on Land.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        What after passed (said he) during my Grandfathers life, I shall show
+        you in a Relation thereof written by his own hand, which he delivered to
+        my Father being his eldest Son, charging him to have a special care
+        thereof, and ashuring him that time would bring some people or other
+        thither to whom he would have him to impart it, that the truth of our
+        first planting here might not be quite lost, which his commands my
+        Father dutifully obeyed; but no one coming, he at his death delivered
+        the same with the like charge to me, and you being the first people,
+        which (besides our selves) ever set footing in this Island, I shall
+        therefore in obedience to my Grandfathers and Fathers commands,
+        willingly impart the same unto you.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Then stepping into a kind of inner room, which as we conceived was his
+        lodging Chamber, he brought forth two sheets of paper fairly written in
+        Englishy (being the same Relation which you had Printed with you at
+        London) and very distinctly read the same over unto us, which we
+        hearkened unto with great delight and admiration, freely proffering us a
+        Copy of the same, which we afterward took and brought away along with
+        us; which Copy hereafter followeth.{1}
+      </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Here begins the first part of the tract.
+</pre>
+      <p>
+        A Way to the East India's being lately discovered by Sea, to the {{7 }}
+        South of Affrich by certain Portugals, far more safe and profitable
+        then had been heretofore; certain English Merchants encouraged by the
+        great advantages arising from the Eastern Commodities, to settle a
+        Factory there for the advantage of Trade. And having to that purpose
+        obtained the Queens Royal Licence Anno Dom. 1569. 11. or 12. Eliz.
+        furnisht out for those parts four ships, my Master being sent as Factor
+        to deal and Negotiate for them, and to settle there, took with him his
+        whole Family, (that is to say) his Wife, and one Son of about twelve
+        years of age, and one Daughter of about fourteen years, two
+        Maidservants, one <i>Negro</i> female slave, and my Self, who went
+        under him as his Book-keeper, with this company on Monday the third of
+        April next following, (having all necessaries for Housekeeping when we
+        should come there), we Embarqued our selves in the good ship called the
+        <i>India Merchant</i>, of about four hundred and fifty Tuns burthen,
+        and having a good wind, we on the fourteenth day of May had sight of
+        the Canaries, and not long after of the Isles of Cafe Vert or Verd,
+        where taking in such things as were necessary for our Voyage, and some
+        fresh Provisions, we stearing our course South, and a point East, about
+        the first of August came within sight of the Island of St Hellen, where
+        we took in some fresh water, we then set our faces for the Cape of Good
+        Hope, where by Gods blessing after some sickness, whereof some of our
+        company died, though none of our family; and hitherto we had met with
+        none but calm weather, yet so it pleased God, when we were almost in
+        fight of St. Laurence, an Island so called, one of the greatest in the
+        world, as Marriners say, we were overtaken and dispersed by a great
+        storm of Wind, which continued with luch violence {{8 }} many days,
+        that losing all hope of safety, being out of our own knowledge, and
+        whether we should fall on Flats or Rocks, uncertain in the nights, not
+        having the least benefit of the light, we feared most, alwayes wishing
+        for day, and then for Land, but it came too soon for our good; for
+        about the first of October, our fears having made us forget how the
+        time passed to a certainty; we about the break of day discerned Land
+        (but what we knew not) the Land seemed high and Rockey, and the Sea
+        continued still very stormy and tempestuous, insomuch as there seemed
+        no hope of safety, but looked suddenly to perish. As we grew near Land,
+        perceiving no safety in the ship, which we looked would suddenly be
+        beat in pieces: The Captain, my Master, and some others got into the
+        long Boat, thinking by that means to save their lives, and presently
+        after all the Seamen cast themselves overboard, thinking to save their
+        lives by swimming, onely myself my Masters Daughters, the two Maids,
+        and the Negro were left on board, for we could not swim; but those that
+        left us, might as well have tarried with us, for we saw them, or most
+        of them perish, our selves now ready after to follow their fortune, but
+        God was pleased to spare our lives, as it were by miracle, though to
+        further sorrow; for when we came against the Rocks, our ship having
+        endured two or three blows against the Rocks, (being now broken and
+        quite foundred in the Waters), we having with much ado gotten our
+        selves on the Bowspright, which being broken off, was driven by the
+        Waves into a small Creek, wherein fell a little River, which being
+        encompassed by the Rocks was sheltered from the Wind, so that we had
+        opportunity to land our selves, (though almost drowned) in all four
+        persons, besides the Negro: when we were got upon the Rock, we could
+        perceive the miserable Wrack to our great terrour, I had in my {{9 }}
+        pocket a little Tinder-box, and Steel, and Flint to strike fire at any
+        time upon occasion, which served now to good Purpose, for its being so
+        close, preserved the Tinder dry, with this, and the help of some old
+        rotten Wood which we got together, we kindled a fire and dryed our
+        selves, which done, I left my female company, and went to see, if I
+        could find any of our Ships company, that were escaped, but could hear
+        of none, though I hooted, and made all the noise I could; neither could
+        I perceive the foot-steps of any living Creature (save a few Birds, and
+        other Fowls). At length it drawing towards the Evening, I went back to
+        my company, who were very much troubled for want of me. I being now all
+        their stay in this lost condition, we were at first afraid that the
+        wild people of the Countrey might find us out, although we saw no
+        footsteps of any, not so much as a Path; the Woods round about being
+        full of Briers and Brambles, we also stood in fear of wild Beasts, of
+        such also we saw none, nor sign of any: But above all, and that we had
+        greatest reason to fear, was to be starved to death for want of Food,
+        but God had otherwise provided for us, as you shall know hereafter;
+        this done, we spent our time in getting some broken pieces of Boards,
+        and Planks, and some of the Sails and Rigging on shore for shelter; I
+        set up two or three Poles, and drew two or three of the Cords and Lines
+        from Tree to Tree, over which throwing some Sail-cloathes, and having
+        gotten Wood by us, and three or four Sea-gowns, which we had dryed, we
+        took up our Lodging for that night altogether (the Blackmoor being left
+        sensible then the rest we made our Centry) we slept soundly that night,
+        as having not slept in three or four nights before (our fears of what
+        happened preventing us) neither could our hard lodging, fear, and
+        danger hinder us we were so over wacht. {{10 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        On the morrow, being well refresht with sleep, the winde ceased, and the
+        weather was very warm; we went down the Rocks on the sands at low water,
+        where we found great part of our lading, either on shore or floating
+        near it. I by the help of my company, dragged most of it on shore; what
+        was too heavy for us broke, and we unbound the Casks and Cherts, and,
+        taking out the goods, secured all; so that we wanted no clothes, nor any
+        other provision necessary for Housekeeping, to furnish a better house
+        than any we were like to have; but no victuals (the last water having
+        spoiled all) only one Cask of bisket, being lighter than the rest was
+        dry; this served for bread a while, and we found on Land a sort of fowl
+        about the bigness of a Swan, very heavie and fat, that by reason of
+        their weight could not fly, of these we found little difficulty to kill,
+        so that was our present food; we carried out of England certain Hens and
+        Cocks to eat by the way, some of these when the ship was broken, by some
+        means got to land, &amp; bred exceedingly, so that in the future they
+        were a great help unto us; we found also, by a little River, in the
+        flags, store of eggs, of a sort of foul much like our Ducks, which were
+        very good meat, so that we wanted nothing to keep us alive.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        On the morrow, which was the third day, as soon as it was morning,
+        seeing nothing to disturb us, I lookt out a convenient place to dwell
+        in, that we might build us a Hut to shelter us from the weather, and
+        from any other danger of annoyance, from wild beasts (if any should
+        finde us out: So close by a large spring which rose out of a high hill
+        over-looking the Sea, on the side of a wood, having a prospect towards
+        the Sea) by the help of an Ax and some other implements (for we had all
+        necessaries, the working of the Sea, having cast up most of our goods)
+        I cut down all the straightest poles I could find, and which were
+        enough {{11 }} for my purpose, by the help of my company (necessity
+        being our Master) I digged holes in the earth setting my poles at an
+        equl distance, and nailing the broken boards of the Caskes, Cherts, and
+        Cabins, and such like to them, making my door to the Seaward, and
+        having covered the top, with sail-clothes strain'd and nail'd, I in the
+        space of a week had made a large Cabbin big enough to hold all our
+        goods and our selves in it, I also placed our Hamocks for lodging,
+        purposing (if it pleased God to send any Ship that way) we might be
+        transported home, but it never came to pass, the place, wherein we were
+        (as I conceived) being much out of the way.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        We having now lived in this manner full four months, and not so much as
+        seeing or hearing of any wild people, or of any of our own company, more
+        then our selves (they being found now by experience to be all drowned)
+        and the place, as we after found, being a large Island, and disjoyned,
+        and out of fight of any other Land, was wholly uninhabited by any
+        people, neither was there any hurtful beast to annoy us: But on the
+        contrary the countrey so very pleasant, being always clothed with green,
+        and full of pleasant fruits, and variety of birds, ever warm, and never
+        colder then in England in September: So that this place (had it the culture,
+        that skilful people might bestow on it) would prove a Paradise.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Woods afforded us a sort of Nuts, as big as a large Apple, whose
+        kernel being pleasant and dry, we made use of instead of bread, that
+        fowl before mentioned, and a sort of water-fowl like Ducks, and their
+        eggs, and a beast about the size of a Goat, and almost such a like
+        creature, which brought two young ones at a time, and that twice a
+        year, of which the Low Lands and Woods were very full, being a very
+        harmless creature and tame, so that we could easily {{12 }} take and
+        kill them: Fish, also, especially Shell-fish (which we could best come
+        by) we had great store of, so that in effect as to Food we wanted
+        nothing; and thus, and by such like helps, we continued six moneths
+        without any disturbance or want.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Idleness and Fulness of every thing begot in me a desire of enjoying the
+        women, beginning now to grow more familiar, I had perswaded the two
+        Maids to let me lie with them, which I did at first in private, but
+        after, custome taking away shame (there being none but us) we did it
+        more openly, as our Lusts gave us liberty; afterwards my Masters
+        Daughter was content also to do as we did; the truth is, they were all
+        handsome Women, when they had Cloathes, and well shaped, feeding well.
+        For we wanted no Food, and living idlely, and seeing us at Liberty to do
+        our wills, without hope of ever returning home made us thus bold: One of
+        the first of my Comforts with whom I first accompanined (the tallest and
+        handsomest) proved presently with child, the second was my Masters
+        Daughter, and the other also not long after fell into the same
+        condition: none now remaining but my Negro, who seeing what we did,
+        longed also for her share; one Night, I being asleep, my Negro, (with
+        the consent of the others) got close to me, thinking it being dark, to
+        beguile me, but I awaking and feeling her, and perceiving who it was,
+        yet willing to try the difference, satissied my self with her, as well
+        as with one of the rest: that night, although the first time, she proved
+        also with child, so that in the year of our being here, all my women
+        were with child by me, and they all coming at different seasons, were a
+        great help to one another.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The first brought me a brave Boy, my Masters Daughter was the youngest,
+        she brought me a Girl, so did the other {{13 }} Maid, who being
+        something fat sped worse at her labour: the Negro had no pain at all,
+        brought me a fine white Girl, so I had one Boy and three Girls, the
+        Women were soon well again, and the two first with child again before
+        the two last were brought to bed, my custome being not to lie with any
+        of them after they were with child, till others were so likewise, and
+        not with the black at all after she was with child, which commonly was
+        at the first time I lay with her, which was in the night and not else,
+        my stomach would not serve me, although she was one of the handsomest
+        Blacks I had seen, and her children as comly as any of the rest; we had
+        no clothes for them, and therefore when they had suckt, we laid them in
+        Mosse to sleep, and took no further care of them, for we knew, when
+        they were gone more would come, the Women never failing once a year at
+        least, and none of the Children (for all the hardship we put them to)
+        were ever sick; so that wanting now nothing but Cloathes, nor them much
+        neither, other than for decency, the warmth of the Countrey and Custome
+        supplying that Defect, we were now well satissied with our condition,
+        our Family beginning to grow large, there being nothing to hurt us, we
+        many times lay abroad on Mossey Banks, under the shelter of some Trees,
+        or such like (for having nothing else to do) I had made me several
+        Arbors to sleep in with my Women in the heat of the day, in these I and
+        my women passed the time away, they being never willing to be out of my
+        company.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And having now no thought of ever returning home, as having resolved
+        and sworn each to other, never to part or leave one another, or the
+        place; having by my several wives, forty seven Children, Boys and
+        Girls, but most Girls, and growing up apace, we were all of us very
+        fleshly, the Country so well agreeing with us, that we never ailed any
+        thing; {{14 }} my Negro having had twelve, was the first that left
+        bearing, so I never medled with her more: My Masters Daughter (by whom
+        I had most children, being the youngest and handsomest) was most fond
+        of me, and I of her. Thus we lived for sixteen years, till perceiving
+        my eldest Boy to mind the ordinary work of Nature, by seeing what we
+        did, I gave him a Mate, and so I did to all the rest, as fast as they
+        grew up, and were capable: My Wives having left bearing, my children
+        began to breed apace, so we were like to be a multitude; My first Wife
+        brought me thirteen children, my second seven, my Masters Daughter
+        fifteen, and the Negro twelve, in all forty seven.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After we had lived there twenty two years, my Negro died suddenly, but I
+        could not perceive any thing that ailed her; most of my children being grown, as
+        fast as we married them, I sent them and placed them over the River by
+        themselves severally, because we would not pester one another; and now
+        they being all grown up, and gone, and married after our manner (except
+        some two or three of the youngest) for (growing my self into years) I
+        liked not the wanton annoyance of young company.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Thus having lived to the fiftieth year of my age, and the fortieth of
+        my coming thither, at which time I sent for all of them to bring their
+        children, and there were in number descended from me by these four
+        Women, of my Children, Grand-children, and great Grand-children, five
+        hundred sixty five of both sorts, I took off the Males of one Family,
+        and married them to the Females of another, not letting any to marry
+        their sisters, as we did formerly out of necessity, so blessing God for
+        his Providence and goodness, I dismist them, I having taught some of my
+        children to read formerly, for I had left still the Bible, I charged it
+        should be read once a moneth at {{15 }} a general meeting: At last one
+        of my Wives died being sixty eight years of age, which I buried in a
+        place, set out on purpose, and within a year after another, so I had
+        none now left but my Masters Daughter, and we lived together twelve
+        years longer, at length she died also, so I buried her also next the
+        place where I purposed to be buried my self, and the tall Maid my first
+        Wife next me on the other side, the Negro next without her, and the
+        other Maid next my Masters Daughter. I had now nothing to mind, but the
+        place whether I was to go, being very old, almost eighty years, I gave
+        my Cabin and Furniture that was left to my eldest son after my decease,
+        who had married my eldest Daughter by my beloved Wife, whom I made King
+        and Governour of all the rest: I informed them of the Manners of
+        Europe, and charged them to remember the Christian Religion, after the
+        manner of them that spake the same Language, and to admit no other; if
+        hereafter any should come and find them out.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now once for all, I summoned them to come to me, that I might
+        number them, which I did, and found the estimate to contain in or about
+        the eightieth year of my age, and the fifty ninth of my coming there;
+        in all, of all sorts, one thousand seven hundred eighty and nine. Thus
+        praying God to multiply them, and lend them the true light of the
+        Gospel, I last of all dismist them: For, being now very old, and my
+        sight decayed, I could not expect to live long. I gave this Narration
+        (written with my own hand) to my eldest Son, who now lived with me,
+        commanding him to keep it, and if any strangers should come hither by
+        chance, to let them see it, and take a Copy of it if they would, that
+        our name be not lost from off the earth. I gave this people (descended
+        from me) the name of the <i>ENGLISH PINES</i>, <i>George Pine</i> being
+        my {{16 }} name, and my Masters Daughters name Sarah English, my two
+        other Wives were Mary Sparkes, and Elizabeth Trevor, so their severall
+        Defendants are called the ENGLISH, the SPARKS, and the TREVORS, and the
+        PHILLS, from the Christian Name of the Negro, which was Philippa, she
+        having no surname: And the general name of the whole the ENGLISH PINES;
+        vvhom God bless vvith the dew of Heaven, and the fat of the Earth,
+        AMEN.{1}
+      </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+     1  Here ended the first part.
+</pre>
+      <p>
+        After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation, then
+        proceeded he on in his discourse.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        My Grandfather when he wrote this, was as you hear eighty yeares of age,
+        there proceeding from his Loyns one thousand seven hundred eighty nine
+        children, which he had by them four women aforesaid: My Father was his
+        eldest son, and was named Henry, begotten of his wife Mary Sparkes, whom
+        he apointed chief Governour and Ruler over the rest; and having given
+        him a charge not to exercise tyranny over them, seeing they were his
+        fellow brethren by Fathers side (of which there could be no doubt made
+        of double dealing therein) exhorting him to use justice and sincerity
+        amongst them, and not to let Religion die with him, but to observe and
+        keep those Precepts which he had taught them, he quietly surrendred up
+        his soul, and was buried with great lamentation of all his children.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        My father coming to rule, and the people growing more populous, made
+        them to range further in the discovery of the Countrey, which they found
+        answerable to their desires, full both of Fowls and Beasts, and those
+        too not hurtful to mankinde, as if this Country (on which we were by
+        providence cast without arms or other weapons to defend our selves, or
+        offend others,) should by the same providence be so inhabited as not to
+        have any need of such like weapons of destruction wherewith to preserve
+        our lives. {{17 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        But as it is impossible, but that in multitudes disorders will grow, the
+        stronger seeking to oppress the weaker; no tye of Religion being strong
+        enough to chain up the depraved nature of mankinde, even so amongst them
+        mischiefs began to rise, and they soon fell from those good orders
+        prescribed them by my Grandfather. The source from whence those
+        mischiefs spring, was at first, I conceive, the neglect of hearing the
+        Bible read, which according to my Grandfathers proscription, was once a
+        moneth at a general meeting, but now many of them wandring far up into
+        the Country, they quite neglected the coming to it, with all other means
+        of Christian instruction, whereby the sence of sin being quite lost in
+        them, they fell to whoredoms, incests, and adulteries; so that what my
+        Grandfather was forced to do for necessity, they did for wantonness; nay
+        not confining themselves within the bound of any modesty, but brother
+        and sister lay openly together; those who would not yield to their lewd
+        embraces, were by force ravished, yea many times endangered of their
+        lives. To redress those enormities, my father assembled all the Company
+        near unto him, to whom he declared the wickedness of those their
+        brethren; who all with one consent agreed that they should be severely
+        punished; and so arming themselves with boughs, stones, and such like
+        weapons, they marched against them, who having notice of their coming,
+        and fearing their deserved punishment, some of them fled into woods,
+        others passed over a great River, which runneth through the heart of our
+        Countrey, hazarding drowning to escape punishment; But the grandest
+        offender of them all was taken, whole name was John Phill, the second
+        son of the Negro-woman that came with my Grandfather into this Island.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        He being proved guilty of divers ravishings &amp; tyrannies committed
+        by him, {{18 }} was adjudged guilty of death, and accordingly was
+        thrown down from a high Rock into the Sea, where he perished in the
+        waters. Execution being done upon him, the rest were pardoned for what
+        was past, which being notified abroad, they returned from those Defait
+        and Obscure places, wherein they were hidden.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Now as Seed being cast into stinking Dung produceth good and wholesome
+        Corn for the Indentation of mans life, so bad manners produceth good and
+        wholesome Laws for the preservation of Humane Society. Soon after my
+        Father with the advice of some few others of his Counsel, ordained and
+        set forth these Laws to be observed by them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        1. That whosoever should blaspheme or talk irreverently of the name of
+        God should be put to death.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        2. That who should be absent from the monethly assembly to hear the
+        Bible read, without sufficient cause shown to the contrary, should for
+        the first default be kept without any victuals or drink, for the space
+        of four days, and if he offend therein again, then to suffer death.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        3. That who should force or ravish any Maid or Woman should be burnt to
+        death, the party so ravished putting fire to the wood that should burn
+        him.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        4. Whosoever shall commit adultery, for the first crime the Male shall
+        lose his Privities, and the Woman have her right eye bored out, if after
+        that she was again taken in the act, she should die without mercy.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        5. That who so injured his Neighbour, by laming of his {{19 }} Limbs,
+        or taking any thing away which he possesseth, shall suffer in the same
+        kind himself by loss of Limb; and for defrauding his Neighbour, to
+        become servant to him, whilst he had made him double satisfaction.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        6. That, who should defame or speak evil of the Governour, or refuse to
+        come before him upon Summons, should receive a punishment by whipping
+        with Rods, and afterwards be exploded from the society of the rest of
+        the inhabitants.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Having set forth these Laws, he chose four several persons under him to
+        see them put in Execution, whereof one was of the Englishes, the
+        Off-spring of Sarah English; another of his own Tribe, the Sparks; a
+        third of the Trevors, and the fourth of the Phills, appointing them
+        every year at a certain time to appear before him, and give an account
+        of what they had done in the prosecution of those Laws.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Countrey being thus settled, my father lived quiet and peaceable
+        till he attained to the age of ninety and four years, when dying, I
+        succeeded in his place, in which I have continued peaceably and quietly
+        till this very present time.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        He having ended his Speech, we gave him very heartily thanks for our
+        information, assuring him we should not be wanting to him in any thing
+        which lay in our powers, wherewith we could pleasure him in what he
+        should desire, and thereupon preferred to depart, but before our going
+        away, he would needs engage us to see him, the next day, when was to be
+        their great assembly or monethly meeting for the celebration of their
+        Religious Exercises.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Accordingly the next day we came thither again, and were courteously
+        entertained as before, In a short space there was gathered such a
+        multitude of people together as made us to {{20 }} admire; and first
+        there were several Weddings celebrated, the manner whereof was thus.
+        The Bridegroom and Bride appeared before him who was their Priest or
+        Reader of the Bible, together with the Parents of each party, or if any
+        of their Parents were dead, then the next relation unto them, without
+        whose consent as well as the parties to be married, the Priest will not
+        joyn them together; but being satissied in those particulars, after
+        some short Oraizons, and joyning of hands together, he pronounces them
+        to be man and wife: and with exhortations to them to live lovingly
+        towards each other, and quietly towards their neighbors, he concludes
+        with some prayers, and so dismisses them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Weddings being finished, all the people took their places to hear
+        the Word read, the new married persons having the honour to be next unto
+        the Priest that day, after he had read three or four Chapters he fell to
+        expounding the most difficult places therein, the people being very
+        attentive all that while, this exercise continued for two or three
+        hours, which being done, with some few prayers he concluded, but all the
+        rest of that day was by the people kept very strictly, abstaining from
+        all manner of playing or pastimes, with which on other dayes they use to
+        pass their time away, as having need of nothing but victuals, and that
+        they have in such plenty as almost provided to their hands.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Their exercises of Religion being over, we returned again to our Ship,
+        and the next day, taking with us two or three Fowling-pieces leaving
+        half our Company to guard the Ship, the rest of us resolved to go up
+        higher into the Country for a further discovery: All the way as we
+        passed the first morning, we saw abundance of little Cabbins or Huts of
+        these inhabitants, made under Trees, and fashioned up with boughs,
+        grass, {{21 }} and such like stuffe to defend them from the Sun and
+        Rain; and as we went along, they came out of them much wondering at our
+        Attire, and standing aloof off from us as if they were afraid, but our
+        companion that spake English, calling to them in their own Tongue, and
+        giving them good words, they drew nigher, some of them freely
+        proffering to go along with us, which we willingly accepted; but having
+        passed some few miles, one of our company espying a Beast like unto a
+        Goat come gazing on him, he discharged his Peece, sending a brace of
+        Bullets into his belly, which brought him dead upon the ground; these
+        poor naked unarmed people hearing the noise of the Peece, and seeing
+        the Beast lie tumbling in his gore, without speaking any words betook
+        them to their heels, running back again as fast as they could drive,
+        nor could the perswasions of our Company, assuring them they should
+        have no hurt, prevail anything at all with them, so that we were forced
+        to pass along without their company: all the way that we went we heard
+        the delightful harmony of singing Birds, the ground very fertile in
+        Trees, Grass, and such flowers, as grow by the production of Nature,
+        without the help of Art; many and several sorts of Beads we saw, who
+        were not so much wild as in other Countries; whether it were as having
+        enough to satiate themselves without ravening upon others, or that they
+        never before saw the sight of man, nor heard the report of murdering
+        Guns, I leave it to others to determine. Some Trees bearing wild Fruits
+        we also saw, and of those some whereof we tailed, which were neither
+        unwholsome nor distasteful to the Pallate, and no question had but
+        Nature here the benefit of Art added unto it, it would equal, if not
+        exceed many of our European Countries; the Vallyes were every where
+        intermixt with running streams, and no question but the earth {{22 }}
+        hath in it rich veins of Minerals, enough to satisfie the desires of
+        the most covetous.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        It was very strange to us, to see that in such a fertile Countrey which
+        was as yet never inhabited, there should be notwithstanding such a free
+        and clear passage to us, without the hinderance of Bushes, Thorns, and
+        such like fluff, wherewith most Islands of the like nature are pestered:
+        the length of the Grass (which yet was very much intermixt with flowers)
+        being the only impediment that we found.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Six dayes together did we thus travel, setting several marks in our way
+        as we went for our better return, not knowing whether we should have the
+        benefit of the Stars for our guidance in our going back, which we made
+        use of in our passage: at last we came to the vast Ocean on the other
+        side of the Island, and by our coasting it, conceive it to be of an oval
+        form, only here and there shooting forth with some Promontories. I
+        conceive it hath but few good Harbours belonging to it, the Rocks in
+        most places making it inaccessible. The length of it may be about two
+        hundred, and the breadth one hundred miles, the whole in circumference
+        about five hundred miles.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        It lyeth about seventy six degrees of Longitude, and twenty of
+        Latitude, being scituate under the third Climate, the longest day being
+        about thirteen hours and fourty five minutes. The weather, as in all
+        Southern Countries, is far more hot than with us in Europe; but what is
+        by the Sun parched in the day, the night again refreshes with cool
+        pearly dews. The Air is found to be very healthful by the long lives
+        {{23 }} of the present inhabitants, few dying there till such time as
+        they come to good years of maturity, many of them arriving to the
+        extremity of old age.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now speaking concerning the length of their Lives, I think it will
+        not be amisse in this place to speak something of their Burials, which
+        they used to do thus.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        When the party was dead, they stuck his Carkass all over with flowers,
+        and after carried him to the place appointed for Burial, where setting
+        him down, (the Priest having given some godly Exhortations concerning
+        the frailty of life) then do they take stones (a heap being provided
+        there for that purpose) and the nearest of the kin begins to lay the
+        first stone upon him, afterwards the rest follows, they never leaving
+        till they have covered the body deep in stones, so that no Beast can
+        possibly come to him, and this first were they forced to make, having no
+        Spades or Shovels wherewith to dig them Graves; which want of theirs we
+        espying, bestowed a Pick-ax and two Shovels upon them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Here might I add their way of Christening Children, but that being
+        little different from yours in ENGLAND, and taught them by GEORGE PINES
+        at first which they have since continued, I shall therefore forbear to
+        speak thereof.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After our return back from the discovery of the Countrey, the Wind not
+        being fit for our purpose, and our men also willing thereto, we got all
+        our cutting Instruments on Land, and {{24 }} fell to hewing down of
+        Trees, with which, in a little time,(many hands making light work) we
+        built up a Pallace for this William Pines the Lord of that Countrey;
+        which, though much inferiour to the houses of your Gentry in England.
+        Yet to them which never had seen better, it appeared a very Lordly
+        Place. This deed of ours was beyond expression acceptable unto him,
+        load-ing us with thanks for so great a benefit, of which he said he
+        should never be able to make a requital.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now acquainting him, that upon the first opportunity we were
+        resolved to leave the Island, as also how that we were near Neighbours
+        to the Countrey of England, from whence his Ancestors came; he seemed
+        upon the news to be much discontented that we would leave him, desiring,
+        if it might stand with our commodity to continue still with him, but
+        seeing he could not prevail, he invited us to dine with him the next
+        day, which we promised to do, against which time he provided, very
+        sumptuously (according to his estate) for us, and now was he attended
+        after a more Royal manner than ever we saw him before, both for number
+        of Servants, and multiplicity of Meat, on which we fed very heartily;
+        but he having no other Beverage for us to drink, then water, we fetched
+        from our Ship a Case of Brandy, presenting some of it to him to drink,
+        but when he had tasted of it, he would by no means be perswaded to touch
+        thereof again, preferring (as he said) his own Countrey Water before all
+        such Liquors whatsoever.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After we had Dined, we were invited out into the Fields to behold their
+        Country Dauncing, which they did with great agility of body; and though
+        they had no other then only {{25 }} Vocal Musick (several of them
+        singing all that while) yet did they trip it very neatly, giving
+        sufficient satisfaction to all that beheld them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The next day we invited the Prince William Pines aboard our Ship, where
+        was nothing wanting in what we could to entertain him, he had about a
+        dozen of Servants to attend on him he much admired at the Tacklings of
+        our Ship, but when we came to discharge a piece or two of Ordnance, it
+        struck him into a wonder and amazement to behold the strange effects of
+        Powder; he was very sparing in his Diet, neither could he, or any of his
+        followers be induced to drink any thing but Water: We there presented
+        him with several things, as much as we could spare, which we thought
+        would any wayes conduce to their benefit, all which he very gratefully
+        received, assuring us of his real love and good will, whensoever we
+        should come thither again.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now we intended the next day to take our leaves, the Wind standing
+        fair, blowing with a gentle Gale South and by East, but as we were
+        hoisting of our Sails, and weighing Anchor, we were suddenly Allarm'd
+        with a noise from the shore, the Prince, W. Pines imploring our
+        assistance in an Insurection which had happened amongst them, of which
+        this was the cause.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Henry Phil, the chief Ruler of the Tribe or Family of the Phils, being
+        the Offspring of George Pines which he had by the Negro-woman; this man
+        had ravished the Wife of one of the principal of the Family of the
+        Trevors, which act being made known, the Trevors assembled themselves
+        all together to bring the offender unto Justice: But he knowing his
+        crime to be so great, as extended to the loss of life: fought to defend
+        that {{26 }} by force, which he had as unlawfully committed, whereupon
+        the whole Island was in a great hurly burly, they being too great
+        Potent Factions, the bandying of which against each other, threatned a
+        general ruin to the whole State.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The Governour William Pines had interposed in the matter, but found his
+        Authority too weak to repress such Disorders; for where the Hedge of
+        Government is once broken down, the most vile bear the greatest rule,
+        whereupon he desired our assistance, to which we readily condescended,
+        and arming out twelve of us went on Shore, rather as to a surprize than
+        fight, for what could nakedness do to encounter with Arms. Being
+        conducted by him to the force of our Enemy, we first entered into
+        parley, seeking to gain them rather by fair means then force, but that
+        not prevailing, we were necesitated to use violence, for this Henry
+        Phill being of an undaunted resolution, and having armed his fellows
+        with Clubs and Stones, they sent such a Peal amongst us, as made us at
+        the first to give back, which encouraged them to follow us on with great
+        violence, but we discharging off three or four Guns, when they saw some
+        of themselves wounded, and heard the terrible reports which they gave,
+        they ran away with greater speed then they came. The Band of the Trevors
+        who were joyned with us, hotly pursued them, and having taken their
+        Captain, returned with great triumph to their Governour, who fitting in
+        Judgment upon him, he was adjudged to death, and thrown off a steep Rock
+        into the Sea, the only way they have of punishing any by death, except
+        burning.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        And now at last we took our solemn leaves of the Governour, and
+        departed from thence, having been there in all, the space of three
+        weeks and two dayes, we took with us good store of the flesh of a Beast
+        which they call there Reval, being {{27 }} in taste different either
+        from Beef or Swines-flesh, yet very delightful to the Pallate, and
+        exceeding nutrimental. We took also with us alive, divers Fowls which
+        they call Marde, about the bigness of a Pullet, and not different in
+        taste, they are very swift of flight, and yet so fearless of danger,
+        that they will stand still till such time as you catch them: We had
+        also sent us in by the Governour about two bushels of eggs, which as I
+        conjecture were the Mards eggs, very lusious in taste, and strenthening
+        to the body.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        June 8. We had a sight of Cambaia, a part of the East Indies, but; under
+        the Government of the great Cham of Tartary here our Vessel springing a
+        leak, we were forced to put to Chore, receiving much dammage in some of
+        our Commodities; we were forced to ply the Pump for eighteen hours
+        together, which, had that miscarried, we had inevitably have perished;
+        here we stai'd five dayes mending our Ship, and drying some of our
+        Goodss and then hoisting Sail, in four days time more we came to
+        Calecute.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        This Calecute is the chief Mart Town and Staple of all the Indian
+        Traffique, it is very populous, and frequented by Merchants of all
+        Nations. Here we unladed a great part of our Goods, and taking in
+        others, which caused us to stay there a full Moneth, during which
+        space, at leisure times I went abroad to take a survey of the City,
+        which I found to be large and populous, lying for three miles together
+        upon the Sea-shore. Here is a great many of those persons whom thy call
+        Brackmans, being their Priests or Teachers whom they much reverence. It
+        is a custome here for the King to give to some of those Brachmain, the
+        handelling of his Nuptial Bed; for which cause, not the Kings, but the
+        Kings sisters sons succeed in the Kingdom, as being more certainly
+        known to be of the true Royal blood: And these sisters of his choose
+        what Gentleman they {{28 }} please on whom to bestow their Virginities;
+        and if they prove not in a certain time to be with child, they betake
+        themselves to these <i>Brachman Stalions</i>, who never fail of doing
+        their work.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        The people are indifferently civil and ingenious, both men and women
+        imitate a Majesty in their Train and Apparel, which they sweeten, with
+        Oyles and Perfumes: adorning themselves with Jewels and other Ornaments
+        befitting each Rank and Quality of them.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        They have many odd Customs amongst them which they observe very
+        strictly; as first, not knowing their Wives after they have born them
+        two children: Secondly, not accompanying them, if after five years
+        cohabition they can raise no issue by them, but taking others in their
+        rooms: Thirdly, never being rewarded for any Military exploit, unless
+        they bring with them an enemies Head in their Hand, but that which is
+        strangest, and indeed most barbarous, is that when any of their friends
+        falls sick, they will rather chuse to kill him, then that he should be
+        withered by sickness.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Thus you see there is little employment there for Doctors, when to be
+        sick, is the next wan for to be slain, or perhaps the people may be of
+        the mind rather to kill themselves, then to let the Doctors do it.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Having dispatched our business, and sraighted again our Ship, we left
+        Calecute, and put forth to Sea, and coasted along several of the Islands
+        belonging to India, at Camboia I met with our old friend Mr. David
+        Prire, who was overjoyed to see me, to whom I related our Discovery of
+        the Island of Pines, in the same manner as I have related it to you; he
+        was then but newly recovered of a Feaver, the Air of that
+        place not being agreeable to him; here we took in good store of Aloes,
+        and some other Commodities, and victualled our Ship for our return home.
+        {{29 }}
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        After four dayes failing we met with two Portugal Ships which came from
+        Lisbon, one whereof had in a storm lost its Top-mast, and was forced in
+        part to be towed by the other. We had no bad weather in eleven dayes
+        space, but then a sudden storm of Wind did us much harm in our
+        Tacklings, and swept away one of our Sailors off from the Fore Castle.
+        November the sixth had like to have been a fatal day unto us, our Ship
+        striking twice upon a Rock, and at night was in danger of being fired by
+        the negligence of a Boy, leaving a Candle carelesly in the Gun-room; the
+        next day we were chafed by a Pyrate Argiere, but by the swiftness of our
+        Sails we out ran him. December the first we came again to Madagascar,
+        where we put in for a fresh recruit of Victuals and Water.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        During our abode here, there hapned a very great Earthquake, which
+        tumbled down many Houses; The people of themselves are very Unhospitable
+        and Treacherous, hardly to to be drawn to Traffique with any people; and
+        now, this calamitie happening upon them, so enraged them against the
+        Christians, imputing all luch calamities to the cause of them, that they
+        fell upon some Portugais and wounded them, and we seeing their
+        mischievous Actions, with all the speed we could put forth to Sea again,
+        and sailed to the Island of St. Hellens.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Here we stayed all the Chrismas Holy-dayes, which was vere much
+        celebrated by the Governour there under the King of Spain. Here we
+        furnished ourselves with all necessaries which we wanted; but upon our
+        departure, our old acquaintance Mr. Petrus Ramazina, coming in a Skiff
+        out of the Isle del Principe, or the Princes Island, retarded our going
+        for the space of two dayes, for both my self and our Purser had
+        Emergent business with him, he being concerned in those Affairs of
+        which I wrote to you in April last: Indeed we cannot but {{30 }}
+        acknowledge his Courtesies unto us, of which you know he is never
+        sparing. January the first, we again hoisted Sail, having a fair and
+        prosperous gail of Wind, we touched at the Canaries, but made no
+        tarriance, desirous now to see our Native Countrey; but the Winds was
+        very cross unto us for the space of a week, at last we were savoured
+        with a gentle Gale, which brought us on merrily; though we were on a
+        sudden stricken again into a dump; a Sailor from the main Mast
+        discovering five Ships, which put us all in a great fear, we being
+        Richly Laden, and not very well provided for Defence; but they bearing
+        up to us, we found them to be Zealanders and our Friends; after many
+        other passages concerning us, not so much worthy of Note, we at last
+        safele arrived at home, May 26. 1668.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Thus Sir, have I given you a brief, but true Relation of our Voyage,
+        Which I was the more willing to do, to prevent false Copies which might
+        be spread of this nature: As for the Island of Pines it self, which
+        caused me to Write this Relation, I suppose it is a thing so strange as
+        will hardly be credited by some, although perhaps knowing persons,
+        especially considering our last age being so full of Discoveries, that
+        this Place should lie Dormant for so long a space of time; Others I
+        know, such.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Nullifidians as will believe nothing but what they see, applying that
+        Proverb unto us, <i>That travelers may lye by authority</i>. But Sir, in writing
+        to you, I question not but to give Credence, you knowing my disposition
+        so hateful to divulge Falsities; I shall request you to impart this my
+        Relation to Mr. W. W. and Mr. P. L. remembring me very kindly unto them,
+        not forgetting my old acquaintance, Mr. J. P. and Mr. J. B. no more at
+        present, but only my best respects to you and your second self I rest,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Yours in the best of friendship,
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        Henry Cornelius Fan Sloetten.
+      </p>
+      <p>
+        July 22. 1668.{{31 }}
+      </p>
+
+      <h3>
+        POST-SCRIPT:
+      </h3>
+      <p>
+        ONE thing concerning the Isle of Pines, I had almost quite forgot, we
+        had with us an Irish man named Dermot Conelly who had formerly been in
+        England, and had learned there to play on the Bag-pipes, which he
+        carried to Sea with him; yet so un-Englished he was, that he had quite
+        forgotten your Language, but still retained his Art of Bagpipe-playing,
+        in which he took extraordinary delight; being one day on Land in the
+        Isle of Pines, he played on them, but to see the admiration of those
+        naked people concerning them, would have striken you into admiration;
+        long time it was before we could perswade them that it was not a living
+        creature, although they were permitted to touch and feel it, and yet are
+        the people very intelligible, retaining a great part of the Ingenuity
+        and Gallantry of the English Nation, though they have not that happy
+        means to express themselves; in this respect we may account them
+        fortunate, in that possessing little, they enjoy all things, as being
+        contented with what they have, wanting those alurements to mischief,
+        which our European Countries are enriched with. I shall not dilate any
+        further, no question but time will make this Island known better to the
+        world; all that I shall ever say of it is, that it is a place enriched
+        with Natures abundance, deficient in nothing conducible to the
+        sustentation of mans life, which were it Manured by Agriculture and
+        Gardening, as other of our European Countries are, no question but it
+        would equal, if not exceed many which now pass for praiseworthy.
+      </p>
+    </blockquote>
+    <p>
+      FINIS. <br /> <br />
+    </p>
+
+    </div><!--end chapter-->
+
+    <hr />
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***</div>
+<div style='text-align:left'>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
+<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
+Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
+on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
+phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+  <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+    at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+  </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
+other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
+Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &bull; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+        the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
+        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
+        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+        Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+        Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &bull; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        works.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &bull; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+        receipt of the work.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &bull; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+        distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+    </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+
+</div>
+
+  </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/21410-h/images/cover.jpg b/21410-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5ac650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/21410-h/images/oldtitle.jpg b/21410-h/images/oldtitle.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5ac650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-h/images/oldtitle.jpg
diff --git a/21410-h/images/pinestp.jpg b/21410-h/images/pinestp.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc0aac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-h/images/pinestp.jpg
diff --git a/21410-h/images/title2.jpg b/21410-h/images/title2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fed8293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21410-h/images/title2.jpg
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b120bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #21410 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/21410)
diff --git a/old/21410-8.txt b/old/21410-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97a8bed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/21410-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2914 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Isle Of Pines (1668), by Henry Neville
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Isle Of Pines (1668)
+       and, An Essay in Bibliography by W. C. Ford
+
+Author: Henry Neville
+
+Commentator: Worthington Chauncey Ford
+
+Release Date: July 7, 2007 [EBook #21410]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+By Henry Neville
+
+1668
+
+An Essay in Bibliography
+
+by WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+
+Boston
+
+The Club of Odd Volumes 1920
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1920, BY THE CLUB OF ODD VOLUMES
+
+
+
+
+TO
+
+Charles Lemuel Nichols
+
+lover of books
+
+colleague
+
+FRIEND
+
+
+
+ETEXT TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Numbers enclosed in square brackets are the
+page numbers of the 1920 edition. Numbers enclosed in double curly
+brackets are the page numbers of the original 1668 edition. A damaged
+and incomplete bibliography and index in several languages has been
+included only as page-images.
+
+The long S in the text files have been changed to the ordinary small S,
+however the accompanying html file uses the unicode character for the
+long S as in the original printed document. DW
+
+
+
+
+Contents:
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+
+ITALIAN EDITION
+
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+
+THE PUBLISHERS
+
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+
+THE AUTHOR
+
+THE STORY
+
+INTERPRETATIONS
+
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY NOTE
+
+My curiosity on the "Isle of Pines" was aroused by the sale of a copy in
+London and New York in 1917, and was increased by the discovery of two
+distinct issues in the Dowse Library, in the Massachusetts Historical
+Society. As my material grew in bulk and the history of this hoax
+perpetrated in the seventeenth century developed, I thought it of
+sufficient interest to communicate an outline of the story to the
+Club of Odd Volumes, of Boston, October 23, 1918. The results of my
+investigations are more fully given in the present volume. I acknowledge
+my indebtedness to the essay of Max Hippe, "Eine vor-De-foesche
+Englische Robinsonade," published in Eugen Kölbing's "Englische Studien"
+xix. 66. WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+
+Boston, February, 1920
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+OR,
+
+A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND in Terra Australis, Incognita.
+
+BEING
+
+A True Relation of certain English persons, Who in the dayes of Queen
+Elizabeth making a Voyage to the East India, were cast-away, and wracked
+on the Island near to the Coast of Australis, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women, whereof one was a Negro. And now lately Ann Dom.
+1667, A Dutch Ship driven by foul weather there, by chance have found
+their Posterity (speaking good English) to amount to ten or twelve
+thousand persons, as they suppose. The whole Relation follows, written,
+and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and declared to
+the Dutch by His Grandchild.
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+[3]The scene opens in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the year 1668, where
+in one of the college buildings a contest between two rival printers had
+been waged for some years. Marmaduke Johnson, a trained and experienced
+printer, to whose ability the Indian Bible is largely due, had ceased to
+be the printer of the corporation, or Society for the Propagation of
+the Gospel in New England, but still had a press and, what was better, a
+fresh outfit of type, sent over by the corporation and entrusted to the
+keeping of John Eliot, the Apostle. Samuel Green had become a printer,
+though without previous training, and was at this time printer to the
+college, a position of vantage against a rival, because it must have
+carried with it countenance from the authorities in Boston, and public
+printing then as now constituted an item to a press of some income
+and some perquisites. By seeking to marry Green's daughter before his
+English wife had ceased to be, Johnson had created a prejudice, public
+as well as private, against himself.{1}
+
+     1 Mass. Hist Soc. Proceedings, xx. 265.
+
+Each wished to set up a press in Boston itself, but the General Court,
+probably for police reasons, had ordered that there should be no
+printing but at Cambridge, and that what was printed there should be
+approved by any two of four gentlemen appointed by the Court. It thus
+appeared that each printer possessed a certain superiority over his
+rival. In the matter of types Johnson was favored, as he had new
+types and was a trained printer; but these advantages were partially
+[4]neutralized by indolence and by Green's better standing before the
+magistrates.{1}
+
+In England the excesses of the printing-press during the civil war
+and commonwealth led to a somewhat strict though erratically applied
+censorship under the restoration. A publication must be licensed,
+and the Company of Stationers still sought, for reasons of profit, to
+control printers by regulating their production. The licensing agent in
+chief was a character of picturesque uncertainty and spasmodic action,
+Roger L'Estrange, half fanatic, half politician, half hack writer,
+in fact half in many respects and whole only in the resulting
+contradictions of purpose and performance. On one point he was strong--a
+desire to suppress unlicensed printing. So when in 1668 warrant was
+given to him to make search for unauthorized printing, he entered into
+the hunt with the zeal of a Loyola and the wishes of a Torquemada,
+harrying and rushing his prey and breathing threats of extreme rigor
+of fine, prison, pillory, and stake against the unfortunates who had
+neglected, in most cases because of the cost, to obtain the stamp of the
+licenser.{2}
+
+New England was at this time England in little, with troubles of its
+own; but, having imitated the mother country in introducing supervision
+of the press, it also started in to investigate the printers of the
+colony, two in number, seeking to win a smile of approval from the
+foolish man on the throne. With due solemnity the inquisition was
+[5]made. Green could show that all then passing through his press had
+been properly licensed.
+
+     1  See the chapters on Green and Johnson in Littlefield,
+     The Early Massachusetts Press, 197, 209.
+
+     2  L'Estrange was called the "Devil's blood hound." Col. S.
+     P., Dom. 1663-1664, 616.
+
+Johnson, less fortunate, was caught with one unlicensed piece--"The Isle
+of Pines." A fine of five pounds was imposed upon him, as effectual in
+suppressing him as though it had been one of five thousand pounds. He
+could now turn with relish to two books then on his press, "Meditations
+on Death and Eternity" and the "Righteous Man's Evidence for Heaven;"
+for Massachusetts Bay, with its then powerful rule of divinity without
+religion, or religion without mercy, held out small hope of his meeting
+such a fine within the expedition of his natural life. But he made his
+submission, petitioned the General Court in properly repentant language,
+acknowledged his fault, his crime, and promised amendment{1} The fine
+was not collected, and the principal result of the incident was to
+further the very natural union of Johnson and Green, but with Johnson as
+the lesser member in importance.
+
+No copy of Marmaduke Johnson's issue of the "Isle of Pines" has come
+to light in a period of 248 years. It might well be supposed that
+the authorities caught him before the tract had gone to press, and so
+snuffed it out completely. Our sapient bibliographers have dismissed the
+matter in rounded phrase: "'The Isle of Pines' was a small pamphlet
+of the Baron Munchausen order, which in its day passed through several
+editions in England and on the Continent,"{2} a description which would
+fit a hundred titles of the period. In July, 1917, Sotheby announced the
+sale of a portion of the Americana collected by [6]"Bishop White Kennett
+(1660-1728) and given by him to the Society for the Propagation of the
+Gospel in Foreign Parts."
+
+     1  The petition it in Littlefield, i. 248.
+
+     2  Mats. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, xi. 247.
+
+Lot No. 113 was described as follows:
+
+[Neville (Henry)] The Isle of Pines, or a late Discovery of a fourth
+Island in Terra Australis, Incognita, being a True Relation of certain
+English persons who in the dayes of Queen Elizabeth, making a Voyage to
+the East Indies, were cast away and wracked upon the Island, wanting the
+frontispiece, head-line of title and some pagination cut into, Bishop
+Kenneths signature on title. sm. 4to S. G. for Allen Banks, 1668.
+
+The pamphlet was sold, I am told, for fourteen shillings,{1} and resold
+shortly after to a New York bookseller for fifty-five dollars. He was
+attracted by the imprint, which read in full, "London, by S. G. for
+Allen Banks and Charles Harper at the Flower-Deluice near Cripplegate
+Church." The general appearance of the pamphlet was unlike even the
+moderately good issues of the English press, and the "by S. G." not only
+did not answer to any London printer of the day, except Sarah Griffin,
+"a printer in the Old Bailey,"{2} but was in form and usage exactly what
+could be found on a number of the issues of the press of Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+
+     1 The sale took place July 30, 1917.
+
+     2  Only once does her name occur in the Term Catalogues,
+     when in February, 1673, the prints George Buchanan'
+     Psalmorum Davidis Paraphrasis Poetica, which told for two
+     shillings a copy. Samuel Gellibrand was not a printer but a
+     bookseller, with a shop "at the Ball in St. Paul's
+     Churchyard."
+
+On comparing the first page of the text of his purchase with the same
+page of an acknowledged London issue of the "Isle of Pines" [7]in the
+John Carter Brown Library,{1} the bookseller concluded that the two were
+entirely different publications.
+
+An expert cataloguer connected with one of the large auction firms of
+New York then took up the subject. After a study of the tract he
+became assured that it could only have been printed by Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, and he brought forward facts and comparisons which seemed
+conclusive and for which he deserves much credit. It was a clever bit of
+bibliographical work. With such an endorsement as to rarity and
+quality the pamphlet was again put to the test of the auction room. The
+cataloguer stated his case in sufficient fulness of detail and the
+first page of the text was reproduced.{2} Naturally the discovery sent
+a little thrill through the mad-house of bibliography. The tract was
+knocked down for $400 to a bookseller from Hartford, Connecticut,
+presumably for some local collection. The incident would have passed
+from memory had it not been for one of those accidents to which even the
+amateur bibliographer is liable.
+
+     1  No. 5 in the Bibliography, page 93, infra.
+
+     2  Nuggets of American History, American Art Association,
+     November 19, 1917. The Isle of Pines was lot 142, and was
+     introduced by the words, "Cambridge Press in New England."
+     The catalogue was prepared by Mr. F. W. Coar.
+
+In the bitter days of the winter of 1917-18 the working force of the
+Massachusetts Historical Society was contracted into one room--the
+Dowse Library--where was at least a semblance [8]of warmth in the open
+fireplace.
+
+
+
+
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+
+One afternoon, when I had finished my work and the others had left, I
+picked up the catalogue of the Dowse Library and began idly to turn over
+its leaves. Incidentally, that catalogue is characteristic of the older
+methods of the Society. As is known to the elect, no book in the Dowse
+Library can ever leave the room in which it now rests, and of the
+catalogue twenty-five copies were printed and never circulated. If the
+library had been left in the Dowse house in Cambridgeport, its existence
+and contents could not have been more successfully hidden from the
+world. While reading the titles in a very casual way, my eye was caught
+by one which gave me a start. It read:
+
+Sloetten (Cornelius van). The Isle of Pines; or a Late Discovery of a
+Fourth Island in Terra Australis Incognita. London, printed by G. S.
+for Allen Banks, 1668. With a New and Further Discovery of the Isle of
+Pines, 1668; and a duplicate of the Isle of Pines. 1 vol. small 4to,
+calf supr., gilt leaves. A most interesting, rare, and valuable work.
+
+Even against the Editor of the Society the Dowse books are kept behind
+lock and key, though he is not under more than ordinary suspicion. So
+I was obliged to wait till the next day before my curiosity could be
+satisfied. I then found a thin volume, less than one-third of an inch
+in thickness, containing two copies of this very tract which the auction
+expert had identified as an issue of the "Isle of Pines" by Green, and
+a London issue of a second part of the "Isle of Pines," with the name of
+Cornelius Van Sloetten, as author. For more than fifty years this little
+volume had reposed in this well-known yet almost forgotten [9]library,
+and no one had suspected or questioned the nature of its contents.
+
+For full fifty years it had been in the care and at the call of Dr.
+Samuel A. Green, who claimed to be an expert on New England imprints of
+the seventeenth century, and one of the great wishes of whose life had
+been to establish his descent from this very printer, Samuel Green. Two
+copies within the same covers, of a tract long sought and of which only
+a single example had come to light in two centuries and a half--was not
+that alone something of a bibliographical coup?
+
+I read two of the pieces--one of the Green issues and the second part as
+printed in England--making a few notes for future use. On returning to
+the matter some weeks later I found to my annoyance that every reference
+to the Green tract but one was wrong as to the page. Cold, haste, or
+weariness will account for a single or possibly two errors of reference,
+but to have a whole series--except one--go wrong pointed to failing eyes
+or mind. Very much put out, I read the tract a second time and corrected
+the page references, carefully checking up the result. Some days after I
+again took up the matter, and in verifying my first quotation found that
+I had again put down the wrong page number, and was surprised to find
+that the correct page was the one I had first given. This proved to
+be the case in all the references--except one. A book which could thus
+change its page numbering from week to week was bewitched--or I was
+careless. It occurred to me to compare the two copies of the tract as
+published by Green. The title-pages were exactly alike--not differing by
+so much as a fly speck, but one copy contained ten pages of text and the
+other only nine.
+
+More [10]than that, the general style and the types were quite different
+One was printed in a well-known broad but somewhat used type, such as
+could be seen in Green's printing, and the other in a finer font with
+much italic. There was no possibility of confusing the two issues. Only
+one conclusion was possible. I had in this volume the publication by
+Green, and the original issue by Marmaduke Johnson, but with Green's
+title-page. So for we seem to rest upon solid ground. It may be surmised
+that Green set up his "Isle of Pines" in rivalry to Johnson, but did not
+incur the discipline of the authorities; or that he had set it up and
+also took over Johnson's edition, using his own title-page; and in
+either case it is possible that a simple subterfuge, the imprint, "by
+S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles Harper," a London combination of
+publishers, caused the tract to escape the attention of the examining
+local censors. Here was another step in developing the history of
+this tract--the discovery of one of Johnson's issues, except for the
+title-page. So far as the American connection is concerned, it only
+remains to discover a Johnson issue with a Johnson title-page, for in
+his apology and submission to the General Court he states that he had
+"affixed" his name to the pamphlet.
+
+
+
+
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+
+The European connection is also not without interest, for the skit--the
+first part of the "Isle of Pines," published without name of author--had
+an extraordinary run.
+
+In 1493 a little [11]four-leaved translation into Latin of a Columbus
+letter announcing the discovery of islands in the west--De insulis nuper
+inventis--ran over Europe, startling the age by a simple relation which
+proved a marvellous tale as taken up by Vespuccius, Cortes, and a host
+of successors.{1} For a century the darkness of a new found continent
+slowly lifted and the record was collected in Ramusio, in De Bry, in
+Hulsius, and in Hakluyt, never felling treasuries of the wonderful,
+veritable schools for the adventurous. Another century had shown that,
+so fer from decreasing in greatness and in opportunities, the field of
+discovery had not begun to be tested, and in the summer of 1668 a new
+island--the Isle of Pines--was flashed before the London crowd, and
+proved that the flame of quest with danger was still burning. A new
+island! The interest was international, for nations had already long
+fought over the old discovered lands.
+
+     1  The intelligent industry of Mr. Wilberforce Eames has
+     identified eleven issues of the letter of Columbus, printed
+     in 1493, in Barcelona, Rome, Basle, Paris, and Antwerp; and
+     twelve issues of the Novus Mundus of Vespucci us, printed
+     in 1504, in Augsburg, Paris, Nuremberg, Cologne, Antwerp,
+     and Venice. An earlier and even more extraordinary
+     distribution of a letter of news is that of the letter
+     purporting to be addressed by Prester John to the Emperor
+     Manuel, which circulated through Europe about 1165. "How
+     great was the popularity and diffusion of this letter,"
+     writes Sir Henry Yule, "may be judged in some degree from
+     the fad that Zarncke in his treatise on Prester John gives a
+     list of close on 100 mss. of it Of these there are eight in
+     the British Museum, ten at Vienna, thirteen in the great
+     Paris Library, and fifteen at Munich. There are also several
+     renderings in old German verse." The cause of this
+     popularity was the hope offered by the reported exploits of
+     Prester John of a counterpoise to the Mohammedan power.
+     Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th ed., xxii. 305.
+
+An even greater contest was being waged for commerce, and with the
+experience of Spain in gathering the precious metals [12]from new
+found lands, every discovery of hitherto uncharted territory opened
+the possibility of wealth and an exchange of commodities, if rapine
+and piracy could not be practised. The merchant was an adventurer, and
+politics, quite as much as trade, controlled his movements; for the line
+between trader, buccaneer, and pirate faded away before conditions which
+made treaties of no importance and peaceful relations dependent upon an
+absence of the hope of gain. A state of war was not necessary to prepare
+the way for attack and plunder in those far distant oceans, and the
+merchantman sailed armed and ready to inflict as well as to repel
+aggression, only too willing to descend upon a weaker vessel or a
+helpless settlement of a power which had come to be regarded as a
+"natural enemy." So in Holland and in Germany the leaflets containing
+the story of the Isle of Pines were received with mingled feelings,
+exciting a desire to share in the possible benefits to be gained or
+extorted from natives of the new lands, or from those who had the first
+opportunity to exploit a virgin territory. On the first receipt of those
+leaflets merchants held back their vessels about to sail, to await
+more definite information on this fourth island of the Terra Australis
+incognita.
+
+[13]An examination of the known issues of the tract proves this interest
+and offers an almost unique study in bibliography; for I doubt if any
+publication made in the second half of the seventeenth century--even
+a state paper of importance, as a treaty--attained such speedy and
+widespread recognition. A list of the various issues will be found in
+an appendix: it only remains to call attention to a few of the many
+novelties and variant characteristics of the editions.
+
+
+
+
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+
+In June and July, 1668, four tracts on the Isle of Pines from the same
+pen were licensed and published in London, which may for convenience
+be designated the first and second parts of the narrative, and the two
+parts in continuation. From London the tract soon passed to Holland,
+which had ever been a greedy consumer of voyages of discovery, for the
+greatness of that nation depended upon the sea, at once its most potent
+enemy and friend.{1} Three Dutch editions have been found, the earliest
+in point of time being that made by Jacob Vinckel, [14]of Amsterdam.
+
+     1 Holland was the centre of map publication as the twenty
+     yean before 1668 saw the issue of atlases by Jansson, Blaeu,
+     Mercator, Doncker, Cellarius, Loon, Visscher, and Goos, all
+     published at Amsterdam. Phillips' list for this period gives
+     atlases published elsewhere--those of Boissevin (Paris,
+     1653), Lubin (Paris, 1659), Nicolosi (Rome, 1660), Dudley
+     (Florence, 1661), Du Val (Paris, 1662), Jollain (Paris
+     1667), Cluver (Wolfen-bûttel, 1667?) and Ortelius (Venice,
+     1667).
+
+His second title is an exact translation of the second title of the
+London first part. This version, however, omitted an essential part of
+the relation. The London second title is also that of the issue made at
+Amsterdam by Jacob Stichter, being the Vinckel version, word for word,
+and almost line for line, but the type used is the gothic, and the
+spelling of words is not the same. Further, Stichter was possessed of
+some imagination and decorated his title-page with a map of a part of
+the island, showing ranges of hills, a harbor or mouth of a river, with
+conventional soundings, and two towns or settlements. As each of these
+issues contains only eight pages of text, the first London part only was
+known to the publishers. The third Dutch edition was put out by Joannes
+Naeranus, at Rotterdam, and in a foreword he gives the following reason
+for issuing the tract:
+
+To the Reader A part of the present relation is also printed by Jacob
+Vinckel at Amsterdam, being defective in omitting one of the
+principal things, so do we give here a true copy which was sent to us
+authoritatively out of England, but in that language, in order that the
+curious reader may not be deceived by the poor translation, and for
+that reason this very astonishing history fall under suspicion. Lastly,
+admire God's wondrous guidance, and farewell.
+
+His publication contains twenty pages of text, and is not an accurate
+translation of the English tract in parts, but rather a paraphrase of
+the text. To make the confusion the greater, he [15]expressly states on
+the title-page that he used a copy received from London, and gives the
+London imprint which will fit only the first London part. For "by S. G."
+appears only on the title-page of that part.
+
+
+
+
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+
+From Amsterdam and under date July 19, 1668, a summary of the earlier
+Dutch issue with two paragraphs of introduction was sent to Paris, and
+was printed in a four-page pamphlet by Sébastien Marbre Cramoisy, the
+king's printer, whose name is so honorably connected with the Jesuit
+Relations--stories as remarkable as any offered in the "Isle of Pines"
+and of immeasurable value on the earliest years of recorded history
+in our New England. Even this summary, thus definitely dated, offers
+problems. The location of the island is given in general terms in
+the half-title as "below the equinoctial line," and in the text as in
+"xxviii or xxix degrees of Antartique latitude." Nowhere in the first
+London part is either location used, and in the second London part,
+which bears nearly the same date as the Cramoisy summary--July
+22--twenty degrees of latitude is given. The writer of the summary thus
+allowed himself some freedom.
+
+A second French edition, without imprint, contains eleven pages and is
+a translation of the first London part, paraphrased in sentences, but
+on the whole a close rendering of the English text There never was
+a title-page to this issue--the first page having the signature-mark
+A--yet with eleven pages only, it [16]would seem fit that a title-page
+should round out the twelve for the convenience of printing.
+
+
+
+
+ITALIAN EDITION
+
+The Italian issue, made by Giacomo Didini, in Bologna and Venice, is a
+literal translation of Cramoisy's publication, and bears the same date,
+at Amsterdam, July 19, 1668. The original probably came from Paris,
+though it is possible that some Dutch merchant in Amsterdam sent a
+circular letter on the discovered Isle to his correspondents in Paris
+and Venice. It is unsafe to conjecture in such matters, for an Amsterdam
+issue may yet be found which will give, word for word, the French and
+Italian versions. Our ignorance on the press of the continent of those
+times, and especially the want of files of "corantos," or news sheets,
+close a wide field of research to the American inquirer. The catalogue
+of the British Museum gives 1669 as the probable year of issue. I see no
+good reason for rejecting 1668 as the more probable year. If the tract
+could go from London to Cambridge, in New England, in three months, it
+could pass from Amsterdam to Italy, by land or by sea, in an equal time.
+
+
+
+
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+
+From Holland the relation also penetrated the German states, finding
+ready welcome and arousing eager curiosity. Hippe regards the tract
+issued by Wilhelm Serlin, at Frankfort on the Main, as the first of the
+German publications, and, being translated [17]from the Dutch, he
+shows that the translator used both the Amsterdam and the Rotterdam
+publications.{1} The Hamburg version claimed to be derived from the
+English original, but it followed closely the Serlin translation from
+the Dutch with modifications which might have been drawn from the
+London tract. An edition not mentioned by Hippe or identified by any
+bibliographer is in the John Carter Brown Library, and opens with the
+statement that it is translated from the English and not from the Dutch.
+It closely follows the text of the London first part. Very likely it is
+the edition found at Copenhagen, if the similarity of titles offers an
+indication of the contents. South Germany obtained its information from
+France, and while neither of the two issues avowedly translated from the
+French gives the place of publication, the fact that one is in Munich
+and the other in Strassburg offers some reason to conjecture that they
+came from the presses of those cities. The Munich issue is for the most
+part a summary of what was in the first London issue, and, if translated
+directly from a French version, must have been from one not now located,
+for it is different from those in the list in this volume. Of the
+Strassburg text, Hippe states that it follows the Rotterdam pamphlet
+Finally, at Breslau is what calls itself a complete publication of the
+combined parts from a copy obtained from London, but it is more probably
+based upon the Dutch translations printed in Amsterdam and Rotterdam,
+with additions drawn from the English.{2}
+
+     1  Hippe, 11.
+
+     2  On these German issues Hippe is full, but I have given
+     only what is needed to identify them.
+
+[18]One of the strangest uses made of the narrative of Pine is to be
+found in Schoeben's translation into German of Jan Mocquet's "Voyages en
+Africque," etc., a work of some estimation which had already twice been
+published in France and once in a Dutch translation before Schoeben
+printed his edition in 1688. As pages inserted quite arbitrarily
+in Mocquets compilation, Schoeben gave Pine's story in full, with a
+paragraph of introduction which not a little abuses the truth while
+giving an additional color of truth. He asserted that while kept at
+Lisbon by the Dutch blockade, he was thrown much in the company of an
+Englishman, one of the Pine family, who were all regarded as notable
+seamen. From this man, then awaiting an opportunity to sail for the
+West Indies, our author heard a very strange story of the origin of the
+Pines, a story then quite notorious at Lisbon. Then follows, with some
+embroidery, a version of the Neville pamphlet, which is not like any
+German translation seen by me, but so full as to extend over ten pages
+of the volume. It ends with a reiteration of the wholly false manner
+in which this story had been obtained. So bold an appropriation of the
+narrative, with a provenience entirely new and as fictitious as the
+story itself, and its bodily inclusion by an editor in a work of
+recognized merit, where it is between two true recitals, cannot be
+defended.{1}
+
+     1 Mocquet's work originally appeared in Rouen in 1645, and a
+     Dutch translation was published at Dordrecht in 1656. A
+     second French issue, apparently unchanged in text, was put
+     out at Rouen in 1665, and in 1618 Schoeben's edition,
+     printed at Lûneberg by Johann Georg Lippers, preceded by
+     eight years an English translation made by Nathaniel Pullen.
+     The Pine tract appears, of course, only in Schoeben's
+     volume.
+
+The tract passed to Cambridge, Massachusetts, before or early in
+September, and it would indeed be interesting to know [19]how and
+through whose hands it passed before reaching Marmaduke Johnson--to his
+undoing. Hezekiah Usher was the only bookseller in Boston at the time,
+and possibly his son, John, may have been associated with him. They
+ordered what they desired from London booksellers and publishers, and
+may have received voluntary consignments of publications from London.
+That would be a somewhat precarious venture, for nothing could be more
+different than the reading markets in Boston and in London, especially
+in the lighter products of the press. Had it come through the Ushers,
+the title-page might state that it had been printed "by M. J. for
+Hezekiah Usher," but in that event Usher would have suffered for not
+obtaining the needed license. The probability is that Johnson was alone
+responsible and was tempted by the hope of gain.
+
+These were all contemporary issues, coming from the press within six
+months of the first appearance of the tract in London. So startling a
+popularity, so widely shown, was a tribute to the opportunity rather
+than to the contents of the piece. And the European interest continued
+for a full century. In Germany it was included in a number of
+collections of voyages, in Denmark it was printed in 1710 and 1789,
+and in France Abbé Prévost took it for his compilation of 1767 on
+discoveries. The English republication of 1778 has peculiar interest,
+for it was due to no other than Thomas Hollis, the benefactor of the
+library of Harvard College, who saw more in the tract than can now be
+recognized, and induced Cadell to reprint it.
+
+
+
+[20]
+
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+
+In the absence of any positive objection, the conclusion of the auction
+expert--that the S. G. imprint was one of Samuel Green of Cambridge,
+Massachusetts--remained unquestioned. But a study of editions and of the
+chronological sequence of the English issues offers a decided negative
+to such a conclusion. The first part was licensed June 27, 1668. Van
+Sloetten dated the second part July 22, 1668, and the issue of the
+combined parts was licensed five days later, July 27. In the space
+of just four weeks all three trads were licensed, and the actual
+publication must have occurred within the same period of time. Such had
+been the start obtained by the first part that on the continent it was
+used for reprint and translation, almost to the neglect of the second
+part, and, as we have seen, most of these translations appeared before
+the end of 1668. Now the tract was not known in Massachusetts until
+discovered by the inquest on printers in September, and a S. G. or
+Samuel Green edition could hardly have come from the press before
+October, even if not delayed by the proceedings against Johnson. Yet on
+die title-page of the Dutch translation issued at Rotterdam in 1668, the
+printer states at length that it is from a copy from London, by S. G.
+for Allen Banks and Charles Harper, in the Lily near Cripplegate Church,
+and in his note "To the Reader" he expressly repeats that he obtained
+a copy of the work from London, in order to correct a faulty issue by
+another Dutch printer.
+
+If S. G. was Samuel Green, we must suppose that one of his Cambridge
+issues was shipped to Rotterdam in time to [21]be translated and
+reprinted before the end of the year. In point of time the thing could
+be done, but in point of probability it was impossible. Apart from his
+own statement, there were a thousand to one chances in favor of the
+Dutch printer obtaining the pamphlet from London; there were ten
+thousand chances to one against his getting it from Massachusetts. I
+reject the supposition that this was a Cambridge imprint for that reason
+alone.
+
+Additional evidence hostile to the claim may be adduced. The copy of the
+first tract in the British Museum is the S. G. for Banks and Harper.{1}
+
+     1  It is erroneously described as "an abridgment."
+
+No other London imprint is to be found there or in the larger libraries
+of England. Of the three other copies located, that sold at audion (the
+White Kennett copy) and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society
+came direct from England, and the actual provenance of the copy in the
+New York Historical Society is not known. It belonged to Rufus King,
+long United States minister near the court of St James's, and is bound
+with other tracts under a general title of "Topographical Collection,
+Vol. I." The binding, Mr. Kelby tells me, is American. There is no mark
+to show when or where King obtained the pamphlet, and the Society
+did not receive it until 1906. That Rufus King belongs as much to
+Massachusetts as to New York is too slight a foundation on which to
+erect a claim that this particular tract was of Massachusetts origin.
+
+In no case, therefore, can an American setting to any one of the four
+known copies of the S. G. "Isle of Pines" be [22]established.{1} The
+probabilities are all against Samuel Green. The incident is a good
+example of the danger of giving play to the imagination on an appearance
+of a combination of fads cemented by interest.
+
+Thus disappears from our memory the certain identification of the S. G.
+pamphlet as an early issue of the press in Cambridge, and with it goes
+my identification of the Johnson pamphlet with the S. G. title-page--a
+veritable pipe dream. It might be urged that as White Kennett was
+collecting on America, it would be more than probable that he would
+have had an American issue; but his own catalogue of 1713 describes the
+nine-page tract, and that is our London edition. I might claim still
+that my Johnson was a Johnson, with a London title-page; but the
+typographical adornment on the first page of its text is just the same
+as the adornment on the first page of the London issue--three rows
+of fleur-de-lys, thirty-seven in each row, and the same kind of type
+characters.{2}
+
+     1 Lowndes indexes it under George Pine, and describes a
+     nine-page trait--probably the one now in the British Museum.
+     He quotes a sale of a copy in it 60 (Puttkk) for £4.10s. He
+     indexes the combined parts under Sloetten, and notes a copy,
+     with the plate, sold in the White Knights sale for 1s..
+
+     2  To attempt to reason from types or rule of thumb
+     measurements, however suggestive, leads to indefinite
+     conclusions. For example, the width of the type page of the
+     S. G. issue of the first part is exactly that of the English
+     issue of the second part, but the former has 33 tines to the
+     page and the latter a a. The width of the page in the
+     variant S. G. issue is narrower and there are 38 and 39
+     lines to the page. But in the London second part the width
+     of page varies by a quarter of an inch. We have Marmaduke
+     Johnson's issue of Paine's Daily Meditations y issued in
+     1670 in connection with S. G. The ornamental border of
+     fleur-de-lys is entirely different from those in the S. G.
+     Isle of Pines. A copy of Johnson's issue of Scottow's
+     translation of Bretz on the Anabaptists, printed in 1668,
+     the very year of the Isle of Pines, shows a different foot
+     of italics from that used in the Isle of Pines variant,
+     yet the roman characters in the two pieces seem identical,
+     and the width of page is exactly the same.
+
+So I bid farewell to my theory, [23]and can only congratulate myself on
+having cleared one point--the London issue--and on having introduced
+a new confusion by the discovery of a second London issue with an
+identical title-page, a problem for the future to solve. I much doubt if
+a true Johnson issue will ever be found, for I believe the action of the
+authorities prevented its birth.
+
+In the library of Mr. Henry E. Huntington is a London issue of which
+I do not find another example. It contains sixteen pages, and the
+title-page gives neither printer's name nor place of publication. It may
+be the first issue, or it may be a later re-issue of the tract, for the
+type, especially the italic, is better than that in the S. G. issue.
+The punctuation also is more carefully looked after, and the whole
+appearance suggests an eighteenth century print. As the original was
+duly licensed, there was no reason to suppress the names of printer or
+booksellers. Nor could the contents of the piece call out controversy
+or hostility from any political faction or religious following. It
+was proper for the author to omit his name from the publication, if he
+desired to remain unknown; but the publisher, having the support of the
+licenser, had every reason to advertise his connexion with the tract,
+although he could not have anticipated so ready an acceptance by the
+public. While I place the Huntington pamphlet first in the bibliography,
+I am more inclined to regard it as a publication made at a later time.
+
+
+
+[24]
+
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+
+The English edition of thirty-one pages in the John Carter Brown
+Library, with an engraved frontispiece,{1} offers still further proof
+that the S. G. issue was made in London. In place of being entirely
+different from the S. G. tract, it is precisely the same so far as text
+is concerned. For it is nothing more than the two parts combined, but
+combined in a peculiar manner. The second part was opened at page 6
+and the first part inserted, entire and without change of text{2} This
+insertion runs into page 16, where a sentence is inserted to carry on
+the relation: "After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this
+Relation, then proceeded he on in his discourse." The rest of the text
+of the second part follows, and pages 27-31 of the combined parts seem
+to be the very type pages of pages 20-24 of the second part{3} In this
+sandwich form one must read six pages before coming to the text of the
+first part, and a careless reader, comparing only the respective first
+pages, would conclude that a pamphlet of thirty-one pages could have no
+likeness [25]to one of nine.
+
+     1  The plate in the copy in the John Carter Brown Library
+     does not belong to that issue, but is inserted in so clumsy
+     a manner as to prevent reproduction. The same plate is found
+     in a copy of the ten-page S.G. issue in the library of Mr.
+     Henry E. Huntington, and to all appearances belongs to that
+     issue.
+
+     2   The last sentence on page 6 of the second part read:
+     "Then proceeded he on in his discourse saying," and there
+     are no pages numbered 7 and 8, although there is no break in
+     the text, the catch-word on page 6 being the first word on
+     page 9. In the combined parts, the last words on page 6
+     constitute a phrase: "which Copy hereafter followeth."
+
+     3 The only change made is in the heading of the Post-script,
+     which was wrongly printed in the second part as "Post-
+     script." On page 26 of the combined parts the words "except
+     burning" were inserted, not appearing in the second part.
+
+On typographical evidence it is safe to assume that the three pieces
+came from the same press, and to assert that the second part and the
+combined parts certainly did. The initials S. G. are found only on the
+first part.
+
+
+
+
+THE PUBLISHERS
+
+The imprints of the three parts agree that the booksellers or publishers
+handling the editions were Allen Banks and Charles Harper. The first
+part gives their shop as the "Flower-De-luice near Cripplegate Church,"
+the second part as the "Flower-de-luce" as before, and the combined
+parts as "next door to the three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over
+against St. Dunstans Church." The church is still there, with more than
+two centuries of dirt and soot marking its walls since Neville wrote,
+and Chancery and Fettar Lanes enable one to place quite accurately the
+location of the booksellers' shop. Only three times do the names of
+Banks and Harper appear as partners on the Stationers' Registers,{1} and
+they separated about 1671, Banks going to the "St Peter at the West End
+of St Pauls." If any judgment may be drawn from their publications after
+ceasing to be partners, Banks leaned to light literature and may have
+been responsible for taking up the "Isle of Pines." Yet Harper was
+Neville's publisher in 1674 and in 1681, a fact which may indicate a
+personal relation.{2}
+
+     1 Eyre and Rivington, ii. 386, 388, and 410.
+
+     2 Sec page 34, infra.
+
+
+
+[26]
+
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+
+By some curious chance this little pamphlet has come to be classed as
+Americana. Bishop Kenneth's Catalogue may have been the source of this
+error, leading collectors to believe that the item was a true relation
+of an actual voyage, and possibly touching upon some phase of American
+history or geography. The rarity of the pamphlet would not permit such a
+belief to be readily corrected. The existence also of two Isles of Pines
+in American waters may have aided the belief.
+
+One of these islands is off the southwestern end of Cuba. On his second
+voyage, Columbus had sailed along the south coast of Cuba, and June
+13,1494, reached an island, which he named Evangelista. Here he
+encountered such difficulties among the shoals that he determined to
+retrace his course to the eastward. But for that experience, he might
+have reached the mainland of America on that voyage. The conquest of the
+island of Cuba by Diego Velasquez in 1511 led to its exploration; but
+geographers could only slowly appreciate what the islands really meant,
+for they were as much misled by the reports of navigators as Columbus
+had been by his prejudice in favor of Cathay.
+
+Toscanelli's map of the Atlantic Ocean (1474) gives many islands between
+Cape Verde and the "coast of spices," of which "Cippangu" is the largest
+and most important.{1}
+
+     1  This map, as reconstructed from Martin Behaim's globe, is
+     in Scottish Geographical Magazine, 1893.
+
+On Juan de laCosa's sea chart, 1500, Cuba is fairly drawn, with the sea
+to the south dotted with islands without names. In a few years the mist
+surrounding [27]the new world had so far been dispelled as to disclose a
+quite accurate detail of the larger West Indian islands{1} and to offer
+a continent to the west, one that placed Cipangu still far too much
+to the east of the coast of Asia.{2} An island of some size off the
+southwest of Cuba seems to have been intended at first for Jamaica, but
+certainly as early as 1536 that island had passed to its true position
+on the maps, and the island to the west is without a name. Nor can it
+be confused with Yucatan, which for forty years was often drawn as an
+island. On the so-called Wolfenbuttel-Spanish map of 1525-30 occurs the
+name "J. de Pinos," probably the first occurrence of the name upon any
+map in the sixteenth century. Two other maps of that time--Colon's and
+Ribero's, dated respectively 1527 and 1529--call it "Y de Pinos," and on
+the globe of Ulpius, to which the year 1542 is assigned, "de Pinos"
+is clearly marked. Bellero's map, 1550, has an island "de pinolas."
+Naturally, map-makers were slow to adopt new names, and in the numerous
+editions of Ptolemy the label St Iago was retained almost to the end of
+the century.{3} On the Agnese map there are two islands, one named "S.
+Tiago," the other "pinos," which introduced a new confusion, though he
+was not followed by most geographers until Wytfliet, 1597, gave both
+names to the same island--"S. Iago siue Y de Pinas"--in which he is
+followed by Hondius, 1633.{4} Ortelius, 1579, [28]adopts "I Pinnorum,"
+while Linschoten, 1598, has "Pinas," and Herrera, 1601, "Pinos."
+
+     1  The Agnese Atlas of 1529 may be cited as an example.
+
+     2   See, for example, the so-called Stobnicza [Joannes,
+     Stobnicensis] map of 151a, and the Ptolemy of 1513
+     (Strassburg).
+
+     3  Muenster, 1540. Cabot, 1544, and Desceller, 1546, give "Y
+     de Pinos."
+
+     4  Mr. P. Lee Phillips, to whom I am indebted for references
+     to atlases of the time, also supplies the following:
+     Lafreri, 1575 (?) "S. Tiagoj" Percacchi, 1576, "S. Tiago;"
+     Santa Cruz, 1541, "Ya de Pinosj" and Dudley, 1647, "I de
+     Pinos." Hakloyt (iii. 617) prints a "Ruttier" for the
+     West Indies, without date, but probably of the end of the
+     sixteenth century, which contains the following; "The
+     markes of Isla de Pinos. The Island of Pinos stretcheth it
+     selfe East and West, and is full of homocks, and if you
+     chance to see it at full sea, it will shew like 3 Islands,
+     as though there were divers soundes betweene them, and that
+     in the midst is the greatest; and in rowing with them, it
+     will make all a firme lande: and upon the East side of these
+     three homocks it will shewe all ragged; and on the West
+     side of them will appeare unto you a lowe point even with
+     the sea, and oftentimes you shall see the trees before you
+     shall discerne the point."
+
+When the name given by Columbus was dropped and by whom the island was
+named "de Pinos" cannot be determined.
+
+Our colleague, Mr. Francis R. Hart, has called my attention to a second
+Isle of Pines in American waters, being near Golden Island, which was
+situated in the harbor or bay on which the Scot Darien expedition made
+its settlement of New Edinburgh. The bay is still known as Caledonia
+Bay, and the harbor as Porto Escoces, but the Isla de Pinas as well as a
+river of the same name do not appear on maps of the region. The curious
+may find references to the island in the printed accounts of the
+unfortunate Darien colony.
+
+The Isle of Pines could thus be found on the map as an actual island in
+the West Indies; but the "Isle of Pines" of our tract existed only
+in the imagination of the writer. The mere fact of its having been
+printed--but not published--in Cambridge, Massachusetts, does not
+entitle it to be classed even indirectly as Americana, any more than
+Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress or [29]Thomas à Kempis could be so marked on
+the strength of their having a Massachusetts imprint Curiosities of the
+American press they may be, but they serve only as crude measures of the
+existing taste for literature since become recognized as classic.
+
+The dignified Calendar of State Papers in the Public Record Office,
+London, gravely indexes a casual reference to the tract under West
+Indies, and the impression that the author wrote of the Cuban island
+probably accounts for the different editions in the John Carter Brown
+Library, as well as for the price obtained for the White Kennett copy.
+No possible reason can be found, however, for regarding the "Isle of
+Pines" in any of its forms as Americana.
+
+
+
+
+THE AUTHOR
+
+Thus far I have been concerned with externals, and before turning to the
+contents of the tract itself in an endeavor to explain the extraordinary
+popularity it enjoyed, something must be said of the author--Henry
+Neville. Like most of the characters engaged in the politics of England
+in the middle of the seventeenth century, he has suffered at the hands
+of his biographer, Anthony à Wood,{1} merely because he belonged to
+the opposite party--the crudest possible measure of merit For the odium
+politicum and the odium theologicum are twin agents of detraction, and
+the writing of history would be dull indeed were it not for the joy of
+digging out an approximation to the truth from opposing opinions. Where
+the material is so scanty it will be safer [30]to summarize what is
+known, without attempting to pass finally upon Neville's position among
+his contemporaries.
+
+     1 Athenæ Oxoniemses (Bliss), iv. 413.
+
+The second son of Sir Henry Neville, and grandson of Sir Henry Neville
+(1564?-1615), courtier and diplomatist under Elizabeth and James I,
+Henry Neville was born in Billing-bear, Berkshire, in 1620. He became
+a commoner of Merton College in 1635, and soon after migrated to
+University College, where he passed some years but took no degree. He
+travelled on the continent, becoming familiar with modern languages and
+men, and returned to England in 1645, to recruit for Abingdon for the
+parliament Wood states that Neville "was very great with Harry
+Marten, Tho. Chaloner, Tho. Scot, Jam. Harrington and other zealous
+commonwealths men." His association with them probably arose from his
+membership of the council of state (1651), and also from his agreement
+with them in their suspicions of Cromwell, who, in his opinion, "gaped
+after the government by a single person." In consequence he was banished
+from London in 1654, and on Oliver's death was returned to parliament
+December 30,1658, as burgess for Reading. An attempt to exclude him on
+charges of atheism and blasphemy failed.
+
+He was undoubtedly somewhat closely associated with James Harrington,
+the author of "Oceana," and was regarded as a "strong doctrinaire
+republican." He was a member of the club--the Rota--formed by Harrington
+for discussing and disseminating his political views, a club which
+continued in existence only a few months, from November, 1659, to
+February, 1660; but its name is embalmed in one of Harrington's
+essays--"The Rota"--published in 1660, and extracted from his "Art of
+Law-giving," [31]which was itself an abridgment of the "Oceana."
+
+At this time, says Wood, Neville was "esteemed to be a man of good
+parts, yet of a factious and turbulent spirit." On the restoration he
+"sculk'd for a time," and, arrested for a supposed connection in the
+Yorkshire rising of 1663, he was released for want of evidence against
+him, retiring from all participation in politics. For twenty years
+before his death he lived in lodgings in Silver Street, near Bloomsbury
+market, and dying on September 20, 1694, he was buried in the parish
+church of Warfield, Berkshire. By his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of
+Richard Staverton of Warfield, he had no issue.{2} In his retirement he
+found occupation in political theory. He translated some of the writings
+of Machiavelli, which he had obtained in Italy in 1645, and published
+some verses of little merit.
+
+     {1} Wood.
+
+     {2}  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+It cannot be said that a reading of Neville's productions before 1681
+raises him in our estimation, it certainly does not give the impression
+of a man of letters, a student of government, or even a politician of
+the day. There is always the possibility in these casual writings of
+a purpose deeper than appears to the reader of the present day, of a
+meaning which escapes him because the special combination of events
+creating the occasion cannot be reconstructed. The "Parliament of
+Ladies," which was published in two parts in 1647, has little meaning
+to the reader, though they appeared in the year when the Parliament took
+notice of the "many Seditious, False and Scandalous Papers and Pamphlets
+daily printed and published in and about the cities of London and
+Westminster, and thence dispersed [32]into all parts of this Realm, and
+other parts beyond the Seas, to the great abuse and prejudice of the
+People, and insufferable reproach of the proceedings of the Parliament
+and their Army."{1}
+
+To write, print, or sell any unlicensed matter whatsoever would be
+liable to fine or imprisonment, and to whet the zeal of discovery
+one-half of the fine was to go to the informer. Every publication,
+from a book to a broadsheet, must bear the name of author, printer,
+and licenser. Neither of Neville's pamphlets of 1647 conformed to the
+requirements of this act, which is not, however, positive evidence that
+they did not appear after the promulgation of the law. Suppression of
+printing has proved a difficult task to rulers, even when supported
+by public opinion or an army. The Stationers' Registers show that the
+"Parliament of Ladies" and its sequel were not properly entered; nor do
+they contain any reference to Neville's "News from the New Exchange,"
+issued in 1650.{2}
+
+Nine years passed before he printed a pamphlet which marked his
+break with Cromwell--"Shuffling, Cutting, and Dealing in a Game of
+Picquet."{3}
+
+     1  Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, i. 1021. Though
+     dated September 30, the act was entered at Stationers' Hall
+     September 19. Eyre and Rivington, i. 276.
+
+     2  It was reprinted in 1731.
+
+     3  It is in the Harleian Miscellany, v. 298, and a copy of
+     the meanly printed original is in the Ticknor Collection,
+     Boston Public Library.
+
+This little pamphlet was put out in the poorest dress possible,
+bespeaking a press of meagre equipment, and a printer without an idea
+of the form which even the leaflet can assume in skilful hands. Without
+imprint, author's name, or any mark of identification, it indicates a
+secret impression and [33]issue--one of the many occasional pamphlets
+which appeared at the time from "underground" shops which least of all
+wanted to be known as the agent of publication. Neville either avowed
+the authorship or it was traced to him, and the displeasure of Cromwell
+and banishment from London followed.
+
+In 1681 he printed "Discourses concerning Government," which was much
+admired by Hobbes, and even Wood admits that it was "very much bought up
+by the members [of parliament], and admired: But soon after, when they
+understood who the author was (for his name was not set to the book),
+many of the honest party rejected, and had no opinion of it" A later
+writer describes it as an "un-Platonic dialogue developing a scheme
+for the exercise of the royal prerogative through councils of state
+responsible to Parliament, and of which a third part should retire every
+year."{1} Reissued at the time under its better known title--"Plato
+Redivivus"{2}--it was reprinted in 1742,{3} and again by Thomas Hollis
+in 1763.
+
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+     2  Plato Redivivus, or A Dialogue concerning Government:
+     wherein, by Observations drawn from other Kingdoms and
+     States both ancient and modern, an Endeavour is used to
+     discover the politick Distemper of our own; with the Causes
+     and Remedies. The Second Edition, with Additions. In Octavo.
+     Price 2s. 6d. Printed for S. I. and sold by R. Dew. The Term
+     Catalogues (Arber), 1.443--the issue for May, 1681. The
+     initials S. I. do not again occur in the Catalogues, and R.
+     Dew is credited with only two issues, both in May, 1681,
+     neither giving the location of his shop. The tract called
+     out several replies, such as the anonymous Antidotum
+     Brittanicum and Goddard's Plato's Demon, or the State
+     Physician Unmasked ( 1684).
+
+     3  A copy is in the Library Company, Philadelphia.
+
+His translations from Machiavelli are not so easily traced, nor is any
+explanation possible for his having delayed for nearly [34]thirty years
+publication of evidence of his admiration for the Florentine politician.
+He was not alone in desiring to make the Italian political moralist
+better known, for translations of the "Discourses" and "The Prince,"
+with "some marginal animadversions noting and taxing his [Machiavelli's]
+errors," by E. D.{1} was published in a second edition in November,
+1673, but I do not connect Neville with that issue. In the following
+year the connection of Charles Harper's name with the "Florentine
+History" suggests Neville, as does a more ambitious undertaking of the
+"Works," first fathered by another London bookseller, but with which
+Harper was concerned in 1681:
+
+The Florentine History, in Eight Books. Written by Nicholas Machiavel,
+Citizen and Secretary of Florence: now exactly translated from the
+Italian. In Octavo. Price, bound, 6s. Printed for Charles Harper, and J.
+Amery, at the Flower de luce, and Peacock, in Fleet street.{2}
+
+The Works of the Famous Nicholas Machiavel, Citizen and Secretary of
+Florence. Containing, 1. The History of Florence. 2. The Prince. 3. The
+Original of the Guelf and Ghibilin Factions. 4. The life of Castrucio
+Castraceni. 5. The murther of Vitelli, etc., by Duke Valentine. 6. The
+State of France. 7. The State of Germany. 8. The Discourses of Titus
+Livius. 9. The Art of War. 10. The Marriage of Belphegery a Novel.{3}
+
+     1  Edward Dacres.
+
+     2  The Term Catalogues (Arber i. 18--the issue for November
+     25,1674.) It was entered at Stationers' Hall, June 20,
+     1674, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and Master
+     Warden Mean" with the statement that the translation was
+     made by "J. D. Gent."
+
+     3  This novel wa added by Starker to a translation of novels
+     by Gomez deQueverdoy Villegas published in November, 1670.
+     The name of the printer suggests a connection with Neville.
+
+[35]11. Nicholas Machiavel's Letter in Vindication of himself and his
+Writings. All written originally in Italian; and from thence newly and
+faithfully Translated in English. In Folio. Price, bound, 18s. Printed
+for J. Starkey at the Mitre in Flret street near Temple Bar.
+
+[Same Title.] The Second Edition. Printed for J. Starkey, C. Harper, and
+J. Amery, at the Miter, the Flower de luce, and the Peacock, in Flret
+street. Folio. Price, bound, 16s.{1}
+
+     1  The Term Catalogues (Arber) i.199--the issue for
+     February, 1675. Entered at Stationers' Hall, February 4,
+     1674-75, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and
+     Master Warden Roycroft," with the statement that the
+     translation was made by "J.B. Salvo iure cuilibet." The
+     resort to L'Estrange in both instances is suggestive. 2  Ib
+     453--the issue for June, 1681. "The Works of that famous
+     Nicholas Machiavel" is announced in the Catalogues, June,
+     1675, for publication by R. Boulter, in Cornhill, and at the
+     same price of 18s., but I doubt if Neville had anything to
+     do with that translation.
+
+It may be admitted that questions of government were eagerly discussed
+in the seventeenth century. It was only needed to live under the Stuarts
+and to pass through the Civil War and Protectorate to realize that
+a transition from the divinely anointed ruler to a self-constituted
+governor resting upon an army, and again to a trial of the legitimate
+holder of royal prerogative, offered an education in matters of
+political rule which naturally led to a constitutional monarchy, and
+which could not be equalled in degree or lasting importance until the
+American colonies of Great Britain questioned the policy of the mother
+country toward her all too energetic children. Hobbes' "Leviathan, or
+the Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil,"
+appeared in 1651, a powerful argument for absolutism, but cast in such
+a form as to make the [36]writer an unwelcome adherent to royalty in
+exile.
+
+In 1652 Filmer published his "Observations concerning the Original of
+Government," one of a series of tracts, completed by his "Patriarcha,"
+printed after his death, which has made him a prophet of the extreme
+supporters of the divine origin of kingship. These are only examples
+of the political discussion of the day, and to them may be added
+Harrington, whose "Oceanan" appeared in 1656.{1} It satisfied no party
+or faction, and a second edition was not called for until 1700, when
+other writings of the author were added. This compilation was, in 1737,
+pirated by a Dublin printer, R. Reilly, who added Neville's "Plato
+Redivivus;"{2} but the third English edition (1747), issued by the same
+printer who made the second edition, omitted Neville's tract.
+
+     1  Entered at Stationers' Hall by Livewell Chapman,
+     September 19,1656. Eyre and Rivington, ii. 86.
+
+     2  Bibliotheca Liudeusianat ii. 4228.
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY
+
+"The Isle of Pines" was Neville's fifth publication, issued nine years
+after his fourth, a political tract: "Shuffling, Cutting and Dealing
+in a Game of Picquet" Like most titles of the day, that of "The Isle of
+Pines" did not fail in quantity. It was repeated word for word, except
+the imprint, on the first page of the text. Briefly, the relation
+purports to have been written by an Englishman, George Pine, who at the
+age of twenty shipped as book-keeper in the India Merchant, which sailed
+for the East Indies in 1569.
+
+Having rounded the Cape of Good Hope and [37]being almost within sight
+of St. Lawrence's Island, now Madagascar,{1} they encountered a great
+storm of wind, which separated the ship from her consorts, blew many
+days, and finally wrecked the vessel on a rocky island. The entire
+company was drowned except Pine, the daughter of his master, two
+maid-servants, and one negro female slave. They gathered what they could
+of the wreckage, and Pine and his companions lived there in community
+life, a free-love settlement By the four women he had forty-seven
+children, and in his sixtieth year he claimed to have 565 children,
+grandchildren, and great-grandchildren. It was from one of his
+grandchildren that the Dutch ship received the relation. Apart from the
+title-page, the entire tract is occupied by the story of George Pine,
+from whom the island took its name. In 1667, or ninety-eight years after
+Pine was wrecked, the Dutch captain estimated that the population of the
+island amounted to ten or twelve thousand persons. Methuselah, with his
+years to plead for him, might boast of such breeding, but in ordinary
+man it is too near the verminous, the rat, the guinea-pig, and the
+rabbit, to be pleasant.
+
+     1 It was the Island of St. Laurence of James Lancaster's
+     Voyage, 1593. Hakluyt, Principall Navigations, vi. 401.
+
+The publication must have attracted attention at once, for before
+the end of July Neville put forth a second part, "A New and further
+Discovery of The Isle of Pines," which purported to be the relation of
+the Dutch captain to whom the history of Pines had been confided. It is
+an unadorned story such as might have been gathered from a dozen tales
+in Hakluyt or Purchas, and is interesting only in giving the name of
+the [38]Dutch captain--Cornelius Van Sloetton--and the location of
+the supposed island--longitude 76° and latitude 20°, under the third
+climate--which places it to the northeast of Madagascar. Almost
+immediately after the publication of the second part it was combined
+with the first part, as already described, and published late in July
+or early in August Cornelius Van Sloetton, as he signed himself in the
+second part, became Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten in the combined issue.
+
+
+
+
+INTERPRETATIONS
+
+It was Pine's relation which received the greatest attention on the
+continent, and that was chiefly concerned in describing his performances
+in populating the island. It was therefore with only a mild surprise
+that I read in one of those repulsively thorough studies which only a
+German can make, a study made in 1668 of this very tract, "The Isle
+of Pines," the assertion that Pines, masquerading as the name of the
+discoverer and patriarch of the island, and accepted as the name of
+the island itself, was only an anagram on the male organ of
+generation--penis. On one of the German issues in the John Carter Brown
+[39]Library this has also been noted by a contemporary hand.{1} Such an
+interpretation reduces our tract to a screaming farce, but it closely
+suits the general tone of other of Neville's writings, which are
+redolent of the sensual license of the restoration. To this I would add
+an emendation of my own. The name adopted by Neville was Henry Cornelius
+van Sloetten. It suggests a somewhat forcible English word--slut--of
+doubtful origin, although forms having some resemblance in sound and
+sense occur in the Scandinavian languages.
+
+     1   Christian Weise, Prof. Polit, in augusteo in A. 1685.
+
+Such interpretations seem to fit the work better than that of a German
+critic, who sees in the book a sort of Utopia, a model community, or
+an exhibition in the development of law and order. Free love led
+to license, maids were ravished, and the complete promiscuity of
+intercourse disgusted Pine, who sought to suppress it by force and, in
+killing the leader of a revolt, a man with negro blood in his veins, to
+impose punishments for acts which he had himself done. The ground for
+believing that Neville had any such purpose when he wrote the book is
+too slight to be accepted. In 1668 the author had no call to convey a
+lesson in government to his countrymen by any means so frankly vulgar
+and pointless as the "Isle of Pines." If Neville had intended such a
+political object, a phrase would have sufficed to indicate it. No
+such key can be found in the text, and there is nothing to show that,
+politician as he was, he realized that such an intimation could be drawn
+from his paragraphs.
+
+To assume, therefore, that so carefully hidden a suggestion of a model
+republic could have aided the circulation [40]of the pamphlet at the
+time, or at any later period, is to introduce an element unnecessary
+to explain the vogue of the relation. It passed simply as a story
+of adventure, and as such it fell upon a time when a wide public was
+receptive to the point of being easily duped. Wood asserts that the
+"Isle of Pines," when first published, "was look'd upon as a mere sham
+or piece of drollery; "{1} and there are few contemporary references to
+the relation of either Pine or Van Sloetten, and those few are of little
+moment If the seamen, who were in a position to point out discrepancies
+of fad in the story, made any comment or criticism, I have failed to
+discover them.
+
+     1  Athenæ Oxomiensis (Bliss), iv. 410.
+
+Neville himself freely played with the subject, and it is strange that
+he did not excite some suspicion of his veracity among his readers.
+He had told in his first part of a Dutch ship which was driven by foul
+weather to the island and of the giving to the Dutch the story of
+Pine. His second part is the story of the Dutch captain, sailing from
+Amsterdam, re-discovering the Isle of Pines, and returning home--that
+is, to Holland. Yet Neville for the combined issue, and presumably only
+a few days after giving out the first part, composed two letters from
+a merchant of Amsterdam--Abraham Keek--dated June 29 and July 6, saying
+that the last post from Rochelle brought intelligence of a French vessel
+which had just arrived and reported the discovery of this very island,
+but placing it some two or three hundred leagues "Northwest from Cape
+Finis Terre," though, he added with reasonable caution, "it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact [41]point of the compass from Cape Finis Terre."
+
+Keek offered an additional piece of geographical information, that "some
+English here suppose it maybe the Island of Brasile which have been so
+oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland."{1} The first letter of Keek is
+dated five days after the licensing of the first part of the "Isle
+of Pines," and the second sixteen days before the date of Sloetten's
+narrative. It is hardly possible that Neville could have been forgetful
+of his having made a Dutch vessel responsible for the discovery and
+history of Pine, and it is more than probable that he took this means of
+giving greater verisimilitude to the Isle of Pines, by bringing forward
+an independent discovery by a French vessel. However intended, the ruse
+did not contribute to such a purpose, as the combined parts did not
+enjoy as wide a circulation as the first part.
+
+     1  See page 53, infra.
+
+On the continent a German, who knew the tract only as translated into
+German through a Dutch version of the English text, and therefore
+imperfectly, gave it serious consideration, and had little difficulty in
+finding inconsistencies and contradictions. Some of his questions went
+to the root of the matter. It was a Dutch ship which first found the
+Isle of Pines and its colony; why was not the discovery first announced
+by the Dutch? Piece by piece the critic takes down the somewhat clumsily
+fashioned structure of Neville's fiction, and in the end little remains
+untouched by suspicion. No such examination, dull and labored in form,
+and offering no trace of imagination which wisely permits itself to be
+deceived in details in order to be free to accept a whole, could pass
+beyond the narrow circle of a university.
+
+[42]As an antidote to the attractions of Neville's tract it was
+powerless, and to-day it remains as much of a curiosity as it was in
+1668, when it was written. Indeed, a question might be raised as to
+which tract was less intentionally a joke--Neville's "Isle of Pines," or
+our German's ponderous essay upon it? At least the scientific
+ignorance of the Englishman, perfectly evident from the start, is more
+entertaining than the pseudo-science of the German critic, who boldly
+asserts as impossible what has come to be a commonplace.{1}
+
+     1   Das verdachtige Pineser-Eylandd, No. 29 in the
+     Bibliography. It it dedicated to Anthonio Goldbeck,
+     Burgomaster of Altona, and the letter of dedication b dated
+     at Hamburg, October 26, 1668.
+
+Hippe calls attention to the geography of the relation as not the least
+interesting of its features, for the neighborhood of the Island of
+Madagascar was used in other sea stories as a place of storm and
+catastrophe. "The ship on which Simplicissimus wished to return
+to Portugal, suffered shipwreck likewise near Madagascar, and the
+paradisiac island on which Grimmelshausen permits his hero finally to
+land in company with a carpenter, is also to be sought in this region.
+In precisely the same way the shipwreck of Sadeur,{1} the hero of a
+French Robinson Crusoe story, [43]happens on the coast of Madagascar,
+and from this was he driven in a southerly direction to the coast of the
+southern land."
+
+     1  La Terre Australe commue, a romance written by Gabriel de
+     Foigny (pseud. J. Sadeur), describing the stay of Sadeur on
+     the southern continent for more than thirty-five years, The
+     original edition, made in Geneva in 1676, is said to contain
+     "many impious and licentious passages which were omitted in
+     the later editions." Sabin (xviii. 220) gives a list of
+     editions, the first English translation appearing in 1693.
+     It is possible that the author owed the idea of his work to
+     Neville's pamphlet.
+
+In most of the older surveys of the known world America counts as the
+fourth part, naturally coming after Europe, Asia, and Africa. Even that
+arrangement was not generally accepted. Joannes Leo (Hasan Ibn Muhammad,
+al-Wazzan), writing in 1556, properly called Africa "la tierce Partie du
+Monde;" but the Seigneur de la Popellinière, in his "Les Trois Mondes,"
+published in 1582, divided the globe into three parts--1. Europe, Asia,
+and Africa; 2. America, and 3. Australia. A half century later,
+Pierre d'Avitz, of Toumon (Ardèche), entitled one of his compositions
+"Description Générale de l'Amérique troisiesme partie du Monde," first
+published in 1637.{2} The expedition under Alvaro de Mendana de Nevra,
+setting sail from Callao, November 19, 1567, and steering westward,
+sought to clear doubt concerning a continent which report had pictured
+as being somewhere in the Pacific Ocean. The Solomon Islands rewarded
+the enterprise, and with New Guinea and the Philippines completed
+a connection between Peru and the continent of Asia. There had long
+existed, however, a settled belief in the existence of a great continent
+in the southern hemisphere, which should serve as a counterpoise to the
+known lands in the northern.
+
+     1  A copy is in the Boston Athenaeum.
+
+The geographical ideas of the times required such a continent, [44]and
+even before the circumnavigation of Africa, the world-maps indicated
+to the southward "terra incognita secundum Ptolemeum,"{1} or a land of
+extreme temperature and wholly unknown.{2} The sailing of ships round
+the Cape of Good Hope dissipated in some degree this belief but it
+merely placed some distance between that cape and the supposed Terra
+Australia which was now extended to the south of America, separated on
+the maps from that continent only by the narrow Straits of Magellan, and
+stretching to the westward, almost approaching New Guinea.{3}
+
+     1  As on the Ptolemy, Ulm, 1482.
+
+     2  As in Macrobius, In Sommium Scipionis Expositio, Brescia,
+     1483. 3  See the map of Oronce Fine, 1522, and Ortelius,
+     Orbis Terrarum 1592. 4  The "Quiri Regio" was long marked on
+     maps as a continent lying to the south of the Solomon
+     Islands.
+
+     3  This was first republished at Augsburg in 1611; in a
+     Latin translation in Henry Hudson's Descriptio ac
+     Delimeatis, Amsterdam, 1612, in Dutch, Verhael van seher
+     Memorial, Amsterdam, 1612; in Bry, 1613, and shortly after
+     in Hulsius; in French, Paris, 1617; and in English, London,
+     1617. I give this list because even so interesting an
+     announcement of a genuine voyage did not have so quick an
+     acceptance as Neville's tract with almost the same title.
+
+Such an expanse of undiscovered land, believed to be rich in gold,
+awakened the resolution of Pedro Fernandez de Queiros, who had been a
+pilot in the Mendafia voyage of 1606. By chance he failed in his object,
+and deceived by the apparent continuous coast line presented to his view
+by the islands of the New Hebrides group, he gave it the resounding
+name of Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, because of the King's title of
+Austria. On the publication of his "Relation" at Seville in 1610, the
+name was altered, and he claimed to have discovered the "fourth part of
+the world, called Terra Australis incognita." Seven years later, [45]in
+1617, it was published in London under the title, "Terra Australia
+incognita, or A new Southerne Discoverie, containing a fifth part of
+the World." It is obvious that geographers and their source of
+information--the adventurous sea captains--were not agreed upon the
+proper number to be assigned to the Terra Australis in the world scheme.
+Even in 1663 the Church seemed in doubt, for a father writes "Mémoires
+touchant l'établissement d'une Mission Chrestienne dans la troisième
+Monde, autrement apellé la Terre Australe, Méridionale, Antartique, &
+I connue."{1} That Neville even drew his title from any of these
+publications cannot be asserted, nor do they explain his designation of
+the Isle of Pines as the fourth island in this southern land; but they
+show the common meaning attached to Terra Australis incognita, and his
+use of the words was a clever, even if not an intentional appeal to the
+curiosity then so active on continents yet to be discovered.
+
+     1  Printed at Paris by Claude Cramoisy, 1663. A copy is in
+     the John Carter Brown Library. In 1756 Charles de Brosse
+     published his Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes
+     from Vespuccius to his own day, which was largely used by
+     John Callender in compiling his Terra Australis Cogmta,
+     1766-68.
+
+Another volume, however, written by one who afterwards became Bishop
+of Norwich, may have been responsible for the conception of Neville's
+pamphlet. This was Joseph Hall's "Mundus Alter et Idem sive Terra
+Australis ante hac semper incognita longis itineribus peregrini
+Academici nuperrime lustrata." The title says it was printed at
+Frankfort, and the statement has been too readily accepted as the fact,
+for the tract was entered at [46]Stationers' Hall by John Porter, June
+2, 1605, and again on August 1, 1608.{1} The biographer of Bishop Hall
+states that it was published at Frankfort by a friend, in 1605, and
+republished at Hanau in 1607, and in a translated form in London about
+1608. It is more than probable that all three issues were made in
+London, and that the so-called Hanau edition was that entered in 1608.
+On January 18, 1608-09, Thomas Thorpe entered the translation, with the
+address to the reader signed John Healey, who was the translator.{2}
+This carried the title: "The Discovery of a New World, or a Description
+of the South Indies hitherto unknown."{3} It is a satirical work with
+no pretense of touching upon realities. Hallam wrote of it: "I can
+only produce two books by English authors in this first part of the
+seventeenth century which fall properly under the class of novels or
+romances; and of these one is written in Latin. This is the Mundus Alter
+and Idem of Bishop Hall, an imitation of the later and weaker volumes
+of Rabelais. A country in Terra Australis is divided into four regions,
+Crapulia, Virginia, Moronea, and Lavernia. Maps of the whole land and of
+particular regions are given; and the nature of the satire, not much of
+which has any especial reference to England, may easily be collected. It
+is not a very successful effort."{4}
+
+     1  Stationers' Registers (Arber), in. 291, 386.
+
+     2  Ib. 400. Healey made an "exceptionally bad" translation
+     of St. Augustine's De Civitate Dei, which remained the only
+     English translation of that work until 1871.
+
+     3  In the Bodleian Library is a copy of the translation with
+     the title, The Discovery of a New World, Tenterbelly,
+     Sheeland, and Fooliana, London, n.d.
+
+     4  Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 2d éd., II.
+     167.
+
+While a later critic, Canon [47]Perry, says of it: "This strange
+composition, sometimes erroneously described as a 'political romance,'
+to which it bears no resemblance whatever, is a moral satire in prose,
+with a strong undercurrent of bitter jibes at the Romish church, and its
+eccentricities, which sufficiently betray the author's main purpose
+in writing it. It shows considerable imagination, wit, and skill
+in latinity, but it has not enough of verisimilitude to make it an
+effective satire, and does not always avoid scurrility."{1} Like
+Neville's production, the satire was misinterpreted.
+
+The title of Neville's tract also recalls the lost play of Thomas
+Nash--"The Isle of Dogs"--for which he was imprisoned on its appearance
+in 1597, and suffered, as he asserted, for the indiscretion of others.
+"As Actaeon was worried by his own hounds," wrote Francis Meres in his
+"Palladis Tamia," "so is Tom Nash of his Isle of Dogs." And three
+years later, in 1600, Nash referred in his "Summers Last Will" to the
+excitement raised by his suppressed play. "Here's a coil about dogs
+without wit! If I had thought the ship of fools would have stay'd to
+take in fresh water at the Isle of Dogs, I would have furnish'd it with
+a whole kennel of collections to the purpose." The incident was long
+remembered. Nine years after Nash's experience John Day published his
+"Isle of Gulls," drawn from Sir Philip Sidney's "Arcadia."{2}
+
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, xxiv. 76.
+
+     2  I take these facts from Sir Sidney Lee's sketch of Nash in
+     the Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 107.
+
+
+
+[48]
+
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+
+I would apologize for taking so much time on a nine-page hoax did it not
+offer something positive in the history of English literature. It has
+long been recognized as one of the more than possible sources of Defoe's
+"Robinson Crusoe." It is truly said that the elements of a masterpiece
+exist for years before they become embodied, that they are floating in
+the air, as it were, awaiting the master workman who can make that
+use which gives to them permanent interest Life on an island, entirely
+separated from the rest of mankind, had formed an incident in many
+tales, but Neville's is believed to have been the first employment by
+an English author of island life for the whole story. And while Defoe
+excludes the most important feature of Neville's tract--woman--from his
+"Robinson Crusoe," issued in April, 1719, he too, four months after,
+published the "Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," in which
+woman has a share. It would be wearisome to undertake a comparison of
+incident; suffice it to say that the "Isle of Pines" has been accepted
+as a pre-Defoe romance, to which the far greater Englishman may have
+been indebted. [49]
+
+[51]
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+
+The Isle of Pines
+
+OR,
+
+[53] A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND near Terra Australis, Incognita
+
+BY
+
+Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten.
+
+Wherein is contained.
+
+
+A True Relation of certain English persons, who in Queen Elizabeths
+time, making a Voyage to the East Indies were cast away, and wracked
+near to the Coast of Terra Australis, Incognita, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women. And now lately Anno Dom. 1667. a Dutch Ship
+making a Voyage to the East Indies, driven by foul weather there, by
+chance have found their Posterity, (speaking good English) to amount
+(as they suppose) to ten or twelve thousand persons. The whole Relation
+(written and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and
+delivered to the Dutch by his Grandchild) Is here annexed with the
+Longitude and Latitude of the Island, the situation and felicity
+thereof, with other matter observable.
+
+Licensed July 27. 1668.
+
+London, Printed for Allen Banks and Charles Harper next door to the
+three Squerrills in Fleet-Street, over against St Dunstans Church, 1668.
+
+Two Letters concerning the Island of Pines to a Credible person in
+Covent Garden.
+
+IT is written by the last Post from Rochel, to a Merchant in this City,
+that there was a French ship arrived, the Mailer and Company of which
+reports, that about 2 or 300 Leagues Northwest from Cape Finis Terre,
+they fell in with an Island, where they went on shore, and found about
+2000 English people without cloathes, only some small coverings about
+their middle, and that they related to them, that at their first coming
+to this Island (which was in Queen Elizabeths time) they were but five
+in number men and women, being cast on shore by distress or otherwise,
+and had there remained ever since, without having any correspondence
+with any other people, or any ship coming to them. This story seems very
+fabulous, yet the Letter is come to a known Merchant, and from a good
+hand in France, so that I thought fit to mention it, it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact point of the Compass, from Cape Finis Terre; I shall enquire more
+particularly about it. Some English here suppose it may be the Island
+of Brasile which have been so oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland, if
+true, we shall hear further about it; your friend and Brother, Abraham
+Keek.
+
+Amsterdam, July the 6th 1668.
+
+IT is said that the Ship that discovered the Island, of which I hinted
+to you in my last, is departed from Rochel, on her way to Zealand,
+several persons here have writ thither to enquire for the said Vessel,
+to know the truth of this business. I was promised a Copy of the Letter
+[54]Amsterdam, June the 29th 1668, that came from France, advising the
+discovery of the Island above-said, but its not yet come to my hand;
+when it cometh, or any further news about this Island, I shall acquaint
+you with it,
+
+Your Friend and Brother,
+
+A. Keck.
+
+{{1 }} [55]Discovered Near to the Coast of Terra Australis Incognita,
+by Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten, in a Letter to a friend in London,
+declaring the truth of his Voyage to the East Indies.
+
+SIR,
+
+I Received your Letter of this second instant, wherein you desire me
+to give you a further account concerning the Land of Pines, on which we
+were driven by distress of Weather the last Summer, I also perused the
+Printed Book thereof you sent me, the Copy of which was surreptiously
+taken out of my hands, else should I have given you a more fuller
+account upon what occasion we came thither, how we were entertained,
+with some other circumstances {{2 }}of note wherein that relation is
+defective. To satisfie therefore your desires, I shall briefly yet sully
+give you a particular account thereof, with a true Copy of the Relation
+itself; desiring you to bear with my blunt Phrases, as being more a
+Seaman then a Scholler.
+
+April the 26th 1667. We set sail from Amsterdam, intending for the
+East-Indies; our ship had to name the place from whence we came, the
+Amsterdam burthen 350. Tun, and having a fair gale of Wind, on the 27 of
+May following we had a sight of the high Peak Tenriffe belonging to the
+Canaries, we have touched at the Island Palma, but having endeavoured it
+twice, and finding the winds contrary, we steered on our course by the
+Isles of Cape Ferd, or Insula Capitis Viridis, where at St. James's we
+[56]took in fresh water, with some few Goats, and Hens, wherewith that
+Island doth plentifully abound.
+
+June the 14. we had a sight of Madagascar, or the Island of St Laurence,
+an Island of 4000 miles in compass, and scituate under the Southern
+Tropick; thither we steered our course, and trafficked with the
+inhabitants for Knives, Beads, Glasses and the like, having in exchange
+thereof Cloves and Silver. Departing from thence we were incountred
+with a violent storm, and the winds holding contrary, for the space of
+a fortnight, brought us back almost as far as the Isle Del Principe;
+during which time many of our men fell sick, and some dyed, but at
+the end of that time it pleased God the wind favoured us again, and
+we steered on our course merrily, for the space of ten days: when on a
+sudden we were encountered with such a violent storm, as if all the four
+winds together had conspired for our destruction, so that the stoutest
+spirit of us all quailed, expecting every hour to be devoured by that
+merciless element of water, sixteen dayes together {{3 }} did this storm
+continue, though not with such violence as at the first, the Weather
+being so dark all the while, and the Sea so rough, that we knew not in
+what place we were, at length all on a sudden the Wind ceased, and
+the Air cleared, the Clouds were all dispersed, and a very serene Sky
+followed, for which we gave hearty thanks to the Almighty, it being
+beyond our expectation that we should have escaped the violence of that
+storm.
+
+At length one of our men mounting the Main-mast espyed fire, an
+evident sign of some Countrey near adjoyning, which presently after we
+apparently discovered, and steering our course [57]more nigher, we
+saw several persons promiscuously running about the shore, as it were
+wondering and admiring at what they saw: Being now near to the Land, we
+manned out our long Boat with ten persons, who approaching the shore,
+asked them in our Dutch Tongue What Eyland is dit? to which they
+returned this Answer in English, "that they knew not what we said." One
+of our Company named Jeremiah Hanzen who understood English very well,
+hearing their words discourst to them in their own Language; so that
+in fine we were very kindly invited on shore, great numbers of them
+flocking about us, admiring at our Cloaths which we did wear, as we on
+the other side did to find in such a strange place, so many that could
+speak English and yet to go naked.
+
+Four of our men returning back in the long Boat to our Ships company,
+could hardly make them believe the truth of what they had seen and
+heard, but when we had brought our ship into harbour, you would have
+blest your self to see how the naked Islanders flocked unto us, so
+wondering at our ship, as if it had been the greatest miracle of Nature
+in whole World. {{4 }}
+
+We were very courteously entertained by them, presenting us with such
+food as that Countrey afforded, which indeed was not to be despised;
+we eat of the Flesh both of Beasts, and Fowls, which they had cleanly
+drest, though with no great curiosity, as wanting materials, wherewithal
+to do it; and for bread we had the inside or Kernel of a great Nut as
+big as an Apple, which was very wholsome, and found for the body, and
+tasted to the Pallat very delicious.
+
+Having refreshed our selves, they invited us to the Pallace [58]of their
+Prince or chief Ruler, some two miles distant off from the place where
+we landed; which we found to be about the bigness of one of our ordinary
+village houses, it was supported with rough unhewn pieces of Timber,
+and covered very artificially with boughs, so that it would keep out the
+greatest showers of Rain, the sides thereof were adorned with several
+forts of Flowers, which the fragrant fields there do yield in great
+variety. The Prince himself (whose name was William Pine the Grandchild
+of George Pine that was first on shore in this Island) came to his
+Pallace door and saluted us very courteously, for though he had nothing
+of Majesty in him, yet had he a courteous noble and deboneyre spirit,
+wherewith your English Nation (especially those of the Gentry) are very
+much indued.
+
+Scarce had he done saluting us when his Lady or Wife, came likewise
+forth of their House or Pallace, attended on by two Maid-servants, the
+was a woman of an exquisite beauty, and had on her head as it were
+a Chaplet of Flowers, which being intermixt with several variety of
+colours became her admirably. Her privities were hid with some pieces
+of old Garments, the Relicts of those Cloaths (I suppose) of them which
+first came hither, and yet being adorned with Flowers those very rags
+seemeth beautiful; and {{5 }} indeed modesty so far prevaileth over all
+the Female Sex of that Island, that with grass and flowers interwoven
+and made strong by the peelings of young Elms (which grow there in great
+plenty) they do plant together so many of them as serve to cover those
+parts which nature would have hidden.
+
+We carried him as a present some few Knives, of which we [59]thought
+they had great need, an Ax or Hatchet to fell Wood, which was very
+acceptable unto him, the Old one which was cast on shore at the first,
+and the only one that they ever had, being now so quite blunt and
+dulled, that it would not cut at all, some few other things we also gave
+him, which he very thankfully accepted, inviting us into his House or
+Pallace, and causing us to sit down with him, where we refreshed our
+selves again, with some more Countrey viands which were no other then
+such we tasted of before; Prince and peasant here faring alike, nor is
+there any difference betwixt their drink, being only fresh sweet water,
+which the rivers yield them in great abundance.
+
+After some little pause, our Companion (who could speak English) by our
+request desired to know of him something concerning their Original and
+how that people speaking the Language of such a remote Countrey, should
+come to inhabit there, having not, as we could see, any ships or Boats
+amongst them the means to bring them thither, and which was more,
+altogether ignorant and meer strangers to ships, or shipping, the main
+thing conducible to that means, to which request of ours, the courteous
+Prince thus replyed.
+
+Friends (for so your actions declare you to be, and shall by ours
+find no less) know that we are inhabitants of this Island of no great
+standing, my Grandfather being the first that ever set foot on this
+shore, whose native Countrey was {{6 }} a place called England, far
+distant from this our Land, as he let us to understand; He came from
+that place upon the Waters, in a thing called a Ship, of which no
+question but you may have heard; several other persons were in his
+company, not intending to have come [60]hither (as he said) but to a
+place called India, when tempestuous weather brought him and his company
+upon this Coast, where falling among the Rocks his ship split all in
+pieces; the whole company perishing in the Waters, saving only him and
+four women, which by means of a broken piece of that Ship, by Divine
+assistance got on Land.
+
+What after passed (said he) during my Grandfathers life, I shall show
+you in a Relation thereof written by his own hand, which he delivered
+to my Father being his eldest Son, charging him to have a special care
+thereof, and ashuring him that time would bring some people or other
+thither to whom he would have him to impart it, that the truth of our
+first planting here might not be quite lost, which his commands my
+Father dutifully obeyed; but no one coming, he at his death delivered
+the same with the like charge to me, and you being the first people,
+which (besides our selves) ever set footing in this Island, I shall
+therefore in obedience to my Grandfathers and Fathers commands,
+willingly impart the same unto you.
+
+Then stepping into a kind of inner room, which as we conceived was his
+lodging Chamber, he brought forth two sheets of paper fairly written
+in Englishy (being the same Relation which you had Printed with you
+at London) and very distinctly read the same over unto us, which we
+hearkened unto with great delight and admiration, freely proffering us
+a Copy of the same, which we afterward took and brought away along with
+us; which Copy hereafter followeth.{1}
+
+     1  Here begins the first part of the tract.
+
+[61]A Way to the East India's being lately discovered by Sea, to the
+{{7}} South of Affrich by certain Portugals, far more safe and profitable
+then had been heretofore; certain English Merchants encouraged by the
+great advantages arising from the Eastern Commodities, to settle a
+Factory there for the advantage of Trade. And having to that purpose
+obtained the Queens Royal Licence Anno Dom. 1569. 11. or 12. Eliz.
+furnisht out for those parts four ships, my Master being sent as Factor
+to deal and Negotiate for them, and to settle there, took with him his
+whole Family, (that is to say) his Wife, and one Son of about
+twelve years of age, and one Daughter of about fourteen years, two
+Maidservants, one Negro female slave, and my Self, who went under him
+as his Book-keeper, with this company on Monday the third of April next
+following, (having all necessaries for Housekeeping when we should
+come there), we Embarqued our selves in the good ship called the India
+Merchant, of about four hundred and fifty Tuns burthen, and having a
+good wind, we on the fourteenth day of May had sight of the Canaries,
+and not long after of the Isles of Cafe Vert or Verd, where taking in
+such things as were necessary for our Voyage, and some fresh Provisions,
+we stearing our course South, and a point East, about the first of
+August came within sight of the Island of St Hellen, where we took in
+some fresh water, we then set our faces for the Cape of Good Hope, where
+by Gods blessing after some sickness, whereof some of our company died,
+though none of our family; and hitherto we had met with none but calm
+weather, yet so it pleased God, when we were almost in fight of St.
+Laurence, an Island so called, one of the greatest in the world, as
+[62]Marriners say, we were overtaken and dispersed by a great storm of
+Wind, which continued with luch violence {{8 }} many days, that losing
+all hope of safety, being out of our own knowledge, and whether we
+should fall on Flats or Rocks, uncertain in the nights, not having the
+least benefit of the light, we feared most, alwayes wishing for day, and
+then for Land, but it came too soon for our good; for about the first
+of October, our fears having made us forget how the time passed to a
+certainty; we about the break of day discerned Land (but what we knew
+not) the Land seemed high and Rockey, and the Sea continued still very
+stormy and tempestuous, insomuch as there seemed no hope of safety, but
+looked suddenly to perish. As we grew near Land, perceiving no safety in
+the ship, which we looked would suddenly be beat in pieces: The Captain,
+my Master, and some others got into the long Boat, thinking by that
+means to save their lives, and presently after all the Seamen cast
+themselves overboard, thinking to save their lives by swimming, onely
+myself my Masters Daughters, the two Maids, and the Negro were left on
+board, for we could not swim; but those that left us, might as well have
+tarried with us, for we saw them, or most of them perish, our selves now
+ready after to follow their fortune, but God was pleased to spare our
+lives, as it were by miracle, though to further sorrow; for when we came
+against the Rocks, our ship having endured two or three blows against
+the Rocks, (being now broken and quite foundred in the Waters), we
+having with much ado gotten our selves on the Bowspright, which being
+broken off, was driven by the Waves into a small Creek, wherein fell
+a little River, which being encompassed by the Rocks [63]was sheltered
+from the Wind, so that we had opportunity to land our selves, (though
+almost drowned) in all four persons, besides the Negro: when we were
+got upon the Rock, we could perceive the miserable Wrack to our great
+terrour, I had in my {{9 }} pocket a little Tinder-box, and Steel, and
+Flint to strike fire at any time upon occasion, which served now to good
+Purpose, for its being so close, preserved the Tinder dry, with this,
+and the help of some old rotten Wood which we got together, we kindled
+a fire and dryed our selves, which done, I left my female company,
+and went to see, if I could find any of our Ships company, that were
+escaped, but could hear of none, though I hooted, and made all the noise
+I could; neither could I perceive the foot-steps of any living Creature
+(save a few Birds, and other Fowls). At length it drawing towards the
+Evening, I went back to my company, who were very much troubled for want
+of me. I being now all their stay in this lost condition, we were at
+first afraid that the wild people of the Countrey might find us out,
+although we saw no footsteps of any, not so much as a Path; the Woods
+round about being full of Briers and Brambles, we also stood in fear of
+wild Beasts, of such also we saw none, nor sign of any: But above all,
+and that we had greatest reason to fear, was to be starved to death for
+want of Food, but God had otherwise provided for us, as you shall know
+hereafter; this done, we spent our time in getting some broken pieces
+of Boards, and Planks, and some of the Sails and Rigging on shore for
+shelter; I set up two or three Poles, and drew two or three of the Cords
+and Lines from Tree to Tree, over which throwing some Sail-cloathes, and
+having gotten Wood by us, and three [64]or four Sea-gowns, which we had
+dryed, we took up our Lodging for that night altogether (the Blackmoor
+being left sensible then the rest we made our Centry) we slept soundly
+that night, as having not slept in three or four nights before (our
+fears of what happened preventing us) neither could our hard lodging,
+fear, and danger hinder us we were so over wacht. {{10 }}
+
+On the morrow, being well refresht with sleep, the winde ceased, and the
+weather was very warm; we went down the Rocks on the sands at low water,
+where we found great part of our lading, either on shore or floating
+near it. I by the help of my company, dragged most of it on shore; what
+was too heavy for us broke, and we unbound the Casks and Cherts, and,
+taking out the goods, secured all; so that we wanted no clothes, nor any
+other provision necessary for Housekeeping, to furnish a better house
+than any we were like to have; but no victuals (the last water having
+spoiled all) only one Cask of bisket, being lighter than the rest was
+dry; this served for bread a while, and we found on Land a sort of fowl
+about the bigness of a Swan, very heavie and fat, that by reason of
+their weight could not fly, of these we found little difficulty to kill,
+so that was our present food; we carried out of England certain Hens and
+Cocks to eat by the way, some of these when the ship was broken, by some
+means got to land, & bred exceedingly, so that in the future they were
+a great help unto us; we found also, by a little River, in the flags,
+store of eggs, of a sort of foul much like our Ducks, which were very
+good meat, so that we wanted nothing to keep us alive.
+
+On the morrow, which was the third day, as soon as it was morning,
+seeing nothing to disturb us, I lookt out a convenient [65]place to
+dwell in, that we might build us a Hut to shelter us from the weather,
+and from any other danger of annoyance, from wild beasts (if any should
+finde us out: So close by a large spring which rose out of a high hill
+over-looking the Sea, on the side of a wood, having a prospect towards
+the Sea) by the help of an Ax and some other implements (for we had all
+necessaries, the working of the Sea, having cast up most of our goods)
+I cut down all the straightest poles I could find, and which were enough
+{{11 }} for my purpose, by the help of my company (necessity being
+our Master) I digged holes in the earth setting my poles at an equl
+distance, and nailing the broken boards of the Caskes, Cherts, and
+Cabins, and such like to them, making my door to the Seaward, and having
+covered the top, with sail-clothes strain'd and nail'd, I in the space
+of a week had made a large Cabbin big enough to hold all our goods and
+our selves in it, I also placed our Hamocks for lodging, purposing (if
+it pleased God to send any Ship that way) we might be transported home,
+but it never came to pass, the place, wherein we were (as I conceived)
+being much out of the way.
+
+We having now lived in this manner full four months, and not so much as
+seeing or hearing of any wild people, or of any of our own company, more
+then our selves (they being found now by experience to be all drowned)
+and the place, as we after found, being a large Island, and disjoyned,
+and out of fight of any other Land, was wholly uninhabited by any
+people, neither was there any hurtful beast to annoy us: But on the
+contrary the countrey so very pleasant, being always clothed with green,
+and full of pleasant fruits, and variety of birds, ever warm, and never
+[66]colder then in England in September: So that this place (had it the
+culture, that skilful people might bestow on it) would prove a Paradise.
+
+The Woods afforded us a sort of Nuts, as big as a large Apple, whose
+kernel being pleasant and dry, we made use of instead of bread, that
+fowl before mentioned, and a sort of water-fowl like Ducks, and their
+eggs, and a beast about the size of a Goat, and almost such a like
+creature, which brought two young ones at a time, and that twice a year,
+of which the Low Lands and Woods were very full, being a very harmless
+creature and tame, so that we could easily {{12 }} take and kill them:
+Fish, also, especially Shell-fish (which we could best come by) we had
+great store of, so that in effect as to Food we wanted nothing; and
+thus, and by such like helps, we continued six moneths without any
+disturbance or want.
+
+Idleness and Fulness of every thing begot in me a desire of enjoying
+the women, beginning now to grow more familiar, I had perswaded the
+two Maids to let me lie with them, which I did at first in private, but
+after, custome taking away shame (there being none but us) we did
+it more openly, as our Lusts gave us liberty; afterwards my Masters
+Daughter was content also to do as we did; the truth is, they were all
+handsome Women, when they had Cloathes, and well shaped, feeding well.
+For we wanted no Food, and living idlely, and seeing us at Liberty to do
+our wills, without hope of ever returning home made us thus bold: One of
+the first of my Comforts with whom I first accompanined (the tallest
+and handsomest) proved presently with child, the second was my Masters
+Daughter, and the other also not long [67]after fell into the same
+condition: none now remaining but my Negro, who seeing what we did,
+longed also for her share; one Night, I being asleep, my Negro, (with
+the consent of the others) got close to me, thinking it being dark, to
+beguile me, but I awaking and feeling her, and perceiving who it was,
+yet willing to try the difference, satissied my self with her, as well
+as with one of the rest: that night, although the first time, she proved
+also with child, so that in the year of our being here, all my women
+were with child by me, and they all coming at different seasons, were a
+great help to one another.
+
+The first brought me a brave Boy, my Masters Daughter was the youngest,
+she brought me a Girl, so did the other {{13 }} Maid, who being
+something fat sped worse at her labour: the Negro had no pain at all,
+brought me a fine white Girl, so I had one Boy and three Girls, the
+Women were soon well again, and the two first with child again before
+the two last were brought to bed, my custome being not to lie with any
+of them after they were with child, till others were so likewise, and
+not with the black at all after she was with child, which commonly was
+at the first time I lay with her, which was in the night and not else,
+my stomach would not serve me, although she was one of the handsomest
+Blacks I had seen, and her children as comly as any of the rest; we had
+no clothes for them, and therefore when they had suckt, we laid them in
+Mosse to sleep, and took no further care of them, for we knew, when they
+were gone more would come, the Women never failing once a year at least,
+and none of the Children (for all the hardship we put them to) were ever
+sick; so that wanting now nothing but Cloathes, nor them much neither,
+other [68]than for decency, the warmth of the Countrey and Custome
+supplying that Defect, we were now well satissied with our condition,
+our Family beginning to grow large, there being nothing to hurt us, we
+many times lay abroad on Mossey Banks, under the shelter of some Trees,
+or such like (for having nothing else to do) I had made me several
+Arbors to sleep in with my Women in the heat of the day, in these I and
+my women passed the time away, they being never willing to be out of my
+company.
+
+And having now no thought of ever returning home, as having resolved and
+sworn each to other, never to part or leave one another, or the place;
+having by my several wives, forty seven Children, Boys and Girls, but
+most Girls, and growing up apace, we were all of us very fleshly, the
+Country so well agreeing with us, that we never ailed any thing; {{14 }}
+my Negro having had twelve, was the first that left bearing, so I never
+medled with her more: My Masters Daughter (by whom I had most children,
+being the youngest and handsomest) was most fond of me, and I of her.
+Thus we lived for sixteen years, till perceiving my eldest Boy to mind
+the ordinary work of Nature, by seeing what we did, I gave him a Mate,
+and so I did to all the rest, as fast as they grew up, and were capable:
+My Wives having left bearing, my children began to breed apace, so we
+were like to be a multitude; My first Wife brought me thirteen children,
+my second seven, my Masters Daughter fifteen, and the Negro twelve, in
+all forty seven.
+
+After we had lived there twenty two years, my Negro died suddenly, but
+I could not perceive any thing that ailed her; most [69]of my children
+being grown, as fast as we married them, I sent them and placed them
+over the River by themselves severally, because we would not pester one
+another; and now they being all grown up, and gone, and married after
+our manner (except some two or three of the youngest) for (growing my
+self into years) I liked not the wanton annoyance of young company.
+
+Thus having lived to the fiftieth year of my age, and the fortieth of
+my coming thither, at which time I sent for all of them to bring their
+children, and there were in number descended from me by these four
+Women, of my Children, Grand-children, and great Grand-children, five
+hundred sixty five of both sorts, I took off the Males of one Family,
+and married them to the Females of another, not letting any to marry
+their sisters, as we did formerly out of necessity, so blessing God for
+his Providence and goodness, I dismist them, I having taught some of my
+children to read formerly, for I had left still the Bible, I charged it
+should be read once a moneth at {{15 }} a general meeting: At last one
+of my Wives died being sixty eight years of age, which I buried in a
+place, set out on purpose, and within a year after another, so I had
+none now left but my Masters Daughter, and we lived together twelve
+years longer, at length she died also, so I buried her also next the
+place where I purposed to be buried my self, and the tall Maid my first
+Wife next me on the other side, the Negro next without her, and the
+other Maid next my Masters Daughter. I had now nothing to mind, but the
+place whether I was to go, being very old, almost eighty years, I gave
+my Cabin and Furniture that was left to my eldest son after my decease,
+who had married my eldest Daughter by my beloved [70]Wife, whom I made
+King and Governour of all the rest: I informed them of the Manners of
+Europe, and charged them to remember the Christian Religion, after the
+manner of them that spake the same Language, and to admit no other; if
+hereafter any should come and find them out.
+
+And now once for all, I summoned them to come to me, that I might number
+them, which I did, and found the estimate to contain in or about the
+eightieth year of my age, and the fifty ninth of my coming there; in
+all, of all sorts, one thousand seven hundred eighty and nine. Thus
+praying God to multiply them, and lend them the true light of the
+Gospel, I last of all dismist them: For, being now very old, and my
+sight decayed, I could not expect to live long. I gave this Narration
+(written with my own hand) to my eldest Son, who now lived with me,
+commanding him to keep it, and if any strangers should come hither by
+chance, to let them see it, and take a Copy of it if they would, that
+our name be not lost from off the earth. I gave this people (descended
+from me) the name of the ENGLISH PINES, George Pine being my {{16 }}
+name, and my Masters Daughters name Sarah English, my two other Wives
+were Mary Sparkes, and Elizabeth Trevor, so their severall Defendants
+are called the ENGLISH, the SPARKS, and the TREVORS, and the PHILLS,
+from the Christian Name of the Negro, which was Philippa, she having no
+surname: And the general name of the whole the ENGLISH PINES; vvhom God
+bless vvith the dew of Heaven, and the fat of the Earth, AMEN.{1}
+
+     1  Here ended the first part.
+
+[71]After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation,
+then proceeded he on in his discourse.
+
+My Grandfather when he wrote this, was as you hear eighty yeares of age,
+there proceeding from his Loyns one thousand seven hundred eighty nine
+children, which he had by them four women aforesaid: My Father was his
+eldest son, and was named Henry, begotten of his wife Mary Sparkes, whom
+he apointed chief Governour and Ruler over the rest; and having given
+him a charge not to exercise tyranny over them, seeing they were his
+fellow brethren by Fathers side (of which there could be no doubt made
+of double dealing therein) exhorting him to use justice and sincerity
+amongst them, and not to let Religion die with him, but to observe and
+keep those Precepts which he had taught them, he quietly surrendred up
+his soul, and was buried with great lamentation of all his children.
+
+My father coming to rule, and the people growing more populous, made
+them to range further in the discovery of the Countrey, which they found
+answerable to their desires, full both of Fowls and Beasts, and those
+too not hurtful to mankinde, as if this Country (on which we were by
+providence cast without arms or other weapons to defend our selves, or
+offend others,) should by the same providence be so inhabited as not to
+have any need of such like weapons of destruction wherewith to preserve
+our lives. {{17 }}
+
+But as it is impossible, but that in multitudes disorders will grow, the
+stronger seeking to oppress the weaker; no tye of Religion being strong
+enough to chain up the depraved nature of mankinde, even so amongst them
+mischiefs began to rise, and they [72]soon fell from those good
+orders prescribed them by my Grandfather. The source from whence those
+mischiefs spring, was at first, I conceive, the neglect of hearing the
+Bible read, which according to my Grandfathers proscription, was once a
+moneth at a general meeting, but now many of them wandring far up into
+the Country, they quite neglected the coming to it, with all other means
+of Christian instruction, whereby the sence of sin being quite lost in
+them, they fell to whoredoms, incests, and adulteries; so that what my
+Grandfather was forced to do for necessity, they did for wantonness; nay
+not confining themselves within the bound of any modesty, but brother
+and sister lay openly together; those who would not yield to their lewd
+embraces, were by force ravished, yea many times endangered of their
+lives. To redress those enormities, my father assembled all the Company
+near unto him, to whom he declared the wickedness of those their
+brethren; who all with one consent agreed that they should be severely
+punished; and so arming themselves with boughs, stones, and such like
+weapons, they marched against them, who having notice of their coming,
+and fearing their deserved punishment, some of them fled into woods,
+others passed over a great River, which runneth through the heart of
+our Countrey, hazarding drowning to escape punishment; But the grandest
+offender of them all was taken, whole name was John Phill, the second
+son of the Negro-woman that came with my Grandfather into this Island.
+
+He being proved guilty of divers ravishings & tyrannies committed by
+him, {{18 }} was adjudged guilty of death, and accordingly was thrown
+down from a high Rock into the Sea, where he perished [73]in the waters.
+Execution being done upon him, the rest were pardoned for what was past,
+which being notified abroad, they returned from those Defait and Obscure
+places, wherein they were hidden.
+
+Now as Seed being cast into stinking Dung produceth good and wholesome
+Corn for the Indentation of mans life, so bad manners produceth good
+and wholesome Laws for the preservation of Humane Society. Soon after my
+Father with the advice of some few others of his Counsel, ordained and
+set forth these Laws to be observed by them.
+
+1. That whosoever should blaspheme or talk irreverently of the name of
+God should be put to death.
+
+2. That who should be absent from the monethly assembly to hear the
+Bible read, without sufficient cause shown to the contrary, should for
+the first default be kept without any victuals or drink, for the space
+of four days, and if he offend therein again, then to suffer death.
+
+3. That who should force or ravish any Maid or Woman should be burnt to
+death, the party so ravished putting fire to the wood that should burn
+him.
+
+4. Whosoever shall commit adultery, for the first crime the Male shall
+lose his Privities, and the Woman have her right eye bored out, if after
+that she was again taken in the act, she should die without mercy.
+
+5. That who so injured his Neighbour, by laming of his {{19 }} Limbs, or
+taking any thing away which he possesseth, shall suffer in the same kind
+himself by loss of Limb; and for defrauding [74]his Neighbour, to become
+servant to him, whilst he had made him double satisfaction.
+
+6. That, who should defame or speak evil of the Governour, or refuse to
+come before him upon Summons, should receive a punishment by whipping
+with Rods, and afterwards be exploded from the society of the rest of
+the inhabitants.
+
+Having set forth these Laws, he chose four several persons under him
+to see them put in Execution, whereof one was of the Englishes, the
+Off-spring of Sarah English; another of his own Tribe, the Sparks; a
+third of the Trevors, and the fourth of the Phills, appointing them
+every year at a certain time to appear before him, and give an account
+of what they had done in the prosecution of those Laws.
+
+The Countrey being thus settled, my father lived quiet and peaceable
+till he attained to the age of ninety and four years, when dying, I
+succeeded in his place, in which I have continued peaceably and quietly
+till this very present time.
+
+He having ended his Speech, we gave him very heartily thanks for our
+information, assuring him we should not be wanting to him in any thing
+which lay in our powers, wherewith we could pleasure him in what he
+should desire, and thereupon preferred to depart, but before our going
+away, he would needs engage us to see him, the next day, when was to be
+their great assembly or monethly meeting for the celebration of their
+Religious Exercises.
+
+Accordingly the next day we came thither again, and were courteously
+entertained as before, In a short space there was gathered such a
+multitude of people together as made us to {{20 }} admire; [75]and first
+there were several Weddings celebrated, the manner whereof was thus. The
+Bridegroom and Bride appeared before him who was their Priest or Reader
+of the Bible, together with the Parents of each party, or if any of
+their Parents were dead, then the next relation unto them, without whose
+consent as well as the parties to be married, the Priest will not joyn
+them together; but being satissied in those particulars, after some
+short Oraizons, and joyning of hands together, he pronounces them to
+be man and wife: and with exhortations to them to live lovingly towards
+each other, and quietly towards their neighbors, he concludes with some
+prayers, and so dismisses them.
+
+The Weddings being finished, all the people took their places to hear
+the Word read, the new married persons having the honour to be next unto
+the Priest that day, after he had read three or four Chapters he fell
+to expounding the most difficult places therein, the people being very
+attentive all that while, this exercise continued for two or three
+hours, which being done, with some few prayers he concluded, but all the
+rest of that day was by the people kept very strictly, abstaining from
+all manner of playing or pastimes, with which on other dayes they use to
+pass their time away, as having need of nothing but victuals, and that
+they have in such plenty as almost provided to their hands.
+
+Their exercises of Religion being over, we returned again to our Ship,
+and the next day, taking with us two or three Fowling-pieces leaving
+half our Company to guard the Ship, the rest of us resolved to go up
+higher into the Country for a further discovery: All the way as we
+passed the first morning, we saw abundance of little Cabbins or Huts of
+these inhabitants, made under [76]Trees, and fashioned up with boughs,
+grass, {{21 }} and such like stuffe to defend them from the Sun and
+Rain; and as we went along, they came out of them much wondering at our
+Attire, and standing aloof off from us as if they were afraid, but our
+companion that spake English, calling to them in their own Tongue, and
+giving them good words, they drew nigher, some of them freely proffering
+to go along with us, which we willingly accepted; but having passed
+some few miles, one of our company espying a Beast like unto a Goat come
+gazing on him, he discharged his Peece, sending a brace of Bullets into
+his belly, which brought him dead upon the ground; these poor naked
+unarmed people hearing the noise of the Peece, and seeing the Beast lie
+tumbling in his gore, without speaking any words betook them to their
+heels, running back again as fast as they could drive, nor could the
+perswasions of our Company, assuring them they should have no hurt,
+prevail anything at all with them, so that we were forced to pass along
+without their company: all the way that we went we heard the delightful
+harmony of singing Birds, the ground very fertile in Trees, Grass, and
+such flowers, as grow by the production of Nature, without the help of
+Art; many and several sorts of Beads we saw, who were not so much wild
+as in other Countries; whether it were as having enough to satiate
+themselves without ravening upon others, or that they never before saw
+the sight of man, nor heard the report of murdering Guns, I leave it to
+others to determine. Some Trees bearing wild Fruits we also saw, and
+of those some whereof we tailed, which were neither unwholsome nor
+distasteful to the Pallate, and no question had but Nature here the
+benefit of Art added unto [77]it, it would equal, if not exceed many
+of our European Countries; the Vallyes were every where intermixt with
+running streams, and no question but the earth {{22 }} hath in it rich
+veins of Minerals, enough to satisfie the desires of the most covetous.
+
+It was very strange to us, to see that in such a fertile Countrey which
+was as yet never inhabited, there should be notwithstanding such a free
+and clear passage to us, without the hinderance of Bushes, Thorns, and
+such like fluff, wherewith most Islands of the like nature are pestered:
+the length of the Grass (which yet was very much intermixt with flowers)
+being the only impediment that we found.
+
+Six dayes together did we thus travel, setting several marks in our way
+as we went for our better return, not knowing whether we should have the
+benefit of the Stars for our guidance in our going back, which we made
+use of in our passage: at last we came to the vast Ocean on the other
+side of the Island, and by our coasting it, conceive it to be of an
+oval form, only here and there shooting forth with some Promontories.
+I conceive it hath but few good Harbours belonging to it, the Rocks in
+most places making it inaccessible. The length of it may be about two
+hundred, and the breadth one hundred miles, the whole in circumference
+about five hundred miles.
+
+It lyeth about seventy six degrees of Longitude, and twenty of Latitude,
+being scituate under the third Climate, the longest day being about
+thirteen hours and fourty five minutes. The weather, as in all Southern
+Countries, is far more hot than with us in Europe; but what is by the
+Sun parched in the day, the night again refreshes with cool pearly dews.
+The Air is found to [78]be very healthful by the long lives {{23 }} of
+the present inhabitants, few dying there till such time as they come to
+good years of maturity, many of them arriving to the extremity of old
+age.
+
+And now speaking concerning the length of their Lives, I think it will
+not be amisse in this place to speak something of their Burials, which
+they used to do thus.
+
+When the party was dead, they stuck his Carkass all over with flowers,
+and after carried him to the place appointed for Burial, where setting
+him down, (the Priest having given some godly Exhortations concerning
+the frailty of life) then do they take stones (a heap being provided
+there for that purpose) and the nearest of the kin begins to lay the
+first stone upon him, afterwards the rest follows, they never leaving
+till they have covered the body deep in stones, so that no Beast can
+possibly come to him, and this first were they forced to make, having no
+Spades or Shovels wherewith to dig them Graves; which want of theirs we
+espying, bestowed a Pick-ax and two Shovels upon them.
+
+Here might I add their way of Christening Children, but that being
+little different from yours in ENGLAND, and taught them by GEORGE PINES
+at first which they have since continued, I shall therefore forbear to
+speak thereof.
+
+After our return back from the discovery of the Countrey, the Wind not
+being fit for our purpose, and our men also willing thereto, we got
+all our cutting Instruments on Land, and {{24 }} fell to hewing down of
+Trees, with which, in a little time,(many hands making light work) we
+built up a Pallace for this William Pines the Lord of that Countrey;
+which, though much inferiour to the houses of your Gentry in England.
+Yet to them which [79]never had seen better, it appeared a very Lordly
+Place. This deed of ours was beyond expression acceptable unto him,
+load-ing us with thanks for so great a benefit, of which he said he
+should never be able to make a requital.
+
+And now acquainting him, that upon the first opportunity we were
+resolved to leave the Island, as also how that we were near Neighbours
+to the Countrey of England, from whence his Ancestors came; he seemed
+upon the news to be much discontented that we would leave him, desiring,
+if it might stand with our commodity to continue still with him, but
+seeing he could not prevail, he invited us to dine with him the next
+day, which we promised to do, against which time he provided, very
+sumptuously (according to his estate) for us, and now was he attended
+after a more Royal manner than ever we saw him before, both for number
+of Servants, and multiplicity of Meat, on which we fed very heartily;
+but he having no other Beverage for us to drink, then water, we fetched
+from our Ship a Case of Brandy, presenting some of it to him to drink,
+but when he had tasted of it, he would by no means be perswaded to touch
+thereof again, preferring (as he said) his own Countrey Water before all
+such Liquors whatsoever.
+
+After we had Dined, we were invited out into the Fields to behold their
+Country Dauncing, which they did with great agility of body; and though
+they had no other then only {{25 }} Vocal Musick (several of them
+singing all that while) yet did they trip it very neatly, giving
+sufficient satisfaction to all that beheld them.
+
+The next day we invited the Prince William Pines aboard our [80]Ship,
+where was nothing wanting in what we could to entertain him, he had
+about a dozen of Servants to attend on him he much admired at the
+Tacklings of our Ship, but when we came to discharge a piece or two
+of Ordnance, it struck him into a wonder and amazement to behold the
+strange effects of Powder; he was very sparing in his Diet, neither
+could he, or any of his followers be induced to drink any thing but
+Water: We there presented him with several things, as much as we could
+spare, which we thought would any wayes conduce to their benefit, all
+which he very gratefully received, assuring us of his real love and good
+will, whensoever we should come thither again.
+
+And now we intended the next day to take our leaves, the Wind standing
+fair, blowing with a gentle Gale South and by East, but as we were
+hoisting of our Sails, and weighing Anchor, we were suddenly Allarm'd
+with a noise from the shore, the Prince, W. Pines imploring our
+assistance in an Insurection which had happened amongst them, of which
+this was the cause.
+
+Henry Phil, the chief Ruler of the Tribe or Family of the Phils, being
+the Offspring of George Pines which he had by the Negro-woman; this
+man had ravished the Wife of one of the principal of the Family of the
+Trevors, which act being made known, the Trevors assembled themselves
+all together to bring the offender unto Justice: But he knowing his
+crime to be so great, as extended to the loss of life: fought to defend
+that {{26 }} by force, which he had as unlawfully committed, whereupon
+the whole Island was in a great hurly burly, they being too great Potent
+Factions, the bandying of which against each other, threatned a general
+ruin to the whole State.
+
+[81]The Governour William Pines had interposed in the matter, but found
+his Authority too weak to repress such Disorders; for where the Hedge
+of Government is once broken down, the most vile bear the greatest rule,
+whereupon he desired our assistance, to which we readily condescended,
+and arming out twelve of us went on Shore, rather as to a surprize
+than fight, for what could nakedness do to encounter with Arms. Being
+conducted by him to the force of our Enemy, we first entered into
+parley, seeking to gain them rather by fair means then force, but that
+not prevailing, we were necesitated to use violence, for this Henry
+Phill being of an undaunted resolution, and having armed his fellows
+with Clubs and Stones, they sent such a Peal amongst us, as made us at
+the first to give back, which encouraged them to follow us on with great
+violence, but we discharging off three or four Guns, when they saw some
+of themselves wounded, and heard the terrible reports which they gave,
+they ran away with greater speed then they came. The Band of the Trevors
+who were joyned with us, hotly pursued them, and having taken their
+Captain, returned with great triumph to their Governour, who fitting in
+Judgment upon him, he was adjudged to death, and thrown off a steep Rock
+into the Sea, the only way they have of punishing any by death, except
+burning.
+
+And now at last we took our solemn leaves of the Governour, and departed
+from thence, having been there in all, the space of three weeks and two
+dayes, we took with us good store of the flesh of a Beast which they
+call there Reval, being {{27 }} in taste different either from Beef
+or Swines-flesh, yet very delightful to the Pallate, and exceeding
+nutrimental. We took also with us alive, [82]divers Fowls which they
+call Marde, about the bigness of a Pullet, and not different in taste,
+they are very swift of flight, and yet so fearless of danger, that they
+will stand still till such time as you catch them: We had also sent us
+in by the Governour about two bushels of eggs, which as I conjecture
+were the Mards eggs, very lusious in taste, and strenthening to the
+body.
+
+June 8. We had a sight of Cambaia, a part of the East Indies, but; under
+the Government of the great Cham of Tartary here our Vessel springing a
+leak, we were forced to put to Chore, receiving much dammage in some
+of our Commodities; we were forced to ply the Pump for eighteen hours
+together, which, had that miscarried, we had inevitably have perished;
+here we stai'd five dayes mending our Ship, and drying some of our
+Goodss and then hoisting Sail, in four days time more we came to
+Calecute.
+
+This Calecute is the chief Mart Town and Staple of all the Indian
+Traffique, it is very populous, and frequented by Merchants of all
+Nations. Here we unladed a great part of our Goods, and taking in
+others, which caused us to stay there a full Moneth, during which space,
+at leisure times I went abroad to take a survey of the City, which I
+found to be large and populous, lying for three miles together upon
+the Sea-shore. Here is a great many of those persons whom thy call
+Brackmans, being their Priests or Teachers whom they much reverence. It
+is a custome here for the King to give to some of those Brachmain, the
+handelling of his Nuptial Bed; for which cause, not the Kings, but the
+Kings sisters sons succeed in the Kingdom, as being more certainly known
+to be of the true Royal blood: And these sisters of his choose what
+Gentleman they {{28 }} please [83]on whom to bestow their Virginities;
+and if they prove not in a certain time to be with child, they betake
+themselves to these Brachman Stalions, who never fail of doing their
+work.
+
+The people are indifferently civil and ingenious, both men and women
+imitate a Majesty in their Train and Apparel, which they sweeten, with
+Oyles and Perfumes: adorning themselves with Jewels and other Ornaments
+befitting each Rank and Quality of them.
+
+They have many odd Customs amongst them which they observe very
+strictly; as first, not knowing their Wives after they have born them
+two children: Secondly, not accompanying them, if after five years
+cohabition they can raise no issue by them, but taking others in their
+rooms: Thirdly, never being rewarded for any Military exploit, unless
+they bring with them an enemies Head in their Hand, but that which is
+strangest, and indeed most barbarous, is that when any of their friends
+falls sick, they will rather chuse to kill him, then that he should be
+withered by sickness.
+
+Thus you see there is little employment there for Doctors, when to be
+sick, is the next wan for to be slain, or perhaps the people may be of
+the mind rather to kill themselves, then to let the Doctors do it.
+
+Having dispatched our business, and sraighted again our Ship, we left
+Calecute, and put forth to Sea, and coasted along several of the Islands
+belonging to India, at Camboia I met with our old friend Mr. David
+Prire, who was overjoyed to see me, to whom I related our Discovery of
+the Island of Pines, in the same manner as I have related it to you; he
+was then but newly recovered [84]of a Feaver, the Air of that place not
+being agreeable to him; here we took in good store of Aloes, and some
+other Commodities, and victualled our Ship for our return home. {{29 }}
+
+After four dayes failing we met with two Portugal Ships which came from
+Lisbon, one whereof had in a storm lost its Top-mast, and was forced
+in part to be towed by the other. We had no bad weather in eleven
+dayes space, but then a sudden storm of Wind did us much harm in our
+Tacklings, and swept away one of our Sailors off from the Fore Castle.
+November the sixth had like to have been a fatal day unto us, our Ship
+striking twice upon a Rock, and at night was in danger of being fired by
+the negligence of a Boy, leaving a Candle carelesly in the Gun-room; the
+next day we were chafed by a Pyrate Argiere, but by the swiftness of our
+Sails we out ran him. December the first we came again to Madagascar,
+where we put in for a fresh recruit of Victuals and Water.
+
+During our abode here, there hapned a very great Earthquake, which
+tumbled down many Houses; The people of themselves are very Unhospitable
+and Treacherous, hardly to to be drawn to Traffique with any people;
+and now, this calamitie happening upon them, so enraged them against the
+Christians, imputing all luch calamities to the cause of them, that
+they fell upon some Portugais and wounded them, and we seeing their
+mischievous Actions, with all the speed we could put forth to Sea again,
+and sailed to the Island of St. Hellens.
+
+Here we stayed all the Chrismas Holy-dayes, which was vere much
+celebrated by the Governour there under the King of Spain. Here we
+furnished ourselves with all necessaries which [85]we wanted; but upon
+our departure, our old acquaintance Mr. Petrus Ramazina, coming in a
+Skiff out of the Isle del Principe, or the Princes Island, retarded our
+going for the space of two dayes, for both my self and our Purser had
+Emergent business with him, he being concerned in those Affairs of which
+I wrote to you in April last: Indeed we cannot but {{30 }} acknowledge
+his Courtesies unto us, of which you know he is never sparing. January
+the first, we again hoisted Sail, having a fair and prosperous gail of
+Wind, we touched at the Canaries, but made no tarriance, desirous now
+to see our Native Countrey; but the Winds was very cross unto us for
+the space of a week, at last we were savoured with a gentle Gale, which
+brought us on merrily; though we were on a sudden stricken again into a
+dump; a Sailor from the main Mast discovering five Ships, which put us
+all in a great fear, we being Richly Laden, and not very well provided
+for Defence; but they bearing up to us, we found them to be Zealanders
+and our Friends; after many other passages concerning us, not so much
+worthy of Note, we at last safele arrived at home, May 26. 1668.
+
+Thus Sir, have I given you a brief, but true Relation of our Voyage,
+Which I was the more willing to do, to prevent false Copies which might
+be spread of this nature: As for the Island of Pines it self, which
+caused me to Write this Relation, I suppose it is a thing so strange
+as will hardly be credited by some, although perhaps knowing persons,
+especially considering our last age being so full of Discoveries, that
+this Place should lie Dormant for so long a space of time; Others I
+know, such.
+
+Nullifidians as will believe nothing but what they see, applying that
+[86]Proverb unto us, That travelers may lye by authority. But Sir, in
+writing to you, I question not but to give Credence, you knowing my
+disposition so hateful to divulge Falsities; I shall request you to
+impart this my Relation to Mr. W. W. and Mr. P. L. remembring me very
+kindly unto them, not forgetting my old acquaintance, Mr. J. P. and
+Mr. J. B. no more at present, but only my best respects to you and your
+second self I rest,
+
+Yours in the best of friendship,
+
+Henry Cornelius Fan Sloetten.
+
+July 22. 1668.{{31 }}
+
+[87]
+
+POST-SCRIPT:
+
+ONE thing concerning the Isle of Pines, I had almost quite forgot, we
+had with us an Irish man named Dermot Conelly who had formerly been
+in England, and had learned there to play on the Bag-pipes, which he
+carried to Sea with him; yet so un-Englished he was, that he had quite
+forgotten your Language, but still retained his Art of Bagpipe-playing,
+in which he took extraordinary delight; being one day on Land in the
+Isle of Pines, he played on them, but to see the admiration of those
+naked people concerning them, would have striken you into admiration;
+long time it was before we could perswade them that it was not a living
+creature, although they were permitted to touch and feel it, and yet are
+the people very intelligible, retaining a great part of the Ingenuity
+and Gallantry of the English Nation, though they have not that happy
+means to express themselves; in this respect we may account them
+fortunate, in that possessing little, they enjoy all things, as being
+contented with what they have, wanting those alurements to mischief,
+which our European Countries are enriched with. I shall not dilate any
+further, no question but time will make this Island known better to the
+world; all that I shall ever say of it is, that it is a place enriched
+with Natures abundance, deficient in nothing conducible to the
+sustentation of mans life, which were it Manured by Agriculture and
+Gardening, as other of our European Countries are, no question but it
+would equal, if not exceed many which now pass for praiseworthy.
+
+FINIS.
+
+
+
+ADDENDUM
+
+     Bibliography in many Languages
+     Page 91
+     Page 92
+     Page 93
+     Page 94
+     Page 95
+     Page 96
+     Page 97
+     Page 99
+     Page 100
+     Page 101
+     Page 102
+     Page 103
+     Page 104
+     Page 105
+     Page 106
+     Page 107
+     Page 108
+     Page 109
+
+INDEX
+
+     Page 113 Page 114 Page 115 Page 116 Page 117
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Isle Of Pines (1668), by Henry Neville
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21410-8.txt or 21410-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/4/1/21410/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/21410-8.zip b/old/21410-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25809d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/21410-8.zip
diff --git a/old/21410.txt b/old/21410.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a81122f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/21410.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2914 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Isle Of Pines (1668), by Henry Neville
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Isle Of Pines (1668)
+       and, An Essay in Bibliography by W. C. Ford
+
+Author: Henry Neville
+
+Commentator: Worthington Chauncey Ford
+
+Release Date: July 7, 2007 [EBook #21410]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+By Henry Neville
+
+1668
+
+An Essay in Bibliography
+
+by WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+
+Boston
+
+The Club of Odd Volumes 1920
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1920, BY THE CLUB OF ODD VOLUMES
+
+
+
+
+TO
+
+Charles Lemuel Nichols
+
+lover of books
+
+colleague
+
+FRIEND
+
+
+
+ETEXT TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Numbers enclosed in square brackets are the
+page numbers of the 1920 edition. Numbers enclosed in double curly
+brackets are the page numbers of the original 1668 edition. A damaged
+and incomplete bibliography and index in several languages has been
+included only as page-images.
+
+The long S in the text files have been changed to the ordinary small S,
+however the accompanying html file uses the unicode character for the
+long S as in the original printed document. DW
+
+
+
+
+Contents:
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+
+ITALIAN EDITION
+
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+
+THE PUBLISHERS
+
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+
+THE AUTHOR
+
+THE STORY
+
+INTERPRETATIONS
+
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY NOTE
+
+My curiosity on the "Isle of Pines" was aroused by the sale of a copy in
+London and New York in 1917, and was increased by the discovery of two
+distinct issues in the Dowse Library, in the Massachusetts Historical
+Society. As my material grew in bulk and the history of this hoax
+perpetrated in the seventeenth century developed, I thought it of
+sufficient interest to communicate an outline of the story to the
+Club of Odd Volumes, of Boston, October 23, 1918. The results of my
+investigations are more fully given in the present volume. I acknowledge
+my indebtedness to the essay of Max Hippe, "Eine vor-De-foesche
+Englische Robinsonade," published in Eugen Koelbing's "Englische Studien"
+xix. 66. WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+
+Boston, February, 1920
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+OR,
+
+A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND in Terra Australis, Incognita.
+
+BEING
+
+A True Relation of certain English persons, Who in the dayes of Queen
+Elizabeth making a Voyage to the East India, were cast-away, and wracked
+on the Island near to the Coast of Australis, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women, whereof one was a Negro. And now lately Ann Dom.
+1667, A Dutch Ship driven by foul weather there, by chance have found
+their Posterity (speaking good English) to amount to ten or twelve
+thousand persons, as they suppose. The whole Relation follows, written,
+and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and declared to
+the Dutch by His Grandchild.
+
+
+
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES
+
+[3]The scene opens in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the year 1668, where
+in one of the college buildings a contest between two rival printers had
+been waged for some years. Marmaduke Johnson, a trained and experienced
+printer, to whose ability the Indian Bible is largely due, had ceased to
+be the printer of the corporation, or Society for the Propagation of
+the Gospel in New England, but still had a press and, what was better, a
+fresh outfit of type, sent over by the corporation and entrusted to the
+keeping of John Eliot, the Apostle. Samuel Green had become a printer,
+though without previous training, and was at this time printer to the
+college, a position of vantage against a rival, because it must have
+carried with it countenance from the authorities in Boston, and public
+printing then as now constituted an item to a press of some income
+and some perquisites. By seeking to marry Green's daughter before his
+English wife had ceased to be, Johnson had created a prejudice, public
+as well as private, against himself.{1}
+
+     1 Mass. Hist Soc. Proceedings, xx. 265.
+
+Each wished to set up a press in Boston itself, but the General Court,
+probably for police reasons, had ordered that there should be no
+printing but at Cambridge, and that what was printed there should be
+approved by any two of four gentlemen appointed by the Court. It thus
+appeared that each printer possessed a certain superiority over his
+rival. In the matter of types Johnson was favored, as he had new
+types and was a trained printer; but these advantages were partially
+[4]neutralized by indolence and by Green's better standing before the
+magistrates.{1}
+
+In England the excesses of the printing-press during the civil war
+and commonwealth led to a somewhat strict though erratically applied
+censorship under the restoration. A publication must be licensed,
+and the Company of Stationers still sought, for reasons of profit, to
+control printers by regulating their production. The licensing agent in
+chief was a character of picturesque uncertainty and spasmodic action,
+Roger L'Estrange, half fanatic, half politician, half hack writer,
+in fact half in many respects and whole only in the resulting
+contradictions of purpose and performance. On one point he was strong--a
+desire to suppress unlicensed printing. So when in 1668 warrant was
+given to him to make search for unauthorized printing, he entered into
+the hunt with the zeal of a Loyola and the wishes of a Torquemada,
+harrying and rushing his prey and breathing threats of extreme rigor
+of fine, prison, pillory, and stake against the unfortunates who had
+neglected, in most cases because of the cost, to obtain the stamp of the
+licenser.{2}
+
+New England was at this time England in little, with troubles of its
+own; but, having imitated the mother country in introducing supervision
+of the press, it also started in to investigate the printers of the
+colony, two in number, seeking to win a smile of approval from the
+foolish man on the throne. With due solemnity the inquisition was
+[5]made. Green could show that all then passing through his press had
+been properly licensed.
+
+     1  See the chapters on Green and Johnson in Littlefield,
+     The Early Massachusetts Press, 197, 209.
+
+     2  L'Estrange was called the "Devil's blood hound." Col. S.
+     P., Dom. 1663-1664, 616.
+
+Johnson, less fortunate, was caught with one unlicensed piece--"The Isle
+of Pines." A fine of five pounds was imposed upon him, as effectual in
+suppressing him as though it had been one of five thousand pounds. He
+could now turn with relish to two books then on his press, "Meditations
+on Death and Eternity" and the "Righteous Man's Evidence for Heaven;"
+for Massachusetts Bay, with its then powerful rule of divinity without
+religion, or religion without mercy, held out small hope of his meeting
+such a fine within the expedition of his natural life. But he made his
+submission, petitioned the General Court in properly repentant language,
+acknowledged his fault, his crime, and promised amendment{1} The fine
+was not collected, and the principal result of the incident was to
+further the very natural union of Johnson and Green, but with Johnson as
+the lesser member in importance.
+
+No copy of Marmaduke Johnson's issue of the "Isle of Pines" has come
+to light in a period of 248 years. It might well be supposed that
+the authorities caught him before the tract had gone to press, and so
+snuffed it out completely. Our sapient bibliographers have dismissed the
+matter in rounded phrase: "'The Isle of Pines' was a small pamphlet
+of the Baron Munchausen order, which in its day passed through several
+editions in England and on the Continent,"{2} a description which would
+fit a hundred titles of the period. In July, 1917, Sotheby announced the
+sale of a portion of the Americana collected by [6]"Bishop White Kennett
+(1660-1728) and given by him to the Society for the Propagation of the
+Gospel in Foreign Parts."
+
+     1  The petition it in Littlefield, i. 248.
+
+     2  Mats. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, xi. 247.
+
+Lot No. 113 was described as follows:
+
+[Neville (Henry)] The Isle of Pines, or a late Discovery of a fourth
+Island in Terra Australis, Incognita, being a True Relation of certain
+English persons who in the dayes of Queen Elizabeth, making a Voyage to
+the East Indies, were cast away and wracked upon the Island, wanting the
+frontispiece, head-line of title and some pagination cut into, Bishop
+Kenneths signature on title. sm. 4to S. G. for Allen Banks, 1668.
+
+The pamphlet was sold, I am told, for fourteen shillings,{1} and resold
+shortly after to a New York bookseller for fifty-five dollars. He was
+attracted by the imprint, which read in full, "London, by S. G. for
+Allen Banks and Charles Harper at the Flower-Deluice near Cripplegate
+Church." The general appearance of the pamphlet was unlike even the
+moderately good issues of the English press, and the "by S. G." not only
+did not answer to any London printer of the day, except Sarah Griffin,
+"a printer in the Old Bailey,"{2} but was in form and usage exactly what
+could be found on a number of the issues of the press of Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+
+     1 The sale took place July 30, 1917.
+
+     2  Only once does her name occur in the Term Catalogues,
+     when in February, 1673, the prints George Buchanan'
+     Psalmorum Davidis Paraphrasis Poetica, which told for two
+     shillings a copy. Samuel Gellibrand was not a printer but a
+     bookseller, with a shop "at the Ball in St. Paul's
+     Churchyard."
+
+On comparing the first page of the text of his purchase with the same
+page of an acknowledged London issue of the "Isle of Pines" [7]in the
+John Carter Brown Library,{1} the bookseller concluded that the two were
+entirely different publications.
+
+An expert cataloguer connected with one of the large auction firms of
+New York then took up the subject. After a study of the tract he
+became assured that it could only have been printed by Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, and he brought forward facts and comparisons which seemed
+conclusive and for which he deserves much credit. It was a clever bit of
+bibliographical work. With such an endorsement as to rarity and
+quality the pamphlet was again put to the test of the auction room. The
+cataloguer stated his case in sufficient fulness of detail and the
+first page of the text was reproduced.{2} Naturally the discovery sent
+a little thrill through the mad-house of bibliography. The tract was
+knocked down for $400 to a bookseller from Hartford, Connecticut,
+presumably for some local collection. The incident would have passed
+from memory had it not been for one of those accidents to which even the
+amateur bibliographer is liable.
+
+     1  No. 5 in the Bibliography, page 93, infra.
+
+     2  Nuggets of American History, American Art Association,
+     November 19, 1917. The Isle of Pines was lot 142, and was
+     introduced by the words, "Cambridge Press in New England."
+     The catalogue was prepared by Mr. F. W. Coar.
+
+In the bitter days of the winter of 1917-18 the working force of the
+Massachusetts Historical Society was contracted into one room--the
+Dowse Library--where was at least a semblance [8]of warmth in the open
+fireplace.
+
+
+
+
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+
+One afternoon, when I had finished my work and the others had left, I
+picked up the catalogue of the Dowse Library and began idly to turn over
+its leaves. Incidentally, that catalogue is characteristic of the older
+methods of the Society. As is known to the elect, no book in the Dowse
+Library can ever leave the room in which it now rests, and of the
+catalogue twenty-five copies were printed and never circulated. If the
+library had been left in the Dowse house in Cambridgeport, its existence
+and contents could not have been more successfully hidden from the
+world. While reading the titles in a very casual way, my eye was caught
+by one which gave me a start. It read:
+
+Sloetten (Cornelius van). The Isle of Pines; or a Late Discovery of a
+Fourth Island in Terra Australis Incognita. London, printed by G. S.
+for Allen Banks, 1668. With a New and Further Discovery of the Isle of
+Pines, 1668; and a duplicate of the Isle of Pines. 1 vol. small 4to,
+calf supr., gilt leaves. A most interesting, rare, and valuable work.
+
+Even against the Editor of the Society the Dowse books are kept behind
+lock and key, though he is not under more than ordinary suspicion. So
+I was obliged to wait till the next day before my curiosity could be
+satisfied. I then found a thin volume, less than one-third of an inch
+in thickness, containing two copies of this very tract which the auction
+expert had identified as an issue of the "Isle of Pines" by Green, and
+a London issue of a second part of the "Isle of Pines," with the name of
+Cornelius Van Sloetten, as author. For more than fifty years this little
+volume had reposed in this well-known yet almost forgotten [9]library,
+and no one had suspected or questioned the nature of its contents.
+
+For full fifty years it had been in the care and at the call of Dr.
+Samuel A. Green, who claimed to be an expert on New England imprints of
+the seventeenth century, and one of the great wishes of whose life had
+been to establish his descent from this very printer, Samuel Green. Two
+copies within the same covers, of a tract long sought and of which only
+a single example had come to light in two centuries and a half--was not
+that alone something of a bibliographical coup?
+
+I read two of the pieces--one of the Green issues and the second part as
+printed in England--making a few notes for future use. On returning to
+the matter some weeks later I found to my annoyance that every reference
+to the Green tract but one was wrong as to the page. Cold, haste, or
+weariness will account for a single or possibly two errors of reference,
+but to have a whole series--except one--go wrong pointed to failing eyes
+or mind. Very much put out, I read the tract a second time and corrected
+the page references, carefully checking up the result. Some days after I
+again took up the matter, and in verifying my first quotation found that
+I had again put down the wrong page number, and was surprised to find
+that the correct page was the one I had first given. This proved to
+be the case in all the references--except one. A book which could thus
+change its page numbering from week to week was bewitched--or I was
+careless. It occurred to me to compare the two copies of the tract as
+published by Green. The title-pages were exactly alike--not differing by
+so much as a fly speck, but one copy contained ten pages of text and the
+other only nine.
+
+More [10]than that, the general style and the types were quite different
+One was printed in a well-known broad but somewhat used type, such as
+could be seen in Green's printing, and the other in a finer font with
+much italic. There was no possibility of confusing the two issues. Only
+one conclusion was possible. I had in this volume the publication by
+Green, and the original issue by Marmaduke Johnson, but with Green's
+title-page. So for we seem to rest upon solid ground. It may be surmised
+that Green set up his "Isle of Pines" in rivalry to Johnson, but did not
+incur the discipline of the authorities; or that he had set it up and
+also took over Johnson's edition, using his own title-page; and in
+either case it is possible that a simple subterfuge, the imprint, "by
+S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles Harper," a London combination of
+publishers, caused the tract to escape the attention of the examining
+local censors. Here was another step in developing the history of
+this tract--the discovery of one of Johnson's issues, except for the
+title-page. So far as the American connection is concerned, it only
+remains to discover a Johnson issue with a Johnson title-page, for in
+his apology and submission to the General Court he states that he had
+"affixed" his name to the pamphlet.
+
+
+
+
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+
+The European connection is also not without interest, for the skit--the
+first part of the "Isle of Pines," published without name of author--had
+an extraordinary run.
+
+In 1493 a little [11]four-leaved translation into Latin of a Columbus
+letter announcing the discovery of islands in the west--De insulis nuper
+inventis--ran over Europe, startling the age by a simple relation which
+proved a marvellous tale as taken up by Vespuccius, Cortes, and a host
+of successors.{1} For a century the darkness of a new found continent
+slowly lifted and the record was collected in Ramusio, in De Bry, in
+Hulsius, and in Hakluyt, never felling treasuries of the wonderful,
+veritable schools for the adventurous. Another century had shown that,
+so fer from decreasing in greatness and in opportunities, the field of
+discovery had not begun to be tested, and in the summer of 1668 a new
+island--the Isle of Pines--was flashed before the London crowd, and
+proved that the flame of quest with danger was still burning. A new
+island! The interest was international, for nations had already long
+fought over the old discovered lands.
+
+     1  The intelligent industry of Mr. Wilberforce Eames has
+     identified eleven issues of the letter of Columbus, printed
+     in 1493, in Barcelona, Rome, Basle, Paris, and Antwerp; and
+     twelve issues of the Novus Mundus of Vespucci us, printed
+     in 1504, in Augsburg, Paris, Nuremberg, Cologne, Antwerp,
+     and Venice. An earlier and even more extraordinary
+     distribution of a letter of news is that of the letter
+     purporting to be addressed by Prester John to the Emperor
+     Manuel, which circulated through Europe about 1165. "How
+     great was the popularity and diffusion of this letter,"
+     writes Sir Henry Yule, "may be judged in some degree from
+     the fad that Zarncke in his treatise on Prester John gives a
+     list of close on 100 mss. of it Of these there are eight in
+     the British Museum, ten at Vienna, thirteen in the great
+     Paris Library, and fifteen at Munich. There are also several
+     renderings in old German verse." The cause of this
+     popularity was the hope offered by the reported exploits of
+     Prester John of a counterpoise to the Mohammedan power.
+     Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th ed., xxii. 305.
+
+An even greater contest was being waged for commerce, and with the
+experience of Spain in gathering the precious metals [12]from new
+found lands, every discovery of hitherto uncharted territory opened
+the possibility of wealth and an exchange of commodities, if rapine
+and piracy could not be practised. The merchant was an adventurer, and
+politics, quite as much as trade, controlled his movements; for the line
+between trader, buccaneer, and pirate faded away before conditions which
+made treaties of no importance and peaceful relations dependent upon an
+absence of the hope of gain. A state of war was not necessary to prepare
+the way for attack and plunder in those far distant oceans, and the
+merchantman sailed armed and ready to inflict as well as to repel
+aggression, only too willing to descend upon a weaker vessel or a
+helpless settlement of a power which had come to be regarded as a
+"natural enemy." So in Holland and in Germany the leaflets containing
+the story of the Isle of Pines were received with mingled feelings,
+exciting a desire to share in the possible benefits to be gained or
+extorted from natives of the new lands, or from those who had the first
+opportunity to exploit a virgin territory. On the first receipt of those
+leaflets merchants held back their vessels about to sail, to await
+more definite information on this fourth island of the Terra Australis
+incognita.
+
+[13]An examination of the known issues of the tract proves this interest
+and offers an almost unique study in bibliography; for I doubt if any
+publication made in the second half of the seventeenth century--even
+a state paper of importance, as a treaty--attained such speedy and
+widespread recognition. A list of the various issues will be found in
+an appendix: it only remains to call attention to a few of the many
+novelties and variant characteristics of the editions.
+
+
+
+
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+
+In June and July, 1668, four tracts on the Isle of Pines from the same
+pen were licensed and published in London, which may for convenience
+be designated the first and second parts of the narrative, and the two
+parts in continuation. From London the tract soon passed to Holland,
+which had ever been a greedy consumer of voyages of discovery, for the
+greatness of that nation depended upon the sea, at once its most potent
+enemy and friend.{1} Three Dutch editions have been found, the earliest
+in point of time being that made by Jacob Vinckel, [14]of Amsterdam.
+
+     1 Holland was the centre of map publication as the twenty
+     yean before 1668 saw the issue of atlases by Jansson, Blaeu,
+     Mercator, Doncker, Cellarius, Loon, Visscher, and Goos, all
+     published at Amsterdam. Phillips' list for this period gives
+     atlases published elsewhere--those of Boissevin (Paris,
+     1653), Lubin (Paris, 1659), Nicolosi (Rome, 1660), Dudley
+     (Florence, 1661), Du Val (Paris, 1662), Jollain (Paris
+     1667), Cluver (Wolfen-buttel, 1667?) and Ortelius (Venice,
+     1667).
+
+His second title is an exact translation of the second title of the
+London first part. This version, however, omitted an essential part of
+the relation. The London second title is also that of the issue made at
+Amsterdam by Jacob Stichter, being the Vinckel version, word for word,
+and almost line for line, but the type used is the gothic, and the
+spelling of words is not the same. Further, Stichter was possessed of
+some imagination and decorated his title-page with a map of a part of
+the island, showing ranges of hills, a harbor or mouth of a river, with
+conventional soundings, and two towns or settlements. As each of these
+issues contains only eight pages of text, the first London part only was
+known to the publishers. The third Dutch edition was put out by Joannes
+Naeranus, at Rotterdam, and in a foreword he gives the following reason
+for issuing the tract:
+
+To the Reader A part of the present relation is also printed by Jacob
+Vinckel at Amsterdam, being defective in omitting one of the
+principal things, so do we give here a true copy which was sent to us
+authoritatively out of England, but in that language, in order that the
+curious reader may not be deceived by the poor translation, and for
+that reason this very astonishing history fall under suspicion. Lastly,
+admire God's wondrous guidance, and farewell.
+
+His publication contains twenty pages of text, and is not an accurate
+translation of the English tract in parts, but rather a paraphrase of
+the text. To make the confusion the greater, he [15]expressly states on
+the title-page that he used a copy received from London, and gives the
+London imprint which will fit only the first London part. For "by S. G."
+appears only on the title-page of that part.
+
+
+
+
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+
+From Amsterdam and under date July 19, 1668, a summary of the earlier
+Dutch issue with two paragraphs of introduction was sent to Paris, and
+was printed in a four-page pamphlet by Sebastien Marbre Cramoisy, the
+king's printer, whose name is so honorably connected with the Jesuit
+Relations--stories as remarkable as any offered in the "Isle of Pines"
+and of immeasurable value on the earliest years of recorded history
+in our New England. Even this summary, thus definitely dated, offers
+problems. The location of the island is given in general terms in
+the half-title as "below the equinoctial line," and in the text as in
+"xxviii or xxix degrees of Antartique latitude." Nowhere in the first
+London part is either location used, and in the second London part,
+which bears nearly the same date as the Cramoisy summary--July
+22--twenty degrees of latitude is given. The writer of the summary thus
+allowed himself some freedom.
+
+A second French edition, without imprint, contains eleven pages and is
+a translation of the first London part, paraphrased in sentences, but
+on the whole a close rendering of the English text There never was
+a title-page to this issue--the first page having the signature-mark
+A--yet with eleven pages only, it [16]would seem fit that a title-page
+should round out the twelve for the convenience of printing.
+
+
+
+
+ITALIAN EDITION
+
+The Italian issue, made by Giacomo Didini, in Bologna and Venice, is a
+literal translation of Cramoisy's publication, and bears the same date,
+at Amsterdam, July 19, 1668. The original probably came from Paris,
+though it is possible that some Dutch merchant in Amsterdam sent a
+circular letter on the discovered Isle to his correspondents in Paris
+and Venice. It is unsafe to conjecture in such matters, for an Amsterdam
+issue may yet be found which will give, word for word, the French and
+Italian versions. Our ignorance on the press of the continent of those
+times, and especially the want of files of "corantos," or news sheets,
+close a wide field of research to the American inquirer. The catalogue
+of the British Museum gives 1669 as the probable year of issue. I see no
+good reason for rejecting 1668 as the more probable year. If the tract
+could go from London to Cambridge, in New England, in three months, it
+could pass from Amsterdam to Italy, by land or by sea, in an equal time.
+
+
+
+
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+
+From Holland the relation also penetrated the German states, finding
+ready welcome and arousing eager curiosity. Hippe regards the tract
+issued by Wilhelm Serlin, at Frankfort on the Main, as the first of the
+German publications, and, being translated [17]from the Dutch, he
+shows that the translator used both the Amsterdam and the Rotterdam
+publications.{1} The Hamburg version claimed to be derived from the
+English original, but it followed closely the Serlin translation from
+the Dutch with modifications which might have been drawn from the
+London tract. An edition not mentioned by Hippe or identified by any
+bibliographer is in the John Carter Brown Library, and opens with the
+statement that it is translated from the English and not from the Dutch.
+It closely follows the text of the London first part. Very likely it is
+the edition found at Copenhagen, if the similarity of titles offers an
+indication of the contents. South Germany obtained its information from
+France, and while neither of the two issues avowedly translated from the
+French gives the place of publication, the fact that one is in Munich
+and the other in Strassburg offers some reason to conjecture that they
+came from the presses of those cities. The Munich issue is for the most
+part a summary of what was in the first London issue, and, if translated
+directly from a French version, must have been from one not now located,
+for it is different from those in the list in this volume. Of the
+Strassburg text, Hippe states that it follows the Rotterdam pamphlet
+Finally, at Breslau is what calls itself a complete publication of the
+combined parts from a copy obtained from London, but it is more probably
+based upon the Dutch translations printed in Amsterdam and Rotterdam,
+with additions drawn from the English.{2}
+
+     1  Hippe, 11.
+
+     2  On these German issues Hippe is full, but I have given
+     only what is needed to identify them.
+
+[18]One of the strangest uses made of the narrative of Pine is to be
+found in Schoeben's translation into German of Jan Mocquet's "Voyages en
+Africque," etc., a work of some estimation which had already twice been
+published in France and once in a Dutch translation before Schoeben
+printed his edition in 1688. As pages inserted quite arbitrarily
+in Mocquets compilation, Schoeben gave Pine's story in full, with a
+paragraph of introduction which not a little abuses the truth while
+giving an additional color of truth. He asserted that while kept at
+Lisbon by the Dutch blockade, he was thrown much in the company of an
+Englishman, one of the Pine family, who were all regarded as notable
+seamen. From this man, then awaiting an opportunity to sail for the
+West Indies, our author heard a very strange story of the origin of the
+Pines, a story then quite notorious at Lisbon. Then follows, with some
+embroidery, a version of the Neville pamphlet, which is not like any
+German translation seen by me, but so full as to extend over ten pages
+of the volume. It ends with a reiteration of the wholly false manner
+in which this story had been obtained. So bold an appropriation of the
+narrative, with a provenience entirely new and as fictitious as the
+story itself, and its bodily inclusion by an editor in a work of
+recognized merit, where it is between two true recitals, cannot be
+defended.{1}
+
+     1 Mocquet's work originally appeared in Rouen in 1645, and a
+     Dutch translation was published at Dordrecht in 1656. A
+     second French issue, apparently unchanged in text, was put
+     out at Rouen in 1665, and in 1618 Schoeben's edition,
+     printed at Luneberg by Johann Georg Lippers, preceded by
+     eight years an English translation made by Nathaniel Pullen.
+     The Pine tract appears, of course, only in Schoeben's
+     volume.
+
+The tract passed to Cambridge, Massachusetts, before or early in
+September, and it would indeed be interesting to know [19]how and
+through whose hands it passed before reaching Marmaduke Johnson--to his
+undoing. Hezekiah Usher was the only bookseller in Boston at the time,
+and possibly his son, John, may have been associated with him. They
+ordered what they desired from London booksellers and publishers, and
+may have received voluntary consignments of publications from London.
+That would be a somewhat precarious venture, for nothing could be more
+different than the reading markets in Boston and in London, especially
+in the lighter products of the press. Had it come through the Ushers,
+the title-page might state that it had been printed "by M. J. for
+Hezekiah Usher," but in that event Usher would have suffered for not
+obtaining the needed license. The probability is that Johnson was alone
+responsible and was tempted by the hope of gain.
+
+These were all contemporary issues, coming from the press within six
+months of the first appearance of the tract in London. So startling a
+popularity, so widely shown, was a tribute to the opportunity rather
+than to the contents of the piece. And the European interest continued
+for a full century. In Germany it was included in a number of
+collections of voyages, in Denmark it was printed in 1710 and 1789,
+and in France Abbe Prevost took it for his compilation of 1767 on
+discoveries. The English republication of 1778 has peculiar interest,
+for it was due to no other than Thomas Hollis, the benefactor of the
+library of Harvard College, who saw more in the tract than can now be
+recognized, and induced Cadell to reprint it.
+
+
+
+[20]
+
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+
+In the absence of any positive objection, the conclusion of the auction
+expert--that the S. G. imprint was one of Samuel Green of Cambridge,
+Massachusetts--remained unquestioned. But a study of editions and of the
+chronological sequence of the English issues offers a decided negative
+to such a conclusion. The first part was licensed June 27, 1668. Van
+Sloetten dated the second part July 22, 1668, and the issue of the
+combined parts was licensed five days later, July 27. In the space
+of just four weeks all three trads were licensed, and the actual
+publication must have occurred within the same period of time. Such had
+been the start obtained by the first part that on the continent it was
+used for reprint and translation, almost to the neglect of the second
+part, and, as we have seen, most of these translations appeared before
+the end of 1668. Now the tract was not known in Massachusetts until
+discovered by the inquest on printers in September, and a S. G. or
+Samuel Green edition could hardly have come from the press before
+October, even if not delayed by the proceedings against Johnson. Yet on
+die title-page of the Dutch translation issued at Rotterdam in 1668, the
+printer states at length that it is from a copy from London, by S. G.
+for Allen Banks and Charles Harper, in the Lily near Cripplegate Church,
+and in his note "To the Reader" he expressly repeats that he obtained
+a copy of the work from London, in order to correct a faulty issue by
+another Dutch printer.
+
+If S. G. was Samuel Green, we must suppose that one of his Cambridge
+issues was shipped to Rotterdam in time to [21]be translated and
+reprinted before the end of the year. In point of time the thing could
+be done, but in point of probability it was impossible. Apart from his
+own statement, there were a thousand to one chances in favor of the
+Dutch printer obtaining the pamphlet from London; there were ten
+thousand chances to one against his getting it from Massachusetts. I
+reject the supposition that this was a Cambridge imprint for that reason
+alone.
+
+Additional evidence hostile to the claim may be adduced. The copy of the
+first tract in the British Museum is the S. G. for Banks and Harper.{1}
+
+     1  It is erroneously described as "an abridgment."
+
+No other London imprint is to be found there or in the larger libraries
+of England. Of the three other copies located, that sold at audion (the
+White Kennett copy) and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society
+came direct from England, and the actual provenance of the copy in the
+New York Historical Society is not known. It belonged to Rufus King,
+long United States minister near the court of St James's, and is bound
+with other tracts under a general title of "Topographical Collection,
+Vol. I." The binding, Mr. Kelby tells me, is American. There is no mark
+to show when or where King obtained the pamphlet, and the Society
+did not receive it until 1906. That Rufus King belongs as much to
+Massachusetts as to New York is too slight a foundation on which to
+erect a claim that this particular tract was of Massachusetts origin.
+
+In no case, therefore, can an American setting to any one of the four
+known copies of the S. G. "Isle of Pines" be [22]established.{1} The
+probabilities are all against Samuel Green. The incident is a good
+example of the danger of giving play to the imagination on an appearance
+of a combination of fads cemented by interest.
+
+Thus disappears from our memory the certain identification of the S. G.
+pamphlet as an early issue of the press in Cambridge, and with it goes
+my identification of the Johnson pamphlet with the S. G. title-page--a
+veritable pipe dream. It might be urged that as White Kennett was
+collecting on America, it would be more than probable that he would
+have had an American issue; but his own catalogue of 1713 describes the
+nine-page tract, and that is our London edition. I might claim still
+that my Johnson was a Johnson, with a London title-page; but the
+typographical adornment on the first page of its text is just the same
+as the adornment on the first page of the London issue--three rows
+of fleur-de-lys, thirty-seven in each row, and the same kind of type
+characters.{2}
+
+     1 Lowndes indexes it under George Pine, and describes a
+     nine-page trait--probably the one now in the British Museum.
+     He quotes a sale of a copy in it 60 (Puttkk) for L4.10s. He
+     indexes the combined parts under Sloetten, and notes a copy,
+     with the plate, sold in the White Knights sale for 1s..
+
+     2  To attempt to reason from types or rule of thumb
+     measurements, however suggestive, leads to indefinite
+     conclusions. For example, the width of the type page of the
+     S. G. issue of the first part is exactly that of the English
+     issue of the second part, but the former has 33 tines to the
+     page and the latter a a. The width of the page in the
+     variant S. G. issue is narrower and there are 38 and 39
+     lines to the page. But in the London second part the width
+     of page varies by a quarter of an inch. We have Marmaduke
+     Johnson's issue of Paine's Daily Meditations y issued in
+     1670 in connection with S. G. The ornamental border of
+     fleur-de-lys is entirely different from those in the S. G.
+     Isle of Pines. A copy of Johnson's issue of Scottow's
+     translation of Bretz on the Anabaptists, printed in 1668,
+     the very year of the Isle of Pines, shows a different foot
+     of italics from that used in the Isle of Pines variant,
+     yet the roman characters in the two pieces seem identical,
+     and the width of page is exactly the same.
+
+So I bid farewell to my theory, [23]and can only congratulate myself on
+having cleared one point--the London issue--and on having introduced
+a new confusion by the discovery of a second London issue with an
+identical title-page, a problem for the future to solve. I much doubt if
+a true Johnson issue will ever be found, for I believe the action of the
+authorities prevented its birth.
+
+In the library of Mr. Henry E. Huntington is a London issue of which
+I do not find another example. It contains sixteen pages, and the
+title-page gives neither printer's name nor place of publication. It may
+be the first issue, or it may be a later re-issue of the tract, for the
+type, especially the italic, is better than that in the S. G. issue.
+The punctuation also is more carefully looked after, and the whole
+appearance suggests an eighteenth century print. As the original was
+duly licensed, there was no reason to suppress the names of printer or
+booksellers. Nor could the contents of the piece call out controversy
+or hostility from any political faction or religious following. It
+was proper for the author to omit his name from the publication, if he
+desired to remain unknown; but the publisher, having the support of the
+licenser, had every reason to advertise his connexion with the tract,
+although he could not have anticipated so ready an acceptance by the
+public. While I place the Huntington pamphlet first in the bibliography,
+I am more inclined to regard it as a publication made at a later time.
+
+
+
+[24]
+
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+
+The English edition of thirty-one pages in the John Carter Brown
+Library, with an engraved frontispiece,{1} offers still further proof
+that the S. G. issue was made in London. In place of being entirely
+different from the S. G. tract, it is precisely the same so far as text
+is concerned. For it is nothing more than the two parts combined, but
+combined in a peculiar manner. The second part was opened at page 6
+and the first part inserted, entire and without change of text{2} This
+insertion runs into page 16, where a sentence is inserted to carry on
+the relation: "After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this
+Relation, then proceeded he on in his discourse." The rest of the text
+of the second part follows, and pages 27-31 of the combined parts seem
+to be the very type pages of pages 20-24 of the second part{3} In this
+sandwich form one must read six pages before coming to the text of the
+first part, and a careless reader, comparing only the respective first
+pages, would conclude that a pamphlet of thirty-one pages could have no
+likeness [25]to one of nine.
+
+     1  The plate in the copy in the John Carter Brown Library
+     does not belong to that issue, but is inserted in so clumsy
+     a manner as to prevent reproduction. The same plate is found
+     in a copy of the ten-page S.G. issue in the library of Mr.
+     Henry E. Huntington, and to all appearances belongs to that
+     issue.
+
+     2   The last sentence on page 6 of the second part read:
+     "Then proceeded he on in his discourse saying," and there
+     are no pages numbered 7 and 8, although there is no break in
+     the text, the catch-word on page 6 being the first word on
+     page 9. In the combined parts, the last words on page 6
+     constitute a phrase: "which Copy hereafter followeth."
+
+     3 The only change made is in the heading of the Post-script,
+     which was wrongly printed in the second part as "Post-
+     script." On page 26 of the combined parts the words "except
+     burning" were inserted, not appearing in the second part.
+
+On typographical evidence it is safe to assume that the three pieces
+came from the same press, and to assert that the second part and the
+combined parts certainly did. The initials S. G. are found only on the
+first part.
+
+
+
+
+THE PUBLISHERS
+
+The imprints of the three parts agree that the booksellers or publishers
+handling the editions were Allen Banks and Charles Harper. The first
+part gives their shop as the "Flower-De-luice near Cripplegate Church,"
+the second part as the "Flower-de-luce" as before, and the combined
+parts as "next door to the three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over
+against St. Dunstans Church." The church is still there, with more than
+two centuries of dirt and soot marking its walls since Neville wrote,
+and Chancery and Fettar Lanes enable one to place quite accurately the
+location of the booksellers' shop. Only three times do the names of
+Banks and Harper appear as partners on the Stationers' Registers,{1} and
+they separated about 1671, Banks going to the "St Peter at the West End
+of St Pauls." If any judgment may be drawn from their publications after
+ceasing to be partners, Banks leaned to light literature and may have
+been responsible for taking up the "Isle of Pines." Yet Harper was
+Neville's publisher in 1674 and in 1681, a fact which may indicate a
+personal relation.{2}
+
+     1 Eyre and Rivington, ii. 386, 388, and 410.
+
+     2 Sec page 34, infra.
+
+
+
+[26]
+
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+
+By some curious chance this little pamphlet has come to be classed as
+Americana. Bishop Kenneth's Catalogue may have been the source of this
+error, leading collectors to believe that the item was a true relation
+of an actual voyage, and possibly touching upon some phase of American
+history or geography. The rarity of the pamphlet would not permit such a
+belief to be readily corrected. The existence also of two Isles of Pines
+in American waters may have aided the belief.
+
+One of these islands is off the southwestern end of Cuba. On his second
+voyage, Columbus had sailed along the south coast of Cuba, and June
+13,1494, reached an island, which he named Evangelista. Here he
+encountered such difficulties among the shoals that he determined to
+retrace his course to the eastward. But for that experience, he might
+have reached the mainland of America on that voyage. The conquest of the
+island of Cuba by Diego Velasquez in 1511 led to its exploration; but
+geographers could only slowly appreciate what the islands really meant,
+for they were as much misled by the reports of navigators as Columbus
+had been by his prejudice in favor of Cathay.
+
+Toscanelli's map of the Atlantic Ocean (1474) gives many islands between
+Cape Verde and the "coast of spices," of which "Cippangu" is the largest
+and most important.{1}
+
+     1  This map, as reconstructed from Martin Behaim's globe, is
+     in Scottish Geographical Magazine, 1893.
+
+On Juan de laCosa's sea chart, 1500, Cuba is fairly drawn, with the sea
+to the south dotted with islands without names. In a few years the mist
+surrounding [27]the new world had so far been dispelled as to disclose a
+quite accurate detail of the larger West Indian islands{1} and to offer
+a continent to the west, one that placed Cipangu still far too much
+to the east of the coast of Asia.{2} An island of some size off the
+southwest of Cuba seems to have been intended at first for Jamaica, but
+certainly as early as 1536 that island had passed to its true position
+on the maps, and the island to the west is without a name. Nor can it
+be confused with Yucatan, which for forty years was often drawn as an
+island. On the so-called Wolfenbuttel-Spanish map of 1525-30 occurs the
+name "J. de Pinos," probably the first occurrence of the name upon any
+map in the sixteenth century. Two other maps of that time--Colon's and
+Ribero's, dated respectively 1527 and 1529--call it "Y de Pinos," and on
+the globe of Ulpius, to which the year 1542 is assigned, "de Pinos"
+is clearly marked. Bellero's map, 1550, has an island "de pinolas."
+Naturally, map-makers were slow to adopt new names, and in the numerous
+editions of Ptolemy the label St Iago was retained almost to the end of
+the century.{3} On the Agnese map there are two islands, one named "S.
+Tiago," the other "pinos," which introduced a new confusion, though he
+was not followed by most geographers until Wytfliet, 1597, gave both
+names to the same island--"S. Iago siue Y de Pinas"--in which he is
+followed by Hondius, 1633.{4} Ortelius, 1579, [28]adopts "I Pinnorum,"
+while Linschoten, 1598, has "Pinas," and Herrera, 1601, "Pinos."
+
+     1  The Agnese Atlas of 1529 may be cited as an example.
+
+     2   See, for example, the so-called Stobnicza [Joannes,
+     Stobnicensis] map of 151a, and the Ptolemy of 1513
+     (Strassburg).
+
+     3  Muenster, 1540. Cabot, 1544, and Desceller, 1546, give "Y
+     de Pinos."
+
+     4  Mr. P. Lee Phillips, to whom I am indebted for references
+     to atlases of the time, also supplies the following:
+     Lafreri, 1575 (?) "S. Tiagoj" Percacchi, 1576, "S. Tiago;"
+     Santa Cruz, 1541, "Ya de Pinosj" and Dudley, 1647, "I de
+     Pinos." Hakloyt (iii. 617) prints a "Ruttier" for the
+     West Indies, without date, but probably of the end of the
+     sixteenth century, which contains the following; "The
+     markes of Isla de Pinos. The Island of Pinos stretcheth it
+     selfe East and West, and is full of homocks, and if you
+     chance to see it at full sea, it will shew like 3 Islands,
+     as though there were divers soundes betweene them, and that
+     in the midst is the greatest; and in rowing with them, it
+     will make all a firme lande: and upon the East side of these
+     three homocks it will shewe all ragged; and on the West
+     side of them will appeare unto you a lowe point even with
+     the sea, and oftentimes you shall see the trees before you
+     shall discerne the point."
+
+When the name given by Columbus was dropped and by whom the island was
+named "de Pinos" cannot be determined.
+
+Our colleague, Mr. Francis R. Hart, has called my attention to a second
+Isle of Pines in American waters, being near Golden Island, which was
+situated in the harbor or bay on which the Scot Darien expedition made
+its settlement of New Edinburgh. The bay is still known as Caledonia
+Bay, and the harbor as Porto Escoces, but the Isla de Pinas as well as a
+river of the same name do not appear on maps of the region. The curious
+may find references to the island in the printed accounts of the
+unfortunate Darien colony.
+
+The Isle of Pines could thus be found on the map as an actual island in
+the West Indies; but the "Isle of Pines" of our tract existed only
+in the imagination of the writer. The mere fact of its having been
+printed--but not published--in Cambridge, Massachusetts, does not
+entitle it to be classed even indirectly as Americana, any more than
+Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress or [29]Thomas a Kempis could be so marked on
+the strength of their having a Massachusetts imprint Curiosities of the
+American press they may be, but they serve only as crude measures of the
+existing taste for literature since become recognized as classic.
+
+The dignified Calendar of State Papers in the Public Record Office,
+London, gravely indexes a casual reference to the tract under West
+Indies, and the impression that the author wrote of the Cuban island
+probably accounts for the different editions in the John Carter Brown
+Library, as well as for the price obtained for the White Kennett copy.
+No possible reason can be found, however, for regarding the "Isle of
+Pines" in any of its forms as Americana.
+
+
+
+
+THE AUTHOR
+
+Thus far I have been concerned with externals, and before turning to the
+contents of the tract itself in an endeavor to explain the extraordinary
+popularity it enjoyed, something must be said of the author--Henry
+Neville. Like most of the characters engaged in the politics of England
+in the middle of the seventeenth century, he has suffered at the hands
+of his biographer, Anthony a Wood,{1} merely because he belonged to
+the opposite party--the crudest possible measure of merit For the odium
+politicum and the odium theologicum are twin agents of detraction, and
+the writing of history would be dull indeed were it not for the joy of
+digging out an approximation to the truth from opposing opinions. Where
+the material is so scanty it will be safer [30]to summarize what is
+known, without attempting to pass finally upon Neville's position among
+his contemporaries.
+
+     1 Athenae Oxoniemses (Bliss), iv. 413.
+
+The second son of Sir Henry Neville, and grandson of Sir Henry Neville
+(1564?-1615), courtier and diplomatist under Elizabeth and James I,
+Henry Neville was born in Billing-bear, Berkshire, in 1620. He became
+a commoner of Merton College in 1635, and soon after migrated to
+University College, where he passed some years but took no degree. He
+travelled on the continent, becoming familiar with modern languages and
+men, and returned to England in 1645, to recruit for Abingdon for the
+parliament Wood states that Neville "was very great with Harry
+Marten, Tho. Chaloner, Tho. Scot, Jam. Harrington and other zealous
+commonwealths men." His association with them probably arose from his
+membership of the council of state (1651), and also from his agreement
+with them in their suspicions of Cromwell, who, in his opinion, "gaped
+after the government by a single person." In consequence he was banished
+from London in 1654, and on Oliver's death was returned to parliament
+December 30,1658, as burgess for Reading. An attempt to exclude him on
+charges of atheism and blasphemy failed.
+
+He was undoubtedly somewhat closely associated with James Harrington,
+the author of "Oceana," and was regarded as a "strong doctrinaire
+republican." He was a member of the club--the Rota--formed by Harrington
+for discussing and disseminating his political views, a club which
+continued in existence only a few months, from November, 1659, to
+February, 1660; but its name is embalmed in one of Harrington's
+essays--"The Rota"--published in 1660, and extracted from his "Art of
+Law-giving," [31]which was itself an abridgment of the "Oceana."
+
+At this time, says Wood, Neville was "esteemed to be a man of good
+parts, yet of a factious and turbulent spirit." On the restoration he
+"sculk'd for a time," and, arrested for a supposed connection in the
+Yorkshire rising of 1663, he was released for want of evidence against
+him, retiring from all participation in politics. For twenty years
+before his death he lived in lodgings in Silver Street, near Bloomsbury
+market, and dying on September 20, 1694, he was buried in the parish
+church of Warfield, Berkshire. By his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of
+Richard Staverton of Warfield, he had no issue.{2} In his retirement he
+found occupation in political theory. He translated some of the writings
+of Machiavelli, which he had obtained in Italy in 1645, and published
+some verses of little merit.
+
+     {1} Wood.
+
+     {2}  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+It cannot be said that a reading of Neville's productions before 1681
+raises him in our estimation, it certainly does not give the impression
+of a man of letters, a student of government, or even a politician of
+the day. There is always the possibility in these casual writings of
+a purpose deeper than appears to the reader of the present day, of a
+meaning which escapes him because the special combination of events
+creating the occasion cannot be reconstructed. The "Parliament of
+Ladies," which was published in two parts in 1647, has little meaning
+to the reader, though they appeared in the year when the Parliament took
+notice of the "many Seditious, False and Scandalous Papers and Pamphlets
+daily printed and published in and about the cities of London and
+Westminster, and thence dispersed [32]into all parts of this Realm, and
+other parts beyond the Seas, to the great abuse and prejudice of the
+People, and insufferable reproach of the proceedings of the Parliament
+and their Army."{1}
+
+To write, print, or sell any unlicensed matter whatsoever would be
+liable to fine or imprisonment, and to whet the zeal of discovery
+one-half of the fine was to go to the informer. Every publication,
+from a book to a broadsheet, must bear the name of author, printer,
+and licenser. Neither of Neville's pamphlets of 1647 conformed to the
+requirements of this act, which is not, however, positive evidence that
+they did not appear after the promulgation of the law. Suppression of
+printing has proved a difficult task to rulers, even when supported
+by public opinion or an army. The Stationers' Registers show that the
+"Parliament of Ladies" and its sequel were not properly entered; nor do
+they contain any reference to Neville's "News from the New Exchange,"
+issued in 1650.{2}
+
+Nine years passed before he printed a pamphlet which marked his
+break with Cromwell--"Shuffling, Cutting, and Dealing in a Game of
+Picquet."{3}
+
+     1  Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, i. 1021. Though
+     dated September 30, the act was entered at Stationers' Hall
+     September 19. Eyre and Rivington, i. 276.
+
+     2  It was reprinted in 1731.
+
+     3  It is in the Harleian Miscellany, v. 298, and a copy of
+     the meanly printed original is in the Ticknor Collection,
+     Boston Public Library.
+
+This little pamphlet was put out in the poorest dress possible,
+bespeaking a press of meagre equipment, and a printer without an idea
+of the form which even the leaflet can assume in skilful hands. Without
+imprint, author's name, or any mark of identification, it indicates a
+secret impression and [33]issue--one of the many occasional pamphlets
+which appeared at the time from "underground" shops which least of all
+wanted to be known as the agent of publication. Neville either avowed
+the authorship or it was traced to him, and the displeasure of Cromwell
+and banishment from London followed.
+
+In 1681 he printed "Discourses concerning Government," which was much
+admired by Hobbes, and even Wood admits that it was "very much bought up
+by the members [of parliament], and admired: But soon after, when they
+understood who the author was (for his name was not set to the book),
+many of the honest party rejected, and had no opinion of it" A later
+writer describes it as an "un-Platonic dialogue developing a scheme
+for the exercise of the royal prerogative through councils of state
+responsible to Parliament, and of which a third part should retire every
+year."{1} Reissued at the time under its better known title--"Plato
+Redivivus"{2}--it was reprinted in 1742,{3} and again by Thomas Hollis
+in 1763.
+
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+     2  Plato Redivivus, or A Dialogue concerning Government:
+     wherein, by Observations drawn from other Kingdoms and
+     States both ancient and modern, an Endeavour is used to
+     discover the politick Distemper of our own; with the Causes
+     and Remedies. The Second Edition, with Additions. In Octavo.
+     Price 2s. 6d. Printed for S. I. and sold by R. Dew. The Term
+     Catalogues (Arber), 1.443--the issue for May, 1681. The
+     initials S. I. do not again occur in the Catalogues, and R.
+     Dew is credited with only two issues, both in May, 1681,
+     neither giving the location of his shop. The tract called
+     out several replies, such as the anonymous Antidotum
+     Brittanicum and Goddard's Plato's Demon, or the State
+     Physician Unmasked ( 1684).
+
+     3  A copy is in the Library Company, Philadelphia.
+
+His translations from Machiavelli are not so easily traced, nor is any
+explanation possible for his having delayed for nearly [34]thirty years
+publication of evidence of his admiration for the Florentine politician.
+He was not alone in desiring to make the Italian political moralist
+better known, for translations of the "Discourses" and "The Prince,"
+with "some marginal animadversions noting and taxing his [Machiavelli's]
+errors," by E. D.{1} was published in a second edition in November,
+1673, but I do not connect Neville with that issue. In the following
+year the connection of Charles Harper's name with the "Florentine
+History" suggests Neville, as does a more ambitious undertaking of the
+"Works," first fathered by another London bookseller, but with which
+Harper was concerned in 1681:
+
+The Florentine History, in Eight Books. Written by Nicholas Machiavel,
+Citizen and Secretary of Florence: now exactly translated from the
+Italian. In Octavo. Price, bound, 6s. Printed for Charles Harper, and J.
+Amery, at the Flower de luce, and Peacock, in Fleet street.{2}
+
+The Works of the Famous Nicholas Machiavel, Citizen and Secretary of
+Florence. Containing, 1. The History of Florence. 2. The Prince. 3. The
+Original of the Guelf and Ghibilin Factions. 4. The life of Castrucio
+Castraceni. 5. The murther of Vitelli, etc., by Duke Valentine. 6. The
+State of France. 7. The State of Germany. 8. The Discourses of Titus
+Livius. 9. The Art of War. 10. The Marriage of Belphegery a Novel.{3}
+
+     1  Edward Dacres.
+
+     2  The Term Catalogues (Arber i. 18--the issue for November
+     25,1674.) It was entered at Stationers' Hall, June 20,
+     1674, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and Master
+     Warden Mean" with the statement that the translation was
+     made by "J. D. Gent."
+
+     3  This novel wa added by Starker to a translation of novels
+     by Gomez deQueverdoy Villegas published in November, 1670.
+     The name of the printer suggests a connection with Neville.
+
+[35]11. Nicholas Machiavel's Letter in Vindication of himself and his
+Writings. All written originally in Italian; and from thence newly and
+faithfully Translated in English. In Folio. Price, bound, 18s. Printed
+for J. Starkey at the Mitre in Flret street near Temple Bar.
+
+[Same Title.] The Second Edition. Printed for J. Starkey, C. Harper, and
+J. Amery, at the Miter, the Flower de luce, and the Peacock, in Flret
+street. Folio. Price, bound, 16s.{1}
+
+     1  The Term Catalogues (Arber) i.199--the issue for
+     February, 1675. Entered at Stationers' Hall, February 4,
+     1674-75, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and
+     Master Warden Roycroft," with the statement that the
+     translation was made by "J.B. Salvo iure cuilibet." The
+     resort to L'Estrange in both instances is suggestive. 2  Ib
+     453--the issue for June, 1681. "The Works of that famous
+     Nicholas Machiavel" is announced in the Catalogues, June,
+     1675, for publication by R. Boulter, in Cornhill, and at the
+     same price of 18s., but I doubt if Neville had anything to
+     do with that translation.
+
+It may be admitted that questions of government were eagerly discussed
+in the seventeenth century. It was only needed to live under the Stuarts
+and to pass through the Civil War and Protectorate to realize that
+a transition from the divinely anointed ruler to a self-constituted
+governor resting upon an army, and again to a trial of the legitimate
+holder of royal prerogative, offered an education in matters of
+political rule which naturally led to a constitutional monarchy, and
+which could not be equalled in degree or lasting importance until the
+American colonies of Great Britain questioned the policy of the mother
+country toward her all too energetic children. Hobbes' "Leviathan, or
+the Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil,"
+appeared in 1651, a powerful argument for absolutism, but cast in such
+a form as to make the [36]writer an unwelcome adherent to royalty in
+exile.
+
+In 1652 Filmer published his "Observations concerning the Original of
+Government," one of a series of tracts, completed by his "Patriarcha,"
+printed after his death, which has made him a prophet of the extreme
+supporters of the divine origin of kingship. These are only examples
+of the political discussion of the day, and to them may be added
+Harrington, whose "Oceanan" appeared in 1656.{1} It satisfied no party
+or faction, and a second edition was not called for until 1700, when
+other writings of the author were added. This compilation was, in 1737,
+pirated by a Dublin printer, R. Reilly, who added Neville's "Plato
+Redivivus;"{2} but the third English edition (1747), issued by the same
+printer who made the second edition, omitted Neville's tract.
+
+     1  Entered at Stationers' Hall by Livewell Chapman,
+     September 19,1656. Eyre and Rivington, ii. 86.
+
+     2  Bibliotheca Liudeusianat ii. 4228.
+
+
+
+
+THE STORY
+
+"The Isle of Pines" was Neville's fifth publication, issued nine years
+after his fourth, a political tract: "Shuffling, Cutting and Dealing
+in a Game of Picquet" Like most titles of the day, that of "The Isle of
+Pines" did not fail in quantity. It was repeated word for word, except
+the imprint, on the first page of the text. Briefly, the relation
+purports to have been written by an Englishman, George Pine, who at the
+age of twenty shipped as book-keeper in the India Merchant, which sailed
+for the East Indies in 1569.
+
+Having rounded the Cape of Good Hope and [37]being almost within sight
+of St. Lawrence's Island, now Madagascar,{1} they encountered a great
+storm of wind, which separated the ship from her consorts, blew many
+days, and finally wrecked the vessel on a rocky island. The entire
+company was drowned except Pine, the daughter of his master, two
+maid-servants, and one negro female slave. They gathered what they could
+of the wreckage, and Pine and his companions lived there in community
+life, a free-love settlement By the four women he had forty-seven
+children, and in his sixtieth year he claimed to have 565 children,
+grandchildren, and great-grandchildren. It was from one of his
+grandchildren that the Dutch ship received the relation. Apart from the
+title-page, the entire tract is occupied by the story of George Pine,
+from whom the island took its name. In 1667, or ninety-eight years after
+Pine was wrecked, the Dutch captain estimated that the population of the
+island amounted to ten or twelve thousand persons. Methuselah, with his
+years to plead for him, might boast of such breeding, but in ordinary
+man it is too near the verminous, the rat, the guinea-pig, and the
+rabbit, to be pleasant.
+
+     1 It was the Island of St. Laurence of James Lancaster's
+     Voyage, 1593. Hakluyt, Principall Navigations, vi. 401.
+
+The publication must have attracted attention at once, for before
+the end of July Neville put forth a second part, "A New and further
+Discovery of The Isle of Pines," which purported to be the relation of
+the Dutch captain to whom the history of Pines had been confided. It is
+an unadorned story such as might have been gathered from a dozen tales
+in Hakluyt or Purchas, and is interesting only in giving the name of
+the [38]Dutch captain--Cornelius Van Sloetton--and the location of
+the supposed island--longitude 76 deg. and latitude 20 deg., under the third
+climate--which places it to the northeast of Madagascar. Almost
+immediately after the publication of the second part it was combined
+with the first part, as already described, and published late in July
+or early in August Cornelius Van Sloetton, as he signed himself in the
+second part, became Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten in the combined issue.
+
+
+
+
+INTERPRETATIONS
+
+It was Pine's relation which received the greatest attention on the
+continent, and that was chiefly concerned in describing his performances
+in populating the island. It was therefore with only a mild surprise
+that I read in one of those repulsively thorough studies which only a
+German can make, a study made in 1668 of this very tract, "The Isle
+of Pines," the assertion that Pines, masquerading as the name of the
+discoverer and patriarch of the island, and accepted as the name of
+the island itself, was only an anagram on the male organ of
+generation--penis. On one of the German issues in the John Carter Brown
+[39]Library this has also been noted by a contemporary hand.{1} Such an
+interpretation reduces our tract to a screaming farce, but it closely
+suits the general tone of other of Neville's writings, which are
+redolent of the sensual license of the restoration. To this I would add
+an emendation of my own. The name adopted by Neville was Henry Cornelius
+van Sloetten. It suggests a somewhat forcible English word--slut--of
+doubtful origin, although forms having some resemblance in sound and
+sense occur in the Scandinavian languages.
+
+     1   Christian Weise, Prof. Polit, in augusteo in A. 1685.
+
+Such interpretations seem to fit the work better than that of a German
+critic, who sees in the book a sort of Utopia, a model community, or
+an exhibition in the development of law and order. Free love led
+to license, maids were ravished, and the complete promiscuity of
+intercourse disgusted Pine, who sought to suppress it by force and, in
+killing the leader of a revolt, a man with negro blood in his veins, to
+impose punishments for acts which he had himself done. The ground for
+believing that Neville had any such purpose when he wrote the book is
+too slight to be accepted. In 1668 the author had no call to convey a
+lesson in government to his countrymen by any means so frankly vulgar
+and pointless as the "Isle of Pines." If Neville had intended such a
+political object, a phrase would have sufficed to indicate it. No
+such key can be found in the text, and there is nothing to show that,
+politician as he was, he realized that such an intimation could be drawn
+from his paragraphs.
+
+To assume, therefore, that so carefully hidden a suggestion of a model
+republic could have aided the circulation [40]of the pamphlet at the
+time, or at any later period, is to introduce an element unnecessary
+to explain the vogue of the relation. It passed simply as a story
+of adventure, and as such it fell upon a time when a wide public was
+receptive to the point of being easily duped. Wood asserts that the
+"Isle of Pines," when first published, "was look'd upon as a mere sham
+or piece of drollery; "{1} and there are few contemporary references to
+the relation of either Pine or Van Sloetten, and those few are of little
+moment If the seamen, who were in a position to point out discrepancies
+of fad in the story, made any comment or criticism, I have failed to
+discover them.
+
+     1  Athenae Oxomiensis (Bliss), iv. 410.
+
+Neville himself freely played with the subject, and it is strange that
+he did not excite some suspicion of his veracity among his readers.
+He had told in his first part of a Dutch ship which was driven by foul
+weather to the island and of the giving to the Dutch the story of
+Pine. His second part is the story of the Dutch captain, sailing from
+Amsterdam, re-discovering the Isle of Pines, and returning home--that
+is, to Holland. Yet Neville for the combined issue, and presumably only
+a few days after giving out the first part, composed two letters from
+a merchant of Amsterdam--Abraham Keek--dated June 29 and July 6, saying
+that the last post from Rochelle brought intelligence of a French vessel
+which had just arrived and reported the discovery of this very island,
+but placing it some two or three hundred leagues "Northwest from Cape
+Finis Terre," though, he added with reasonable caution, "it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact [41]point of the compass from Cape Finis Terre."
+
+Keek offered an additional piece of geographical information, that "some
+English here suppose it maybe the Island of Brasile which have been so
+oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland."{1} The first letter of Keek is
+dated five days after the licensing of the first part of the "Isle
+of Pines," and the second sixteen days before the date of Sloetten's
+narrative. It is hardly possible that Neville could have been forgetful
+of his having made a Dutch vessel responsible for the discovery and
+history of Pine, and it is more than probable that he took this means of
+giving greater verisimilitude to the Isle of Pines, by bringing forward
+an independent discovery by a French vessel. However intended, the ruse
+did not contribute to such a purpose, as the combined parts did not
+enjoy as wide a circulation as the first part.
+
+     1  See page 53, infra.
+
+On the continent a German, who knew the tract only as translated into
+German through a Dutch version of the English text, and therefore
+imperfectly, gave it serious consideration, and had little difficulty in
+finding inconsistencies and contradictions. Some of his questions went
+to the root of the matter. It was a Dutch ship which first found the
+Isle of Pines and its colony; why was not the discovery first announced
+by the Dutch? Piece by piece the critic takes down the somewhat clumsily
+fashioned structure of Neville's fiction, and in the end little remains
+untouched by suspicion. No such examination, dull and labored in form,
+and offering no trace of imagination which wisely permits itself to be
+deceived in details in order to be free to accept a whole, could pass
+beyond the narrow circle of a university.
+
+[42]As an antidote to the attractions of Neville's tract it was
+powerless, and to-day it remains as much of a curiosity as it was in
+1668, when it was written. Indeed, a question might be raised as to
+which tract was less intentionally a joke--Neville's "Isle of Pines," or
+our German's ponderous essay upon it? At least the scientific
+ignorance of the Englishman, perfectly evident from the start, is more
+entertaining than the pseudo-science of the German critic, who boldly
+asserts as impossible what has come to be a commonplace.{1}
+
+     1   Das verdachtige Pineser-Eylandd, No. 29 in the
+     Bibliography. It it dedicated to Anthonio Goldbeck,
+     Burgomaster of Altona, and the letter of dedication b dated
+     at Hamburg, October 26, 1668.
+
+Hippe calls attention to the geography of the relation as not the least
+interesting of its features, for the neighborhood of the Island of
+Madagascar was used in other sea stories as a place of storm and
+catastrophe. "The ship on which Simplicissimus wished to return
+to Portugal, suffered shipwreck likewise near Madagascar, and the
+paradisiac island on which Grimmelshausen permits his hero finally to
+land in company with a carpenter, is also to be sought in this region.
+In precisely the same way the shipwreck of Sadeur,{1} the hero of a
+French Robinson Crusoe story, [43]happens on the coast of Madagascar,
+and from this was he driven in a southerly direction to the coast of the
+southern land."
+
+     1  La Terre Australe commue, a romance written by Gabriel de
+     Foigny (pseud. J. Sadeur), describing the stay of Sadeur on
+     the southern continent for more than thirty-five years, The
+     original edition, made in Geneva in 1676, is said to contain
+     "many impious and licentious passages which were omitted in
+     the later editions." Sabin (xviii. 220) gives a list of
+     editions, the first English translation appearing in 1693.
+     It is possible that the author owed the idea of his work to
+     Neville's pamphlet.
+
+In most of the older surveys of the known world America counts as the
+fourth part, naturally coming after Europe, Asia, and Africa. Even that
+arrangement was not generally accepted. Joannes Leo (Hasan Ibn Muhammad,
+al-Wazzan), writing in 1556, properly called Africa "la tierce Partie du
+Monde;" but the Seigneur de la Popelliniere, in his "Les Trois Mondes,"
+published in 1582, divided the globe into three parts--1. Europe, Asia,
+and Africa; 2. America, and 3. Australia. A half century later,
+Pierre d'Avitz, of Toumon (Ardeche), entitled one of his compositions
+"Description Generale de l'Amerique troisiesme partie du Monde," first
+published in 1637.{2} The expedition under Alvaro de Mendana de Nevra,
+setting sail from Callao, November 19, 1567, and steering westward,
+sought to clear doubt concerning a continent which report had pictured
+as being somewhere in the Pacific Ocean. The Solomon Islands rewarded
+the enterprise, and with New Guinea and the Philippines completed
+a connection between Peru and the continent of Asia. There had long
+existed, however, a settled belief in the existence of a great continent
+in the southern hemisphere, which should serve as a counterpoise to the
+known lands in the northern.
+
+     1  A copy is in the Boston Athenaeum.
+
+The geographical ideas of the times required such a continent, [44]and
+even before the circumnavigation of Africa, the world-maps indicated
+to the southward "terra incognita secundum Ptolemeum,"{1} or a land of
+extreme temperature and wholly unknown.{2} The sailing of ships round
+the Cape of Good Hope dissipated in some degree this belief but it
+merely placed some distance between that cape and the supposed Terra
+Australia which was now extended to the south of America, separated on
+the maps from that continent only by the narrow Straits of Magellan, and
+stretching to the westward, almost approaching New Guinea.{3}
+
+     1  As on the Ptolemy, Ulm, 1482.
+
+     2  As in Macrobius, In Sommium Scipionis Expositio, Brescia,
+     1483. 3  See the map of Oronce Fine, 1522, and Ortelius,
+     Orbis Terrarum 1592. 4  The "Quiri Regio" was long marked on
+     maps as a continent lying to the south of the Solomon
+     Islands.
+
+     3  This was first republished at Augsburg in 1611; in a
+     Latin translation in Henry Hudson's Descriptio ac
+     Delimeatis, Amsterdam, 1612, in Dutch, Verhael van seher
+     Memorial, Amsterdam, 1612; in Bry, 1613, and shortly after
+     in Hulsius; in French, Paris, 1617; and in English, London,
+     1617. I give this list because even so interesting an
+     announcement of a genuine voyage did not have so quick an
+     acceptance as Neville's tract with almost the same title.
+
+Such an expanse of undiscovered land, believed to be rich in gold,
+awakened the resolution of Pedro Fernandez de Queiros, who had been a
+pilot in the Mendafia voyage of 1606. By chance he failed in his object,
+and deceived by the apparent continuous coast line presented to his view
+by the islands of the New Hebrides group, he gave it the resounding
+name of Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, because of the King's title of
+Austria. On the publication of his "Relation" at Seville in 1610, the
+name was altered, and he claimed to have discovered the "fourth part of
+the world, called Terra Australis incognita." Seven years later, [45]in
+1617, it was published in London under the title, "Terra Australia
+incognita, or A new Southerne Discoverie, containing a fifth part of
+the World." It is obvious that geographers and their source of
+information--the adventurous sea captains--were not agreed upon the
+proper number to be assigned to the Terra Australis in the world scheme.
+Even in 1663 the Church seemed in doubt, for a father writes "Memoires
+touchant l'etablissement d'une Mission Chrestienne dans la troisieme
+Monde, autrement apelle la Terre Australe, Meridionale, Antartique, &
+I connue."{1} That Neville even drew his title from any of these
+publications cannot be asserted, nor do they explain his designation of
+the Isle of Pines as the fourth island in this southern land; but they
+show the common meaning attached to Terra Australis incognita, and his
+use of the words was a clever, even if not an intentional appeal to the
+curiosity then so active on continents yet to be discovered.
+
+     1  Printed at Paris by Claude Cramoisy, 1663. A copy is in
+     the John Carter Brown Library. In 1756 Charles de Brosse
+     published his Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes
+     from Vespuccius to his own day, which was largely used by
+     John Callender in compiling his Terra Australis Cogmta,
+     1766-68.
+
+Another volume, however, written by one who afterwards became Bishop
+of Norwich, may have been responsible for the conception of Neville's
+pamphlet. This was Joseph Hall's "Mundus Alter et Idem sive Terra
+Australis ante hac semper incognita longis itineribus peregrini
+Academici nuperrime lustrata." The title says it was printed at
+Frankfort, and the statement has been too readily accepted as the fact,
+for the tract was entered at [46]Stationers' Hall by John Porter, June
+2, 1605, and again on August 1, 1608.{1} The biographer of Bishop Hall
+states that it was published at Frankfort by a friend, in 1605, and
+republished at Hanau in 1607, and in a translated form in London about
+1608. It is more than probable that all three issues were made in
+London, and that the so-called Hanau edition was that entered in 1608.
+On January 18, 1608-09, Thomas Thorpe entered the translation, with the
+address to the reader signed John Healey, who was the translator.{2}
+This carried the title: "The Discovery of a New World, or a Description
+of the South Indies hitherto unknown."{3} It is a satirical work with
+no pretense of touching upon realities. Hallam wrote of it: "I can
+only produce two books by English authors in this first part of the
+seventeenth century which fall properly under the class of novels or
+romances; and of these one is written in Latin. This is the Mundus Alter
+and Idem of Bishop Hall, an imitation of the later and weaker volumes
+of Rabelais. A country in Terra Australis is divided into four regions,
+Crapulia, Virginia, Moronea, and Lavernia. Maps of the whole land and of
+particular regions are given; and the nature of the satire, not much of
+which has any especial reference to England, may easily be collected. It
+is not a very successful effort."{4}
+
+     1  Stationers' Registers (Arber), in. 291, 386.
+
+     2  Ib. 400. Healey made an "exceptionally bad" translation
+     of St. Augustine's De Civitate Dei, which remained the only
+     English translation of that work until 1871.
+
+     3  In the Bodleian Library is a copy of the translation with
+     the title, The Discovery of a New World, Tenterbelly,
+     Sheeland, and Fooliana, London, n.d.
+
+     4  Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 2d ed., II.
+     167.
+
+While a later critic, Canon [47]Perry, says of it: "This strange
+composition, sometimes erroneously described as a 'political romance,'
+to which it bears no resemblance whatever, is a moral satire in prose,
+with a strong undercurrent of bitter jibes at the Romish church, and its
+eccentricities, which sufficiently betray the author's main purpose
+in writing it. It shows considerable imagination, wit, and skill
+in latinity, but it has not enough of verisimilitude to make it an
+effective satire, and does not always avoid scurrility."{1} Like
+Neville's production, the satire was misinterpreted.
+
+The title of Neville's tract also recalls the lost play of Thomas
+Nash--"The Isle of Dogs"--for which he was imprisoned on its appearance
+in 1597, and suffered, as he asserted, for the indiscretion of others.
+"As Actaeon was worried by his own hounds," wrote Francis Meres in his
+"Palladis Tamia," "so is Tom Nash of his Isle of Dogs." And three
+years later, in 1600, Nash referred in his "Summers Last Will" to the
+excitement raised by his suppressed play. "Here's a coil about dogs
+without wit! If I had thought the ship of fools would have stay'd to
+take in fresh water at the Isle of Dogs, I would have furnish'd it with
+a whole kennel of collections to the purpose." The incident was long
+remembered. Nine years after Nash's experience John Day published his
+"Isle of Gulls," drawn from Sir Philip Sidney's "Arcadia."{2}
+
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, xxiv. 76.
+
+     2  I take these facts from Sir Sidney Lee's sketch of Nash in
+     the Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 107.
+
+
+
+[48]
+
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+
+I would apologize for taking so much time on a nine-page hoax did it not
+offer something positive in the history of English literature. It has
+long been recognized as one of the more than possible sources of Defoe's
+"Robinson Crusoe." It is truly said that the elements of a masterpiece
+exist for years before they become embodied, that they are floating in
+the air, as it were, awaiting the master workman who can make that
+use which gives to them permanent interest Life on an island, entirely
+separated from the rest of mankind, had formed an incident in many
+tales, but Neville's is believed to have been the first employment by
+an English author of island life for the whole story. And while Defoe
+excludes the most important feature of Neville's tract--woman--from his
+"Robinson Crusoe," issued in April, 1719, he too, four months after,
+published the "Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," in which
+woman has a share. It would be wearisome to undertake a comparison of
+incident; suffice it to say that the "Isle of Pines" has been accepted
+as a pre-Defoe romance, to which the far greater Englishman may have
+been indebted. [49]
+
+[51]
+
+THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+
+The Isle of Pines
+
+OR,
+
+[53] A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND near Terra Australis, Incognita
+
+BY
+
+Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten.
+
+Wherein is contained.
+
+
+A True Relation of certain English persons, who in Queen Elizabeths
+time, making a Voyage to the East Indies were cast away, and wracked
+near to the Coast of Terra Australis, Incognita, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women. And now lately Anno Dom. 1667. a Dutch Ship
+making a Voyage to the East Indies, driven by foul weather there, by
+chance have found their Posterity, (speaking good English) to amount
+(as they suppose) to ten or twelve thousand persons. The whole Relation
+(written and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and
+delivered to the Dutch by his Grandchild) Is here annexed with the
+Longitude and Latitude of the Island, the situation and felicity
+thereof, with other matter observable.
+
+Licensed July 27. 1668.
+
+London, Printed for Allen Banks and Charles Harper next door to the
+three Squerrills in Fleet-Street, over against St Dunstans Church, 1668.
+
+Two Letters concerning the Island of Pines to a Credible person in
+Covent Garden.
+
+IT is written by the last Post from Rochel, to a Merchant in this City,
+that there was a French ship arrived, the Mailer and Company of which
+reports, that about 2 or 300 Leagues Northwest from Cape Finis Terre,
+they fell in with an Island, where they went on shore, and found about
+2000 English people without cloathes, only some small coverings about
+their middle, and that they related to them, that at their first coming
+to this Island (which was in Queen Elizabeths time) they were but five
+in number men and women, being cast on shore by distress or otherwise,
+and had there remained ever since, without having any correspondence
+with any other people, or any ship coming to them. This story seems very
+fabulous, yet the Letter is come to a known Merchant, and from a good
+hand in France, so that I thought fit to mention it, it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact point of the Compass, from Cape Finis Terre; I shall enquire more
+particularly about it. Some English here suppose it may be the Island
+of Brasile which have been so oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland, if
+true, we shall hear further about it; your friend and Brother, Abraham
+Keek.
+
+Amsterdam, July the 6th 1668.
+
+IT is said that the Ship that discovered the Island, of which I hinted
+to you in my last, is departed from Rochel, on her way to Zealand,
+several persons here have writ thither to enquire for the said Vessel,
+to know the truth of this business. I was promised a Copy of the Letter
+[54]Amsterdam, June the 29th 1668, that came from France, advising the
+discovery of the Island above-said, but its not yet come to my hand;
+when it cometh, or any further news about this Island, I shall acquaint
+you with it,
+
+Your Friend and Brother,
+
+A. Keck.
+
+{{1 }} [55]Discovered Near to the Coast of Terra Australis Incognita,
+by Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten, in a Letter to a friend in London,
+declaring the truth of his Voyage to the East Indies.
+
+SIR,
+
+I Received your Letter of this second instant, wherein you desire me
+to give you a further account concerning the Land of Pines, on which we
+were driven by distress of Weather the last Summer, I also perused the
+Printed Book thereof you sent me, the Copy of which was surreptiously
+taken out of my hands, else should I have given you a more fuller
+account upon what occasion we came thither, how we were entertained,
+with some other circumstances {{2 }}of note wherein that relation is
+defective. To satisfie therefore your desires, I shall briefly yet sully
+give you a particular account thereof, with a true Copy of the Relation
+itself; desiring you to bear with my blunt Phrases, as being more a
+Seaman then a Scholler.
+
+April the 26th 1667. We set sail from Amsterdam, intending for the
+East-Indies; our ship had to name the place from whence we came, the
+Amsterdam burthen 350. Tun, and having a fair gale of Wind, on the 27 of
+May following we had a sight of the high Peak Tenriffe belonging to the
+Canaries, we have touched at the Island Palma, but having endeavoured it
+twice, and finding the winds contrary, we steered on our course by the
+Isles of Cape Ferd, or Insula Capitis Viridis, where at St. James's we
+[56]took in fresh water, with some few Goats, and Hens, wherewith that
+Island doth plentifully abound.
+
+June the 14. we had a sight of Madagascar, or the Island of St Laurence,
+an Island of 4000 miles in compass, and scituate under the Southern
+Tropick; thither we steered our course, and trafficked with the
+inhabitants for Knives, Beads, Glasses and the like, having in exchange
+thereof Cloves and Silver. Departing from thence we were incountred
+with a violent storm, and the winds holding contrary, for the space of
+a fortnight, brought us back almost as far as the Isle Del Principe;
+during which time many of our men fell sick, and some dyed, but at
+the end of that time it pleased God the wind favoured us again, and
+we steered on our course merrily, for the space of ten days: when on a
+sudden we were encountered with such a violent storm, as if all the four
+winds together had conspired for our destruction, so that the stoutest
+spirit of us all quailed, expecting every hour to be devoured by that
+merciless element of water, sixteen dayes together {{3 }} did this storm
+continue, though not with such violence as at the first, the Weather
+being so dark all the while, and the Sea so rough, that we knew not in
+what place we were, at length all on a sudden the Wind ceased, and
+the Air cleared, the Clouds were all dispersed, and a very serene Sky
+followed, for which we gave hearty thanks to the Almighty, it being
+beyond our expectation that we should have escaped the violence of that
+storm.
+
+At length one of our men mounting the Main-mast espyed fire, an
+evident sign of some Countrey near adjoyning, which presently after we
+apparently discovered, and steering our course [57]more nigher, we
+saw several persons promiscuously running about the shore, as it were
+wondering and admiring at what they saw: Being now near to the Land, we
+manned out our long Boat with ten persons, who approaching the shore,
+asked them in our Dutch Tongue What Eyland is dit? to which they
+returned this Answer in English, "that they knew not what we said." One
+of our Company named Jeremiah Hanzen who understood English very well,
+hearing their words discourst to them in their own Language; so that
+in fine we were very kindly invited on shore, great numbers of them
+flocking about us, admiring at our Cloaths which we did wear, as we on
+the other side did to find in such a strange place, so many that could
+speak English and yet to go naked.
+
+Four of our men returning back in the long Boat to our Ships company,
+could hardly make them believe the truth of what they had seen and
+heard, but when we had brought our ship into harbour, you would have
+blest your self to see how the naked Islanders flocked unto us, so
+wondering at our ship, as if it had been the greatest miracle of Nature
+in whole World. {{4 }}
+
+We were very courteously entertained by them, presenting us with such
+food as that Countrey afforded, which indeed was not to be despised;
+we eat of the Flesh both of Beasts, and Fowls, which they had cleanly
+drest, though with no great curiosity, as wanting materials, wherewithal
+to do it; and for bread we had the inside or Kernel of a great Nut as
+big as an Apple, which was very wholsome, and found for the body, and
+tasted to the Pallat very delicious.
+
+Having refreshed our selves, they invited us to the Pallace [58]of their
+Prince or chief Ruler, some two miles distant off from the place where
+we landed; which we found to be about the bigness of one of our ordinary
+village houses, it was supported with rough unhewn pieces of Timber,
+and covered very artificially with boughs, so that it would keep out the
+greatest showers of Rain, the sides thereof were adorned with several
+forts of Flowers, which the fragrant fields there do yield in great
+variety. The Prince himself (whose name was William Pine the Grandchild
+of George Pine that was first on shore in this Island) came to his
+Pallace door and saluted us very courteously, for though he had nothing
+of Majesty in him, yet had he a courteous noble and deboneyre spirit,
+wherewith your English Nation (especially those of the Gentry) are very
+much indued.
+
+Scarce had he done saluting us when his Lady or Wife, came likewise
+forth of their House or Pallace, attended on by two Maid-servants, the
+was a woman of an exquisite beauty, and had on her head as it were
+a Chaplet of Flowers, which being intermixt with several variety of
+colours became her admirably. Her privities were hid with some pieces
+of old Garments, the Relicts of those Cloaths (I suppose) of them which
+first came hither, and yet being adorned with Flowers those very rags
+seemeth beautiful; and {{5 }} indeed modesty so far prevaileth over all
+the Female Sex of that Island, that with grass and flowers interwoven
+and made strong by the peelings of young Elms (which grow there in great
+plenty) they do plant together so many of them as serve to cover those
+parts which nature would have hidden.
+
+We carried him as a present some few Knives, of which we [59]thought
+they had great need, an Ax or Hatchet to fell Wood, which was very
+acceptable unto him, the Old one which was cast on shore at the first,
+and the only one that they ever had, being now so quite blunt and
+dulled, that it would not cut at all, some few other things we also gave
+him, which he very thankfully accepted, inviting us into his House or
+Pallace, and causing us to sit down with him, where we refreshed our
+selves again, with some more Countrey viands which were no other then
+such we tasted of before; Prince and peasant here faring alike, nor is
+there any difference betwixt their drink, being only fresh sweet water,
+which the rivers yield them in great abundance.
+
+After some little pause, our Companion (who could speak English) by our
+request desired to know of him something concerning their Original and
+how that people speaking the Language of such a remote Countrey, should
+come to inhabit there, having not, as we could see, any ships or Boats
+amongst them the means to bring them thither, and which was more,
+altogether ignorant and meer strangers to ships, or shipping, the main
+thing conducible to that means, to which request of ours, the courteous
+Prince thus replyed.
+
+Friends (for so your actions declare you to be, and shall by ours
+find no less) know that we are inhabitants of this Island of no great
+standing, my Grandfather being the first that ever set foot on this
+shore, whose native Countrey was {{6 }} a place called England, far
+distant from this our Land, as he let us to understand; He came from
+that place upon the Waters, in a thing called a Ship, of which no
+question but you may have heard; several other persons were in his
+company, not intending to have come [60]hither (as he said) but to a
+place called India, when tempestuous weather brought him and his company
+upon this Coast, where falling among the Rocks his ship split all in
+pieces; the whole company perishing in the Waters, saving only him and
+four women, which by means of a broken piece of that Ship, by Divine
+assistance got on Land.
+
+What after passed (said he) during my Grandfathers life, I shall show
+you in a Relation thereof written by his own hand, which he delivered
+to my Father being his eldest Son, charging him to have a special care
+thereof, and ashuring him that time would bring some people or other
+thither to whom he would have him to impart it, that the truth of our
+first planting here might not be quite lost, which his commands my
+Father dutifully obeyed; but no one coming, he at his death delivered
+the same with the like charge to me, and you being the first people,
+which (besides our selves) ever set footing in this Island, I shall
+therefore in obedience to my Grandfathers and Fathers commands,
+willingly impart the same unto you.
+
+Then stepping into a kind of inner room, which as we conceived was his
+lodging Chamber, he brought forth two sheets of paper fairly written
+in Englishy (being the same Relation which you had Printed with you
+at London) and very distinctly read the same over unto us, which we
+hearkened unto with great delight and admiration, freely proffering us
+a Copy of the same, which we afterward took and brought away along with
+us; which Copy hereafter followeth.{1}
+
+     1  Here begins the first part of the tract.
+
+[61]A Way to the East India's being lately discovered by Sea, to the
+{{7}} South of Affrich by certain Portugals, far more safe and profitable
+then had been heretofore; certain English Merchants encouraged by the
+great advantages arising from the Eastern Commodities, to settle a
+Factory there for the advantage of Trade. And having to that purpose
+obtained the Queens Royal Licence Anno Dom. 1569. 11. or 12. Eliz.
+furnisht out for those parts four ships, my Master being sent as Factor
+to deal and Negotiate for them, and to settle there, took with him his
+whole Family, (that is to say) his Wife, and one Son of about
+twelve years of age, and one Daughter of about fourteen years, two
+Maidservants, one Negro female slave, and my Self, who went under him
+as his Book-keeper, with this company on Monday the third of April next
+following, (having all necessaries for Housekeeping when we should
+come there), we Embarqued our selves in the good ship called the India
+Merchant, of about four hundred and fifty Tuns burthen, and having a
+good wind, we on the fourteenth day of May had sight of the Canaries,
+and not long after of the Isles of Cafe Vert or Verd, where taking in
+such things as were necessary for our Voyage, and some fresh Provisions,
+we stearing our course South, and a point East, about the first of
+August came within sight of the Island of St Hellen, where we took in
+some fresh water, we then set our faces for the Cape of Good Hope, where
+by Gods blessing after some sickness, whereof some of our company died,
+though none of our family; and hitherto we had met with none but calm
+weather, yet so it pleased God, when we were almost in fight of St.
+Laurence, an Island so called, one of the greatest in the world, as
+[62]Marriners say, we were overtaken and dispersed by a great storm of
+Wind, which continued with luch violence {{8 }} many days, that losing
+all hope of safety, being out of our own knowledge, and whether we
+should fall on Flats or Rocks, uncertain in the nights, not having the
+least benefit of the light, we feared most, alwayes wishing for day, and
+then for Land, but it came too soon for our good; for about the first
+of October, our fears having made us forget how the time passed to a
+certainty; we about the break of day discerned Land (but what we knew
+not) the Land seemed high and Rockey, and the Sea continued still very
+stormy and tempestuous, insomuch as there seemed no hope of safety, but
+looked suddenly to perish. As we grew near Land, perceiving no safety in
+the ship, which we looked would suddenly be beat in pieces: The Captain,
+my Master, and some others got into the long Boat, thinking by that
+means to save their lives, and presently after all the Seamen cast
+themselves overboard, thinking to save their lives by swimming, onely
+myself my Masters Daughters, the two Maids, and the Negro were left on
+board, for we could not swim; but those that left us, might as well have
+tarried with us, for we saw them, or most of them perish, our selves now
+ready after to follow their fortune, but God was pleased to spare our
+lives, as it were by miracle, though to further sorrow; for when we came
+against the Rocks, our ship having endured two or three blows against
+the Rocks, (being now broken and quite foundred in the Waters), we
+having with much ado gotten our selves on the Bowspright, which being
+broken off, was driven by the Waves into a small Creek, wherein fell
+a little River, which being encompassed by the Rocks [63]was sheltered
+from the Wind, so that we had opportunity to land our selves, (though
+almost drowned) in all four persons, besides the Negro: when we were
+got upon the Rock, we could perceive the miserable Wrack to our great
+terrour, I had in my {{9 }} pocket a little Tinder-box, and Steel, and
+Flint to strike fire at any time upon occasion, which served now to good
+Purpose, for its being so close, preserved the Tinder dry, with this,
+and the help of some old rotten Wood which we got together, we kindled
+a fire and dryed our selves, which done, I left my female company,
+and went to see, if I could find any of our Ships company, that were
+escaped, but could hear of none, though I hooted, and made all the noise
+I could; neither could I perceive the foot-steps of any living Creature
+(save a few Birds, and other Fowls). At length it drawing towards the
+Evening, I went back to my company, who were very much troubled for want
+of me. I being now all their stay in this lost condition, we were at
+first afraid that the wild people of the Countrey might find us out,
+although we saw no footsteps of any, not so much as a Path; the Woods
+round about being full of Briers and Brambles, we also stood in fear of
+wild Beasts, of such also we saw none, nor sign of any: But above all,
+and that we had greatest reason to fear, was to be starved to death for
+want of Food, but God had otherwise provided for us, as you shall know
+hereafter; this done, we spent our time in getting some broken pieces
+of Boards, and Planks, and some of the Sails and Rigging on shore for
+shelter; I set up two or three Poles, and drew two or three of the Cords
+and Lines from Tree to Tree, over which throwing some Sail-cloathes, and
+having gotten Wood by us, and three [64]or four Sea-gowns, which we had
+dryed, we took up our Lodging for that night altogether (the Blackmoor
+being left sensible then the rest we made our Centry) we slept soundly
+that night, as having not slept in three or four nights before (our
+fears of what happened preventing us) neither could our hard lodging,
+fear, and danger hinder us we were so over wacht. {{10 }}
+
+On the morrow, being well refresht with sleep, the winde ceased, and the
+weather was very warm; we went down the Rocks on the sands at low water,
+where we found great part of our lading, either on shore or floating
+near it. I by the help of my company, dragged most of it on shore; what
+was too heavy for us broke, and we unbound the Casks and Cherts, and,
+taking out the goods, secured all; so that we wanted no clothes, nor any
+other provision necessary for Housekeeping, to furnish a better house
+than any we were like to have; but no victuals (the last water having
+spoiled all) only one Cask of bisket, being lighter than the rest was
+dry; this served for bread a while, and we found on Land a sort of fowl
+about the bigness of a Swan, very heavie and fat, that by reason of
+their weight could not fly, of these we found little difficulty to kill,
+so that was our present food; we carried out of England certain Hens and
+Cocks to eat by the way, some of these when the ship was broken, by some
+means got to land, & bred exceedingly, so that in the future they were
+a great help unto us; we found also, by a little River, in the flags,
+store of eggs, of a sort of foul much like our Ducks, which were very
+good meat, so that we wanted nothing to keep us alive.
+
+On the morrow, which was the third day, as soon as it was morning,
+seeing nothing to disturb us, I lookt out a convenient [65]place to
+dwell in, that we might build us a Hut to shelter us from the weather,
+and from any other danger of annoyance, from wild beasts (if any should
+finde us out: So close by a large spring which rose out of a high hill
+over-looking the Sea, on the side of a wood, having a prospect towards
+the Sea) by the help of an Ax and some other implements (for we had all
+necessaries, the working of the Sea, having cast up most of our goods)
+I cut down all the straightest poles I could find, and which were enough
+{{11 }} for my purpose, by the help of my company (necessity being
+our Master) I digged holes in the earth setting my poles at an equl
+distance, and nailing the broken boards of the Caskes, Cherts, and
+Cabins, and such like to them, making my door to the Seaward, and having
+covered the top, with sail-clothes strain'd and nail'd, I in the space
+of a week had made a large Cabbin big enough to hold all our goods and
+our selves in it, I also placed our Hamocks for lodging, purposing (if
+it pleased God to send any Ship that way) we might be transported home,
+but it never came to pass, the place, wherein we were (as I conceived)
+being much out of the way.
+
+We having now lived in this manner full four months, and not so much as
+seeing or hearing of any wild people, or of any of our own company, more
+then our selves (they being found now by experience to be all drowned)
+and the place, as we after found, being a large Island, and disjoyned,
+and out of fight of any other Land, was wholly uninhabited by any
+people, neither was there any hurtful beast to annoy us: But on the
+contrary the countrey so very pleasant, being always clothed with green,
+and full of pleasant fruits, and variety of birds, ever warm, and never
+[66]colder then in England in September: So that this place (had it the
+culture, that skilful people might bestow on it) would prove a Paradise.
+
+The Woods afforded us a sort of Nuts, as big as a large Apple, whose
+kernel being pleasant and dry, we made use of instead of bread, that
+fowl before mentioned, and a sort of water-fowl like Ducks, and their
+eggs, and a beast about the size of a Goat, and almost such a like
+creature, which brought two young ones at a time, and that twice a year,
+of which the Low Lands and Woods were very full, being a very harmless
+creature and tame, so that we could easily {{12 }} take and kill them:
+Fish, also, especially Shell-fish (which we could best come by) we had
+great store of, so that in effect as to Food we wanted nothing; and
+thus, and by such like helps, we continued six moneths without any
+disturbance or want.
+
+Idleness and Fulness of every thing begot in me a desire of enjoying
+the women, beginning now to grow more familiar, I had perswaded the
+two Maids to let me lie with them, which I did at first in private, but
+after, custome taking away shame (there being none but us) we did
+it more openly, as our Lusts gave us liberty; afterwards my Masters
+Daughter was content also to do as we did; the truth is, they were all
+handsome Women, when they had Cloathes, and well shaped, feeding well.
+For we wanted no Food, and living idlely, and seeing us at Liberty to do
+our wills, without hope of ever returning home made us thus bold: One of
+the first of my Comforts with whom I first accompanined (the tallest
+and handsomest) proved presently with child, the second was my Masters
+Daughter, and the other also not long [67]after fell into the same
+condition: none now remaining but my Negro, who seeing what we did,
+longed also for her share; one Night, I being asleep, my Negro, (with
+the consent of the others) got close to me, thinking it being dark, to
+beguile me, but I awaking and feeling her, and perceiving who it was,
+yet willing to try the difference, satissied my self with her, as well
+as with one of the rest: that night, although the first time, she proved
+also with child, so that in the year of our being here, all my women
+were with child by me, and they all coming at different seasons, were a
+great help to one another.
+
+The first brought me a brave Boy, my Masters Daughter was the youngest,
+she brought me a Girl, so did the other {{13 }} Maid, who being
+something fat sped worse at her labour: the Negro had no pain at all,
+brought me a fine white Girl, so I had one Boy and three Girls, the
+Women were soon well again, and the two first with child again before
+the two last were brought to bed, my custome being not to lie with any
+of them after they were with child, till others were so likewise, and
+not with the black at all after she was with child, which commonly was
+at the first time I lay with her, which was in the night and not else,
+my stomach would not serve me, although she was one of the handsomest
+Blacks I had seen, and her children as comly as any of the rest; we had
+no clothes for them, and therefore when they had suckt, we laid them in
+Mosse to sleep, and took no further care of them, for we knew, when they
+were gone more would come, the Women never failing once a year at least,
+and none of the Children (for all the hardship we put them to) were ever
+sick; so that wanting now nothing but Cloathes, nor them much neither,
+other [68]than for decency, the warmth of the Countrey and Custome
+supplying that Defect, we were now well satissied with our condition,
+our Family beginning to grow large, there being nothing to hurt us, we
+many times lay abroad on Mossey Banks, under the shelter of some Trees,
+or such like (for having nothing else to do) I had made me several
+Arbors to sleep in with my Women in the heat of the day, in these I and
+my women passed the time away, they being never willing to be out of my
+company.
+
+And having now no thought of ever returning home, as having resolved and
+sworn each to other, never to part or leave one another, or the place;
+having by my several wives, forty seven Children, Boys and Girls, but
+most Girls, and growing up apace, we were all of us very fleshly, the
+Country so well agreeing with us, that we never ailed any thing; {{14 }}
+my Negro having had twelve, was the first that left bearing, so I never
+medled with her more: My Masters Daughter (by whom I had most children,
+being the youngest and handsomest) was most fond of me, and I of her.
+Thus we lived for sixteen years, till perceiving my eldest Boy to mind
+the ordinary work of Nature, by seeing what we did, I gave him a Mate,
+and so I did to all the rest, as fast as they grew up, and were capable:
+My Wives having left bearing, my children began to breed apace, so we
+were like to be a multitude; My first Wife brought me thirteen children,
+my second seven, my Masters Daughter fifteen, and the Negro twelve, in
+all forty seven.
+
+After we had lived there twenty two years, my Negro died suddenly, but
+I could not perceive any thing that ailed her; most [69]of my children
+being grown, as fast as we married them, I sent them and placed them
+over the River by themselves severally, because we would not pester one
+another; and now they being all grown up, and gone, and married after
+our manner (except some two or three of the youngest) for (growing my
+self into years) I liked not the wanton annoyance of young company.
+
+Thus having lived to the fiftieth year of my age, and the fortieth of
+my coming thither, at which time I sent for all of them to bring their
+children, and there were in number descended from me by these four
+Women, of my Children, Grand-children, and great Grand-children, five
+hundred sixty five of both sorts, I took off the Males of one Family,
+and married them to the Females of another, not letting any to marry
+their sisters, as we did formerly out of necessity, so blessing God for
+his Providence and goodness, I dismist them, I having taught some of my
+children to read formerly, for I had left still the Bible, I charged it
+should be read once a moneth at {{15 }} a general meeting: At last one
+of my Wives died being sixty eight years of age, which I buried in a
+place, set out on purpose, and within a year after another, so I had
+none now left but my Masters Daughter, and we lived together twelve
+years longer, at length she died also, so I buried her also next the
+place where I purposed to be buried my self, and the tall Maid my first
+Wife next me on the other side, the Negro next without her, and the
+other Maid next my Masters Daughter. I had now nothing to mind, but the
+place whether I was to go, being very old, almost eighty years, I gave
+my Cabin and Furniture that was left to my eldest son after my decease,
+who had married my eldest Daughter by my beloved [70]Wife, whom I made
+King and Governour of all the rest: I informed them of the Manners of
+Europe, and charged them to remember the Christian Religion, after the
+manner of them that spake the same Language, and to admit no other; if
+hereafter any should come and find them out.
+
+And now once for all, I summoned them to come to me, that I might number
+them, which I did, and found the estimate to contain in or about the
+eightieth year of my age, and the fifty ninth of my coming there; in
+all, of all sorts, one thousand seven hundred eighty and nine. Thus
+praying God to multiply them, and lend them the true light of the
+Gospel, I last of all dismist them: For, being now very old, and my
+sight decayed, I could not expect to live long. I gave this Narration
+(written with my own hand) to my eldest Son, who now lived with me,
+commanding him to keep it, and if any strangers should come hither by
+chance, to let them see it, and take a Copy of it if they would, that
+our name be not lost from off the earth. I gave this people (descended
+from me) the name of the ENGLISH PINES, George Pine being my {{16 }}
+name, and my Masters Daughters name Sarah English, my two other Wives
+were Mary Sparkes, and Elizabeth Trevor, so their severall Defendants
+are called the ENGLISH, the SPARKS, and the TREVORS, and the PHILLS,
+from the Christian Name of the Negro, which was Philippa, she having no
+surname: And the general name of the whole the ENGLISH PINES; vvhom God
+bless vvith the dew of Heaven, and the fat of the Earth, AMEN.{1}
+
+     1  Here ended the first part.
+
+[71]After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation,
+then proceeded he on in his discourse.
+
+My Grandfather when he wrote this, was as you hear eighty yeares of age,
+there proceeding from his Loyns one thousand seven hundred eighty nine
+children, which he had by them four women aforesaid: My Father was his
+eldest son, and was named Henry, begotten of his wife Mary Sparkes, whom
+he apointed chief Governour and Ruler over the rest; and having given
+him a charge not to exercise tyranny over them, seeing they were his
+fellow brethren by Fathers side (of which there could be no doubt made
+of double dealing therein) exhorting him to use justice and sincerity
+amongst them, and not to let Religion die with him, but to observe and
+keep those Precepts which he had taught them, he quietly surrendred up
+his soul, and was buried with great lamentation of all his children.
+
+My father coming to rule, and the people growing more populous, made
+them to range further in the discovery of the Countrey, which they found
+answerable to their desires, full both of Fowls and Beasts, and those
+too not hurtful to mankinde, as if this Country (on which we were by
+providence cast without arms or other weapons to defend our selves, or
+offend others,) should by the same providence be so inhabited as not to
+have any need of such like weapons of destruction wherewith to preserve
+our lives. {{17 }}
+
+But as it is impossible, but that in multitudes disorders will grow, the
+stronger seeking to oppress the weaker; no tye of Religion being strong
+enough to chain up the depraved nature of mankinde, even so amongst them
+mischiefs began to rise, and they [72]soon fell from those good
+orders prescribed them by my Grandfather. The source from whence those
+mischiefs spring, was at first, I conceive, the neglect of hearing the
+Bible read, which according to my Grandfathers proscription, was once a
+moneth at a general meeting, but now many of them wandring far up into
+the Country, they quite neglected the coming to it, with all other means
+of Christian instruction, whereby the sence of sin being quite lost in
+them, they fell to whoredoms, incests, and adulteries; so that what my
+Grandfather was forced to do for necessity, they did for wantonness; nay
+not confining themselves within the bound of any modesty, but brother
+and sister lay openly together; those who would not yield to their lewd
+embraces, were by force ravished, yea many times endangered of their
+lives. To redress those enormities, my father assembled all the Company
+near unto him, to whom he declared the wickedness of those their
+brethren; who all with one consent agreed that they should be severely
+punished; and so arming themselves with boughs, stones, and such like
+weapons, they marched against them, who having notice of their coming,
+and fearing their deserved punishment, some of them fled into woods,
+others passed over a great River, which runneth through the heart of
+our Countrey, hazarding drowning to escape punishment; But the grandest
+offender of them all was taken, whole name was John Phill, the second
+son of the Negro-woman that came with my Grandfather into this Island.
+
+He being proved guilty of divers ravishings & tyrannies committed by
+him, {{18 }} was adjudged guilty of death, and accordingly was thrown
+down from a high Rock into the Sea, where he perished [73]in the waters.
+Execution being done upon him, the rest were pardoned for what was past,
+which being notified abroad, they returned from those Defait and Obscure
+places, wherein they were hidden.
+
+Now as Seed being cast into stinking Dung produceth good and wholesome
+Corn for the Indentation of mans life, so bad manners produceth good
+and wholesome Laws for the preservation of Humane Society. Soon after my
+Father with the advice of some few others of his Counsel, ordained and
+set forth these Laws to be observed by them.
+
+1. That whosoever should blaspheme or talk irreverently of the name of
+God should be put to death.
+
+2. That who should be absent from the monethly assembly to hear the
+Bible read, without sufficient cause shown to the contrary, should for
+the first default be kept without any victuals or drink, for the space
+of four days, and if he offend therein again, then to suffer death.
+
+3. That who should force or ravish any Maid or Woman should be burnt to
+death, the party so ravished putting fire to the wood that should burn
+him.
+
+4. Whosoever shall commit adultery, for the first crime the Male shall
+lose his Privities, and the Woman have her right eye bored out, if after
+that she was again taken in the act, she should die without mercy.
+
+5. That who so injured his Neighbour, by laming of his {{19 }} Limbs, or
+taking any thing away which he possesseth, shall suffer in the same kind
+himself by loss of Limb; and for defrauding [74]his Neighbour, to become
+servant to him, whilst he had made him double satisfaction.
+
+6. That, who should defame or speak evil of the Governour, or refuse to
+come before him upon Summons, should receive a punishment by whipping
+with Rods, and afterwards be exploded from the society of the rest of
+the inhabitants.
+
+Having set forth these Laws, he chose four several persons under him
+to see them put in Execution, whereof one was of the Englishes, the
+Off-spring of Sarah English; another of his own Tribe, the Sparks; a
+third of the Trevors, and the fourth of the Phills, appointing them
+every year at a certain time to appear before him, and give an account
+of what they had done in the prosecution of those Laws.
+
+The Countrey being thus settled, my father lived quiet and peaceable
+till he attained to the age of ninety and four years, when dying, I
+succeeded in his place, in which I have continued peaceably and quietly
+till this very present time.
+
+He having ended his Speech, we gave him very heartily thanks for our
+information, assuring him we should not be wanting to him in any thing
+which lay in our powers, wherewith we could pleasure him in what he
+should desire, and thereupon preferred to depart, but before our going
+away, he would needs engage us to see him, the next day, when was to be
+their great assembly or monethly meeting for the celebration of their
+Religious Exercises.
+
+Accordingly the next day we came thither again, and were courteously
+entertained as before, In a short space there was gathered such a
+multitude of people together as made us to {{20 }} admire; [75]and first
+there were several Weddings celebrated, the manner whereof was thus. The
+Bridegroom and Bride appeared before him who was their Priest or Reader
+of the Bible, together with the Parents of each party, or if any of
+their Parents were dead, then the next relation unto them, without whose
+consent as well as the parties to be married, the Priest will not joyn
+them together; but being satissied in those particulars, after some
+short Oraizons, and joyning of hands together, he pronounces them to
+be man and wife: and with exhortations to them to live lovingly towards
+each other, and quietly towards their neighbors, he concludes with some
+prayers, and so dismisses them.
+
+The Weddings being finished, all the people took their places to hear
+the Word read, the new married persons having the honour to be next unto
+the Priest that day, after he had read three or four Chapters he fell
+to expounding the most difficult places therein, the people being very
+attentive all that while, this exercise continued for two or three
+hours, which being done, with some few prayers he concluded, but all the
+rest of that day was by the people kept very strictly, abstaining from
+all manner of playing or pastimes, with which on other dayes they use to
+pass their time away, as having need of nothing but victuals, and that
+they have in such plenty as almost provided to their hands.
+
+Their exercises of Religion being over, we returned again to our Ship,
+and the next day, taking with us two or three Fowling-pieces leaving
+half our Company to guard the Ship, the rest of us resolved to go up
+higher into the Country for a further discovery: All the way as we
+passed the first morning, we saw abundance of little Cabbins or Huts of
+these inhabitants, made under [76]Trees, and fashioned up with boughs,
+grass, {{21 }} and such like stuffe to defend them from the Sun and
+Rain; and as we went along, they came out of them much wondering at our
+Attire, and standing aloof off from us as if they were afraid, but our
+companion that spake English, calling to them in their own Tongue, and
+giving them good words, they drew nigher, some of them freely proffering
+to go along with us, which we willingly accepted; but having passed
+some few miles, one of our company espying a Beast like unto a Goat come
+gazing on him, he discharged his Peece, sending a brace of Bullets into
+his belly, which brought him dead upon the ground; these poor naked
+unarmed people hearing the noise of the Peece, and seeing the Beast lie
+tumbling in his gore, without speaking any words betook them to their
+heels, running back again as fast as they could drive, nor could the
+perswasions of our Company, assuring them they should have no hurt,
+prevail anything at all with them, so that we were forced to pass along
+without their company: all the way that we went we heard the delightful
+harmony of singing Birds, the ground very fertile in Trees, Grass, and
+such flowers, as grow by the production of Nature, without the help of
+Art; many and several sorts of Beads we saw, who were not so much wild
+as in other Countries; whether it were as having enough to satiate
+themselves without ravening upon others, or that they never before saw
+the sight of man, nor heard the report of murdering Guns, I leave it to
+others to determine. Some Trees bearing wild Fruits we also saw, and
+of those some whereof we tailed, which were neither unwholsome nor
+distasteful to the Pallate, and no question had but Nature here the
+benefit of Art added unto [77]it, it would equal, if not exceed many
+of our European Countries; the Vallyes were every where intermixt with
+running streams, and no question but the earth {{22 }} hath in it rich
+veins of Minerals, enough to satisfie the desires of the most covetous.
+
+It was very strange to us, to see that in such a fertile Countrey which
+was as yet never inhabited, there should be notwithstanding such a free
+and clear passage to us, without the hinderance of Bushes, Thorns, and
+such like fluff, wherewith most Islands of the like nature are pestered:
+the length of the Grass (which yet was very much intermixt with flowers)
+being the only impediment that we found.
+
+Six dayes together did we thus travel, setting several marks in our way
+as we went for our better return, not knowing whether we should have the
+benefit of the Stars for our guidance in our going back, which we made
+use of in our passage: at last we came to the vast Ocean on the other
+side of the Island, and by our coasting it, conceive it to be of an
+oval form, only here and there shooting forth with some Promontories.
+I conceive it hath but few good Harbours belonging to it, the Rocks in
+most places making it inaccessible. The length of it may be about two
+hundred, and the breadth one hundred miles, the whole in circumference
+about five hundred miles.
+
+It lyeth about seventy six degrees of Longitude, and twenty of Latitude,
+being scituate under the third Climate, the longest day being about
+thirteen hours and fourty five minutes. The weather, as in all Southern
+Countries, is far more hot than with us in Europe; but what is by the
+Sun parched in the day, the night again refreshes with cool pearly dews.
+The Air is found to [78]be very healthful by the long lives {{23 }} of
+the present inhabitants, few dying there till such time as they come to
+good years of maturity, many of them arriving to the extremity of old
+age.
+
+And now speaking concerning the length of their Lives, I think it will
+not be amisse in this place to speak something of their Burials, which
+they used to do thus.
+
+When the party was dead, they stuck his Carkass all over with flowers,
+and after carried him to the place appointed for Burial, where setting
+him down, (the Priest having given some godly Exhortations concerning
+the frailty of life) then do they take stones (a heap being provided
+there for that purpose) and the nearest of the kin begins to lay the
+first stone upon him, afterwards the rest follows, they never leaving
+till they have covered the body deep in stones, so that no Beast can
+possibly come to him, and this first were they forced to make, having no
+Spades or Shovels wherewith to dig them Graves; which want of theirs we
+espying, bestowed a Pick-ax and two Shovels upon them.
+
+Here might I add their way of Christening Children, but that being
+little different from yours in ENGLAND, and taught them by GEORGE PINES
+at first which they have since continued, I shall therefore forbear to
+speak thereof.
+
+After our return back from the discovery of the Countrey, the Wind not
+being fit for our purpose, and our men also willing thereto, we got
+all our cutting Instruments on Land, and {{24 }} fell to hewing down of
+Trees, with which, in a little time,(many hands making light work) we
+built up a Pallace for this William Pines the Lord of that Countrey;
+which, though much inferiour to the houses of your Gentry in England.
+Yet to them which [79]never had seen better, it appeared a very Lordly
+Place. This deed of ours was beyond expression acceptable unto him,
+load-ing us with thanks for so great a benefit, of which he said he
+should never be able to make a requital.
+
+And now acquainting him, that upon the first opportunity we were
+resolved to leave the Island, as also how that we were near Neighbours
+to the Countrey of England, from whence his Ancestors came; he seemed
+upon the news to be much discontented that we would leave him, desiring,
+if it might stand with our commodity to continue still with him, but
+seeing he could not prevail, he invited us to dine with him the next
+day, which we promised to do, against which time he provided, very
+sumptuously (according to his estate) for us, and now was he attended
+after a more Royal manner than ever we saw him before, both for number
+of Servants, and multiplicity of Meat, on which we fed very heartily;
+but he having no other Beverage for us to drink, then water, we fetched
+from our Ship a Case of Brandy, presenting some of it to him to drink,
+but when he had tasted of it, he would by no means be perswaded to touch
+thereof again, preferring (as he said) his own Countrey Water before all
+such Liquors whatsoever.
+
+After we had Dined, we were invited out into the Fields to behold their
+Country Dauncing, which they did with great agility of body; and though
+they had no other then only {{25 }} Vocal Musick (several of them
+singing all that while) yet did they trip it very neatly, giving
+sufficient satisfaction to all that beheld them.
+
+The next day we invited the Prince William Pines aboard our [80]Ship,
+where was nothing wanting in what we could to entertain him, he had
+about a dozen of Servants to attend on him he much admired at the
+Tacklings of our Ship, but when we came to discharge a piece or two
+of Ordnance, it struck him into a wonder and amazement to behold the
+strange effects of Powder; he was very sparing in his Diet, neither
+could he, or any of his followers be induced to drink any thing but
+Water: We there presented him with several things, as much as we could
+spare, which we thought would any wayes conduce to their benefit, all
+which he very gratefully received, assuring us of his real love and good
+will, whensoever we should come thither again.
+
+And now we intended the next day to take our leaves, the Wind standing
+fair, blowing with a gentle Gale South and by East, but as we were
+hoisting of our Sails, and weighing Anchor, we were suddenly Allarm'd
+with a noise from the shore, the Prince, W. Pines imploring our
+assistance in an Insurection which had happened amongst them, of which
+this was the cause.
+
+Henry Phil, the chief Ruler of the Tribe or Family of the Phils, being
+the Offspring of George Pines which he had by the Negro-woman; this
+man had ravished the Wife of one of the principal of the Family of the
+Trevors, which act being made known, the Trevors assembled themselves
+all together to bring the offender unto Justice: But he knowing his
+crime to be so great, as extended to the loss of life: fought to defend
+that {{26 }} by force, which he had as unlawfully committed, whereupon
+the whole Island was in a great hurly burly, they being too great Potent
+Factions, the bandying of which against each other, threatned a general
+ruin to the whole State.
+
+[81]The Governour William Pines had interposed in the matter, but found
+his Authority too weak to repress such Disorders; for where the Hedge
+of Government is once broken down, the most vile bear the greatest rule,
+whereupon he desired our assistance, to which we readily condescended,
+and arming out twelve of us went on Shore, rather as to a surprize
+than fight, for what could nakedness do to encounter with Arms. Being
+conducted by him to the force of our Enemy, we first entered into
+parley, seeking to gain them rather by fair means then force, but that
+not prevailing, we were necesitated to use violence, for this Henry
+Phill being of an undaunted resolution, and having armed his fellows
+with Clubs and Stones, they sent such a Peal amongst us, as made us at
+the first to give back, which encouraged them to follow us on with great
+violence, but we discharging off three or four Guns, when they saw some
+of themselves wounded, and heard the terrible reports which they gave,
+they ran away with greater speed then they came. The Band of the Trevors
+who were joyned with us, hotly pursued them, and having taken their
+Captain, returned with great triumph to their Governour, who fitting in
+Judgment upon him, he was adjudged to death, and thrown off a steep Rock
+into the Sea, the only way they have of punishing any by death, except
+burning.
+
+And now at last we took our solemn leaves of the Governour, and departed
+from thence, having been there in all, the space of three weeks and two
+dayes, we took with us good store of the flesh of a Beast which they
+call there Reval, being {{27 }} in taste different either from Beef
+or Swines-flesh, yet very delightful to the Pallate, and exceeding
+nutrimental. We took also with us alive, [82]divers Fowls which they
+call Marde, about the bigness of a Pullet, and not different in taste,
+they are very swift of flight, and yet so fearless of danger, that they
+will stand still till such time as you catch them: We had also sent us
+in by the Governour about two bushels of eggs, which as I conjecture
+were the Mards eggs, very lusious in taste, and strenthening to the
+body.
+
+June 8. We had a sight of Cambaia, a part of the East Indies, but; under
+the Government of the great Cham of Tartary here our Vessel springing a
+leak, we were forced to put to Chore, receiving much dammage in some
+of our Commodities; we were forced to ply the Pump for eighteen hours
+together, which, had that miscarried, we had inevitably have perished;
+here we stai'd five dayes mending our Ship, and drying some of our
+Goodss and then hoisting Sail, in four days time more we came to
+Calecute.
+
+This Calecute is the chief Mart Town and Staple of all the Indian
+Traffique, it is very populous, and frequented by Merchants of all
+Nations. Here we unladed a great part of our Goods, and taking in
+others, which caused us to stay there a full Moneth, during which space,
+at leisure times I went abroad to take a survey of the City, which I
+found to be large and populous, lying for three miles together upon
+the Sea-shore. Here is a great many of those persons whom thy call
+Brackmans, being their Priests or Teachers whom they much reverence. It
+is a custome here for the King to give to some of those Brachmain, the
+handelling of his Nuptial Bed; for which cause, not the Kings, but the
+Kings sisters sons succeed in the Kingdom, as being more certainly known
+to be of the true Royal blood: And these sisters of his choose what
+Gentleman they {{28 }} please [83]on whom to bestow their Virginities;
+and if they prove not in a certain time to be with child, they betake
+themselves to these Brachman Stalions, who never fail of doing their
+work.
+
+The people are indifferently civil and ingenious, both men and women
+imitate a Majesty in their Train and Apparel, which they sweeten, with
+Oyles and Perfumes: adorning themselves with Jewels and other Ornaments
+befitting each Rank and Quality of them.
+
+They have many odd Customs amongst them which they observe very
+strictly; as first, not knowing their Wives after they have born them
+two children: Secondly, not accompanying them, if after five years
+cohabition they can raise no issue by them, but taking others in their
+rooms: Thirdly, never being rewarded for any Military exploit, unless
+they bring with them an enemies Head in their Hand, but that which is
+strangest, and indeed most barbarous, is that when any of their friends
+falls sick, they will rather chuse to kill him, then that he should be
+withered by sickness.
+
+Thus you see there is little employment there for Doctors, when to be
+sick, is the next wan for to be slain, or perhaps the people may be of
+the mind rather to kill themselves, then to let the Doctors do it.
+
+Having dispatched our business, and sraighted again our Ship, we left
+Calecute, and put forth to Sea, and coasted along several of the Islands
+belonging to India, at Camboia I met with our old friend Mr. David
+Prire, who was overjoyed to see me, to whom I related our Discovery of
+the Island of Pines, in the same manner as I have related it to you; he
+was then but newly recovered [84]of a Feaver, the Air of that place not
+being agreeable to him; here we took in good store of Aloes, and some
+other Commodities, and victualled our Ship for our return home. {{29 }}
+
+After four dayes failing we met with two Portugal Ships which came from
+Lisbon, one whereof had in a storm lost its Top-mast, and was forced
+in part to be towed by the other. We had no bad weather in eleven
+dayes space, but then a sudden storm of Wind did us much harm in our
+Tacklings, and swept away one of our Sailors off from the Fore Castle.
+November the sixth had like to have been a fatal day unto us, our Ship
+striking twice upon a Rock, and at night was in danger of being fired by
+the negligence of a Boy, leaving a Candle carelesly in the Gun-room; the
+next day we were chafed by a Pyrate Argiere, but by the swiftness of our
+Sails we out ran him. December the first we came again to Madagascar,
+where we put in for a fresh recruit of Victuals and Water.
+
+During our abode here, there hapned a very great Earthquake, which
+tumbled down many Houses; The people of themselves are very Unhospitable
+and Treacherous, hardly to to be drawn to Traffique with any people;
+and now, this calamitie happening upon them, so enraged them against the
+Christians, imputing all luch calamities to the cause of them, that
+they fell upon some Portugais and wounded them, and we seeing their
+mischievous Actions, with all the speed we could put forth to Sea again,
+and sailed to the Island of St. Hellens.
+
+Here we stayed all the Chrismas Holy-dayes, which was vere much
+celebrated by the Governour there under the King of Spain. Here we
+furnished ourselves with all necessaries which [85]we wanted; but upon
+our departure, our old acquaintance Mr. Petrus Ramazina, coming in a
+Skiff out of the Isle del Principe, or the Princes Island, retarded our
+going for the space of two dayes, for both my self and our Purser had
+Emergent business with him, he being concerned in those Affairs of which
+I wrote to you in April last: Indeed we cannot but {{30 }} acknowledge
+his Courtesies unto us, of which you know he is never sparing. January
+the first, we again hoisted Sail, having a fair and prosperous gail of
+Wind, we touched at the Canaries, but made no tarriance, desirous now
+to see our Native Countrey; but the Winds was very cross unto us for
+the space of a week, at last we were savoured with a gentle Gale, which
+brought us on merrily; though we were on a sudden stricken again into a
+dump; a Sailor from the main Mast discovering five Ships, which put us
+all in a great fear, we being Richly Laden, and not very well provided
+for Defence; but they bearing up to us, we found them to be Zealanders
+and our Friends; after many other passages concerning us, not so much
+worthy of Note, we at last safele arrived at home, May 26. 1668.
+
+Thus Sir, have I given you a brief, but true Relation of our Voyage,
+Which I was the more willing to do, to prevent false Copies which might
+be spread of this nature: As for the Island of Pines it self, which
+caused me to Write this Relation, I suppose it is a thing so strange
+as will hardly be credited by some, although perhaps knowing persons,
+especially considering our last age being so full of Discoveries, that
+this Place should lie Dormant for so long a space of time; Others I
+know, such.
+
+Nullifidians as will believe nothing but what they see, applying that
+[86]Proverb unto us, That travelers may lye by authority. But Sir, in
+writing to you, I question not but to give Credence, you knowing my
+disposition so hateful to divulge Falsities; I shall request you to
+impart this my Relation to Mr. W. W. and Mr. P. L. remembring me very
+kindly unto them, not forgetting my old acquaintance, Mr. J. P. and
+Mr. J. B. no more at present, but only my best respects to you and your
+second self I rest,
+
+Yours in the best of friendship,
+
+Henry Cornelius Fan Sloetten.
+
+July 22. 1668.{{31 }}
+
+[87]
+
+POST-SCRIPT:
+
+ONE thing concerning the Isle of Pines, I had almost quite forgot, we
+had with us an Irish man named Dermot Conelly who had formerly been
+in England, and had learned there to play on the Bag-pipes, which he
+carried to Sea with him; yet so un-Englished he was, that he had quite
+forgotten your Language, but still retained his Art of Bagpipe-playing,
+in which he took extraordinary delight; being one day on Land in the
+Isle of Pines, he played on them, but to see the admiration of those
+naked people concerning them, would have striken you into admiration;
+long time it was before we could perswade them that it was not a living
+creature, although they were permitted to touch and feel it, and yet are
+the people very intelligible, retaining a great part of the Ingenuity
+and Gallantry of the English Nation, though they have not that happy
+means to express themselves; in this respect we may account them
+fortunate, in that possessing little, they enjoy all things, as being
+contented with what they have, wanting those alurements to mischief,
+which our European Countries are enriched with. I shall not dilate any
+further, no question but time will make this Island known better to the
+world; all that I shall ever say of it is, that it is a place enriched
+with Natures abundance, deficient in nothing conducible to the
+sustentation of mans life, which were it Manured by Agriculture and
+Gardening, as other of our European Countries are, no question but it
+would equal, if not exceed many which now pass for praiseworthy.
+
+FINIS.
+
+
+
+ADDENDUM
+
+     Bibliography in many Languages
+     Page 91
+     Page 92
+     Page 93
+     Page 94
+     Page 95
+     Page 96
+     Page 97
+     Page 99
+     Page 100
+     Page 101
+     Page 102
+     Page 103
+     Page 104
+     Page 105
+     Page 106
+     Page 107
+     Page 108
+     Page 109
+
+INDEX
+
+     Page 113 Page 114 Page 115 Page 116 Page 117
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Isle Of Pines (1668), by Henry Neville
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ISLE OF PINES (1668) ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21410.txt or 21410.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/4/1/21410/
+
+Produced by David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/21410.zip b/old/21410.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0cb9d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/21410.zip
diff --git a/old/isles-norms.htm b/old/isles-norms.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13cf282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/isles-norms.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3022 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
+    content="text/html; iso-8859-1">
+<title>
+    The Isle of Pines,
+    by Henry Neville
+</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+    <!--
+		body {text-align:justify}
+    P { margin:10%;
+		    text-indent:   1em;
+        margin-top:    .75em;
+        margin-bottom: .75em; }
+    H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; }
+		hr  { width: 50%; }
+    hr.full { width: 100%; }
+    .foot { margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 95%; }
+		img {border: 0;}
+    HR  { width: 33%; text-align: center; }
+		blockquote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 150%; }
+		.pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 1%;
+                text-align: left;
+                color: gray;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+		.oldnum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                right: 1%;
+                text-align: right;
+                color: red;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+		.figleft   {float: left; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 1%;}
+    .figright  {float: right; margin-right: 10%; margin-left: 1%;}
+    .toc       { margin-left: 15%; margin-bottom: 0em;}
+		.oldstyle  {text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 150%; }
+
+
+
+    CENTER { padding: 10px;}
+		PRE    { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 20%;}
+    // -->
+</style>
+
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h1>
+    THE ISLE OF PINES
+</h1>
+<h2>
+By Henry Neville
+</h2>
+<h3>
+1668
+</h3>
+<h2>
+An Essay in Bibliography
+</h2>
+<h3>
+by WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+</h3>
+<h4>
+Boston
+<br />
+<br />
+
+The Club of Odd Volumes 1920
+<br />
+<br />
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1920, BY THE CLUB OF ODD VOLUMES
+</h4><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+
+
+<br />
+<center>
+<img alt="pinesTP (43K)" src="images/pinesTP.jpg" height="929" width="658" />
+</center>
+<br />
+
+
+<h2>
+TO<br />
+
+<br />
+
+Charles Lemuel Nichols
+<br />
+<br />
+
+lover of books
+<br />
+<br />
+
+colleague
+<br />
+<br />
+
+FRIEND
+</h2><br /><br />
+
+<hr>
+<br /><br />
+
+
+<center>
+<table summary="" cellPadding=5 border=4>
+<tr><td>
+<p>
+     ETEXT TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Numbers enclosed in square
+     brackets are the page numbers of the 1920 edition. Numbers
+     enclosed in double curly brackets are the page numbers of
+     the original 1668 edition. A damaged and incomplete
+     bibliography and index in several languages has been
+     included only as page-images. 
+
+     As and aid to reading, this html file displays a normal small S in place of the long S
+     used in the original text. If preferred <a href="21410-h.htm">click here to see the html file with the long S
+     convention.</a>  DW
+</p>
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+</center>
+<br />
+
+<center>
+<table summary="" cellPadding=5 border=4>
+<tr><td>
+
+<p>NOTE ON PAGE IMAGE LINKS: The page numbers in the left margin are linked to the original page images which
+can be viewed by clicking on any of the page numbers. All the page images may be viewed by opening the 
+pgimages/ subdirectory in the 21410-htm/ directory.  DW
+</p>
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+</center>
+<br />
+
+
+<br />
+<br />
+<hr>
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<blockquote>
+<p class="toc"><big><b>CONTENTS</b></big></p><br />
+
+
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0003">
+<big><b>THE ISLE OF PINES</b></big>
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0004">
+THE DOWSE COPIES
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0005">
+THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0006">
+DUTCH EDITIONS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0007">
+FRENCH EDITIONS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0008">
+ITALIAN EDITION
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0009">
+GERMAN EDITIONS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0010">
+THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0011">
+THE COMBINED PARTS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0012">
+THE PUBLISHERS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0013">
+NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0014">
+THE AUTHOR
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0015">
+THE STORY
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0016">
+INTERPRETATIONS
+</a></p>
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0017">
+DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+</a></p><br />
+</blockquote>
+
+
+
+<p class="toc"><a href="#2H_4_0018">
+<big><b>THE ISLE OF PINES, The combined Parts as issued in 1668</b></big>
+</a></p>
+
+
+<a name="2H_4_0001"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    PREFATORY NOTE
+</h2>
+<p>
+My curiosity on the "Isle of Pines" was aroused by the sale of a copy in
+London and New York in 1917, and was increased by the discovery of two
+distinct issues in the Dowse Library, in the Massachusetts Historical
+Society. As my material grew in bulk and the history of this hoax
+perpetrated in the seventeenth century developed, I thought it of
+sufficient interest to communicate an outline of the story to the
+Club of Odd Volumes, of Boston, October 23, 1918. The results of my
+investigations are more fully given in the present volume. I acknowledge
+my indebtedness to the essay of Max Hippe, "Eine vor-De-foesche
+Englische Robinsonade," published in Eugen Kölbing's "Englische Studien"
+xix. 66.
+</p>
+<center>
+WORTHINGTON CHAUNCEY FORD
+</center>
+<p>
+Boston, February, 1920
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0002"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE ISLE OF PINES
+</h2>
+
+<h3>OR,
+
+<br />
+<br />
+
+A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND in
+<br />
+
+Terra Australis, Incognita.
+<br />
+<br />
+
+BEING
+</h3>
+<p>
+<i>A True Relation of certain English persons, Who in the dayes of Queen
+Elizabeth making a Voyage to the East India, were cast away, and wracked
+on the Island near to the Coast of Australis, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women, whereof one was a Negro. And now lately Ann Dom.
+1667, A Dutch Ship driven by foul weather there, by chance have found
+their Posterity (speaking good English) to amount to ten or twelve
+thousand persons, as they suppose. The whole Relation follows, written,
+and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and declared to
+the Dutch by His Grandchild.</i>
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0003"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE ISLE OF PINES
+</h2>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p003.png">[3]</a></span>The scene opens in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the year 1668, where in
+one of the college buildings a contest between two rival printers had
+been waged for some years. Marmaduke Johnson, a trained and experienced
+printer, to whose ability the Indian Bible is largely due, had ceased to
+be the printer of the corporation, or Society for the Propagation of
+the Gospel in New England, but still had a press and, what was better, a
+fresh outfit of type, sent over by the corporation and entrusted to the
+keeping of John Eliot, the Apostle. Samuel Green had become a printer,
+though without previous training, and was at this time printer to the
+college, a position of vantage against a rival, because it must have
+carried with it countenance from the authorities in Boston, and public
+printing then as now constituted an item to a press of some income
+and some perquisites. By seeking to marry Green's daughter before his
+English wife had ceased to be, Johnson had created a prejudice, public
+as well as private, against himself.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 Mass. Hist Soc. Proceedings, xx. 265.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Each wished to set up a press in Boston itself, but the General Court,
+probably for police reasons, had ordered that there should be no
+printing but at Cambridge, and that what was printed there should be
+approved by any two of four gentlemen appointed by the Court. It thus
+appeared that each printer possessed a certain superiority over his
+rival. In the matter of types Johnson was favored, as he had new
+types and was a trained printer; but these advantages were partially
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p004.png">[4]</a></span>neutralized by indolence and by Green's better standing before the
+magistrates.{1}
+</p>
+<p>
+In England the excesses of the printing-press during the civil war
+and commonwealth led to a somewhat strict though erratically applied
+censorship under the restoration. A publication must be licensed,
+and the Company of Stationers still sought, for reasons of profit, to
+control printers by regulating their production. The licensing agent in
+chief was a character of picturesque uncertainty and spasmodic action,
+Roger L'Estrange, half fanatic, half politician, half hack writer,
+in fact half in many respects and whole only in the resulting
+contradictions of purpose and performance. On one point he was strong&mdash;a
+desire to suppress unlicensed printing. So when in 1668 warrant was
+given to him to make search for unauthorized printing, he entered into
+the hunt with the zeal of a Loyola and the wishes of a Torquemada,
+harrying and rushing his prey and breathing threats of extreme rigor
+of fine, prison, pillory, and stake against the unfortunates who had
+neglected, in most cases because of the cost, to obtain the stamp of the
+licenser.{2}
+</p>
+<p>
+New England was at this time England in little, with troubles of its
+own; but, having imitated the mother country in introducing supervision
+of the press, it also started in to investigate the printers of the
+colony, two in number, seeking to win a smile of approval from the
+foolish man on the throne. With due solemnity the inquisition was
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p005.png">[5]</a></span>made. Green could show that all then passing through his press had been
+properly licensed.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  See the chapters on Green and Johnson in Littlefield,
+     <i>The Early Massachusetts Press, 197, 209</i>.
+
+     2  L'Estrange was called the "Devil's blood hound." <i>Col. S.
+     P., Dom. 1663-1664, 616</i>.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Johnson, less fortunate, was caught with one unlicensed piece&mdash;"The Isle
+of Pines." A fine of five pounds was imposed upon him, as effectual in
+suppressing him as though it had been one of five thousand pounds. He
+could now turn with relish to two books then on his press, "Meditations
+on Death and Eternity" and the "Righteous Man's Evidence for Heaven;"
+for Massachusetts Bay, with its then powerful rule of divinity without
+religion, or religion without mercy, held out small hope of his meeting
+such a fine within the expedition of his natural life. But he made his
+submission, petitioned the General Court in properly repentant language,
+acknowledged his fault, his crime, and promised amendment{1} The fine
+was not collected, and the principal result of the incident was to
+further the very natural union of Johnson and Green, but with Johnson as
+the lesser member in importance.
+</p>
+<p>
+No copy of Marmaduke Johnson's issue of the "Isle of Pines" has come
+to light in a period of 248 years. It might well be supposed that
+the authorities caught him before the tract had gone to press, and so
+snuffed it out completely. Our sapient bibliographers have dismissed the
+matter in rounded phrase: "'The Isle of Pines' was a small pamphlet
+of the Baron Munchausen order, which in its day passed through several
+editions in England and on the Continent,"{2} a description which would
+fit a hundred titles of the period. In July, 1917, Sotheby announced the
+sale of a portion of the Americana collected by <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p006.png">[6]</a></span>"Bishop White Kennett
+(1660-1728) and given by him to the Society for the Propagation of the
+Gospel in Foreign Parts."
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  The petition it in Littlefield, <i>i. 248</i>.
+
+     2  <i>Mats. Hist. Soc. Proceedings, xi. 247</i>.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Lot No. 113 was described as follows:
+</p>
+<p>
+[Neville (Henry)] The Isle of Pines, or a late Discovery of a fourth
+Island in Terra Australis, Incognita, being a True Relation of certain
+English persons who in the dayes of Queen Elizabeth, making a Voyage to
+the East Indies, were cast away and wracked upon the Island, <i>wanting
+the frontispiece, head-line of title and some pagination cut into,
+Bishop Kenneths signature on title. sm. 4to S. G. for Allen Banks, 1668</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+The pamphlet was sold, I am told, for fourteen shillings,{1} and resold
+shortly after to a New York bookseller for fifty-five dollars. He was
+attracted by the imprint, which read in full, "London, by <i>S. G.</i>
+for <i>Allen Banks</i> and <i>Charles Harper</i> at the <i>Flower-Deluice</i> near
+<i>Cripplegate</i> Church." The general appearance of the pamphlet was unlike
+even the moderately good issues of the English press, and the "by S. G."
+not only did not answer to any London printer of the day, except Sarah
+Griffin, "a printer in the Old Bailey,"{2} but was in form and usage
+exactly what could be found on a number of the issues of the press of
+Samuel Green, of Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 The sale took place July 30, 1917.
+
+     2  Only once does her name occur in the <i>Term Catalogues</i>,
+     when in February, 1673, the prints George Buchanan'
+     <i>Psalmorum Davidis Paraphrasis Poetica</i>, which told for two
+     shillings a copy. Samuel Gellibrand was not a printer but a
+     bookseller, with a shop "at the Ball in St. Paul's
+     Churchyard."
+</pre>
+<p>
+On comparing the first page of the text of his purchase with the same
+page of an acknowledged London issue of the "Isle of Pines" <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p007.png">[7]</a></span>in the John
+Carter Brown Library,{1} the bookseller concluded that the two were
+entirely different publications.
+</p>
+<p>
+An expert cataloguer connected with one of the large auction firms of
+New York then took up the subject. After a study of the tract he
+became assured that it could only have been printed by Samuel Green,
+of Cambridge, and he brought forward facts and comparisons which seemed
+conclusive and for which he deserves much credit. It was a clever bit of
+bibliographical work. With such an endorsement as to rarity and
+quality the pamphlet was again put to the test of the auction room. The
+cataloguer stated his case in sufficient fulness of detail and the
+first page of the text was reproduced.{2} Naturally the discovery sent
+a little thrill through the mad-house of bibliography. The tract was
+knocked down for $400 to a bookseller from Hartford, Connecticut,
+presumably for some local collection. The incident would have passed
+from memory had it not been for one of those accidents to which even the
+amateur bibliographer is liable.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  No. 5 in the Bibliography, page 93, infra.
+
+     2  <i>Nuggets of American History</i>, American Art Association,
+     November 19, 1917. The <i>Isle of Pines</i> was lot 142, and was
+     introduced by the words, "Cambridge Press in New England."
+     The catalogue was prepared by Mr. F. W. Coar.
+</pre>
+<hr>
+<p>
+In the bitter days of the winter of 1917-18 the working force of the
+Massachusetts Historical Society was contracted into one room&mdash;the Dowse
+Library&mdash;where was at least a semblance <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p008.png">[8]</a></span>of warmth in the open fireplace.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0004"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE DOWSE COPIES
+</h2>
+<p>
+One afternoon, when I had finished my work and the others had left, I
+picked up the catalogue of the Dowse Library and began idly to turn over
+its leaves. Incidentally, that catalogue is characteristic of the older
+methods of the Society. As is known to the elect, no book in the Dowse
+Library can ever leave the room in which it now rests, and of the
+catalogue twenty-five copies were printed and never circulated. If the
+library had been left in the Dowse house in Cambridgeport, its existence
+and contents could not have been more successfully hidden from the
+world. While reading the titles in a very casual way, my eye was caught
+by one which gave me a start. It read:
+</p>
+<p>
+Sloetten (Cornelius van). The Isle of Pines; or a Late Discovery of a
+Fourth Island in Terra Australis Incognita. London, printed by G. S.
+for Allen Banks, 1668. With a New and Further Discovery of the Isle of
+Pines, 1668; and a duplicate of the Isle of Pines. 1 vol. small 4to,
+calf supr., gilt leaves. A most interesting, rare, and valuable work.
+</p>
+<p>
+Even against the Editor of the Society the Dowse books are kept behind
+lock and key, though he is not under more than ordinary suspicion. So
+I was obliged to wait till the next day before my curiosity could be
+satisfied. I then found a thin volume, less than one-third of an inch
+in thickness, containing two copies of this very tract which the auction
+expert had identified as an issue of the "Isle of Pines" by Green, and
+a London issue of a second part of the "Isle of Pines," with the name of
+Cornelius Van Sloetten, as author. For more than fifty years this little
+volume had reposed in this well-known yet almost forgotten <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p009.png">[9]</a></span>library, and
+no one had suspected or questioned the nature of its contents.
+</p>
+<p>
+For full fifty years it had been in the care and at the call of Dr.
+Samuel A. Green, who claimed to be an expert on New England imprints of
+the seventeenth century, and one of the great wishes of whose life had
+been to establish his descent from this very printer, Samuel Green. Two
+copies within the same covers, of a tract long sought and of which only
+a single example had come to light in two centuries and a half&mdash;was not
+that alone something of a bibliographical coup?
+</p>
+<p>
+I read two of the pieces&mdash;one of the Green issues and the second part as
+printed in England&mdash;making a few notes for future use. On returning to
+the matter some weeks later I found to my annoyance that every reference
+to the Green tract but one was wrong as to the page. Cold, haste, or
+weariness will account for a single or possibly two errors of reference,
+but to have a whole series&mdash;except one&mdash;go wrong pointed to failing eyes
+or mind. Very much put out, I read the tract a second time and corrected
+the page references, carefully checking up the result. Some days after I
+again took up the matter, and in verifying my first quotation found that
+I had again put down the wrong page number, and was surprised to find
+that the correct page was the one I had first given. This proved to
+be the case in all the references&mdash;except one. A book which could thus
+change its page numbering from week to week was bewitched&mdash;or I was
+careless. It occurred to me to compare the two copies of the tract as
+published by Green. The title-pages were exactly alike&mdash;not differing by
+so much as a fly speck, but one copy contained ten pages of text and the
+other only nine.
+</p>
+<p>
+More <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p010.png">[10]</a></span>than that, the general style and the types were quite different One
+was printed in a well-known broad but somewhat used type, such as could
+be seen in Green's printing, and the other in a finer font with much
+italic. There was no possibility of confusing the two issues. Only one
+conclusion was possible. I had in this volume the publication by
+Green, and the original issue by Marmaduke Johnson, but with Green's
+title-page. So for we seem to rest upon solid ground. It may be surmised
+that Green set up his "Isle of Pines" in rivalry to Johnson, but did not
+incur the discipline of the authorities; or that he had set it up and
+also took over Johnson's edition, using his own title-page; and in
+either case it is possible that a simple subterfuge, the imprint, "by
+S. G. for Allen Banks and Charles Harper," a London combination of
+publishers, caused the tract to escape the attention of the examining
+local censors. Here was another step in developing the history of
+this tract&mdash;the discovery of one of Johnson's issues, except for the
+title-page. So far as the American connection is concerned, it only
+remains to discover a Johnson issue with a Johnson title-page, for in
+his apology and submission to the General Court he states that he had
+"affixed" his name to the pamphlet.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0005"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE EUROPEAN EDITIONS
+</h2>
+<p>
+The European connection is also not without interest, for the skit&mdash;the
+first part of the "Isle of Pines," published without name of author&mdash;had
+an extraordinary run.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1493 a little <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p011.png">[11]</a></span>four-leaved translation into Latin of a Columbus
+letter announcing the discovery of islands in the west&mdash;De insulis nuper
+inventis&mdash;ran over Europe, startling the age by a simple relation which
+proved a marvellous tale as taken up by Vespuccius, Cortes, and a host
+of successors.{1} For a century the darkness of a new found continent
+slowly lifted and the record was collected in Ramusio, in De Bry, in
+Hulsius, and in Hakluyt, never felling treasuries of the wonderful,
+veritable schools for the adventurous. Another century had shown that,
+so fer from decreasing in greatness and in opportunities, the field of
+discovery had not begun to be tested, and in the summer of 1668 a new
+island&mdash;the Isle of Pines&mdash;was flashed before the London crowd, and
+proved that the flame of quest with danger was still burning. A new
+island! The interest was international, for nations had already long
+fought over the old discovered lands.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  The intelligent industry of Mr. Wilberforce Eames has
+     identified eleven issues of the letter of Columbus, printed
+     in 1493, in Barcelona, Rome, Basle, Paris, and Antwerp; and
+     twelve issues of the <i>Novus Mundus</i> of Vespucci us, printed
+     in 1504, in Augsburg, Paris, Nuremberg, Cologne, Antwerp,
+     and Venice. An earlier and even more extraordinary
+     distribution of a letter of news is that of the letter
+     purporting to be addressed by Prester John to the Emperor
+     Manuel, which circulated through Europe about 1165. "How
+     great was the popularity and diffusion of this letter,"
+     writes Sir Henry Yule, "may be judged in some degree from
+     the fad that Zarncke in his treatise on Prester John gives a
+     list of close on 100 mss. of it Of these there are eight in
+     the British Museum, ten at Vienna, thirteen in the great
+     Paris Library, and fifteen at Munich. There are also several
+     renderings in old German verse." The cause of this
+     popularity was the hope offered by the reported exploits of
+     Prester John of a counterpoise to the Mohammedan power.
+     <i>Encyclopaedia Britannica</i>, 11th ed., xxii. 305.
+</pre>
+<p>
+An even greater contest was being waged for commerce, and with the
+experience of Spain in gathering the precious metals <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p012.png">[12]</a></span>from new found
+lands, every discovery of hitherto uncharted territory opened the
+possibility of wealth and an exchange of commodities, if rapine and
+piracy could not be practised. The merchant was an adventurer, and
+politics, quite as much as trade, controlled his movements; for the line
+between trader, buccaneer, and pirate faded away before conditions which
+made treaties of no importance and peaceful relations dependent upon an
+absence of the hope of gain. A state of war was not necessary to prepare
+the way for attack and plunder in those far distant oceans, and the
+merchantman sailed armed and ready to inflict as well as to repel
+aggression, only too willing to descend upon a weaker vessel or a
+helpless settlement of a power which had come to be regarded as a
+"natural enemy." So in Holland and in Germany the leaflets containing
+the story of the Isle of Pines were received with mingled feelings,
+exciting a desire to share in the possible benefits to be gained or
+extorted from natives of the new lands, or from those who had the first
+opportunity to exploit a virgin territory. On the first receipt of those
+leaflets merchants held back their vessels about to sail, to await
+more definite information on this fourth island of the Terra Australis
+incognita.
+</p>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p013.png">[13]</a></span>An examination of the known issues of the tract proves this interest
+and offers an almost unique study in bibliography; for I doubt if any
+publication made in the second half of the seventeenth century&mdash;even
+a state paper of importance, as a treaty&mdash;attained such speedy and
+widespread recognition. A list of the various issues will be found in
+an appendix: it only remains to call attention to a few of the many
+novelties and variant characteristics of the editions.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0006"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    DUTCH EDITIONS
+</h2>
+<p>
+In June and July, 1668, four tracts on the Isle of Pines from the same
+pen were licensed and published in London, which may for convenience
+be designated the first and second parts of the narrative, and the two
+parts in continuation. From London the tract soon passed to Holland,
+which had ever been a greedy consumer of voyages of discovery, for the
+greatness of that nation depended upon the sea, at once its most potent
+enemy and friend.{1} Three Dutch editions have been found, the earliest
+in point of time being that made by Jacob Vinckel, <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p014.png">[14]</a></span>of Amsterdam.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 Holland was the centre of map publication as the twenty
+     yean before 1668 saw the issue of atlases by Jansson, Blaeu,
+     Mercator, Doncker, Cellarius, Loon, Visscher, and Goos, all
+     published at Amsterdam. Phillips' list for this period gives
+     atlases published elsewhere&mdash;those of Boissevin (Paris,
+     1653), Lubin (Paris, 1659), Nicolosi (Rome, 1660), Dudley
+     (Florence, 1661), Du Val (Paris, 1662), Jollain (Paris
+     1667), Cluver (Wolfen-bûttel, 1667?) and Ortelius (Venice,
+     1667).
+</pre>
+<p>
+His second title is an exact translation of the second title of
+the London first part. This version, however, omitted an essential part
+of the relation. The London second title is also that of the issue made
+at Amsterdam by Jacob Stichter, being the Vinckel version, word for
+word, and almost line for line, but the type used is the gothic, and the
+spelling of words is not the same. Further, Stichter was possessed of
+some imagination and decorated his title-page with a map of a part of
+the island, showing ranges of hills, a harbor or mouth of a river, with
+conventional soundings, and two towns or settlements. As each of these
+issues contains only eight pages of text, the first London part only was
+known to the publishers. The third Dutch edition was put out by Joannes
+Naeranus, at Rotterdam, and in a foreword he gives the following reason
+for issuing the tract:
+</p>
+<p>
+To the Reader A part of the present relation is also printed by Jacob
+Vinckel at Amsterdam, being defective in omitting one of the
+principal things, so do we give here a true copy which was sent to us
+authoritatively out of England, but in that language, in order that the
+curious reader may not be deceived by the poor translation, and for
+that reason this very astonishing history fall under suspicion. Lastly,
+admire God's wondrous guidance, and farewell.
+</p>
+<p>
+His publication contains twenty pages of text, and is not an
+accurate translation of the English tract in parts, but rather a
+paraphrase of the text. To make the confusion the greater, he <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p015.png">[15]</a></span>expressly
+states on the title-page that he used a copy received from London, and
+gives the London imprint which will fit only the first London part. For
+"by S. G." appears only on the title-page of that part.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0007"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    FRENCH EDITIONS
+</h2>
+<p>
+From Amsterdam and under date July 19, 1668, a summary of the earlier
+Dutch issue with two paragraphs of introduction was sent to Paris, and
+was printed in a four-page pamphlet by Sébastien Marbre Cramoisy, the
+king's printer, whose name is so honorably connected with the Jesuit
+Relations&mdash;stories as remarkable as any offered in the "Isle of Pines"
+and of immeasurable value on the earliest years of recorded history
+in our New England. Even this summary, thus definitely dated, offers
+problems. The location of the island is given in general terms in
+the half-title as "below the equinoctial line," and in the text as in
+"xxviii or xxix degrees of Antartique latitude." Nowhere in the first
+London part is either location used, and in the second London part,
+which bears nearly the same date as the Cramoisy summary&mdash;July
+22&mdash;twenty degrees of latitude is given. The writer of the summary thus
+allowed himself some freedom.
+</p>
+<p>
+A second French edition, without imprint, contains eleven pages and is
+a translation of the first London part, paraphrased in sentences, but
+on the whole a close rendering of the English text There never was
+a title-page to this issue&mdash;the first page having the signature-mark
+A&mdash;yet with eleven pages only, it <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p016.png">[16]</a></span>would seem fit that a title-page
+should round out the twelve for the convenience of printing.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0008"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    ITALIAN EDITION
+</h2>
+<p>
+The Italian issue, made by Giacomo Didini, in Bologna and Venice,
+is a literal translation of Cramoisy's publication, and bears the same
+date, at Amsterdam, July 19, 1668. The original probably came from
+Paris, though it is possible that some Dutch merchant in Amsterdam sent
+a circular letter on the discovered Isle to his correspondents in Paris
+and Venice. It is unsafe to conjecture in such matters, for an Amsterdam
+issue may yet be found which will give, word for word, the French and
+Italian versions. Our ignorance on the press of the continent of those
+times, and especially the want of files of "corantos," or news sheets,
+close a wide field of research to the American inquirer. The catalogue
+of the British Museum gives 1669 as the probable year of issue. I see
+no good reason for rejecting 1668 as the more probable year. If the tract
+could go from London to Cambridge, in New England, in three months, it
+could pass from Amsterdam to Italy, by land or by sea, in an equal time.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0009"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    GERMAN EDITIONS
+</h2>
+<p>
+From Holland the relation also penetrated the German states,
+finding ready welcome and arousing eager curiosity. Hippe regards the
+tract issued by Wilhelm Serlin, at Frankfort on the Main, as the first
+of the German publications, and, being translated <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p017.png">[17]</a></span>from the Dutch, he
+shows that the translator used both the Amsterdam and the Rotterdam
+publications.{1} The Hamburg version claimed to be derived from the
+English original, but it followed closely the Serlin translation from
+the Dutch with modifications which might have been drawn from the
+London tract. An edition not mentioned by Hippe or identified by any
+bibliographer is in the John Carter Brown Library, and opens with the
+statement that it is translated from the English and not from the Dutch.
+It closely follows the text of the London first part. Very likely it is
+the edition found at Copenhagen, if the similarity of titles offers an
+indication of the contents. South Germany obtained its information from
+France, and while neither of the two issues avowedly translated from the
+French gives the place of publication, the fact that one is in Munich
+and the other in Strassburg offers some reason to conjecture that they
+came from the presses of those cities. The Munich issue is for the most
+part a summary of what was in the first London issue, and, if translated
+directly from a French version, must have been from one not now located,
+for it is different from those in the list in this volume. Of the
+Strassburg text, Hippe states that it follows the Rotterdam pamphlet
+Finally, at Breslau is what calls itself a complete publication of the
+combined parts from a copy obtained from London, but it is more probably
+based upon the Dutch translations printed in Amsterdam and Rotterdam,
+with additions drawn from the English.{2}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Hippe, 11.
+
+     2  On these German issues Hippe is full, but I have given
+     only what is needed to identify them.
+</pre>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p018.png">[18]</a></span>One of the strangest uses made of the narrative of Pine is to be
+found in Schoeben's translation into German of Jan Mocquet's "Voyages
+en Africque," etc., a work of some estimation which had already twice
+been published in France and once in a Dutch translation before Schoeben
+printed his edition in 1688. As pages inserted quite arbitrarily
+in Mocquets compilation, Schoeben gave Pine's story in full, with a
+paragraph of introduction which not a little abuses the truth while
+giving an additional color of truth. He asserted that while kept at
+Lisbon by the Dutch blockade, he was thrown much in the company of an
+Englishman, one of the Pine family, who were all regarded as notable
+seamen. From this man, then awaiting an opportunity to sail for the
+West Indies, our author heard a very strange story of the origin of the
+Pines, a story then quite notorious at Lisbon. Then follows, with some
+embroidery, a version of the Neville pamphlet, which is not like any
+German translation seen by me, but so full as to extend over ten pages
+of the volume. It ends with a reiteration of the wholly false manner
+in which this story had been obtained. So bold an appropriation of the
+narrative, with a provenience entirely new and as fictitious as the
+story itself, and its bodily inclusion by an editor in a work of
+recognized merit, where it is between two true recitals, cannot be
+defended.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 Mocquet's work originally appeared in Rouen in 1645, and a
+     Dutch translation was published at Dordrecht in 1656. A
+     second French issue, apparently unchanged in text, was put
+     out at Rouen in 1665, and in 1618 Schoeben's edition,
+     printed at Lûneberg by Johann Georg Lippers, preceded by
+     eight years an English translation made by Nathaniel Pullen.
+     The Pine tract appears, of course, only in Schoeben's
+     volume.
+</pre>
+<p>
+The tract passed to Cambridge, Massachusetts, before or early in
+September, and it would indeed be interesting to know <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p019.png">[19]</a></span>how and through
+whose hands it passed before reaching Marmaduke Johnson&mdash;to his undoing.
+Hezekiah Usher was the only bookseller in Boston at the time, and
+possibly his son, John, may have been associated with him. They ordered
+what they desired from London booksellers and publishers, and may have
+received voluntary consignments of publications from London. That would
+be a somewhat precarious venture, for nothing could be more different
+than the reading markets in Boston and in London, especially in the
+lighter products of the press. Had it come through the Ushers, the
+title-page might state that it had been printed "by M. J. for Hezekiah
+Usher," but in that event Usher would have suffered for not obtaining
+the needed license. The probability is that Johnson was alone
+responsible and was tempted by the hope of gain.
+</p>
+<p>
+These were all contemporary issues, coming from the press within six
+months of the first appearance of the tract in London. So startling a
+popularity, so widely shown, was a tribute to the opportunity rather
+than to the contents of the piece. And the European interest continued
+for a full century. In Germany it was included in a number of
+collections of voyages, in Denmark it was printed in 1710 and 1789,
+and in France Abbé Prévost took it for his compilation of 1767 on
+discoveries. The English republication of 1778 has peculiar interest,
+for it was due to no other than Thomas Hollis, the benefactor of the
+library of Harvard College, who saw more in the tract than can now be
+recognized, and induced Cadell to reprint it.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0010"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p020.png">[20]</a></span>
+<h2>
+    THE S.G. NOT A CAMBRIDGE IMPRINT
+</h2>
+<p>
+In the absence of any positive objection, the conclusion of the
+auction expert&mdash;that the S. G. imprint was one of Samuel Green of
+Cambridge, Massachusetts&mdash;remained unquestioned. But a study of editions
+and of the chronological sequence of the English issues offers a decided
+negative to such a conclusion. The first part was licensed June 27,
+1668. Van Sloetten dated the second part July 22, 1668, and the issue of
+the combined parts was licensed five days later, July 27. In the
+space of just four weeks all three trads were licensed, and the actual
+publication must have occurred within the same period of time. Such had
+been the start obtained by the first part that on the continent it was
+used for reprint and translation, almost to the neglect of the second
+part, and, as we have seen, most of these translations appeared before
+the end of 1668. Now the tract was not known in Massachusetts until
+discovered by the inquest on printers in September, and a S. G. or
+Samuel Green edition could hardly have come from the press before
+October, even if not delayed by the proceedings against Johnson. Yet on
+die title-page of the Dutch translation issued at Rotterdam in 1668, the
+printer states at length that it is from a copy from London, by S. G.
+for Allen Banks and Charles Harper, in the Lily near Cripplegate Church,
+and in his note "To the Reader" he expressly repeats that he obtained
+a copy of the work from London, in order to correct a faulty issue by
+another Dutch printer.
+</p>
+<p>
+If S. G. was Samuel Green, we must suppose that one of his
+Cambridge issues was shipped to Rotterdam in time to <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p021.png">[21]</a></span>be translated and
+reprinted before the end of the year. In point of time the thing could
+be done, but in point of probability it was impossible. Apart from his
+own statement, there were a thousand to one chances in favor of the
+Dutch printer obtaining the pamphlet from London; there were ten
+thousand chances to one against his getting it from Massachusetts. I
+reject the supposition that this was a Cambridge imprint for that reason
+alone.
+</p>
+<p>
+Additional evidence hostile to the claim may be adduced. The copy of the
+first tract in the British Museum is the S. G. for Banks and Harper.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  It is erroneously described as "an abridgment."
+</pre>
+<p>
+No other London imprint is to be found there or in the larger libraries
+of England. Of the three other copies located, that sold at audion (the
+White Kennett copy) and that in the Massachusetts Historical Society
+came direct from England, and the actual provenance of the copy in the
+New York Historical Society is not known. It belonged to Rufus King,
+long United States minister near the court of St James's, and is bound
+with other tracts under a general title of "Topographical Collection,
+Vol. I." The binding, Mr. Kelby tells me, is American. There is no mark
+to show when or where King obtained the pamphlet, and the Society
+did not receive it until 1906. That Rufus King belongs as much to
+Massachusetts as to New York is too slight a foundation on which to
+erect a claim that this particular tract was of Massachusetts origin.
+</p>
+<p>
+In no case, therefore, can an American setting to any one of the
+four known copies of the S. G. "Isle of Pines" be <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p022.png">[22]</a></span>established.{1} The
+probabilities are all against Samuel Green. The incident is a good
+example of the danger of giving play to the imagination on an appearance
+of a combination of fads cemented by interest.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus disappears from our memory the certain identification of the S. G.
+pamphlet as an early issue of the press in Cambridge, and with it goes
+my identification of the Johnson pamphlet with the S. G. title-page&mdash;a
+veritable pipe dream. It might be urged that as White Kennett was
+collecting on America, it would be more than probable that he would
+have had an American issue; but his own catalogue of 1713 describes the
+nine-page tract, and that is our London edition. I might claim still
+that my Johnson was a Johnson, with a London title-page; but the
+typographical adornment on the first page of its text is just the same
+as the adornment on the first page of the London issue&mdash;three rows
+of fleur-de-lys, thirty-seven in each row, and the same kind of type
+characters.{2}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 Lowndes indexes it under George Pine, and describes a
+     nine-page trait&mdash;probably the one now in the British Museum.
+     He quotes a sale of a copy in it 60 (Puttkk) for £4.10s. He
+     indexes the combined parts under Sloetten, and notes a copy,
+     with the plate, sold in the White Knights sale for 1s..
+
+     2  To attempt to reason from types or rule of thumb
+     measurements, however suggestive, leads to indefinite
+     conclusions. For example, the width of the type page of the
+     S. G. issue of the first part is exactly that of the English
+     issue of the second part, but the former has 33 tines to the
+     page and the latter a a. The width of the page in the
+     variant S. G. issue is narrower and there are 38 and 39
+     lines to the page. But in the London second part the width
+     of page varies by a quarter of an inch. We have Marmaduke
+     Johnson's issue of Paine's <i>Daily Meditations</i> y issued in
+     1670 in connection with S. G. The ornamental border of
+     fleur-de-lys is entirely different from those in the S. G.
+     <i>Isle of Pines</i>. A copy of Johnson's issue of Scottow's
+     translation of Bretz on the Anabaptists, printed in 1668,
+     the very year of the <i>Isle of Pines</i>, shows a different foot
+     of italics from that used in the <i>Isle of Pines</i> variant,
+     yet the roman characters in the two pieces seem identical,
+     and the width of page is exactly the same.
+</pre>
+<p>
+So I bid farewell to my theory, <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p023.png">[23]</a></span>and can only congratulate myself on
+having cleared one point&mdash;the London issue&mdash;and on having introduced
+a new confusion by the discovery of a second London issue with an
+identical title-page, a problem for the future to solve. I much doubt if
+a true Johnson issue will ever be found, for I believe the action of the
+authorities prevented its birth.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the library of Mr. Henry E. Huntington is a London issue of which
+I do not find another example. It contains sixteen pages, and the
+title-page gives neither printer's name nor place of publication. It may
+be the first issue, or it may be a later re-issue of the tract, for the
+type, especially the italic, is better than that in the S. G. issue.
+The punctuation also is more carefully looked after, and the whole
+appearance suggests an eighteenth century print. As the original was
+duly licensed, there was no reason to suppress the names of printer or
+booksellers. Nor could the contents of the piece call out controversy
+or hostility from any political faction or religious following. It
+was proper for the author to omit his name from the publication, if he
+desired to remain unknown; but the publisher, having the support of the
+licenser, had every reason to advertise his connexion with the tract,
+although he could not have anticipated so ready an acceptance by the
+public. While I place the Huntington pamphlet first in the bibliography,
+I am more inclined to regard it as a publication made at a later time.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0011"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p024.png">[24]</a></span>
+<h2>
+    THE COMBINED PARTS
+</h2>
+<p>
+The English edition of thirty-one pages in the John Carter Brown
+Library, with an engraved frontispiece,{1} offers still further proof
+that the S. G. issue was made in London. In place of being entirely
+different from the S. G. tract, it is precisely the same so far as text
+is concerned. For it is nothing more than the two parts combined, but
+combined in a peculiar manner. The second part was opened at page 6
+and the first part inserted, entire and without change of text{2} This
+insertion runs into page 16, where a sentence is inserted to carry on
+the relation: "After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this
+Relation, then proceeded he on in his discourse." The rest of the text
+of the second part follows, and pages 27-31 of the combined parts seem
+to be the very type pages of pages 20-24 of the second part{3} In this
+sandwich form one must read six pages before coming to the text of the
+first part, and a careless reader, comparing only the respective first
+pages, would conclude that a pamphlet of thirty-one pages could have no
+likeness <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p025.png">[25]</a></span>to one of nine.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  The plate in the copy in the John Carter Brown Library
+     does not belong to that issue, but is inserted in so clumsy
+     a manner as to prevent reproduction. The same plate is found
+     in a copy of the ten-page S.G. issue in the library of Mr.
+     Henry E. Huntington, and to all appearances belongs to that
+     issue.
+
+     2   The last sentence on page 6 of the second part read:
+     "Then proceeded he on in his discourse saying," and there
+     are no pages numbered 7 and 8, although there is no break in
+     the text, the catch-word on page 6 being the first word on
+     page 9. In the combined parts, the last words on page 6
+     constitute a phrase: "which Copy hereafter followeth."
+
+     3 The only change made is in the heading of the Post-script,
+     which was wrongly printed in the second part as "Post-
+     script." On page 26 of the combined parts the words "except
+     burning" were inserted, not appearing in the second part.
+</pre>
+<p>
+On typographical evidence it is safe to assume that the three
+pieces came from the same press, and to assert that the second part and
+the combined parts certainly did. The initials S. G. are found only on
+the first part.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0012"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE PUBLISHERS
+</h2>
+<p>
+The imprints of the three parts agree that the booksellers or publishers
+handling the editions were Allen Banks and Charles Harper. The first
+part gives their shop as the "Flower-De-luice near Cripplegate Church,"
+the second part as the "Flower-de-luce" as before, and the combined
+parts as "next door to the three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over
+against St. Dunstans Church." The church is still there, with more than
+two centuries of dirt and soot marking its walls since Neville wrote,
+and Chancery and Fettar Lanes enable one to place quite accurately the
+location of the booksellers' shop. Only three times do the names of
+Banks and Harper appear as partners on the Stationers' Registers,{1} and
+they separated about 1671, Banks going to the "St Peter at the West End
+of St Pauls." If any judgment may be drawn from their publications after
+ceasing to be partners, Banks leaned to light literature and may have
+been responsible for taking up the "Isle of Pines." Yet Harper was
+Neville's publisher in 1674 and in 1681, a fact which may indicate a
+personal relation.{2}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 Eyre and Rivington, ii. 386, 388, and 410.
+
+     2 Sec page 34, infra.
+</pre>
+<a name="2H_4_0013"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p026.png">[26]</a></span>
+<h2>
+    NOT AN AMERICAN ITEM
+</h2>
+<p>
+By some curious chance this little pamphlet has come to be classed
+as Americana. Bishop Kenneth's Catalogue may have been the source of
+this error, leading collectors to believe that the item was a true
+relation of an actual voyage, and possibly touching upon some phase
+of American history or geography. The rarity of the pamphlet would not
+permit such a belief to be readily corrected. The existence also of two
+Isles of Pines in American waters may have aided the belief.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of these islands is off the southwestern end of Cuba. On his second
+voyage, Columbus had sailed along the south coast of Cuba, and June
+13,1494, reached an island, which he named Evangelista. Here he
+encountered such difficulties among the shoals that he determined to
+retrace his course to the eastward. But for that experience, he might
+have reached the mainland of America on that voyage. The conquest of the
+island of Cuba by Diego Velasquez in 1511 led to its exploration; but
+geographers could only slowly appreciate what the islands really meant,
+for they were as much misled by the reports of navigators as Columbus
+had been by his prejudice in favor of Cathay.
+</p>
+<p>
+Toscanelli's map of the Atlantic Ocean (1474) gives many islands between
+Cape Verde and the "coast of spices," of which "Cippangu" is the largest
+and most important.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  This map, as reconstructed from Martin Behaim's globe, is
+     in <i>Scottish Geographical Magazine</i>, 1893.
+</pre>
+<p>
+On Juan de laCosa's sea chart, 1500, Cuba is fairly drawn, with the
+sea to the south dotted with islands without names. In a few years the
+mist surrounding <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p027.png">[27]</a></span>the new world had so far been dispelled as to disclose
+a quite accurate detail of the larger West Indian islands{1} and to
+offer a continent to the west, one that placed Cipangu still far too
+much to the east of the coast of Asia.{2} An island of some size off the
+southwest of Cuba seems to have been intended at first for Jamaica, but
+certainly as early as 1536 that island had passed to its true position
+on the maps, and the island to the west is without a name. Nor can it
+be confused with Yucatan, which for forty years was often drawn as an
+island. On the so-called Wolfenbuttel-Spanish map of 1525-30 occurs the
+name "J. de Pinos," probably the first occurrence of the name upon any
+map in the sixteenth century. Two other maps of that time&mdash;Colon's and
+Ribero's, dated respectively 1527 and 1529&mdash;call it "Y de Pinos," and on
+the globe of Ulpius, to which the year 1542 is assigned, "de Pinos"
+is clearly marked. Bellero's map, 1550, has an island "de pinolas."
+Naturally, map-makers were slow to adopt new names, and in the numerous
+editions of Ptolemy the label St Iago was retained almost to the end of
+the century.{3} On the Agnese map there are two islands, one named "S.
+Tiago," the other "pinos," which introduced a new confusion, though he
+was not followed by most geographers until Wytfliet, 1597, gave both
+names to the same island&mdash;"S. Iago siue Y de Pinas"&mdash;in which he is
+followed by Hondius, 1633.{4} Ortelius, 1579, <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p028.png">[28]</a></span>adopts "I Pinnorum," while
+Linschoten, 1598, has "Pinas," and Herrera, 1601, "Pinos."
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  The Agnese Atlas of 1529 may be cited as an example.
+
+     2   See, for example, the so-called Stobnicza [Joannes,
+     Stobnicensis] map of 151a, and the Ptolemy of 1513
+     (Strassburg).
+
+     3  Muenster, 1540. Cabot, 1544, and Desceller, 1546, give "Y
+     de Pinos."
+
+     4  Mr. P. Lee Phillips, to whom I am indebted for references
+     to atlases of the time, also supplies the following:
+     Lafreri, 1575 (?) "S. Tiagoj" Percacchi, 1576, "S. Tiago;"
+     Santa Cruz, 1541, "Ya de Pinosj" and Dudley, 1647, "I de
+     Pinos." Hakloyt (iii. 617) prints a "Ruttier" for the
+     West Indies, without date, but probably of the end of the
+     sixteenth century, which contains the following; "The
+     markes of Isla de Pinos. The Island of Pinos stretcheth it
+     selfe East and West, and is full of homocks, and if you
+     chance to see it at full sea, it will shew like 3 Islands,
+     as though there were divers soundes betweene them, and that
+     in the midst is the greatest; and in rowing with them, it
+     will make all a firme lande: and upon the East side of these
+     three homocks it will shewe all ragged; and on the West
+     side of them will appeare unto you a lowe point even with
+     the sea, and oftentimes you shall see the trees before you
+     shall discerne the point."
+</pre>
+<p>
+When the name given by Columbus was dropped and by whom the island
+was named "de Pinos" cannot be determined.
+</p>
+<p>
+Our colleague, Mr. Francis R. Hart, has called my attention to a second
+Isle of Pines in American waters, being near Golden Island, which was
+situated in the harbor or bay on which the Scot Darien expedition made
+its settlement of New Edinburgh. The bay is still known as Caledonia
+Bay, and the harbor as Porto Escoces, but the Isla de Pinas as well as a
+river of the same name do not appear on maps of the region. The curious
+may find references to the island in the printed accounts of the
+unfortunate Darien colony.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Isle of Pines could thus be found on the map as an actual island in
+the West Indies; but the "Isle of Pines" of our tract existed only
+in the imagination of the writer. The mere fact of its having been
+printed&mdash;but not published&mdash;in Cambridge, Massachusetts, does not
+entitle it to be classed even indirectly as Americana, any more than
+Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress or <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p029.png">[29]</a></span>Thomas à Kempis could be so marked on
+the strength of their having a Massachusetts imprint Curiosities of the
+American press they may be, but they serve only as crude measures of the
+existing taste for literature since become recognized as classic.
+</p>
+<p>
+The dignified Calendar of State Papers in the Public Record Office,
+London, gravely indexes a casual reference to the tract under West
+Indies, and the impression that the author wrote of the Cuban island
+probably accounts for the different editions in the John Carter Brown
+Library, as well as for the price obtained for the White Kennett copy.
+No possible reason can be found, however, for regarding the "Isle of
+Pines" in any of its forms as Americana.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0014"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE AUTHOR
+</h2>
+<p>
+Thus far I have been concerned with externals, and before turning to the
+contents of the tract itself in an endeavor to explain the extraordinary
+popularity it enjoyed, something must be said of the author&mdash;Henry
+Neville. Like most of the characters engaged in the politics of England
+in the middle of the seventeenth century, he has suffered at the hands
+of his biographer, Anthony à Wood,{1} merely because he belonged to the
+opposite party&mdash;the crudest possible measure of merit For the <i>odium
+politicum</i> and the <i>odium theologicum</i> are twin agents of detraction, and
+the writing of history would be dull indeed were it not for the joy of
+digging out an approximation to the truth from opposing opinions. Where
+the material is so scanty it will be safer <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p030.png">[30]</a></span>to summarize what is known,
+without attempting to pass finally upon Neville's position among his
+contemporaries.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 Athenæ Oxoniemses (Bliss), iv. 413.
+</pre>
+<p>
+The second son of Sir Henry Neville, and grandson of Sir Henry
+Neville (1564?-1615), courtier and diplomatist under Elizabeth and James
+I, Henry Neville was born in Billing-bear, Berkshire, in 1620. He
+became a commoner of Merton College in 1635, and soon after migrated to
+University College, where he passed some years but took no degree. He
+travelled on the continent, becoming familiar with modern languages and
+men, and returned to England in 1645, to recruit for Abingdon for the
+parliament Wood states that Neville "was very great with Harry
+Marten, Tho. Chaloner, Tho. Scot, Jam. Harrington and other zealous
+commonwealths men." His association with them probably arose from his
+membership of the council of state (1651), and also from his agreement
+with them in their suspicions of Cromwell, who, in his opinion, "gaped
+after the government by a single person." In consequence he was banished
+from London in 1654, and on Oliver's death was returned to parliament
+December 30,1658, as burgess for Reading. An attempt to exclude him on
+charges of atheism and blasphemy failed.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was undoubtedly somewhat closely associated with James Harrington,
+the author of "Oceana," and was regarded as a "strong doctrinaire
+republican." He was a member of the club&mdash;the Rota&mdash;formed by
+Harrington for discussing and disseminating his political views, a club
+which continued in existence only a few months, from November, 1659,
+to February, 1660; but its name is embalmed in one of Harrington's
+essays&mdash;"The Rota"&mdash;published in 1660, and extracted from his "Art of
+Law-giving," <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p031.png">[31]</a></span>which was itself an abridgment of the "Oceana."
+</p>
+<p>
+At this time, says Wood, Neville was "esteemed to be a man of good
+parts, yet of a factious and turbulent spirit." On the restoration he
+"sculk'd for a time," and, arrested for a supposed connection in the
+Yorkshire rising of 1663, he was released for want of evidence against
+him, retiring from all participation in politics. For twenty years
+before his death he lived in lodgings in Silver Street, near Bloomsbury
+market, and dying on September 20, 1694, he was buried in the parish
+church of Warfield, Berkshire. By his wife, Elizabeth, daughter of
+Richard Staverton of Warfield, he had no issue.{2} In his retirement he
+found occupation in political theory. He translated some of the writings
+of Machiavelli, which he had obtained in Italy in 1645, and published
+some verses of little merit.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     {1} Wood.
+
+     {2}  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+</pre>
+<p>
+It cannot be said that a reading of Neville's productions before 1681
+raises him in our estimation, it certainly does not give the impression
+of a man of letters, a student of government, or even a politician of
+the day. There is always the possibility in these casual writings of
+a purpose deeper than appears to the reader of the present day, of a
+meaning which escapes him because the special combination of events
+creating the occasion cannot be reconstructed. The "Parliament of
+Ladies," which was published in two parts in 1647, has little meaning
+to the reader, though they appeared in the year when the Parliament took
+notice of the "many Seditious, False and Scandalous Papers and Pamphlets
+daily printed and published in and about the cities of London and
+Westminster, and thence dispersed <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p032.png">[32]</a></span>into all parts of this Realm, and
+other parts beyond the Seas, to the great abuse and prejudice of the
+People, and insufferable reproach of the proceedings of the Parliament
+and their Army."{1}
+</p>
+<p>
+To write, print, or sell any unlicensed matter whatsoever would
+be liable to fine or imprisonment, and to whet the zeal of discovery
+one-half of the fine was to go to the informer. Every publication,
+from a book to a broadsheet, must bear the name of author, printer,
+and licenser. Neither of Neville's pamphlets of 1647 conformed to the
+requirements of this act, which is not, however, positive evidence that
+they did not appear after the promulgation of the law. Suppression of
+printing has proved a difficult task to rulers, even when supported
+by public opinion or an army. The Stationers' Registers show that the
+"Parliament of Ladies" and its sequel were not properly entered; nor do
+they contain any reference to Neville's "News from the New Exchange,"
+issued in 1650.{2}
+</p>
+<p>
+Nine years passed before he printed a pamphlet which marked his
+break with Cromwell&mdash;"Shuffling, Cutting, and Dealing in a Game of
+Picquet."{3}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, i. 1021. Though
+     dated September 30, the act was entered at Stationers' Hall
+     September 19. Eyre and Rivington, i. 276.
+
+     2  It was reprinted in 1731.
+
+     3  It is in the Harleian Miscellany, v. 298, and a copy of
+     the meanly printed original is in the Ticknor Collection,
+     Boston Public Library.
+</pre>
+<p>
+This little pamphlet was put out in the poorest dress possible,
+bespeaking a press of meagre equipment, and a printer without an idea
+of the form which even the leaflet can assume in skilful hands. Without
+imprint, author's name, or any mark of identification, it indicates a
+secret impression and <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p033.png">[33]</a></span>issue&mdash;one of the many occasional pamphlets which
+appeared at the time from "underground" shops which least of all
+wanted to be known as the agent of publication. Neville either avowed
+the authorship or it was traced to him, and the displeasure of Cromwell
+and banishment from London followed.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1681 he printed "Discourses concerning Government," which was much
+admired by Hobbes, and even Wood admits that it was "very much bought up
+by the members [of parliament], and admired: But soon after, when they
+understood who the author was (for his name was not set to the book),
+many of the honest party rejected, and had no opinion of it" A later
+writer describes it as an "un-Platonic dialogue developing a scheme
+for the exercise of the royal prerogative through councils of state
+responsible to Parliament, and of which a third part should retire every
+year."{1} Reissued at the time under its better known title&mdash;"Plato
+Redivivus"{2}&mdash;it was reprinted in 1742,{3} and again by Thomas Hollis
+in 1763.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 259.
+
+     2  Plato Redivivus, or A Dialogue concerning Government:
+     wherein, by Observations drawn from other Kingdoms and
+     States both ancient and modern, an Endeavour is used to
+     discover the politick Distemper of our own; with the Causes
+     and Remedies. The Second Edition, with Additions. In Octavo.
+     Price 2s. 6d. Printed for S. I. and sold by R. Dew. The Term
+     Catalogues (Arber), 1.443&mdash;the issue for May, 1681. The
+     initials S. I. do not again occur in the Catalogues, and R.
+     Dew is credited with only two issues, both in May, 1681,
+     neither giving the location of his shop. The tract called
+     out several replies, such as the anonymous Antidotum
+     Brittanicum and Goddard's Plato's Demon, or the State
+     Physician Unmasked ( 1684).
+
+     3  A copy is in the Library Company, Philadelphia.
+</pre>
+<p>
+His translations from Machiavelli are not so easily traced, nor is
+any explanation possible for his having delayed for nearly <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p034.png">[34]</a></span>thirty years
+publication of evidence of his admiration for the Florentine politician.
+He was not alone in desiring to make the Italian political moralist
+better known, for translations of the "Discourses" and "The Prince,"
+with "some marginal animadversions noting and taxing his [Machiavelli's]
+errors," by E. D.{1} was published in a second edition in November,
+1673, but I do not connect Neville with that issue. In the following
+year the connection of Charles Harper's name with the "Florentine
+History" suggests Neville, as does a more ambitious undertaking of the
+"Works," first fathered by another London bookseller, but with which
+Harper was concerned in 1681:
+</p>
+<p>
+The Florentine History, in Eight Books. Written by Nicholas Machiavel,
+Citizen and Secretary of Florence: now exactly translated from the
+Italian. In Octavo. Price, bound, 6s. Printed for Charles Harper, and J.
+Amery, at the Flower de luce, and Peacock, in Fleet street.{2}
+</p>
+<p>
+The Works of the Famous Nicholas Machiavel, Citizen and Secretary of
+Florence. Containing, 1. The History of Flornce. 2. The Prince. 3. The
+Original of the Guelf and Ghibilin Factions. 4. The life of Castrucio
+Castraceni. 5. The murther of Vitelli, etc., by Duke Valentine. 6. The
+State of France. 7. The State of Germany. 8. The Discourses of Titus
+Livius. 9. The Art of War. 10. The Marriage of Belphegery a Novel.{3}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Edward Dacres.
+
+     2  The Term Catalogues (Arber i. 18&mdash;the issue for November
+     25,1674.) It was entered at Stationers' Hall, June 20,
+     1674, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and Master
+     Warden Mean" with the statement that the translation was
+     made by "J. D. Gent."
+
+     3  This novel wa added by Starker to a translation of novels
+     by Gomez deQueverdoy Villegas published in November, 1670.
+     The name of the printer suggests a connection with Neville.
+</pre>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p035.png">[35]</a></span>11. Nicholas Machiavel's Letter in Vindication of himself and his
+Writings. All written originally in Italian; and from thence newly and
+faithfully Translated in English. In Folio. Price, bound, 18s. Printed
+for J. Starkey at the Mitre in Flret street near Temple Bar.
+</p>
+<p>
+[Same Title.] The Second Edition. Printed for J. Starkey, C. Harper, and
+J. Amery, at the Miter, the Flower de luce, and the Peacock, in Flret
+street. Folio. Price, bound, 16s.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  The Term Catalogues (Arber) i.199&mdash;the issue for
+     February, 1675. Entered at Stationers' Hall, February 4,
+     1674-75, "under the hands of Master Roger L'Estrange and
+     Master Warden Roycroft," with the statement that the
+     translation was made by "J.B. Salvo iure cuilibet." The
+     resort to L'Estrange in both instances is suggestive. 2  Ib
+     453&mdash;the issue for June, 1681. "The Works of that famous
+     Nicholas Machiavel" is announced in the Catalogues, June,
+     1675, for publication by R. Boulter, in Cornhill, and at the
+     same price of 18s., but I doubt if Neville had anything to
+     do with that translation.
+</pre>
+<p>
+It may be admitted that questions of government were eagerly discussed
+in the seventeenth century. It was only needed to live under the Stuarts
+and to pass through the Civil War and Protectorate to realize that
+a transition from the divinely anointed ruler to a self-constituted
+governor resting upon an army, and again to a trial of the legitimate
+holder of royal prerogative, offered an education in matters of
+political rule which naturally led to a constitutional monarchy, and
+which could not be equalled in degree or lasting importance until the
+American colonies of Great Britain questioned the policy of the mother
+country toward her all too energetic children. Hobbes' "Leviathan, or
+the Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth, Ecclesiastical and Civil,"
+appeared in 1651, a powerful argument for absolutism, but cast in such a
+form as to make the <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p036.png">[36]</a></span>writer an unwelcome adherent to royalty in exile.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1652 Filmer published his "Observations concerning the
+Original of Government," one of a series of tracts, completed by his
+"Patriarcha," printed after his death, which has made him a prophet of
+the extreme supporters of the divine origin of kingship. These are only
+examples of the political discussion of the day, and to them may be
+added Harrington, whose "Oceanan" appeared in 1656.{1} It satisfied no
+party or faction, and a second edition was not called for until 1700,
+when other writings of the author were added. This compilation was, in
+1737, pirated by a Dublin printer, R. Reilly, who added Neville's "Plato
+Redivivus;"{2} but the third English edition (1747), issued by the same
+printer who made the second edition, omitted Neville's tract.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Entered at Stationers' Hall by Livewell Chapman,
+     September 19,1656. Eyre and Rivington, ii. 86.
+
+     2  Bibliotheca Liudeusianat ii. 4228.
+</pre>
+<a name="2H_4_0015"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    THE STORY
+</h2>
+<p>
+"The Isle of Pines" was Neville's fifth publication, issued nine years
+after his fourth, a political tract: "Shuffling, Cutting and Dealing
+in a Game of Picquet" Like most titles of the day, that of "The Isle of
+Pines" did not fail in quantity. It was repeated word for word, except
+the imprint, on the first page of the text. Briefly, the relation
+purports to have been written by an Englishman, George Pine, who at
+the age of twenty shipped as book-keeper in the <i>India Merchant</i>, which
+sailed for the East Indies in 1569.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having rounded the Cape of Good Hope and <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p037.png">[37]</a></span>being almost within sight
+of St. Lawrence's Island, now Madagascar,{1} they encountered a great
+storm of wind, which separated the ship from her consorts, blew many
+days, and finally wrecked the vessel on a rocky island. The entire
+company was drowned except Pine, the daughter of his master, two
+maid-servants, and one negro female slave. They gathered what they could
+of the wreckage, and Pine and his companions lived there in community
+life, a free-love settlement By the four women he had forty-seven
+children, and in his sixtieth year he claimed to have 565 children,
+grandchildren, and great-grandchildren. It was from one of his
+grandchildren that the Dutch ship received the relation. Apart from the
+title-page, the entire tract is occupied by the story of George Pine,
+from whom the island took its name. In 1667, or ninety-eight years after
+Pine was wrecked, the Dutch captain estimated that the population of the
+island amounted to ten or twelve thousand persons. Methuselah, with his
+years to plead for him, might boast of such breeding, but in ordinary
+man it is too near the verminous, the rat, the guinea-pig, and the
+rabbit, to be pleasant.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1 It was the Island of St. Laurence of James Lancaster's
+     Voyage, 1593. Hakluyt, Principall Navigations, vi. 401.
+</pre>
+<p>
+The publication must have attracted attention at once, for before
+the end of July Neville put forth a second part, "A New and further
+Discovery of The Isle of Pines," which purported to be the relation of
+the Dutch captain to whom the history of Pines had been confided. It is
+an unadorned story such as might have been gathered from a dozen tales
+in Hakluyt or Purchas, and is interesting only in giving the name of the
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p038.png">[38]</a></span>Dutch captain&mdash;Cornelius Van Sloetton&mdash;and the location of the supposed
+island&mdash;longitude 76° and latitude 20°, under the third climate&mdash;which
+places it to the northeast of Madagascar. Almost immediately after the
+publication of the second part it was combined with the first part,
+as already described, and published late in July or early in August
+Cornelius Van Sloetton, as he signed himself in the second part, became
+Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten in the combined issue.
+</p>
+<a name="2H_4_0016"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+
+<h2>
+    INTERPRETATIONS
+</h2>
+<p>
+It was Pine's relation which received the greatest attention on the
+continent, and that was chiefly concerned in describing his performances
+in populating the island. It was therefore with only a mild surprise
+that I read in one of those repulsively thorough studies which only a
+German can make, a study made in 1668 of this very tract, "The Isle
+of Pines," the assertion that Pines, masquerading as the name of the
+discoverer and patriarch of the island, and accepted as the name of
+the island itself, was only an anagram on the male organ of
+generation&mdash;penis. On one of the German issues in the John Carter Brown
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p039.png">[39]</a></span>Library this has also been noted by a contemporary hand.{1} Such an
+interpretation reduces our tract to a screaming farce, but it closely
+suits the general tone of other of Neville's writings, which are
+redolent of the sensual license of the restoration. To this I would add
+an emendation of my own. The name adopted by Neville was Henry Cornelius
+van Sloetten. It suggests a somewhat forcible English word&mdash;slut&mdash;of
+doubtful origin, although forms having some resemblance in sound and
+sense occur in the Scandinavian languages.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1   Christian Weise, Prof. Polit, in augusteo in A. 1685.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Such interpretations seem to fit the work better than that of a German
+critic, who sees in the book a sort of Utopia, a model community, or
+an exhibition in the development of law and order. Free love led
+to license, maids were ravished, and the complete promiscuity of
+intercourse disgusted Pine, who sought to suppress it by force and, in
+killing the leader of a revolt, a man with negro blood in his veins, to
+impose punishments for acts which he had himself done. The ground for
+believing that Neville had any such purpose when he wrote the book is
+too slight to be accepted. In 1668 the author had no call to convey a
+lesson in government to his countrymen by any means so frankly vulgar
+and pointless as the "Isle of Pines." If Neville had intended such a
+political object, a phrase would have sufficed to indicate it. No
+such key can be found in the text, and there is nothing to show that,
+politician as he was, he realized that such an intimation could be drawn
+from his paragraphs.
+</p>
+<p>
+To assume, therefore, that so carefully hidden a suggestion of a
+model republic could have aided the circulation <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p040.png">[40]</a></span>of the pamphlet at the
+time, or at any later period, is to introduce an element unnecessary
+to explain the vogue of the relation. It passed simply as a story
+of adventure, and as such it fell upon a time when a wide public was
+receptive to the point of being easily duped. Wood asserts that the
+"Isle of Pines," when first published, "was look'd upon as a mere sham
+or piece of drollery; "{1} and there are few contemporary references to
+the relation of either Pine or Van Sloetten, and those few are of little
+moment If the seamen, who were in a position to point out discrepancies
+of fad in the story, made any comment or criticism, I have failed to
+discover them.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Athenæ Oxomiensis (Bliss), iv. 410.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Neville himself freely played with the subject, and it is strange that he
+did not excite some suspicion of his veracity among his readers. He had
+told in his first part of a Dutch ship which was driven by foul weather
+to the island and of the giving to the Dutch the story of Pine. His
+second part is the story of the Dutch captain, sailing from Amsterdam,
+re-discovering the Isle of Pines, and returning home&mdash;that is, to
+Holland. Yet Neville for the combined issue, and presumably only a
+few days after giving out the first part, composed two letters from a
+merchant of Amsterdam&mdash;Abraham Keek&mdash;dated June 29 and July 6, saying
+that the last post from Rochelle brought intelligence of a French vessel
+which had just arrived and reported the discovery of this very island,
+but placing it some two or three hundred leagues "Northwest from Cape
+Finis Terre," though, he added with reasonable caution, "it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p041.png">[41]</a></span>point of the compass from Cape Finis Terre."
+</p>
+<p>
+Keek offered an additional piece of geographical information, that
+"some English here suppose it maybe the Island of Brasile which have
+been so oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland."{1} The first letter
+of Keek is dated five days after the licensing of the first part of
+the "Isle of Pines," and the second sixteen days before the date of
+Sloetten's narrative. It is hardly possible that Neville could have
+been forgetful of his having made a Dutch vessel responsible for the
+discovery and history of Pine, and it is more than probable that he took
+this means of giving greater verisimilitude to the Isle of Pines, by
+bringing forward an independent discovery by a French vessel. However
+intended, the ruse did not contribute to such a purpose, as the combined
+parts did not enjoy as wide a circulation as the first part.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  See page 53, infra.
+</pre>
+<p>
+On the continent a German, who knew the tract only as translated into
+German through a Dutch version of the English text, and therefore
+imperfectly, gave it serious consideration, and had little difficulty in
+finding inconsistencies and contradictions. Some of his questions went
+to the root of the matter. It was a Dutch ship which first found the
+Isle of Pines and its colony; why was not the discovery first announced
+by the Dutch? Piece by piece the critic takes down the somewhat clumsily
+fashioned structure of Neville's fiction, and in the end little remains
+untouched by suspicion. No such examination, dull and labored in form,
+and offering no trace of imagination which wisely permits itself to be
+deceived in details in order to be free to accept a whole, could pass
+beyond the narrow circle of a university.
+</p>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p042.png">[42]</a></span>As an antidote to the attractions of Neville's tract it was
+powerless, and to-day it remains as much of a curiosity as it was in
+1668, when it was written. Indeed, a question might be raised as to
+which tract was less intentionally a joke&mdash;Neville's "Isle of Pines," or
+our German's ponderous essay upon it? At least the scientific
+ignorance of the Englishman, perfectly evident from the start, is more
+entertaining than the pseudo-science of the German critic, who boldly
+asserts as impossible what has come to be a commonplace.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1   Das verdachtige Pineser-Eylandd, No. 29 in the
+     Bibliography. It it dedicated to Anthonio Goldbeck,
+     Burgomaster of Altona, and the letter of dedication b dated
+     at Hamburg, October 26, 1668.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Hippe calls attention to the geography of the relation as not the least
+interesting of its features, for the neighborhood of the Island of
+Madagascar was used in other sea stories as a place of storm and
+catastrophe. "The ship on which Simplicissimus wished to return
+to Portugal, suffered shipwreck likewise near Madagascar, and the
+paradisiac island on which Grimmelshausen permits his hero finally to
+land in company with a carpenter, is also to be sought in this region.
+In precisely the same way the shipwreck of Sadeur,{1} the hero of a
+French Robinson Crusoe story, <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p043.png">[43]</a></span>happens on the coast of Madagascar, and
+from this was he driven in a southerly direction to the coast of the
+southern land."
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  La Terre Australe commue, a romance written by Gabriel de
+     Foigny (pseud. J. Sadeur), describing the stay of Sadeur on
+     the southern continent for more than thirty-five years, The
+     original edition, made in Geneva in 1676, is said to contain
+     "many impious and licentious passages which were omitted in
+     the later editions." Sabin (xviii. 220) gives a list of
+     editions, the first English translation appearing in 1693.
+     It is possible that the author owed the idea of his work to
+     Neville's pamphlet.
+</pre>
+<p>
+In most of the older surveys of the known world America counts as
+the fourth part, naturally coming after Europe, Asia, and Africa. Even
+that arrangement was not generally accepted. Joannes Leo (Hasan Ibn
+Muhammad, al-Wazzan), writing in 1556, properly called Africa "la tierce
+Partie du Monde;" but the Seigneur de la Popellinière, in his "Les
+Trois Mondes," published in 1582, divided the globe into three parts&mdash;1.
+Europe, Asia, and Africa; 2. America, and 3. Australia. A half century
+later, Pierre d'Avitz, of Toumon (Ardèche), entitled one of his
+compositions "Description Générale de l'Amérique troisiesme partie
+du Monde," first published in 1637.{2} The expedition under Alvaro
+de Mendana de Nevra, setting sail from Callao, November 19, 1567, and
+steering westward, sought to clear doubt concerning a continent which
+report had pictured as being somewhere in the Pacific Ocean. The Solomon
+Islands rewarded the enterprise, and with New Guinea and the Philippines
+completed a connection between Peru and the continent of Asia. There
+had long existed, however, a settled belief in the existence of a
+great continent in the southern hemisphere, which should serve as a
+counterpoise to the known lands in the northern.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  A copy is in the Boston Athenaeum.
+</pre>
+<p>
+The geographical ideas of the times required such a continent, <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p044.png">[44]</a></span>and
+even before the circumnavigation of Africa, the world-maps indicated
+to the southward "terra incognita secundum Ptolemeum,"{1} or a land of
+extreme temperature and wholly unknown.{2} The sailing of ships round
+the Cape of Good Hope dissipated in some degree this belief but it
+merely placed some distance between that cape and the supposed Terra
+Australia which was now extended to the south of America, separated on
+the maps from that continent only by the narrow Straits of Magellan, and
+stretching to the westward, almost approaching New Guinea.{3}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  As on the Ptolemy, Ulm, 1482.
+
+     2  As in Macrobius, In Sommium Scipionis Expositio, Brescia,
+     1483. 3  See the map of Oronce Fine, 1522, and Ortelius,
+     Orbis Terrarum 1592. 4  The "Quiri Regio" was long marked on
+     maps as a continent lying to the south of the Solomon
+     Islands.
+
+     3  This was first republished at Augsburg in 1611; in a
+     Latin translation in Henry Hudson's Descriptio ac
+     Delimeatis, Amsterdam, 1612, in Dutch, Verhael van seher
+     Memorial, Amsterdam, 1612; in Bry, 1613, and shortly after
+     in Hulsius; in French, Paris, 1617; and in English, London,
+     1617. I give this list because even so interesting an
+     announcement of a genuine voyage did not have so quick an
+     acceptance as Neville's tract with almost the same title.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Such an expanse of undiscovered land, believed to be rich in gold,
+awakened the resolution of Pedro Fernandez de Queiros, who had been a
+pilot in the Mendafia voyage of 1606. By chance he failed in his object,
+and deceived by the apparent continuous coast line presented to his view
+by the islands of the New Hebrides group, he gave it the resounding
+name of Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, because of the King's title of
+Austria. On the publication of his "Relation" at Seville in 1610, the
+name was altered, and he claimed to have discovered the "fourth part
+of the world, called Terra Australis incognita." Seven years later,
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p045.png">[45]</a></span>in 1617, it was published in London under the title, "Terra Australia
+incognita, or A new Southerne Discoverie, containing a fifth part of
+the World." It is obvious that geographers and their source of
+information&mdash;the adventurous sea captains&mdash;were not agreed upon the
+proper number to be assigned to the Terra Australis in the world scheme.
+Even in 1663 the Church seemed in doubt, for a father writes "Mémoires
+touchant l'établissement d'une Mission Chrestienne dans la troisième
+Monde, autrement apellé la Terre Australe, Méridionale, Antartique, &amp;
+I connue."{1} That Neville even drew his title from any of these
+publications cannot be asserted, nor do they explain his designation of
+the Isle of Pines as the fourth island in this southern land; but they
+show the common meaning attached to <i>Terra Australis incognita</i>, and his
+use of the words was a clever, even if not an intentional appeal to the
+curiosity then so active on continents yet to be discovered.
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Printed at Paris by Claude Cramoisy, 1663. A copy is in
+     the John Carter Brown Library. In 1756 Charles de Brosse
+     published his Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes
+     from Vespuccius to his own day, which was largely used by
+     John Callender in compiling his Terra Australis Cogmta,
+     1766-68.
+</pre>
+<p>
+Another volume, however, written by one who afterwards became
+Bishop of Norwich, may have been responsible for the conception of
+Neville's pamphlet. This was Joseph Hall's "Mundus Alter et Idem sive
+Terra Australis ante hac semper incognita longis itineribus peregrini
+Academici nuperrime lustrata." The title says it was printed at
+Frankfort, and the statement has been too readily accepted as the fact,
+for the tract was entered at <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p046.png">[46]</a></span>Stationers' Hall by John Porter, June 2,
+1605, and again on August 1, 1608.{1} The biographer of Bishop Hall
+states that it was published at Frankfort by a friend, in 1605, and
+republished at Hanau in 1607, and in a translated form in London about
+1608. It is more than probable that all three issues were made in
+London, and that the so-called Hanau edition was that entered in 1608.
+On January 18, 1608-09, Thomas Thorpe entered the translation, with the
+address to the reader signed John Healey, who was the translator.{2}
+This carried the title: "The Discovery of a New World, or a Description
+of the South Indies hitherto unknown."{3} It is a satirical work with
+no pretense of touching upon realities. Hallam wrote of it: "I can
+only produce two books by English authors in this first part of the
+seventeenth century which fall properly under the class of novels or
+romances; and of these one is written in Latin. This is the Mundus Alter
+and Idem of Bishop Hall, an imitation of the later and weaker volumes
+of Rabelais. A country in Terra Australis is divided into four regions,
+Crapulia, Virginia, Moronea, and Lavernia. Maps of the whole land and
+of particular regions are given; and the nature of the satire, not much
+of which has any especial reference to England, may easily be collected.
+It is not a very successful effort."{4}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Stationers' Registers (Arber), in. 291, 386.
+
+     2  Ib. 400. Healey made an "exceptionally bad" translation
+     of St. Augustine's De Civitate Dei, which remained the only
+     English translation of that work until 1871.
+
+     3  In the Bodleian Library is a copy of the translation with
+     the title, The Discovery of a New World, Tenterbelly,
+     Sheeland, and Fooliana, London, n.d.
+
+     4  Introduction to the Literature of Europe, 2d éd., II.
+     167.
+</pre>
+<p>
+While a later critic, Canon <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p047.png">[47]</a></span>Perry, says of it: "This strange
+composition, sometimes erroneously described as a 'political romance,'
+to which it bears no resemblance whatever, is a moral satire in prose,
+with a strong undercurrent of bitter jibes at the Romish church, and its
+eccentricities, which sufficiently betray the author's main purpose
+in writing it. It shows considerable imagination, wit, and skill
+in latinity, but it has not enough of verisimilitude to make it an
+effective satire, and does not always avoid scurrility."{1} Like
+Neville's production, the satire was misinterpreted.
+</p>
+<p>
+The title of Neville's tract also recalls the lost play of Thomas
+Nash&mdash;"The Isle of Dogs"&mdash;for which he was imprisoned on its appearance
+in 1597, and suffered, as he asserted, for the indiscretion of others.
+"As Actaeon was worried by his own hounds," wrote Francis Meres in his
+"Palladis Tamia," "so is Tom Nash of his Isle of Dogs." And three
+years later, in 1600, Nash referred in his "Summers Last Will" to the
+excitement raised by his suppressed play. "Here's a coil about dogs
+without wit! If I had thought the ship of fools would have stay'd to
+take in fresh water at the Isle of Dogs, I would have furnish'd it with
+a whole kennel of collections to the purpose." The incident was long
+remembered. Nine years after Nash's experience John Day published his
+"Isle of Gulls," drawn from Sir Philip Sidney's "Arcadia."{2}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Dictionary of National Biography, xxiv. 76.
+
+     2  I take these facts from Sir Sidney Lee's sketch of Nash in
+     the Dictionary of National Biography, XL. 107.
+</pre>
+<a name="2H_4_0017"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+<div style="height: 4em;"><br><br><br><br></div>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p048.png">[48]</a></span>
+<h2>
+    DEFOE AND THE "ISLE OF PINES"
+</h2>
+<p>
+I would apologize for taking so much time on a nine-page hoax did
+it not offer something positive in the history of English literature.
+It has long been recognized as one of the more than possible sources
+of Defoe's "Robinson Crusoe." It is truly said that the elements of a
+masterpiece exist for years before they become embodied, that they are
+floating in the air, as it were, awaiting the master workman who can
+make that use which gives to them permanent interest Life on an island,
+entirely separated from the rest of mankind, had formed an incident in
+many tales, but Neville's is believed to have been the first employment
+by an English author of island life for the whole story. And while Defoe
+excludes the most important feature of Neville's tract&mdash;woman&mdash;from his
+"Robinson Crusoe," issued in April, 1719, he too, four months after,
+published the "Further Adventures of Robinson Crusoe," in which
+woman has a share. It would be wearisome to undertake a comparison of
+incident; suffice it to say that the "Isle of Pines" has been accepted
+as a pre-Defoe romance, to which the far greater Englishman may have
+been indebted.
+</p>
+<center>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p049.png">[49]</a></span>
+</center>
+<a name="2H_4_0018"><!-- H2 anchor --></a>
+
+
+<br />
+<center>
+<img alt="oldtitle (114K)" src="images/oldtitle.jpg" height="1040" width="671" />
+
+<br />
+<br />
+<img alt="title2 (127K)" src="images/title2.jpg" height="888" width="704" />
+</center>
+<br />
+
+
+
+
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p051.png">[51]</a></span>
+<h1>
+    THE ISLE OF PINES, <br />
+The combined Parts as issued in 1668
+</h1><br />
+
+<h2>
+    The Isle of Pines
+</h2>
+<h2>
+OR,
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p053.png">[53]</a></span>
+A late Discovery of a fourth ISLAND near Terra Australis, Incognita
+<br />
+<br />
+
+BY
+<br />
+<br />
+
+Henry Cornelius Van Sloetten.
+<br />
+<br />
+
+Wherein is contained.
+<br />
+<br />
+</h2>
+<blockquote>
+<center>
+<p>
+A True Relation of certain English persons, who in Queen Elizabeths
+time, making a Voyage to the East Indies were cast away, and wracked
+near to the Coast of Terra Australis, Incognita, and all drowned, except
+one Man and four Women. And now lately Anno Dom. 1667. a Dutch Ship
+making a Voyage to the East Indies, driven by foul weather there, by
+chance have found their Posterity, (speaking good English) to amount
+(as they suppose) to ten or twelve thousand persons. The whole Relation
+(written and left by the Man himself a little before his death, and
+delivered to the Dutch by his Grandchild) Is here annexed with the
+Longitude and Latitude of the Island, the situation and felicity
+thereof, with other matter observable.
+</p>
+<p>
+Licensed July 27. 1668.
+</p>
+<p>
+London, Printed for Allen Banks and Charles Harper next door to the
+three Squerrills in Fleet-street, over against St Dunstans Church, 1668.
+</p>
+<p>
+<big><b>Two Letters concerning the Island of Pines to a Credible person in
+Covent Garden.</b></big>
+</p>
+</center>
+
+
+<p>
+IT is written by the last Post from Rochel, to a Merchant in this City,
+that there was a French ship arrived, the Mailer and Company of which
+reports, that about 2 or 300 Leagues Northwest from Cape Finis Terre,
+they fell in with an Island, where they went on shore, and found about
+2000 English people without cloathes, only some small coverings about
+their middle, and that they related to them, that at their first coming
+to this Island (which was in Queen Elizabeths time) they were but five
+in number men and women, being cast on shore by distress or otherwise,
+and had there remained ever since, without having any correspondence
+with any other people, or any ship coming to them. This story seems very
+fabulous, yet the Letter is come to a known Merchant, and from a good
+hand in France, so that I thought fit to mention it, it may be that
+there may be some mistake in the number of the Leagues, as also of the
+exact point of the Compass, from Cape Finis Terre; I shall enquire more
+particularly about it. Some English here suppose it may be the Island
+of Brasile which have been so oft sought for, Southwest from Ireland, if
+true, we shall hear further about it; your friend and Brother, Abraham
+Keek.
+</p>
+<p>
+Amsterdam, July the 6th 1668.
+</p>
+<p>
+IT is said that the Ship that discovered the Island, of which I hinted
+to you in my last, is departed from Rochel, on her way to Zealand,
+several persons here have writ thither to enquire for the said Vessel,
+to know the truth of this business. I was promised a Copy of the Letter
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p054.png">[54]</a></span>Amsterdam, June the 29th 1668, that came from France, advising the discovery of the Island above-said,
+but its not yet come to my hand; when it cometh, or any further news
+about this Island, I shall acquaint you with it,
+</p>
+<p>
+Your Friend and Brother,
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A. Keck.
+</p>
+<p>
+<span class="oldnum">{{1  }}</span>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p055.png">[55]</a></span><i>Discovered Near to the Coast of Terra Australis Incognita, by Henry
+Cornelius Van Sloetten, in a Letter to a friend in London, declaring the
+truth of his Voyage to the East Indies</i>.
+</p>
+<center>
+SIR,
+</center>
+<p>
+I Received your Letter of this second instant, wherein you desire me to
+give you a further account concerning the Land of <i>Pines</i>, on which we
+were driven by distress of Weather the last Summer, I also perused the
+Printed Book thereof you sent me, the Copy of which was surreptiously
+taken out of my hands, else should I have given you a more fuller
+account upon what occasion we came thither, how we were entertained,
+with some other <span class="oldnum">{{2 }}</span>circumstances of note wherein that relation is
+defective. To satisfie therefore your desires, I shall briefly yet
+sully give you a particular account thereof, with a true Copy of the
+Relation it self; desiring you to bear with my blunt Phrases, as being
+more a Seaman then a Scholler.
+</p>
+<p>
+April the 26th 1667. We set sail from Amsterdam, intending for the
+East-Indies; our ship had to name the place from whence we came, the
+<i>Amsterdam</i> burthen 350. Tun, and having a fair gale of Wind, on the 27
+of May following we had a sight of the high Peak Tenriffe belonging
+to the Canaries, we have touched at the Island Palma, but having
+endeavoured it twice, and finding the winds contrary, we steered on our
+course by the Isles of Cape Ferd, or Insula Capitis Viridis, where
+at St. James's we <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p056.png">[56]</a></span>took in fresh water, with some few Goats, and Hens,
+wherewith that Island doth plentifully abound.
+</p>
+<p>
+June the 14. we had a sight of Madagascar, or the Island of St
+Laurence, an Island of 4000 miles in compass, and scituate under the
+Southern Tropick; thither we steered our course, and trafficked with the
+inhabitants for Knives, Beads, Glasses and the like, having in exchange
+thereof Cloves and Silver. Departing from thence we were incountred
+with a violent storm, and the winds holding contrary, for the space of
+a fortnight, brought us back almost as far as the Isle Del Principe;
+during which time many of our men fell sick, and some dyed, but at
+the end of that time it pleased God the wind favoured us again, and
+we steered on our course merrily, for the space of ten days: when on
+a sudden we were encountered with such a violent storm, as if all
+the four winds together had conspired for our destruction, so that the
+stoutest spirit of us all quailed, expecting every hour to be devoured
+by that merciless element of water, sixteen dayes together <span class="oldnum">{{3 }}</span> did
+this storm continue, though not with such violence as at the first, the
+Weather being so dark all the while, and the Sea so rough, that we knew
+not in what place we were, at length all on a sudden the Wind ceased,
+and the Air cleared, the Clouds were all dispersed, and a very serene
+Sky followed, for which we gave hearty thanks to the Almighty, it being
+beyond our expectation that we should have escaped the violence of that
+storm.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length one of our men mounting the Main-mast espyed fire, an
+evident sign of some Countrey near adjoyning, which presently after
+we apparently discovered, and steering our course <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p057.png">[57]</a></span>more nigher, we
+saw several persons promiscuously running about the shore, as it were
+wondering and admiring at what they saw: Being now near to the Land, we
+manned out our long Boat with ten persons, who approaching the shore,
+asked them in our Dutch Tongue What Eyland is dit? to which they
+returned this Answer in English, "that they knew not what we said." One
+of our Company named Jeremiah Hanzen who understood English very well,
+hearing their words discourst to them in their own Language; so that
+in fine we were very kindly invited on shore, great numbers of them
+flocking about us, admiring at our Cloaths which we did wear, as we on
+the other side did to find in such a strange place, so many that could
+speak English and yet to go naked.
+</p>
+<p>
+Four of our men returning back in the long Boat to our Ships company,
+could hardly make them believe the truth of what they had seen and
+heard, but when we had brought our ship into harbour, you would have
+blest your self to see how the naked Islanders flocked unto us, so
+wondering at our ship, as if it had been the greatest miracle of Nature
+in whole World. <span class="oldnum">{{4 }}</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+We were very courteously entertained by them, presenting us with such
+food as that Countrey afforded, which indeed was not to be despised;
+we eat of the Flesh both of Beasts, and Fowls, which they had cleanly
+drest, though with no great curiosity, as wanting materials, wherewithal
+to do it; and for bread we had the inside or Kernel of a great Nut as
+big as an Apple, which was very wholsome, and found for the body, and
+tasted to the Pallat very delicious.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having refreshed our selves, they invited us to the Pallace <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p058.png">[58]</a></span>of
+their Prince or chief Ruler, some two miles distant off from the place
+where we landed; which we found to be about the bigness of one of our
+ordinary village houses, it was supported with rough unhewn pieces of
+Timber, and covered very artificially with boughs, so that it would keep
+out the greatest showers of Rain, the sides thereof were adorned with
+several forts of Flowers, which the fragrant fields there do yield in
+great variety. The Prince himself (whose name was <i>William Pine</i> the
+Grandchild of <i>George Pine</i> that was first on shore in this Island) came
+to his Pallace door and saluted us very courteously, for though he had
+nothing of Majesty in him, yet had he a courteous noble and deboneyre
+spirit, wherewith your English Nation (especially those of the Gentry)
+are very much indued.
+</p>
+<p>
+Scarce had he done saluting us when his Lady or Wife, came likewise
+forth of their House or Pallace, attended on by two Maid-servants, the
+was a woman of an exquisite beauty, and had on her head as it were
+a Chaplet of Flowers, which being intermixt with several variety of
+colours became her admirably. Her privities were hid with some pieces
+of old Garments, the Relicts of those Cloaths (I suppose) of them which
+first came hither, and yet being adorned with Flowers those very rags
+seemeth beautiful; and <span class="oldnum">{{5 }}</span> indeed modesty so far prevaileth over all
+the Female Sex of that Island, that with grass and flowers interwoven
+and made strong by the peelings of young Elms (which grow there in great
+plenty) they do plant together so many of them as serve to cover those
+parts which nature would have hidden.
+</p>
+<p>
+We carried him as a present some few Knives, of which we <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p059.png">[59]</a></span>thought
+they had great need, an Ax or Hatchet to fell Wood, which was very
+acceptable unto him, the Old one which was cast on shore at the first,
+and the only one that they ever had, being now so quite blunt and
+dulled, that it would not cut at all, some few other things we also gave
+him, which he very thankfully accepted, inviting us into his House or
+Pallace, and causing us to sit down with him, where we refreshed our
+selves again, with some more Countrey viands which were no other then
+such we tasted of before; Prince and peasant here faring alike, nor is
+there any difference betwixt their drink, being only fresh sweet water,
+which the rivers yield them in great abundance.
+</p>
+<p>
+After some little pause, our Companion (who could speak English) by our
+request desired to know of him something concerning their Original and
+how that people speaking the Language of such a remote Countrey, should
+come to inhabit there, having not, as we could see, any ships or Boats
+amongst them the means to bring them thither, and which was more,
+altogether ignorant and meer strangers to ships, or shipping, the main
+thing conducible to that means, to which request of ours, the courteous
+Prince thus replyed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Friends (for so your actions declare you to be, and shall by ours
+find no less) know that we are inhabitants of this Island of no great
+standing, my Grandfather being the first that ever set foot on this
+shore, whose native Countrey was <span class="oldnum">{{6 }}</span> a place called <i>England</i>, far
+distant from this our Land, as he let us to understand; He came from
+that place upon the Waters, in a thing called a Ship, of which no
+question but you may have heard; several other persons were in his
+company, not intending to have come <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p060.png">[60]</a></span>hither (as he said) but to a place
+called <i>India</i>, when tempestuous weather brought him and his company
+upon this Coast, where falling among the Rocks his ship split all in
+pieces; the whole company perishing in the Waters, saving only him and
+four women, which by means of a broken piece of that Ship, by Divine
+assistance got on Land.
+</p>
+<p>
+What after passed (said he) during my Grandfathers life, I shall
+show you in a Relation thereof written by his own hand, which he
+delivered to my Father being his eldest Son, charging him to have a
+special care thereof, and ashuring him that time would bring some people
+or other thither to whom he would have him to impart it, that the truth
+of our first planting here might not be quite lost, which his commands
+my Father dutifully obeyed; but no one coming, he at his death delivered
+the same with the like charge to me, and you being the first people,
+which (besides our selves) ever set footing in this Island, I shall
+therefore in obedience to my Grandfathers and Fathers commands,
+willingly impart the same unto you.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then stepping into a kind of inner room, which as we conceived was his
+lodging Chamber, he brought forth two sheets of paper fairly written
+in Englishy (being the same Relation which you had Printed with you
+at London) and very distinctly read the same over unto us, which we
+hearkened unto with great delight and admiration, freely proffering us
+a Copy of the same, which we afterward took and brought away along with
+us; which Copy hereafter followeth.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Here begins the first part of the tract.
+</pre>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p061.png">[61]</a></span>A Way to the East India's being lately discovered by Sea, to the <span class="oldnum">{{7 }}</span>
+South of Affrich by certain Portugals, far more safe and profitable then
+had been heretofore; certain English Merchants encouraged by the great
+advantages arising from the Eastern Commodities, to settle a Factory
+there for the advantage of Trade. And having to that purpose obtained
+the Queens Royal Licence Anno Dom. 1569. 11. or 12. Eliz. furnisht out
+for those parts four ships, my Master being sent as Factor to deal and
+Negotiate for them, and to settle there, took with him his whole Family,
+(that is to say) his Wife, and one Son of about twelve years of age,
+and one Daughter of about fourteen years, two Maidservants, one <i>Negro</i>
+female slave, and my Self, who went under him as his Book-keeper, with
+this company on Monday the third of April next following, (having all
+necessaries for Housekeeping when we should come there), we Embarqued
+our selves in the good ship called the <i>India Merchant</i>, of about
+four hundred and fifty Tuns burthen, and having a good wind, we on the
+fourteenth day of May had sight of the Canaries, and not long after
+of the Isles of Cafe Vert or Verd, where taking in such things as were
+necessary for our Voyage, and some fresh Provisions, we stearing our
+course South, and a point East, about the first of August came within
+sight of the Island of St Hellen, where we took in some fresh water,
+we then set our faces for the Cape of Good Hope, where by Gods blessing
+after some sickness, whereof some of our company died, though none of
+our family; and hitherto we had met with none but calm weather, yet so
+it pleased God, when we were almost in fight of St. Laurence, an Island
+so called, one of the greatest in the world, as <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p062.png">[62]</a></span>Marriners say, we
+were overtaken and dispersed by a great storm of Wind, which continued
+with luch violence <span class="oldnum">{{8 }}</span> many days, that losing all hope of safety,
+being out of our own knowledge, and whether we should fall on Flats
+or Rocks, uncertain in the nights, not having the least benefit of the
+light, we feared most, alwayes wishing for day, and then for Land, but
+it came too soon for our good; for about the first of October, our fears
+having made us forget how the time passed to a certainty; we about the
+break of day discerned Land (but what we knew not) the Land seemed high
+and Rockey, and the Sea continued still very stormy and tempestuous,
+insomuch as there seemed no hope of safety, but looked suddenly to
+perish. As we grew near Land, perceiving no safety in the ship, which
+we looked would suddenly be beat in pieces: The Captain, my Master, and
+some others got into the long Boat, thinking by that means to save their
+lives, and presently after all the Seamen cast themselves overboard,
+thinking to save their lives by swimming, onely myself my Masters
+Daughters, the two Maids, and the Negro were left on board, for we could
+not swim; but those that left us, might as well have tarried with us,
+for we saw them, or most of them perish, our selves now ready after to
+follow their fortune, but God was pleased to spare our lives, as it
+were by miracle, though to further sorrow; for when we came against the
+Rocks, our ship having endured two or three blows against the Rocks,
+(being now broken and quite foundred in the Waters), we having with much
+ado gotten our selves on the Bowspright, which being broken off, was
+driven by the Waves into a small Creek, wherein fell a little River,
+which being encompassed by the Rocks <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p063.png">[63]</a></span>was sheltered from the Wind,
+so that we had opportunity to land our selves, (though almost drowned) in
+all four persons, besides the Negro: when we were got upon the Rock, we
+could perceive the miserable Wrack to our great terrour, I had in my
+<span class="oldnum">{{9 }}</span> pocket a little Tinder-box, and Steel, and Flint to strike fire at
+any time upon occasion, which served now to good Purpose, for its being
+so close, preserved the Tinder dry, with this, and the help of some
+old rotten Wood which we got together, we kindled a fire and dryed our
+selves, which done, I left my female company, and went to see, if I
+could find any of our Ships company, that were escaped, but could hear
+of none, though I hooted, and made all the noise I could; neither could
+I perceive the foot-steps of any living Creature (save a few Birds, and
+other Fowls). At length it drawing towards the Evening, I went back to
+my company, who were very much troubled for want of me. I being now all
+their stay in this lost condition, we were at first afraid that the wild
+people of the Countrey might find us out, although we saw no footsteps
+of any, not so much as a Path; the Woods round about being full of
+Briers and Brambles, we also stood in fear of wild Beasts, of such also
+we saw none, nor sign of any: But above all, and that we had greatest
+reason to fear, was to be starved to death for want of Food, but God had
+otherwise provided for us, as you shall know hereafter; this done, we
+spent our time in getting some broken pieces of Boards, and Planks,
+and some of the Sails and Rigging on shore for shelter; I set up two or
+three Poles, and drew two or three of the Cords and Lines from Tree to
+Tree, over which throwing some Sail-cloathes, and having gotten Wood by
+us, and three <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p064.png">[64]</a></span>or four Sea-gowns, which we had dryed, we took up
+our Lodging for that night altogether (the Blackmoor being left sensible
+then the rest we made our Centry) we slept soundly that night, as having
+not slept in three or four nights before (our fears of what happened
+preventing us) neither could our hard lodging, fear, and danger hinder
+us we were so over wacht. <span class="oldnum">{{10 }}</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+On the morrow, being well refresht with sleep, the winde ceased, and the
+weather was very warm; we went down the Rocks on the sands at low water,
+where we found great part of our lading, either on shore or floating
+near it. I by the help of my company, dragged most of it on shore; what
+was too heavy for us broke, and we unbound the Casks and Cherts, and,
+taking out the goods, secured all; so that we wanted no clothes, nor any
+other provision necessary for Housekeeping, to furnish a better house
+than any we were like to have; but no victuals (the last water having
+spoiled all) only one Cask of bisket, being lighter than the rest was
+dry; this served for bread a while, and we found on Land a sort of fowl
+about the bigness of a Swan, very heavie and fat, that by reason of
+their weight could not fly, of these we found little difficulty to kill,
+so that was our present food; we carried out of England certain Hens and
+Cocks to eat by the way, some of these when the ship was broken, by some
+means got to land, &amp; bred exceedingly, so that in the future they were
+a great help unto us; we found also, by a little River, in the flags,
+store of eggs, of a sort of foul much like our Ducks, which were very
+good meat, so that we wanted nothing to keep us alive.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the morrow, which was the third day, as soon as it was morning,
+seeing nothing to disturb us, I lookt out a convenient <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p065.png">[65]</a></span>place to dwell
+in, that we might build us a Hut to shelter us from the weather, and
+from any other danger of annoyance, from wild beasts (if any should
+finde us out: So close by a large spring which rose out of a high hill
+over-looking the Sea, on the side of a wood, having a prospect towards
+the Sea) by the help of an Ax and some other implements (for we had all
+necessaries, the working of the Sea, having cast up most of our goods)
+I cut down all the straightest poles I could find, and which were enough
+<span class="oldnum">{{11 }}</span> for my purpose, by the help of my company (necessity being
+our Master) I digged holes in the earth setting my poles at an equl
+distance, and nailing the broken boards of the Caskes, Cherts, and
+Cabins, and such like to them, making my door to the Seaward, and having
+covered the top, with sail-clothes strain'd and nail'd, I in the space
+of a week had made a large Cabbin big enough to hold all our goods and
+our selves in it, I also placed our Hamocks for lodging, purposing (if
+it pleased God to send any Ship that way) we might be transported home,
+but it never came to pass, the place, wherein we were (as I conceived)
+being much out of the way.
+</p>
+<p>
+We having now lived in this manner full four months, and not so much as
+seeing or hearing of any wild people, or of any of our own company, more
+then our selves (they being found now by experience to be all drowned)
+and the place, as we after found, being a large Island, and disjoyned,
+and out of fight of any other Land, was wholly uninhabited by any
+people, neither was there any hurtful beast to annoy us: But on the
+contrary the countrey so very pleasant, being always clothed with green,
+and full of pleasant fruits, and variety of birds, ever warm, and
+never <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p066.png">[66]</a></span>colder then in England in September: So that this place (had
+it the culture, that skilful people might bestow on it) would prove a
+Paradise.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Woods afforded us a sort of Nuts, as big as a large Apple, whose
+kernel being pleasant and dry, we made use of instead of bread, that
+fowl before mentioned, and a sort of water-fowl like Ducks, and their
+eggs, and a beast about the size of a Goat, and almost such a like
+creature, which brought two young ones at a time, and that twice a year,
+of which the Low Lands and Woods were very full, being a very harmless
+creature and tame, so that we could easily <span class="oldnum">{{12 }}</span> take and kill them:
+Fish, also, especially Shell-fish (which we could best come by) we had
+great store of, so that in effect as to Food we wanted nothing; and
+thus, and by such like helps, we continued six moneths without any
+disturbance or want.
+</p>
+<p>
+Idleness and Fulness of every thing begot in me a desire of enjoying
+the women, beginning now to grow more familiar, I had perswaded the
+two Maids to let me lie with them, which I did at first in private, but
+after, custome taking away shame (there being none but us) we did
+it more openly, as our Lusts gave us liberty; afterwards my Masters
+Daughter was content also to do as we did; the truth is, they were all
+handsome Women, when they had Cloathes, and well shaped, feeding well.
+For we wanted no Food, and living idlely, and seeing us at Liberty to do
+our wills, without hope of ever returning home made us thus bold: One of
+the first of my Comforts with whom I first accompanined (the tallest
+and handsomest) proved presently with child, the second was my Masters
+Daughter, and the other also not long <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p067.png">[67]</a></span>after fell into the same
+condition: none now remaining but my Negro, who seeing what we did,
+longed also for her share; one Night, I being asleep, my Negro, (with
+the consent of the others) got close to me, thinking it being dark, to
+beguile me, but I awaking and feeling her, and perceiving who it was,
+yet willing to try the difference, satissied my self with her, as well
+as with one of the rest: that night, although the first time, she proved
+also with child, so that in the year of our being here, all my women
+were with child by me, and they all coming at different seasons, were a
+great help to one another.
+</p>
+<p>
+The first brought me a brave Boy, my Masters Daughter was the youngest,
+she brought me a Girl, so did the other <span class="oldnum">{{13 }}</span> Maid, who being
+something fat sped worse at her labour: the Negro had no pain at all,
+brought me a fine white Girl, so I had one Boy and three Girls, the
+Women were soon well again, and the two first with child again before
+the two last were brought to bed, my custome being not to lie with any
+of them after they were with child, till others were so likewise, and
+not with the black at all after she was with child, which commonly was
+at the first time I lay with her, which was in the night and not else,
+my stomach would not serve me, although she was one of the handsomest
+Blacks I had seen, and her children as comly as any of the rest; we had
+no clothes for them, and therefore when they had suckt, we laid them in
+Mosse to sleep, and took no further care of them, for we knew, when they
+were gone more would come, the Women never failing once a year at least,
+and none of the Children (for all the hardship we put them to) were ever
+sick; so that wanting now nothing but Cloathes, nor them much neither,
+other <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p068.png">[68]</a></span>than for decency, the warmth of the Countrey and Custome
+supplying that Defect, we were now well satissied with our condition,
+our Family beginning to grow large, there being nothing to hurt us, we
+many times lay abroad on Mossey Banks, under the shelter of some Trees,
+or such like (for having nothing else to do) I had made me several
+Arbors to sleep in with my Women in the heat of the day, in these I and
+my women passed the time away, they being never willing to be out of my
+company.
+</p>
+<p>
+And having now no thought of ever returning home, as having resolved and
+sworn each to other, never to part or leave one another, or the place;
+having by my several wives, forty seven Children, Boys and Girls, but
+most Girls, and growing up apace, we were all of us very fleshly, the
+Country so well agreeing with us, that we never ailed any thing; <span class="oldnum">{{14 }}</span>
+my Negro having had twelve, was the first that left bearing, so I never
+medled with her more: My Masters Daughter (by whom I had most children,
+being the youngest and handsomest) was most fond of me, and I of her.
+Thus we lived for sixteen years, till perceiving my eldest Boy to
+mind the ordinary work of Nature, by seeing what we did, I gave him a
+Mate, and so I did to all the rest, as fast as they grew up, and were
+capable: My Wives having left bearing, my children began to breed apace,
+so we were like to be a multitude; My first Wife brought me thirteen
+children, my second seven, my Masters Daughter fifteen, and the Negro
+twelve, in all forty seven.
+</p>
+<p>
+After we had lived there twenty two years, my Negro died suddenly,
+but I could not perceive any thing that ailed her; most <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p069.png">[69]</a></span>of my children
+being grown, as fast as we married them, I sent them and placed them
+over the River by themselves severally, because we would not pester one
+another; and now they being all grown up, and gone, and married after
+our manner (except some two or three of the youngest) for (growing my
+self into years) I liked not the wanton annoyance of young company.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus having lived to the fiftieth year of my age, and the fortieth of
+my coming thither, at which time I sent for all of them to bring their
+children, and there were in number descended from me by these four
+Women, of my Children, Grand-children, and great Grand-children, five
+hundred sixty five of both sorts, I took off the Males of one Family,
+and married them to the Females of another, not letting any to marry
+their sisters, as we did formerly out of necessity, so blessing God for
+his Providence and goodness, I dismist them, I having taught some of my
+children to read formerly, for I had left still the Bible, I charged it
+should be read once a moneth at <span class="oldnum">{{15 }}</span> a general meeting: At last one
+of my Wives died being sixty eight years of age, which I buried in a
+place, set out on purpose, and within a year after another, so I had
+none now left but my Masters Daughter, and we lived together twelve
+years longer, at length she died also, so I buried her also next the
+place where I purposed to be buried my self, and the tall Maid my first
+Wife next me on the other side, the Negro next without her, and the
+other Maid next my Masters Daughter. I had now nothing to mind, but the
+place whether I was to go, being very old, almost eighty years, I gave
+my Cabin and Furniture that was left to my eldest son after my decease,
+who had married my eldest Daughter by my beloved <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p070.png">[70]</a></span>Wife, whom I made
+King and Governour of all the rest: I informed them of the Manners of
+Europe, and charged them to remember the Christian Religion, after the
+manner of them that spake the same Language, and to admit no other; if
+hereafter any should come and find them out.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now once for all, I summoned them to come to me, that I might number
+them, which I did, and found the estimate to contain in or about the
+eightieth year of my age, and the fifty ninth of my coming there; in
+all, of all sorts, one thousand seven hundred eighty and nine. Thus
+praying God to multiply them, and lend them the true light of the
+Gospel, I last of all dismist them: For, being now very old, and my
+sight decayed, I could not expect to live long. I gave this Narration
+(written with my own hand) to my eldest Son, who now lived with me,
+commanding him to keep it, and if any strangers should come hither by
+chance, to let them see it, and take a Copy of it if they would, that
+our name be not lost from off the earth. I gave this people (descended
+from me) the name of the <i>ENGLISH PINES</i>, <i>George Pine</i> being my <span class="oldnum">{{16 }}</span>
+name, and my Masters Daughters name Sarah English, my two other Wives
+were Mary Sparkes, and Elizabeth Trevor, so their severall Defendants
+are called the ENGLISH, the SPARKS, and the TREVORS, and the PHILLS,
+from the Christian Name of the Negro, which was Philippa, she having no
+surname: And the general name of the whole the ENGLISH PINES; vvhom God
+bless vvith the dew of Heaven, and the fat of the Earth, AMEN.{1}
+</p>
+<pre>
+     1  Here ended the first part.
+</pre>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p071.png">[71]</a></span>After the reading and delivering unto us a Coppy of this Relation,
+then proceeded he on in his discourse.
+</p>
+<p>
+My Grandfather when he wrote this, was as you hear eighty yeares of age,
+there proceeding from his Loyns one thousand seven hundred eighty nine
+children, which he had by them four women aforesaid: My Father was his
+eldest son, and was named Henry, begotten of his wife Mary Sparkes, whom
+he apointed chief Governour and Ruler over the rest; and having given
+him a charge not to exercise tyranny over them, seeing they were his
+fellow brethren by Fathers side (of which there could be no doubt made
+of double dealing therein) exhorting him to use justice and sincerity
+amongst them, and not to let Religion die with him, but to observe and
+keep those Precepts which he had taught them, he quietly surrendred up
+his soul, and was buried with great lamentation of all his children.
+</p>
+<p>
+My father coming to rule, and the people growing more populous, made
+them to range further in the discovery of the Countrey, which they found
+answerable to their desires, full both of Fowls and Beasts, and those
+too not hurtful to mankinde, as if this Country (on which we were by
+providence cast without arms or other weapons to defend our selves, or
+offend others,) should by the same providence be so inhabited as not to
+have any need of such like weapons of destruction wherewith to preserve
+our lives. <span class="oldnum">{{17 }}</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+But as it is impossible, but that in multitudes disorders will
+grow, the stronger seeking to oppress the weaker; no tye of Religion
+being strong enough to chain up the depraved nature of mankinde, even so
+amongst them mischiefs began to rise, and they <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p072.png">[72]</a></span>soon fell from those good
+orders prescribed them by my Grandfather. The source from whence those
+mischiefs spring, was at first, I conceive, the neglect of hearing the
+Bible read, which according to my Grandfathers proscription, was once a
+moneth at a general meeting, but now many of them wandring far up into
+the Country, they quite neglected the coming to it, with all other means
+of Christian instruction, whereby the sence of sin being quite lost in
+them, they fell to whoredoms, incests, and adulteries; so that what my
+Grandfather was forced to do for necessity, they did for wantonness; nay
+not confining themselves within the bound of any modesty, but brother
+and sister lay openly together; those who would not yield to their lewd
+embraces, were by force ravished, yea many times endangered of their
+lives. To redress those enormities, my father assembled all the Company
+near unto him, to whom he declared the wickedness of those their
+brethren; who all with one consent agreed that they should be severely
+punished; and so arming themselves with boughs, stones, and such like
+weapons, they marched against them, who having notice of their coming,
+and fearing their deserved punishment, some of them fled into woods,
+others passed over a great River, which runneth through the heart of
+our Countrey, hazarding drowning to escape punishment; But the grandest
+offender of them all was taken, whole name was John Phill, the second
+son of the Negro-woman that came with my Grandfather into this Island.
+</p>
+<p>
+He being proved guilty of divers ravishings &amp; tyrannies committed
+by him, <span class="oldnum">{{18 }}</span> was adjudged guilty of death, and accordingly was
+thrown down from a high Rock into the Sea, where he perished <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p073.png">[73]</a></span>in the
+waters. Execution being done upon him, the rest were pardoned for what
+was past, which being notified abroad, they returned from those Defait
+and Obscure places, wherein they were hidden.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now as Seed being cast into stinking Dung produceth good and wholesome
+Corn for the Indentation of mans life, so bad manners produceth good
+and wholesome Laws for the preservation of Humane Society. Soon after my
+Father with the advice of some few others of his Counsel, ordained and
+set forth these Laws to be observed by them.
+</p>
+<p>
+1. That whosoever should blaspheme or talk irreverently of the name of
+God should be put to death.
+</p>
+<p>
+2. That who should be absent from the monethly assembly to hear the
+Bible read, without sufficient cause shown to the contrary, should for
+the first default be kept without any victuals or drink, for the space
+of four days, and if he offend therein again, then to suffer death.
+</p>
+<p>
+3. That who should force or ravish any Maid or Woman should be burnt to
+death, the party so ravished putting fire to the wood that should burn
+him.
+</p>
+<p>
+4. Whosoever shall commit adultery, for the first crime the Male shall
+lose his Privities, and the Woman have her right eye bored out, if after
+that she was again taken in the act, she should die without mercy.
+</p>
+<p>
+5. That who so injured his Neighbour, by laming of his <span class="oldnum">{{19 }}</span> Limbs,
+or taking any thing away which he possesseth, shall suffer in the same
+kind himself by loss of Limb; and for defrauding <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p074.png">[74]</a></span>his Neighbour, to
+become servant to him, whilst he had made him double satisfaction.
+</p>
+<p>
+6. That, who should defame or speak evil of the Governour, or
+refuse to come before him upon Summons, should receive a punishment by
+whipping with Rods, and afterwards be exploded from the society of the
+rest of the inhabitants.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having set forth these Laws, he chose four several persons under him
+to see them put in Execution, whereof one was of the Englishes, the
+Off-spring of Sarah English; another of his own Tribe, the Sparks; a
+third of the Trevors, and the fourth of the Phills, appointing them
+every year at a certain time to appear before him, and give an account
+of what they had done in the prosecution of those Laws.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Countrey being thus settled, my father lived quiet and peaceable
+till he attained to the age of ninety and four years, when dying, I
+succeeded in his place, in which I have continued peaceably and quietly
+till this very present time.
+</p>
+<p>
+He having ended his Speech, we gave him very heartily thanks for our
+information, assuring him we should not be wanting to him in any thing
+which lay in our powers, wherewith we could pleasure him in what he
+should desire, and thereupon preferred to depart, but before our going
+away, he would needs engage us to see him, the next day, when was to be
+their great assembly or monethly meeting for the celebration of their
+Religious Exercises.
+</p>
+<p>
+Accordingly the next day we came thither again, and were
+courteously entertained as before, In a short space there was gathered
+such a multitude of people together as made us to <span class="oldnum">{{20 }}</span> 
+admire; <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p075.png">[75]</a></span>and
+first there were several Weddings celebrated, the manner whereof was
+thus. The Bridegroom and Bride appeared before him who was their Priest
+or Reader of the Bible, together with the Parents of each party, or
+if any of their Parents were dead, then the next relation unto them,
+without whose consent as well as the parties to be married, the Priest
+will not joyn them together; but being satissied in those particulars,
+after some short Oraizons, and joyning of hands together, he pronounces
+them to be man and wife: and with exhortations to them to live lovingly
+towards each other, and quietly towards their neighbors, he concludes
+with some prayers, and so dismisses them.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Weddings being finished, all the people took their places to hear
+the Word read, the new married persons having the honour to be next unto
+the Priest that day, after he had read three or four Chapters he fell
+to expounding the most difficult places therein, the people being very
+attentive all that while, this exercise continued for two or three
+hours, which being done, with some few prayers he concluded, but all the
+rest of that day was by the people kept very strictly, abstaining from
+all manner of playing or pastimes, with which on other dayes they use
+to pass their time away, as having need of nothing but victuals, and that
+they have in such plenty as almost provided to their hands.
+</p>
+<p>
+Their exercises of Religion being over, we returned again to our Ship,
+and the next day, taking with us two or three Fowling-pieces leaving
+half our Company to guard the Ship, the rest of us resolved to go up
+higher into the Country for a further discovery: All the way as we
+passed the first morning, we saw abundance of little Cabbins or Huts of
+these inhabitants, made under <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p076.png">[76]</a></span>Trees, and fashioned up with boughs,
+grass, <span class="oldnum">{{21 }}</span> and such like stuffe to defend them from the Sun and
+Rain; and as we went along, they came out of them much wondering at our
+Attire, and standing aloof off from us as if they were afraid, but our
+companion that spake English, calling to them in their own Tongue, and
+giving them good words, they drew nigher, some of them freely proffering
+to go along with us, which we willingly accepted; but having passed
+some few miles, one of our company espying a Beast like unto a Goat come
+gazing on him, he discharged his Peece, sending a brace of Bullets into
+his belly, which brought him dead upon the ground; these poor naked
+unarmed people hearing the noise of the Peece, and seeing the Beast lie
+tumbling in his gore, without speaking any words betook them to their
+heels, running back again as fast as they could drive, nor could the
+perswasions of our Company, assuring them they should have no hurt,
+prevail anything at all with them, so that we were forced to pass along
+without their company: all the way that we went we heard the delightful
+harmony of singing Birds, the ground very fertile in Trees, Grass, and
+such flowers, as grow by the production of Nature, without the help of
+Art; many and several sorts of Beads we saw, who were not so much
+wild as in other Countries; whether it were as having enough to satiate
+themselves without ravening upon others, or that they never before saw
+the sight of man, nor heard the report of murdering Guns, I leave it to
+others to determine. Some Trees bearing wild Fruits we also saw, and
+of those some whereof we tailed, which were neither unwholsome nor
+distasteful to the Pallate, and no question had but Nature here the
+benefit of Art added unto <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p077.png">[77]</a></span>it, it would equal, if not exceed many
+of our European Countries; the Vallyes were every where intermixt with
+running streams, and no question but the earth <span class="oldnum">{{22 }}</span> hath in it rich
+veins of Minerals, enough to satisfie the desires of the most covetous.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was very strange to us, to see that in such a fertile Countrey which
+was as yet never inhabited, there should be notwithstanding such a free
+and clear passage to us, without the hinderance of Bushes, Thorns, and
+such like fluff, wherewith most Islands of the like nature are pestered:
+the length of the Grass (which yet was very much intermixt with flowers)
+being the only impediment that we found.
+</p>
+<p>
+Six dayes together did we thus travel, setting several marks in our way
+as we went for our better return, not knowing whether we should have the
+benefit of the Stars for our guidance in our going back, which we made
+use of in our passage: at last we came to the vast Ocean on the other
+side of the Island, and by our coasting it, conceive it to be of an
+oval form, only here and there shooting forth with some Promontories.
+I conceive it hath but few good Harbours belonging to it, the Rocks in
+most places making it inaccessible. The length of it may be about two
+hundred, and the breadth one hundred miles, the whole in circumference
+about five hundred miles.
+</p>
+<p>
+It lyeth about seventy six degrees of Longitude, and twenty of Latitude,
+being scituate under the third Climate, the longest day being about
+thirteen hours and fourty five minutes. The weather, as in all Southern
+Countries, is far more hot than with us in Europe; but what is by the
+Sun parched in the day, the night again refreshes with cool pearly dews.
+The Air is found to <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p078.png">[78]</a></span>be very healthful by the long lives <span class="oldnum">{{23 }}</span> of
+the present inhabitants, few dying there till such time as they come to
+good years of maturity, many of them arriving to the extremity of old
+age.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now speaking concerning the length of their Lives, I think it will
+not be amisse in this place to speak something of their Burials, which
+they used to do thus.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the party was dead, they stuck his Carkass all over with flowers,
+and after carried him to the place appointed for Burial, where setting
+him down, (the Priest having given some godly Exhortations concerning
+the frailty of life) then do they take stones (a heap being provided
+there for that purpose) and the nearest of the kin begins to lay the
+first stone upon him, afterwards the rest follows, they never leaving
+till they have covered the body deep in stones, so that no Beast can
+possibly come to him, and this first were they forced to make, having no
+Spades or Shovels wherewith to dig them Graves; which want of theirs we
+espying, bestowed a Pick-ax and two Shovels upon them.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here might I add their way of Christening Children, but that being
+little different from yours in ENGLAND, and taught them by GEORGE PINES
+at first which they have since continued, I shall therefore forbear to
+speak thereof.
+</p>
+<p>
+After our return back from the discovery of the Countrey, the Wind not
+being fit for our purpose, and our men also willing thereto, we got all
+our cutting Instruments on Land, and <span class="oldnum">{{24 }}</span> fell to hewing down of
+Trees, with which, in a little time,(many hands making light work) we
+built up a Pallace for this William Pines the Lord of that Countrey;
+which, though much inferiour to the houses of your Gentry in England.
+Yet to them which <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p079.png">[79]</a></span>never had seen better, it appeared a very Lordly
+Place. This deed of ours was beyond expression acceptable unto him,
+load-ing us with thanks for so great a benefit, of which he said he
+should never be able to make a requital.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now acquainting him, that upon the first opportunity we were
+resolved to leave the Island, as also how that we were near Neighbours
+to the Countrey of England, from whence his Ancestors came; he seemed
+upon the news to be much discontented that we would leave him, desiring,
+if it might stand with our commodity to continue still with him, but
+seeing he could not prevail, he invited us to dine with him the next
+day, which we promised to do, against which time he provided, very
+sumptuously (according to his estate) for us, and now was he attended
+after a more Royal manner than ever we saw him before, both for number
+of Servants, and multiplicity of Meat, on which we fed very heartily;
+but he having no other Beverage for us to drink, then water, we fetched
+from our Ship a Case of Brandy, presenting some of it to him to drink,
+but when he had tasted of it, he would by no means be perswaded to touch
+thereof again, preferring (as he said) his own Countrey Water before all
+such Liquors whatsoever.
+</p>
+<p>
+After we had Dined, we were invited out into the Fields to behold their
+Country Dauncing, which they did with great agility of body; and though
+they had no other then only <span class="oldnum">{{25 }}</span> Vocal Musick (several of them
+singing all that while) yet did they trip it very neatly, giving
+sufficient satisfaction to all that beheld them.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next day we invited the Prince William Pines aboard our <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p080.png">[80]</a></span>Ship,
+where was nothing wanting in what we could to entertain him, he had
+about a dozen of Servants to attend on him he much admired at the
+Tacklings of our Ship, but when we came to discharge a piece or two
+of Ordnance, it struck him into a wonder and amazement to behold the
+strange effects of Powder; he was very sparing in his Diet, neither
+could he, or any of his followers be induced to drink any thing but
+Water: We there presented him with several things, as much as we could
+spare, which we thought would any wayes conduce to their benefit, all
+which he very gratefully received, assuring us of his real love and good
+will, whensoever we should come thither again.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now we intended the next day to take our leaves, the Wind standing
+fair, blowing with a gentle Gale South and by East, but as we were
+hoisting of our Sails, and weighing Anchor, we were suddenly Allarm'd
+with a noise from the shore, the Prince, W. Pines imploring our
+assistance in an Insurection which had happened amongst them, of which
+this was the cause.
+</p>
+<p>
+Henry Phil, the chief Ruler of the Tribe or Family of the Phils, being
+the Offspring of George Pines which he had by the Negro-woman; this
+man had ravished the Wife of one of the principal of the Family of the
+Trevors, which act being made known, the Trevors assembled themselves
+all together to bring the offender unto Justice: But he knowing his
+crime to be so great, as extended to the loss of life: fought to defend
+that <span class="oldnum">{{26 }}</span> by force, which he had as unlawfully committed, whereupon
+the whole Island was in a great hurly burly, they being too great
+Potent Factions, the bandying of which against each other, threatned a
+general ruin to the whole State.
+</p>
+<p>
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p081.png">[81]</a></span>The Governour William Pines had interposed in the matter, but found his
+Authority too weak to repress such Disorders; for where the Hedge of
+Government is once broken down, the most vile bear the greatest rule,
+whereupon he desired our assistance, to which we readily condescended,
+and arming out twelve of us went on Shore, rather as to a surprize
+than fight, for what could nakedness do to encounter with Arms. Being
+conducted by him to the force of our Enemy, we first entered into
+parley, seeking to gain them rather by fair means then force, but that
+not prevailing, we were necesitated to use violence, for this Henry
+Phill being of an undaunted resolution, and having armed his fellows
+with Clubs and Stones, they sent such a Peal amongst us, as made us at
+the first to give back, which encouraged them to follow us on with great
+violence, but we discharging off three or four Guns, when they saw some
+of themselves wounded, and heard the terrible reports which they gave,
+they ran away with greater speed then they came. The Band of the Trevors
+who were joyned with us, hotly pursued them, and having taken their
+Captain, returned with great triumph to their Governour, who fitting in
+Judgment upon him, he was adjudged to death, and thrown off a steep Rock
+into the Sea, the only way they have of punishing any by death, except
+burning.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now at last we took our solemn leaves of the Governour, and departed
+from thence, having been there in all, the space of three weeks and two
+dayes, we took with us good store of the flesh of a Beast which they
+call there Reval, being <span class="oldnum">{{27 }}</span> in taste different either from Beef
+or Swines-flesh, yet very delightful to the Pallate, and exceeding
+nutrimental. We took also with us alive, <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p082.png">[82]</a></span>divers Fowls which they
+call Marde, about the bigness of a Pullet, and not different in taste,
+they are very swift of flight, and yet so fearless of danger, that they
+will stand still till such time as you catch them: We had also sent us
+in by the Governour about two bushels of eggs, which as I conjecture
+were the Mards eggs, very lusious in taste, and strenthening to the
+body.
+</p>
+<p>
+June 8. We had a sight of Cambaia, a part of the East Indies, but; under
+the Government of the great Cham of Tartary here our Vessel springing a
+leak, we were forced to put to Chore, receiving much dammage in some
+of our Commodities; we were forced to ply the Pump for eighteen hours
+together, which, had that miscarried, we had inevitably have perished;
+here we stai'd five dayes mending our Ship, and drying some of our
+Goodss and then hoisting Sail, in four days time more we came to
+Calecute.
+</p>
+<p>
+This Calecute is the chief Mart Town and Staple of all the Indian
+Traffique, it is very populous, and frequented by Merchants of all
+Nations. Here we unladed a great part of our Goods, and taking in
+others, which caused us to stay there a full Moneth, during which space,
+at leisure times I went abroad to take a survey of the City, which I
+found to be large and populous, lying for three miles together upon
+the Sea-shore. Here is a great many of those persons whom thy call
+Brackmans, being their Priests or Teachers whom they much reverence. It
+is a custome here for the King to give to some of those Brachmain, the
+handelling of his Nuptial Bed; for which cause, not the Kings, but the
+Kings sisters sons succeed in the Kingdom, as being more certainly known
+to be of the true Royal blood: And these sisters of his choose what
+Gentleman they <span class="oldnum">{{28 }}</span> please <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p083.png">[83]</a></span>on whom to bestow their Virginities; and
+if they prove not in a certain time to be with child, they betake
+themselves to these <i>Brachman Stalions</i>, who never fail of doing their
+work.
+</p>
+<p>
+The people are indifferently civil and ingenious, both men and
+women imitate a Majesty in their Train and Apparel, which they sweeten,
+with Oyles and Perfumes: adorning themselves with Jewels and other
+Ornaments befitting each Rank and Quality of them.
+</p>
+<p>
+They have many odd Customs amongst them which they observe very
+strictly; as first, not knowing their Wives after they have born them
+two children: Secondly, not accompanying them, if after five years
+cohabition they can raise no issue by them, but taking others in their
+rooms: Thirdly, never being rewarded for any Military exploit, unless
+they bring with them an enemies Head in their Hand, but that which is
+strangest, and indeed most barbarous, is that when any of their friends
+falls sick, they will rather chuse to kill him, then that he should be
+withered by sickness.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus you see there is little employment there for Doctors, when to be
+sick, is the next wan for to be slain, or perhaps the people may be of
+the mind rather to kill themselves, then to let the Doctors do it.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having dispatched our business, and sraighted again our Ship, we left
+Calecute, and put forth to Sea, and coasted along several of the Islands
+belonging to India, at Camboia I met with our old friend Mr. David
+Prire, who was overjoyed to see me, to whom I related our Discovery of
+the Island of Pines, in the same manner as I have related it to you;
+he was then but newly recovered <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p084.png">[84]</a></span>of a Feaver, the Air of that place not
+being agreeable to him; here we took in good store of Aloes, and some
+other Commodities, and victualled our Ship for our return home. <span class="oldnum">{{29 }}</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+After four dayes failing we met with two Portugal Ships which
+came from Lisbon, one whereof had in a storm lost its Top-mast, and was
+forced in part to be towed by the other. We had no bad weather in eleven
+dayes space, but then a sudden storm of Wind did us much harm in our
+Tacklings, and swept away one of our Sailors off from the Fore Castle.
+November the sixth had like to have been a fatal day unto us, our Ship
+striking twice upon a Rock, and at night was in danger of being fired by
+the negligence of a Boy, leaving a Candle carelesly in the Gun-room; the
+next day we were chafed by a Pyrate Argiere, but by the swiftness of our
+Sails we out ran him. December the first we came again to Madagascar,
+where we put in for a fresh recruit of Victuals and Water.
+</p>
+<p>
+During our abode here, there hapned a very great Earthquake, which
+tumbled down many Houses; The people of themselves are very Unhospitable
+and Treacherous, hardly to to be drawn to Traffique with any people;
+and now, this calamitie happening upon them, so enraged them against the
+Christians, imputing all luch calamities to the cause of them, that
+they fell upon some Portugais and wounded them, and we seeing their
+mischievous Actions, with all the speed we could put forth to Sea again,
+and sailed to the Island of St. Hellens.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here we stayed all the Chrismas Holy-dayes, which was vere much
+celebrated by the Governour there under the King of Spain. Here we
+furnished ourselves with all necessaries which <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p085.png">[85]</a></span>we wanted; but upon our
+departure, our old acquaintance Mr. Petrus Ramazina, coming in a Skiff
+out of the Isle del Principe, or the Princes Island, retarded our going
+for the space of two dayes, for both my self and our Purser had Emergent
+business with him, he being concerned in those Affairs of which I wrote
+to you in April last: Indeed we cannot but <span class="oldnum">{{30 }}</span> acknowledge his
+Courtesies unto us, of which you know he is never sparing. January the
+first, we again hoisted Sail, having a fair and prosperous gail of Wind,
+we touched at the Canaries, but made no tarriance, desirous now to see
+our Native Countrey; but the Winds was very cross unto us for the space
+of a week, at last we were savoured with a gentle Gale, which brought
+us on merrily; though we were on a sudden stricken again into a dump; a
+Sailor from the main Mast discovering five Ships, which put us all in
+a great fear, we being Richly Laden, and not very well provided for
+Defence; but they bearing up to us, we found them to be Zealanders and
+our Friends; after many other passages concerning us, not so much worthy
+of Note, we at last safele arrived at home, May 26. 1668.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus Sir, have I given you a brief, but true Relation of our Voyage,
+Which I was the more willing to do, to prevent false Copies which might
+be spread of this nature: As for the Island of Pines it self, which
+caused me to Write this Relation, I suppose it is a thing so strange
+as will hardly be credited by some, although perhaps knowing persons,
+especially considering our last age being so full of Discoveries, that
+this Place should lie Dormant for so long a space of time; Others I
+know, such.
+</p>
+<p>
+Nullifidians as will believe nothing but what they see, applying
+that <span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p086.png">[86]</a></span>Proverb unto us, <i>That travelers may lye by authority</i>. But Sir,
+in writing to you, I question not but to give Credence, you knowing
+my disposition so hateful to divulge Falsities; I shall request you to
+impart this my Relation to Mr. W. W. and Mr. P. L. remembring me very
+kindly unto them, not forgetting my old acquaintance, Mr. J. P. and
+Mr. J. B. no more at present, but only my best respects to you and your
+second self I rest,
+</p>
+<p>
+Yours in the best of friendship,
+</p>
+<p>
+Henry Cornelius Fan Sloetten.
+</p>
+<p>
+July 22. 1668.<span class="oldnum">{{31 }}</span>
+</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<span class="pagenum"><a href="pgimages/p087.png">[87]</a></span><h3>POST-SCRIPT:</h3>
+
+<p>
+ONE thing concerning the Isle of Pines, I had almost quite forgot,
+we had with us an Irish man named Dermot Conelly who had formerly been
+in England, and had learned there to play on the Bag-pipes, which he
+carried to Sea with him; yet so un-Englished he was, that he had quite
+forgotten your Language, but still retained his Art of Bagpipe-playing,
+in which he took extraordinary delight; being one day on Land in the
+Isle of Pines, he played on them, but to see the admiration of those
+naked people concerning them, would have striken you into admiration;
+long time it was before we could perswade them that it was not a living
+creature, although they were permitted to touch and feel it, and yet are
+the people very intelligible, retaining a great part of the Ingenuity
+and Gallantry of the English Nation, though they have not that happy
+means to express themselves; in this respect we may account them
+fortunate, in that possessing little, they enjoy all things, as being
+contented with what they have, wanting those alurements to mischief,
+which our European Countries are enriched with. I shall not dilate any
+further, no question but time will make this Island known better to the
+world; all that I shall ever say of it is, that it is a place enriched
+with Natures abundance, deficient in nothing conducible to the
+sustentation of mans life, which were it Manured by Agriculture and
+Gardening, as other of our European Countries are, no question but it
+would equal, if not exceed many which now pass for praiseworthy.
+</p>
+</blockquote>
+<center>
+FINIS.
+</center>
+<br />
+<br />
+<hr>
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h3>ADDENDUM</h3>
+
+<h4>Bibliography in many Languages</h4>
+
+
+<center>
+<table summary="">
+<tr><td>
+
+
+
+<a href="pgimages/p091.png">Page 91</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p092.png">Page 92</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p093.png">Page 93</a>
+<br />
+</td><td>
+
+<a href="pgimages/p094.png">Page 94</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p095.png">Page 95</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p096.png">Page 96</a>
+<br />
+</td><td>
+
+<a href="pgimages/p097.png">Page 97</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p099.png">Page 99</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p100.png">Page 100</a>
+<br />
+</td><td>
+
+<a href="pgimages/p101.png">Page 101</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p102.png">Page 102</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p103.png">Page 103</a>
+<br />
+</td><td>
+
+<a href="pgimages/p104.png">Page 104</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p105.png">Page 105</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p106.png">Page 106</a>
+<br />
+</td><td>
+
+<a href="pgimages/p107.png">Page 107</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p108.png">Page 108</a>
+<br />
+
+<a href="pgimages/p109.png">Page 109</a>
+<br />
+
+
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+</center>
+
+
+<h3>INDEX</h3>
+
+
+<center>
+<table summary="">
+<tr><td>
+
+
+<a href="pgimages/p113.png">Page 113</a>
+</td><td>
+<a href="pgimages/p114.png">Page 114</a>
+</td><td>
+<a href="pgimages/p115.png">Page 115</a>
+</td><td>
+<a href="pgimages/p116.png">Page 116</a>
+</td><td>
+<a href="pgimages/p117.png">Page 117</a>
+
+
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+</center>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p001.png b/old/pgimages/p001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e585b5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p001.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p002.png b/old/pgimages/p002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c26fb1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p002.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p003.png b/old/pgimages/p003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..623a03e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p003.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p004.png b/old/pgimages/p004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3edd855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p004.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p005.png b/old/pgimages/p005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a002fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p005.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p006.png b/old/pgimages/p006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b113b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p006.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p007.png b/old/pgimages/p007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca05106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p007.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p008.png b/old/pgimages/p008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d831804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p008.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p009.png b/old/pgimages/p009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbe13e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p009.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p010.png b/old/pgimages/p010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db97667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p010.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p011.png b/old/pgimages/p011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa993c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p011.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p012.png b/old/pgimages/p012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9249113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p012.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p013.png b/old/pgimages/p013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..437c162
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p013.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p014.png b/old/pgimages/p014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd8e273
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p014.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p015.png b/old/pgimages/p015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b2b71f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p015.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p016.png b/old/pgimages/p016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b51614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p016.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p017.png b/old/pgimages/p017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acfc0d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p017.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p018.png b/old/pgimages/p018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..430aa4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p018.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p019.png b/old/pgimages/p019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c78a4e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p019.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p020.png b/old/pgimages/p020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bba43f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p020.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p021.png b/old/pgimages/p021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49091c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p021.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p022.png b/old/pgimages/p022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b40f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p022.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p023.png b/old/pgimages/p023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf6eafb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p023.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p024.png b/old/pgimages/p024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6951ca3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p024.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p025.png b/old/pgimages/p025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7e1539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p025.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p026.png b/old/pgimages/p026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8e1607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p026.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p027.png b/old/pgimages/p027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15a794b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p027.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p028.png b/old/pgimages/p028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d398c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p028.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p029.png b/old/pgimages/p029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e014ef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p029.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p030.png b/old/pgimages/p030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2d6e7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p030.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p031.png b/old/pgimages/p031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75817c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p031.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p032.png b/old/pgimages/p032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00df4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p032.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p033.png b/old/pgimages/p033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ebfc59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p033.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p034.png b/old/pgimages/p034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dca6ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p034.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p035.png b/old/pgimages/p035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5979cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p035.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p036.png b/old/pgimages/p036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d29e0ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p036.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p037.png b/old/pgimages/p037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4116ac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p037.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p038.png b/old/pgimages/p038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10bbb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p038.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p039.png b/old/pgimages/p039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feccb78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p039.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p040.png b/old/pgimages/p040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43bc653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p040.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p041.png b/old/pgimages/p041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..957e5a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p041.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p042.png b/old/pgimages/p042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84870b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p042.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p043.png b/old/pgimages/p043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69aba19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p043.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p044.png b/old/pgimages/p044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..358f735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p044.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p045.png b/old/pgimages/p045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d91f242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p045.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p046.png b/old/pgimages/p046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca4d4c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p046.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p047.png b/old/pgimages/p047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d225061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p047.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p048.png b/old/pgimages/p048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8f6886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p048.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p049.png b/old/pgimages/p049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51a8b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p049.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p050.png b/old/pgimages/p050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..153b855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p050.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p051.png b/old/pgimages/p051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbb0406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p051.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p052.png b/old/pgimages/p052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94247fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p052.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p053.png b/old/pgimages/p053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb51663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p053.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p054.png b/old/pgimages/p054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99b53ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p054.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p055.png b/old/pgimages/p055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76fd7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p055.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p056.png b/old/pgimages/p056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0978afd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p056.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p057.png b/old/pgimages/p057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c24318c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p057.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p058.png b/old/pgimages/p058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..404a151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p058.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p059.png b/old/pgimages/p059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d2d0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p059.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p060.png b/old/pgimages/p060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f0329c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p060.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p061.png b/old/pgimages/p061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02f8ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p061.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p062.png b/old/pgimages/p062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9037cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p062.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p063.png b/old/pgimages/p063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdceb9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p063.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p064.png b/old/pgimages/p064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c471f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p064.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p065.png b/old/pgimages/p065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e7560
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p065.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p066.png b/old/pgimages/p066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c90ff7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p066.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p067.png b/old/pgimages/p067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c66ec76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p067.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p068.png b/old/pgimages/p068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3acbcf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p068.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p069.png b/old/pgimages/p069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b36f810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p069.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p070.png b/old/pgimages/p070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a733ce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p070.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p071.png b/old/pgimages/p071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..683941d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p071.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p072.png b/old/pgimages/p072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caafac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p072.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p073.png b/old/pgimages/p073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f71294
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p073.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p074.png b/old/pgimages/p074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ea140f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p074.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p075.png b/old/pgimages/p075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21640a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p075.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p076.png b/old/pgimages/p076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e0e88a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p076.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p077.png b/old/pgimages/p077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e0449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p077.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p078.png b/old/pgimages/p078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c6b2d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p078.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p079.png b/old/pgimages/p079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b9285c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p079.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p080.png b/old/pgimages/p080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e0713d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p080.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p081.png b/old/pgimages/p081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..777ee70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p081.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p082.png b/old/pgimages/p082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf61d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p082.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p083.png b/old/pgimages/p083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b06171
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p083.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p084.png b/old/pgimages/p084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60096c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p084.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p085.png b/old/pgimages/p085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a67ec99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p085.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p086.png b/old/pgimages/p086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2f87f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p086.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p087.png b/old/pgimages/p087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b94a21e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p087.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p091.png b/old/pgimages/p091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e78a54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p091.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p092.png b/old/pgimages/p092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..873644c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p092.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p093.png b/old/pgimages/p093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3b952c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p093.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p094.png b/old/pgimages/p094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..042d4b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p094.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p095.png b/old/pgimages/p095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99b610d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p095.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p096.png b/old/pgimages/p096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21b6dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p096.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p097.png b/old/pgimages/p097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d88d29e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p097.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p098.png b/old/pgimages/p098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54e0300
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p098.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p099.png b/old/pgimages/p099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cc0b19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p099.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p100.png b/old/pgimages/p100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..919be0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p100.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p101.png b/old/pgimages/p101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17d576d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p101.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p102.png b/old/pgimages/p102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f21737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p102.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p103.png b/old/pgimages/p103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ac98d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p103.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p104.png b/old/pgimages/p104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f69fc4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p104.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p105.png b/old/pgimages/p105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e891b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p105.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p106.png b/old/pgimages/p106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c18209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p106.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p107.png b/old/pgimages/p107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ad5f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p107.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p108.png b/old/pgimages/p108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccb1a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p108.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p109.png b/old/pgimages/p109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beccd16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p109.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p110.png b/old/pgimages/p110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53dfb2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p110.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p111.png b/old/pgimages/p111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb99e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p111.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p112.png b/old/pgimages/p112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e3a0f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p112.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p113.png b/old/pgimages/p113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e0344f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p113.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p114.png b/old/pgimages/p114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8e6b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p114.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p115.png b/old/pgimages/p115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50eaefe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p115.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p116.png b/old/pgimages/p116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0a3d4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p116.png
diff --git a/old/pgimages/p117.png b/old/pgimages/p117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5aad30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/pgimages/p117.png